Official PDF , 666 pages

A3 41

E-235 VOL. 4

ELECTRICITY GENERATING AUrHORITY OF THAILAND

FINAL REPORT

FO*R

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTOF

RATCHABURT POWER PLANT -PROJECT

VOLUME I: MAIN REPORT

PREPARED BY

FACULTY Or ENVIRONMENT ANDRESOURCE STUDIES

MAIIIDOL UNIVERSIT'Y

March 99fl

EGAT - INVESTMENT PROGRAM SUPPORT PROJECT

(WORLD BANK PARTIAL CREDIT GUARANTEE)

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

A s t44

ELECTRICITY GENERATING AUTHORITY OF THAILAND

FINAL REPORT

FOR

EN VIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTOF

RATCHABURI POWER PLANT PROJECT

VOLUME 1: MAIN REPORT

PREPARED BY

FACULTY OF ENVIRONMENT ANDRESOURCE STUDIES

MAHIDOL UNIVERSITY

March 1996

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF RATCHABURIPOWER PLANT PROJECT

THE REPORT SET COMPRISES

1. VOLUME 1: MAIN REPORTEnvironmental Impact Assessment, Recommended Guidelines forEnvironmental Impact Mitigation Measures and MonitoringPrograms of Ratchaburi Power Plant Project

2. VOLUME 2: APPENDICES A-IQuestionnaires, Tables and Other Supplementary Data/Information

3. SUMMARY REPORT (in English)

4. SUMMARY REPORT (in Thai)

This Main Report was improved as requested by Office

of Environmental Policy and Planning. It did not include the

additional details submitted by Consultant/EGAT as requested by

the Committee of Experts.

All additional details are included in the Summary

Report (Thai version).

C-

@7-0D

-a

C3

--2

C-,Cp

(reaa

aZx

*~ ~ ~~~~g

Co C' "'~~~~ C 0) r- 7C' WC

~~~~ r~~~~~~~~~ C'J '7 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ES ~~~~~~~~~ - '

7 '7 C ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- ES ~~~~~~~~~~~C C- S '7 C,*C~-:~~~~~-i~~~~ 'C' F C' -. C''q~~~~~~~~~~~~~~C ' i r1 r ) C

C- F C" F S ES '7 ESI(

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 C' '77cm C E -

7F .m FC F 'F F ' ' T1

0 ES - 7 "E7 C' 1- 0 "ES "ES C'-) F ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 C'

(F ~~~~ IC" ES C- ES F )~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~.-~ C'(. ))

C' h ~~~~~~~ '-4 ~~~~C- ;4 )) 7E ESF' ;:I-

mC'CT) 0 -;; (E C)

~~ C' F C' 0~~~~O) C' 77 CD co) ~ ) -*-t :

'q 7 F yN" ' ( ;C F '7 F

- (ES '~~ ~ ~~~~~ ~~ ~~-4 "1F 7 F ' - ;z

ATh~~~~~~~~~~~ $ \ ES F~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ v 1C' 7- C- --; _ Tp '7 A - ~~ ~ ~~~~~~C- 1''7 1' '7C C- ' F C '(S ' )

'P C- ~ ~ ~ ~ C' ~~~ (C' 7-~~C C-_ C' C' TM)C (E

'C 7 F C' 'P C C '7 S Z E F C' 7- C- -:z ;IS x;c ) C' C' 3s C' '7 C' C- ~lp

A ~~~~~~~~~~~ - ES~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- C' v-) _'7 a -fr ;; C' -

ME '7 mI 'a7 v- C- '7 jzI (C:; Cs n) CES ( C'S ES

C' ~~~~~ 7- C' C' C' ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ C- C=F ) G ES 7'C' F C' C' ~~~~~~~~~~~~- C'"ES F (~~~~~~~~C; E (C f C;3 r ) 6~

C' '7 ~~~~~~ C' lC' F ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~ F F F F~~)C 1-I )7 C- C'

F E C' F r P F (T

t '7cm C' 1- C '4CZ C=

C' F ES~~~~~~~ES -" -. '7 -' ES '-I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~E:, F7C'? F ~~~~~~~~~ES ES C' F E~~~~~~~~~~~~~S o -'

S 4F M' C C ' E 0 :i C'ES )'

C'-) ES F ~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~ ~ ~~C- '7 '7 -IS ES '7 C' Co ~~~~~~~~ ~~~ ~ ~~(ES C- C'7 AZ~ -;z (EfS

CD (F ) - FC C' -7 C-

)) IF (11' ;3 C P ~ FC' ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~'7 ;C' p C C- '7

-v tf- a~~E C- '7 C- C- C-')C'Z 7 3 (ESC -

.' CT CT i~ '~ ~] 'C" '7 7 C-- CZ -uJ' P1

(F ~~- )~~-' cT CID C- ;- S C 3 I C - - -

CT ~~~ CT ~~~~13 ~ CT '7 13 CT CTz( SCT 1

13 ~~ CT cT S C 1 T ) 'i -C S ~12- 13GT 1 ~ ~ S - T 3*~ S T C

'7 -. s13iC ) (F o ~ : cT CT 13 1 7

'7 ~~~~(F CT~~ 4tC ;s (-- 7 3 C- *C( 3 62 (- 13 CT 3 '7 CT13 (F ~~~~~~~~~~.1 z 13 V3 j '7 '7 b" CT CC' C-(

113 CT (~~~~~~~~ ~~ ~ ~~~S cT1-v1 C.:( ru CT3 CT 5C_ V-'C

r.7 U ) (- T C fCT I( (-. C )~ 1C (-- X?. 13.

CT >~~~~~~ :)2 ~ ~ ~~~ " -* - ;]~; 03 IS 1 CT a AT '7 CT(FCT (/~~~~~ 1~~~ CT ~~CT '7 7 CT - 1 CT: 23 'A (S (S 13

CT CT CT 113 13 ~~) CT CT -~~ (S ~ (CT It C_

13:3 C- liS ~ 4 ZT -3 Cr' ( ) 1 .'-. C

cT- C) )) 13 ;T C -' CT ' 1;T C 'SCT It- TC-

13 o' C' = r' C-- CT ~ y CT 1 CT (F '- CT (

C, .O C- ( T T T T CT CT CTz C- C CT~ iF '7 IC-IS

CT 3 CT 1 7rC -,;: C - 13 1 13 CT, r (F C , -; : 'C - O 1CT C (S _ 'C - s 13 1 7'C ;4~ C -, C - 1 3 1 -i c 17 CT L13 ~ C.~ T ~ ~ .'' CCT (S (F-- Z;~ ((S ' ; 7 CZ T CT ( M

CT C 'H 13 CT 3113 -1 v3 C7" -'iZ I C (S 3(S C( C-1 C

2)CT -H CT CT C- CT 3~ C- 11 - C- IC, 3 "' M )s 11 CZ ) CT CT

C'3 13 T3 C, CT ''2 F CT 2g ; 2 (s CT A(S 'C C- '(s C- a 13 Cr- 1'C C 7 a CT C- PT '7 m3 CS = (S C= )3 13 CZ g- :z 13 C CT

;3 13~ 13.1 C C T- ((S3 c ~ - (S".~ -) -- CTcm -Cr

Li 3 .-~~~ ~~3T CT 5- 13 "r CT T L CT cm1

' C ~ r CT-1 ~CT ~~ CT CT ~~~ CT -~~ 13 ~~ Cr" CT 13 13 ~~~~~J'C' 13 v3 CT '7 ~CT SPC C- CT I'

(S CT ~~~- CC' (S"'CT )~~~~~ 113 Y" ~ CT CT 2 CT -i G"( -. -!" Li )) = CT )~~r 'H 3 13 3 CT CT -~~~~~~~ Cr" 13~~ 13 13 3: 13 -. CT :i C" Ct- Cr '7 *Fr CT

~ ' (F ?13 CT C Z) C r' C '7 Cs (; cm C- 13 CT CT CT 4'3 nz (V

~ T 7 C- T l C r1 c 3 1 CT 32 3 't3 - )Cr- ' ; 1 (1 CT CT a3 3 -'0 z aC~ it,C -' 1 I;; C- 3 T3 (F a 3s 23 2

C) CT '13 13 -- SC C T - = ) 3 '7 CT -'- 3 ;- -. (S - -

cCiCT 5= I 2-2 i 3~ ~ ) '7 to E- c- -,,- it' co CT 13 I- 13 -) oo 1rRC 17 ! -' ;q '7 CT 'C CT '7 r- ~] (-- G3 (S '- 2 IC 13

CT7 C" C- CT 13 '7 'CT 43f 1(S ;2. C T TC mT 1 C ( I13 C 13 7 CT-:i IT - 1 C T CT C 13CTa C C TC ~3-~C 3 1 ~TC"C

Cr" 'CT 13 CT IF 3 Ct" CT'~~~~~~~ 3 ~ ~ C" (S r-~~~ CT (S CT 13~c

iF CT 3 Cr" 13 3 13 ~~~~~~~~~~~~'*' 13~~ i~ T (s C" CT 13

1 ~CT C- CT iCT r ' 4Cr 3 7 iCT 13 r;T 13 r CT CT CT ti-

C' (F - cr -,;: CT 4CT ~i 4)3 ' CT P- rS CTCT GS CT 3 C-

CT -"7 -' 7-, ;, '7 -~ -" ( CT CT 3 CT44 1" 7 13 '7 Ca CT, 13 ''(F 4T C C T C CT s-( CT-CT 7Z CT 1-1C 3 3 'T 'T C F L. C" 1 3 4S13 ' C

a'-; ( (S 41 S- ZI z3 aT 4 7 13 CT-1 5 C CT '7

C, 13 '- 4C - ; . 3 3;: A;- 'C'- CT - (s 41T ~32 1

C- y'- ( 7 'V-,:T -7 13M Q3 Jr-Cc C CT 44 CT (F -CT CT-C13 CT T .1 -~ C T'1CZ;13 -'CT-T13 1 3: 13 'CT "Ct(S 4) C' r S CT C C C- 3 ' S 4 7 "'7i: CT ;I

CC'* 'C' CC 1 13 ( (F -" *(i -;: 11 C 13 sC "

C-,

_" C C"ac- ( 4cC-

c-

c7 _Q c -7

'7~~~~~~'

r C C -

r ^ r m(7 C- e C< ; C ;7 C_ " =i C- t i {

M CZ ~ '7 C- -7

r t1: =: - -_ -;i

ui (o " C= ' C" '7

rz c p - ) : I ;

Cr c- (1, 7 " : tS C C" M 2 m F s C'

'7p C"1 c; _

S q ) CY7) *- 0 _t

.) (E ?CZ " -' s s C r " ;:t_w

- ' (: r7 ( , .,

- C- C- C

s g > e F r r < ^ tg :-

: n 17 r^

a C- '7 cm

C;

'7 '7 11 7 -

W Is* '7 C" r- Cr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~' a.7 ^ c ''4

p ^u~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(; ~ S-5vW" fi -" C G; 7 C"

r ^ S a C r s # ;T oz co~~~~~~~Cn r (<: 3 cr v zna X

;$ C" ^C C '7 7 a

'7 > ~ (aC Pt ;2-;

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~" 0) N

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~iJ N r Ir s

7 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~' It" _

.F s 4) - w cr P~~~~~F

13 C" (33.r JFl -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

(L nLOBL-L,ULO al, wLo L4 noa)

20U0WL LLUCLULrT ,OLDULraMcU:ellnGDCIIO]:eru

1LnlLOflef9LU

rhunnmocuoa sCCUOLfnlUILO? SLUosIoeealGIAeu

BUJOUI_S,nOUIll012BL[LMfflSLU SLUoswjceQLGlea

UC LOztnn4LLOCUILG11CGrnGlUILO S IU0514101Du

fteeIcGioianusuenU-LSOICSLunLOILS

tU1J ?F)a. i

.WI -4 n m . ^ vU f

\ tr s s u y4 I .

'lou t4lJlPl.....2l ;..

4i L. , -. , v ._ . ., .

LL~~~~J~~Jflh1114~~~~~1. . Li vf,~WLfl 25 36 t-H nl u L('1) ......ll1.p T..l. ...... iT;ilJ4l110lY41101 LCUpz111 lll ................................. ............... ... ... ..... w. .

........................................................................................... I.....................................................

u4l..o.nmu .... .. ..... 5iinlnu ....... t. lu.'.'.!..'..'.'.'...'.. ... ........ ?.5.3.... ... nqu ... .:.lu. '.:.i.'.3.i.'..

,......................................................................................................

. ...... ... ... ...... ... ......... ... ............ ......... ............ ... ..

.......................................... ..........

(l0)...._. __....... .. _(() 1 !'1! , ,,1 LU iJ ll! 1 )

(&)~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~._.. ........ .,. .. . ............ ....

lu¢n~,ntunnltlc'Ul- !ilU4;lqu

2WUnfBLBUCLU nIDLRQUgQ

(CUBUL-uSgI rv^pmn sW X )................

Z7 /

.... ........... ...> .....................

. fi~~~~~~~~~~C'uc fl W -L2o1P 2c

.................... .................... ,............. ......... BL......

mnoou GUCLOWe

OROFTBLI3 ~~~~~~~~~~ULFUClL]r~~~~~~~~~~~~

........................... ............. ................ ....-..Q 8C0C'

ta ')R?TL q 0LUF UiMAu ,_

QQQnBLC S~~~~~~~LUtU2LnL12P

npLQ0~oWnLOBLQLUStLOrLunlnc?Q@AfSMl-!ULnULal-ElISlrLUuL,nLf2m-mbLitBbL rSn2L9OCVOC

h fLQL JOSl5LUnlniLI2-CnIc GpQUGMI BUlWUI -pOUll UBLp LL4Pl1LUU 1It Shf2L5

LAfl Wu roj1 fTQtLoCilOBnUc-fLUULM:LSWf5lUCLOu L 5WL,fULO_pni RoLun Um LuLAt

s Loiaow Lem urnsu721enne cll o12w ns uoognpasnnnncooesnseonu

8£9S nIwLL4uo unc

fnLL2SLULOC&LUoGesfnsoi?onu

DDOYECT PERSONNFL

Percentage of Wor

Name Signature Responsibility in Comparison

with the Overall El

Project Management

1. Pradit Charoenthaithawee Project Advisor

2. Debhanom Muangman i ' / Project Director

3. Rungjarat Hutacharoen f Deputy project Director 20

4. Laddawan Thong-Nop ',3:W '' Project Manager 40

5. Suchart Nawagawong ,. / - Assistant Project Manager 15

6. Sukhum Poothong . Assistant Project Manager . 15

7. Tharee Wattanasombat (AJ . Project Assistant 5

8. Salakjit Sirinanant ' S , z Project Assistant 5

Total= 100

Editorial Board

1. Rungjarat Hutacharoen ,. V 25

2. Laddawan Thong-Nop r. ¢, r' y 25

3. Ilyas Baker 30

4. Suchart Nawagawong 8 . 10

5. Sukhum Poothong , 10

Total = 100

Percentage of Worl


with the Overall Ek

Air Resources/ Meteorology

I. Sudhin Yoosook < . } Team Leader 7.5

2. Krisana Teankaprasit . , Senior Scientist 2.5

Surface Water Hydrology/ Water Resources Management and

Water Uses/ Flood Control and Drainage

3. Virat Khao-upatum k ( V Team Leader 6

4. Kampanad Bhaktikul l3L. i l tkf 64: - Irrigation Engineer & 6Environmentalist

Surface Water Quality

5. Usanee Uyasatian 1 Team Leader 8

Aquatic Resources and Fisheries

6. Suchart Upathum Team Coordinators 1.6

7. Vithoon Viyanant Team Coordinators 1.6

8. Boonserm Poolsanguan /.w" Researchers 1.6

9. Pornsawan Visoottiviseth P, Wr&s C1H2 " 1 e Researchers 1.6

10. Preecha Klingesorn Researchers 1.6

Socio-Economics

11. Orathai Rauyajin .T p>,,eam Leader 2

12. Ilyas Baker Environmental Sociologist 2

13. Vanawipha Pasandhanatorn Socio-Economist 2

14. Thawatchai Boonchote | Environmental Social 2

Scientist

Percentage of Woi

N\ame Signature FResponsibil;ty? in Comparison

with the Overall El

Public Health/ Public Safety /

15. Piya Leimsombat 4 ' T eam Leader 1.2

16. Naowarat Charoenca l' Y Health! Sanntation Expert 1.05

17. Nipapan Kungsakulniti Health/ Sanitation Expert 0.75

Occupational Health and safety/Public Safety

18. Chalermchai Chaikitiporn Team Leader 3

19. Chompusakdi Pulket = Industrial Hygiene 0.5

Assessment Expert 0.5

20. Vittaya Yoosook Industrial Hyhiene

Assessment Expert 0.5

21. Wichai Pruktharatikul \AprJi Jk Safety Expert

22. Pramuk Osiri _ Occupational Health Expert 0.5

Groundwater Hydrology / Quality

23. Vimonrat Kasemsupaya Team Leader 1.6

24. Oranuj Lorphensri ( 7/< Hydrogeologist 2.4

Environmental Noise

25. Luepol Punnakanta .- ( i ".see Team Leader 4

Soil and Land Quality

26. Sunan Kunaporn m / t 1 Scientist 3.2

27. Suchart Nawagawong jg -.. - -pj Environmentalist 0.8.. ~~~~~~~~ U Enirnenals

1 | Percentage of Wor:


with the Overall El.

Forest and Wildlife

28. Warren Y. Brockelman V2;. . j '. Team Leader 4

Landuse and Agriculture )

29. Sumalee Thepsuwan Team Leader 5

Sanitation and Waste Handling

30. Piya Leimsonbat Handling Team Leader 2.5

31. Suvit Chumnumsiriwat - Environmental engineer/ 2.5

Sanitation

Geology and Mineral Resources , ,

32. Pongpit Piyapongsa ,A'yt'v" Team Leader 1.05

33. Suchart Nawagawong - . Environmentalist 0.9

34. Gintana laoruechupong -- <, Geologist 1.05

Transportation

35. Vichai Pornsiripong . : .. f Team Leader 2.4

36. Sukhum Poothong . Environmentalist 0.6

Housing

37. Sukhum Poothong . Team Leader 3

Percentage of Wor}


with the Overall El.

Industry

38. Sukhum Poothong Team Leader 2.1

39. Krisanarack Teeraraj ci'5.' Industrial Expert 0.9

Power and Tranmission Line

40. Supachai Paiboon | i- Team Leader 3.2

41. Sukhum Poothong I . / ri Environmentalist 1.8

Aesthetics/ Tourism/ Recreation and Archaeology

42. Laddawan Thong-Nop 7<di - Team Leader 2.1

43. Rungarat lutachal oe ' -. _- Enronentaist 0.9

Seismology

44. Pongpit Piyapongsa I / 1 - Teari Leader 0.25

45. Suchart Nawagawong / Environmentalist 0.25

46. Gintana laoruechupong ' - Geologist 0.5

Total 100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

LIST OF FIGURES vLIST OF TABLES vi

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION1.1 General Background 1-11.2 Objectives of ELA Study 1-31.3 Environmental Impact Assessment Procedures Adopted

by the Consultant 1-41.4 Review of Site Evaluation Study 1-8

CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION2.1 Introduction 2-12.2 Site Location )-I2.3 Electricity Generating Complex ,-12.4 Fuel Supply 2-1-2.5 Water Supply and Treatment 2-172.6 Envirornental Discharge 2-23)2.7 Hazardous Materials Containment 2-402.8 Construction and Operation Staff 2-422.9 Construction Material and Plant Equipment Weights 2-432.10 Fire Protection 2-432.1 1 Emergency Plan 2-472.12 Project Schedule 2-49

3. CHAPTER 3: EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSPHYSICAL RESOURCES

3.1 Surface Water Hydrology 3-13.2 Surface Water Quality 3-153.3 Groundwater Resources 3-433.4 Soil and Land Quality 3-533.5 Geomorphology 3-683.6 Mineral Resources 3-873.7 Air Resources 3-913.8 Environmental Noise 3-1223.9 Seismology 3-133

ECOLOGYAND BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES3.10 Aquatic Biology and Fisheries 3-1463.11 Forest and Wildlife 3-155

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

Page

HUMAN U.SE VALUIES3.12 Land Use 3-167313 Agriculture 3-1923.14 Housing 3-2193. 15 Transportation 3-2253.16 Power/ Transmission System 3-2403.17 Industry 3-2493.18 Water Management and Water Use 3-2533.19 Flood Control and Drainage System 3-262

QUALITY OF LIFE VALUES3.20 Socio-Economics 3-2723.21 Archaeology 3-2993.22 Tourism/ Recreation and Aesthetics 3-3133.23 Public Health 3-323.24 Sanitation and Waste Handling 3-3593.25 Occupational Health and Safety 3-3653.26 Public Safety 3-371

4. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTPIHYSICAL RESOURCES

4 1 Surface Water Hydrology 4-14.2 Surface Water Quality 4-24.3 Groundwater Resources 4-114.4 Soil and Land Quality 4-194.5 Geomorphology 4-204.6 Mineral Resources 4-214.7 Air Resources 4-224.8 Environmental Noise 4-434.9 Seismology 4-47

ECOLOGICAL AND BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES4.10 Aquatic Biology and Fisheries 4-494.11 Forest and Wildlife 4-51

HUMAN USE VALUES4.12 Land Use 4-544.13 Agriculture 4-564.14 Housing 4-584.15 Transportation 4-604.16 Power and Transmission Line 4-62

ii


Page

4.17 Industry 4-634.18 Water Management and Water Use 4-654.19 Flood Control and Drainage System 4-664.20 Socio-Economics 4-674.21 Archaeology 4-754.22 Tourism! Recreation and Aesthetics 4-76

QUALITY OF LIFE VALUES4.23 Public Health 4-774.24 Sanitation and Waste Handling 4-784.25 Occupational Health and Safety 4-804.26 Public Safety 4-84

5. RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR ENVIRONMENTALIMPACT MITIGATION MEASURES

PHYSICAL RESOURCES5.1 Surface Water Hydrology 5-15.2 Surface Water Quality 5-25.3 Groundwater Resources 5-35.4 Soil and Land Quality 5-45.5 Geomorphology 5-55.6 Mineral Resources 5-55.7 Air Resources 5-65.8 Environmental Noise 5-85.9 Seismology 5-9

ECOLOGICAL AND BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES5.10 Aquatic Biology and Fisheries 5-105.11 Forest and Wildlife 5-113

HUMAN ULSE VALUES5.12 Land Use 5-145.13 Agriculture 5-155.14 Housing 5-165.15 Transportation 5-175.16 Power and Transmission Line 5-185.17 Water Management and Water Use 5-195.18 Flood Control and Drainage System 5-20

QUALITY OF LIFE VALUES5.19 Socio-Economics 5-215.20 Archaeology 5-275.21 Tourism/ Recreation and Aesthetics 5-285.22 Public Health 5-295.23 Sanitation and Waste Handling 5-305.24 Occupational Health and Safety 5-335.25 public Safety 5-60

iii


Page

6. ENVXIONMEINTAL MONITO4ING PROGRAMPHYSICAL RESOURCES

6.1 Surface Water Hydrology 6-16.2 Surface Water Quality 6-26.3 Groundwater Resources 6-46.4 Soil and Land Quality 6-56.5 Air Resources 6-66.6 Environmental Noise 6-9

ECOLOGICAL AND BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES6.7 Aquatic Ecology and Fisheries 6-106.8 Forest and Wildlife 6-11

HUMAN USE VALUES6.9 Transportation 6-126. 1..0' 'Power and T ransmission Line 6-146.11 Water Management and Water Use 6-156.12 Flood Control and Drainage System 6-16

QUALITY OFLIFE VALUES6.13 Socio-Economics 6-176.14 Public Health 6-226.15 Sanitation and Waste Handling 6-236.16 Occupational Health and Safety 6-246.17 Public Safety 6-27

iv

L11 Or FiGUS

Figure Title Page

1-1 LOCATION OF CANDIDATE SITES 1-82-1 LOCATION OF RATCHABURI POWER PLANT PROJECT 2-22-2 SITE LOCATION RATCHABURI POWER PLANT PROJECT 2-32-3 LOCATION OF RATCHABURI POWER PLANT 2-42-4 SITE ARRANGEMENT 2-52-5 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF THERMAL UNIT 2-72-6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF COMBINED CYCLE BLOCK 2-102-7 THE NEW DELIVERY PORT TO THE PLANT SITE 2-152-8 THE PIPELINE TO THE ONSITE FOR USE AS THE PRIMvARY

PLANT WATER SUPPLY SOURCE 2-182-9 PRELIMINARY WATER MASS BALANCE-STATION 2-202-10 SERVICE WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM 2-212-11 CYCLE MAKEUP TREATMENT SYSTEM 2-2 2-12 CONDENSATE POLISHING SYSTEM 2-242-13 AQC WET LIMESTONE SCRUBBERS 2-292-14 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM SANITARY

DRAINAGE AND TREATMENT 2-342-15 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM SANITARY

DRAINAGE AND TREATMENT 2-352-16 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM CHEMICAL WASTE

COLLECTION AND TREATMENT 2-362-17 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM WASTEWATER

COLLECTION AND TREATMENT 2-382-18 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM WASTEWATER

COLLECTION AND TREATMENT 2-392-19 TENTATIVE TIME SCHEDULE 2-512-20 TENTATIVE TIME SCHEDULE 2-523.1-1 PREVAILING WIND AND MONSOON TROUGH 3-33.1-2 ISOHYTAL MAP OF AVERAGE ANNUAL RAINFALL 3-43.1-3 MEAN MONTHLY RAINFALL IN MM. AT VARIOUS

STATIONS 3-53.1-4 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA AT AMPHOE MUANG,

KANCHANABURI 3-73.1-5 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA AT AMPHOE

THONG PHA PHUM, KANCHANABURI 3-83.1-6 MEAN MONTHLY EVAPOTRANSPIRATION,

AMPHOE MUANG, KANCHANABURI 3-93.1-7 LOCATION OF STREAMFLOW GAUGING STATIONS

WITEHN THE MAE KLONG RIVER BASIN 3-113.1-8 COMPARISION OF MEAN MONTHLY FLOW AT

BAN WANG KHANAI (K. 11) 3-143.2-1 WATER QUALITY SAMPLING STATIONS 3-173.2-2 RAW WATER SAMPLING OF MAE KLONG RIVER 3-293.3-1 MONITORED WELL LOCATIONS 3-493.4-1 DETAIL RECONNAISSANCE SOIL MAP OF

THE STUDY AREA 3-663.4-2 POTENTIAL LANDUSE MAP OF THE STUDY AREA 3-67

v

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)

Figure Title Page

3.5-1 GEOMORPHOLOGICAL MAP OF THE CHAO PHRAYADELTA 3-69

3.5-2 GEOMORPHOLOGICAL MAP OF THE STUDY AREA 3-703.5-3 GEOMORPHOLOGICAL MAP OF THE STUDY AREA 3-713.5-4 CROSS-SECTION AT THE STUDY AREA 3-723.5-5 CROSS-SECTION AT THE STUDY AREA 3-733.6-1 MINERAL RESOURCES IN RATCHABURI PROVINCE 3-883.7-1 AIR QUALITY SAMPLING STATIONS 3-933.7-2 WIND ROSE OF DON MUANG STATION 3-1103.7-3 WIND ROSE OF BANGKOK METROPOLIS STATION 3-1113.7-4 WIND ROSE OF KANCHANABURI STATION 3-1123.7-5 WIND ROSE OF HUA HIN STATION 3-1133.7-6 ANNUAL WIND ROSE AT BANGKOK METROPOLIS, 1 991 3-1173.8-1 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE MEASUREMENT STATIONS 3-1283.8-2 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION IN

RESIDEN'T1AL AREA DURING A DAY 3-1293.8-3 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION IN THE AREA

CLOSE TO THE MAIN ROAD DURING A DAY 3-1293.8-4 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT

COMMUNITY CENTER DURING A DAY 3-1293.8-5 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT

SWINE FARM DURING A DAY 3-1303.8-6 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT

CHICKEN FARM DURING A DAY 3-1303.8-7 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT DUCK

FARM DURING A DAY 3-1313.8-8 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT

CATTLE FARM DURING A DAY 3-1313.8-9 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT

PADDY FIELD OR OPEN SPACE DURING A DAY 3-1323.9-1 SEISMIC SOURCE ZONE OF BURMA-THAILAND-INDIA 3-1343.9-2 MAJOR FAULTS IN THE TENASSERRIM RANGES AND

NORTHERN THAILAND 3-1363.9-3 THE MAGNITUDE-FREQUENCY RELATION OF

SRINAGARIND AND KHAO LAEM EARTHQUAKES 3-1403.9-4 THE FORESHOCK-AFTERSHOCK PATTERN OF

SRINAGARIND EARTHQUAKE 3-1413.9-5 THE SWARM TYPE OF KHAO LAEM EARTHQUAKES 3-1413.9-6 THE EARTHQUAKE TYPES AND CHARACTERISTICS 3-1453.10-1 MAP OF PROJECT SITE AND THE COLLECTION

STATIONS 3-1473.11-1 LOCATION OF HABITATS IN THE PROJECT SITE 3-1663.12-1 LOCATION OF TAMRONS WHEUNERE TERVIEWS

WERE CARRIED OUT 3-1703.12-2 LANDUSE MAP OF THE STUDY AREA 3-1713.12-3 IRRIGATION AREA IN RATCHABURI PROVINCE 3-1833.12-4 IRRIGATION AREA IN SAMUT SONGKRAM PROVINCE 3-1843.12-5 LAND TYPES OF RATCHABURI PROVINCE 3-185

vi


Figure Title Page

3.13-1 RICE MARLKETING NETWORK OF RATCHABURIPROVINCE 3-200

3.15-1 EXISTING ROAD NETWORK 3-2353.15-2 LOCATION OF RAILWAY STATIONS 3-2363.15-3 R1VER,CANAL NAVIGATION LOCKS IN

THE PROJECT AREA 3-2373.15-4 RIVER AND CANAL NETWORK IN CENTRAL REGION 3-2383.15-5 TRAFFIC COUNT LOCATIONS 3-2393.17-1 MAP SHOWING RELATED INDUSTRIES WITH PROPOSED

POWER PLANT PROJECT AND TRANSPORTATIONNETWORK WITHIN A 15 KM. RADIUS OF SITE 3-252

3.18-1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF WATER USED INMAE KLONG BASIN 3-258

3.19-1 MOMENTARY FLOOD PEAK " WANG KHANAI "(K. I 1) 3-2703.19-2 DRAINAGE CONDITION AT THE PROJECT SITE 3-2713.20-1 MAP 1: ADJACENT COMMUNITIES 3-2963.20-2 MAP 2 SENSITIVE RECEPTOR COMMUNITIES 3-2973.20-3 MAP 3: PERIPHERAL COMMUNITIES 3-2983.21-1 THE MAIN ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITES DURING

Hii Pi-REIS TORIC PER UU 0D 'I-301

3.22-1 TOURIST ATTRACTIONS AND ARCHEOLOGICAL SITESOF RATCHABURI PROVINCE 3-316

3.22-2 TOURIST ATTRACTIONS AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITESWITHIN 10,15 KMS. FROM THE PROJECT SITE 3-325

3.23-1 VITAL CHART OF RATCHABURI PROVINCEBY DISTRICTS, 1992 3-355

3.23-2 MORBIDITY RATES OF DISEASES UNDER SURVEILLANCERATCHABURI PROVINCE. 1992 3-356

3.23-3 NUMBER OF CASES AND MORBIDITY RATE (PER 100,000)OF FOODBORNE AND WATERBORNE DISEASES,RATCHABURI, 1988-1992 3-357

3.23-4 NUMBER OF CASES AND MORBIDITY RATE (PER 100,000)OF COMMUNICABLE RESPIRATORY ILLNESSES,RATCHABURI 1988-1992 3-358

4.2-1 WATER QUALITY SAMPLING STATIONS OF EGAT 4-104.3-1 PUMPING TEST OF WELL AT BAN LAT PATAK 4-164.3-2 LITHOLOGIC LOG OF WELL AT BAN LAT PATAK 4-174.7-1 PREDICTED MAX.GLC OF SO2 1-H AVERAGE IN AFFECTED

AREA CAUSED BY NORMAL OPERATION OF THE RPPP 4-374.7-2 PREDICTED MAX.GLC OF S0 2 24-H AVERAGE IN AFFECTED

AREA CAUSED BY NORMAL OPERATION OF THE RPPP 4-38

vii


Figure Title Page

4.7-3 PREDICTED MAX.GLC OF SO2 ANN,TTAI AVERAGE INAFFECTED AREA CAUSED BY NORMAL OPERATIONOF THE RPPP 4-39

4.7-4 PREDICTED MAX.GLC OF N02 1-H AVERAGE INAFFECTED AREA CAUSED BY NORMAL OPERATIONOF THE RPPP 4-40

4.7-5 ISOPLETHS OF MAXIMUM GLC OF S02 WITHIN THE AREADURING ABNORMAL OPERATION NO. 1 OF THE RPPP 4-42/1

4.7-6 ISOPLETHS OF MAXIMUM GLC OF S02 WITHIN THE AREADURING ABNORMAL OPERATION NO.2 OF THE RPPP 4-42/2

4.8-1 NOISE LEVEL OF COMBINED CYCLE UNITS OFKANORM POWER PLANT IN CLEARING PIPE PROCESS 4-46

4.15-1 THE SOURCE OF LIME USES IN THE PROCESS OF FGD 4-61/2

viii

LIST OF TABLES

Table Title Page

1-1 LIST OF PROJECTS IN THE MEDIUM-TERM PLAN i-21-2 ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES/VALUES ARRANGED

BY U.S. CORPS OF ENGINEERS SYSTEM OF TIERSOR LEVELS 1-5

1-3 NUMERICAL SUMMARY OF RESULTS OFSITE EVALUATION ,TOTAL AND BY PARAMETER 1-14

1-4 VISUAL SUMMARY OF RESULT OF SITE EVALUATION,BY PARAMETER 1-15

2-1 RATCHABURI POWER PLANT PROJECTCOMBUSTION TURBINE 220 MW (GE-9 FA) 2-25

2-2 RATCHABURI POWER PLANT PROJECTTHERMAL POWER UNIT 700 MW 2-26

3.2-1 WATER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAE KLONG RIVERAT RATCHABURI, FEBRUARY 6,1994 3-18

3.2-2 WATER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAE KLONG RIVERAT RATCHABURI, APRIL 3,1994 3-20

3.2-3 WATER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAE KLONG RIVERAT I\TC'..fl1iui± Z.7 L2vI1 199 -22

3.2-4 SUMMARY OF WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS OFTHE MAE KLONG RIVER AT RATCHABURI DURINGTHE THREE SAMPLING PERIODS IN 1994 3-27

3.2-5 WATER CHARACTERISTICS AT SIRILUK BRIDGE,RATCHABURI 3-30

3.2-6 PROFILE OF COLIFORM BACTERIA,MAY 1989 3-313.2-7 RAW WATER QUALITY AT THE INTAKE OF RATCHABURI

MUNICIPAL WATER WORKS AND ITS VICINITY 3-323.2-8 TOTAL COLIFORM READINGS AT RATCHABURI

PROVINCE 3-363.2-9 POPULATION IN RATCHABURI MUNICIPALITY AND

LAK MUANG SANITARY DISTRICT AND THEIR BODLOADINGS IN 1991-1993 3-37

3.2-10 ASSESSMENT OF SUITABILITY OF WATER QUALITYFOR DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY, FISHERIESENHANCEMENT AND IRRIGATION 3-38

3.2-11 ASSESSMENT OF SUITABILITY OF WATER FORCOOLING WATER 3-40

3.3-1 RANGE OF SPECIFIC CAPACITY FOR EACH AQUIFER 3-443.3-2 DETAILS OF TUBE WELLS IN THE VICINITY OF

THE PROJECT AREA 3-463.3-3 DETAILS OF WATER QUALITY FOR STATION 1

(BAN KHOK KHAM) 3-48

ix

LIST OF TABLES (CONT.)

Table Title Page

3.3-4 DETAILS OF WATER QUALITY FOR STATION 2(BAN LANG AND BAN KHOK 01) 3-51

3.3-5 DETAILS OF WATER QUALITY FOR STATION 3(BAN CHAO NUA) 3-52

3.4-1 PROFILE FEATURES,SERIES,CLASSIFICATION,LANDFORM AND PARENT MATERIAL OF THESTUDY AREA 3-63

3.5-1 CROSS-SECTION RECORDING FORM OFGEOMORPHOLOGICAL UNIT Section A-B 3-78

3.5-2 CROSS-SECTION RECORDING FORM OFGEOMORPHOLOGICAL UNIT Section C-D 3-81

3.5-3 CROSS-SECTION RECORDING FORM OFGEOMORPHOLOGICAL UNIT section E-F 3-83

3.6-1 MINERAL RESOURCES IN PATCHABURT PROVLNCE 3=873.7-1 EMISSION FACTORS FOR NATURAL GAS AND OIL

FIRED POWER PLANTS 3-953.7-2 SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR

MONITORING AIR POLLUTANTS 3-963.7-3 THE NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARD

FOR THE PRIMARY CONCERNED POLLUTANTS 3-973.7-4 LOCATION OF THE METEOROLOGICAL STATIONS

IN THE REGION 3-973.7-5 RESULTS OF AIR QUALITY MEASUREMENT AT SAMPLING

SITE-1 "BAN BANG-KRADO" 3-1003.7-6 RESULTS OF AIR QUALITY MEASUREMENT AT SAMPLING

SITE-2 "BAN CHAO-NUA" 3-1013.7-7 RESULTS OF AIR QUALITY MEASUIREMENT AT SAMPLING

SITE-3 "BAN DON MOT-TANOI" 3-1023.7-8 RESULTS OF AIR QUALITY MEASUREMENT AT SAMPLING

SITE-4 "BAN KLONG-KAE" 3-1033.7-9 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA 1956-1985 3-1063.7-10 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FOR THE PERIOD 1956-1985 3-1073.7-11 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FOR THE PERIOD 1956-1985 3-1083.7-12 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FOR THE PERIOD 1956-1985 3-1093.7-13 ANNUAL WIND ROSE AT BANGKOK METROPOLIS

STATION DURING THE YEAR 1991 3-1163.7-14 JOINT FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF WIND SPEED,

DIRECTION AND STABILITY DATA AT BANGKOKMETROPOLIS STATION 1991 3= 118

3.7-15 MEAN MAXIMUM MIXING HEIGHT FOR PERIOD1971-1980 3-121

3.8-1 SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL (dBA) FROM EXITING NOISESOURCES AROUND THE PROJECT PLANT SITE AREA 3-125

x


Table Title Page

3.8-2 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE LEVEL OF THE AREA AROUNDTHE PROJECT PLANT SITE 3-126

3.9-1 NUMBER OF RECORDED EARTHQUAKES OCCURRIiNGIN THAILAND DURING 1965-JUNE 1993 3-138

3.9-2 MAGNITUDE DISTRIBUTION OF EARTHQUAKESOCCURRING IN THAILAND DURING 1965-JUNE 1993 3-139

3.9-3 MODIFIED MERCALLI SCALE OF EARTHQUAKEINTENSITIES 3-143

3.11-1 LIST OF SPECIES OF SHRUBS AND TREES ALONG A 500 M.LENGTH OF THE LAM RANGE SALA STREAM,ON SOUTHBANK, EAST OF BAN KHOK 01 3-158

3.11-2 GROUND PLANTS FOUNT) GROWING IN OPEN FIELDAND MARSH ON WAT PHIKUN THONG SITE DURINGDRY SEASON 3-159

3.11-3 LIST OF BIRDS SEEN DURING VISIT TO THE PROJECT SITEIN BOTH DRY AND RAINY SEASON 3-161

3.12-1 MAJOR TYPES OF LAND USE IN THE STUDY AREA 3-1723.12-2 NUMBER OF FACRTEco BY Al,AbHOE IN 1992 3-1733.12-3 NUMBER OF'FACTORIES AND DENSITY IN EACH

ANPHOE IN 1992 3-1733.12-4 NUMBER OF MAJOR FACTORIES BY AMPHOE IN 1992 3-1743.12-5 NUJMBER OF RICE MILLS AND ENTERPRISES IN 1992 3-1753.12-6 NUMBER OF EDUCATIONAL PLACES BY DEPENDENT

OFFICES IN EACH AMPHOE IN 1993 3-1763.12-7 ENLTMER OF TEMPLES AND RELIGIOUS PLACES BY

AMPHOE IN 1993 3-1773.12-8 NUMBER OF HOSPITALS,PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICES

AND PRIVATE CLINICS IN EACH AMPHOE IN 1993 3-1773.12-9 NUMBER OF BANKS IN EACH A\MPHOE IN 1993 3-1783.12-10 AGRICULTURAL LAND HOLDINGS BY AMPHOE IN 1993 3-1793.12-11 REASONS FOR USING LAND FOR RICE GROWING IN

THE STUDY AREA 3-1863.12-12 RICE FIELD LANDUSE PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA 3-1863.12-13 IRRIGATED AREA IN EACH AMPHOE INCLUDED IN

THE STUDY AREA 3-1873.12-14 REASONS FOR GROWING FRUIT TREES ON THE

FARMERS LAND 3-1883.12-15 FRESHWATER FISHERIES AREA, PRODUCTION AND

NUMBER OF FARMERS IN 1993 3-1893.12-16 FISHERY PRODUCTION BY TYPE AND AREA IN 1993 3-1903.12-17 LAND UTILIZATION AT HOUSEHOLD LEVEL IN THE

STUDY AREA 3-191

xi


Table Title Page

3.13-1 TOTAL NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS AND AGRICULTURALOUST TCTCT TeLT' CN 1993 I3-19

3.13-2 NUMBER OF FARMERS AND FISHERY PRODUCTIONIN 1993 3-194

3.13-3 PLANTED AREA OF MAJOR CROPS IN EACH AMPHOEIN 1993 3-195

3.13-4 CHARACTERISTICS OF RICE FARMING IN THESTUDY AREA 3-198

3.13-5 INCOME FROM RICE FARMING 3-2023.13-6 PROBLEMS OF RICE FARMING 3-2033.13-7 RICE FARMERS' INTENDED USE OF THEIR LAND IN

THE NEXT 5 YEARS 3-2033.13-8 YIELD AND COST OF PRODUCTION OF FRUIT TREES IN

THE STUDY AREA IN 1990-1993 3-2053.13-9 FRUIT TT ROP SI AND TREi E r CRrOP TR5DUCT1N TN

RATCHABURI PROVINCE CROP YEAR 1990/91 3-2063.13-10 INCOME FROM FRUIT TREE AND TREE CROP FARMING 3-2083.13-11 PERCENTAGE OF FARMERS WHO HAVE EXPERIENCED

DAMAGE TO THEIR FRUIT TREES IN THE LASTFIVE YEARS 3-209

3.13-12 AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION,COST AND INCOME INTHE STUDY AREA IN 1993 3-211

3.13-13 CHARACTERISTICS OF VEGETABLE GROWING INTHE STUDY AREA 3-212

3.13-14 NUMBER OF LIVESTOCK BY TYPE IN THE STUDY AREA 3-2153.13-15 FRESHWATER FISHERIES AREA,PRODUCTION AND

NUMBER OF FARMERS IN 1993 3-2163.13-16 PRODUCTION OF FRESH WATER FAUNA OF

RATCHABURI PROVINCE IN 1993 3-2173.13-17 COST OF MACROBRACIUM FARMING 3-2183.14-1 DISTRIBUTION OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE AREAS,

AND APPROXIMATE HOUSING AND POPULATIONDENSITIES WITHIN 15 KM. RADIUS FROM WATPHIKUN THONG SITE(1993) 3-222

3.14-2 POPULATION AND HOUSING TRENDS WITHIN 15 KM.RADIUS FROM THE SITE 3-223

3.14-3 POPULATION AND HOUSING DISTRIBUTION OF THECOMMUNITIES ADJACENT TO THE PROJECT SITE,MAY 1994 3-224

3.15-1 TA ArIC VOLUME RECOr 1989-1993 3-2293.15-2 FIELD TRAFFIC VOLUME DATA RECORDED

( ST STATION) 3-230

xii


Table Title Page

3.15-3 FIELD TRAFFIC VOLUM DATA RECORDED(2 nd STATION) 3X-231

3. 15-4 FIELD TRAFFIC VOLUME DATA RECORDED(3td STATION) 3-232

3.15-5 NO. OF TRAINSTONS OF FREIGHT AND NO. OFPASSENGERS USING RATCHABURI RAILWAY STATION 3-23 3

3.15-6 INLAND WATER TRANSPORTATION STATISTICS ATBANGNOKKVACK IRRIGATION LOCK 3-234

3.15-7 INLAND WATER TRANSPORTATION STATISTICSAT BANYANG IRRIGATION LOCK 3-234

3.16-1 EGATS EXISTING INSTALLED GENERATING CAPACITYAS OF JULY 1988 3-244

3.16-2 EXISTING INSTALLED TRANSMiSSION LINES ANDSUBSTATIONS 3-246

3,16-3 TOTAL EGAT GENERATION REQUIRENENT 3-2473.18-1 IRIGATION DEMAND OF MAE KLONG IRRIGATION

PROJECT (MCM.) 3-2593.18-2 SIMULATION RESULTS OF THE MiAE KLONG

RIVER BASIN 3-2603.19-1 MOMENTARY FLOOD PEAK " WANG KHANAI" (K. 1 1) 3-2653.19-2 ANNUAL FLOOD PEAK DOWNSTREAM OF

VAJTRALONGKORN DAM (K. I 1) BEFORE OPERATIONOF UPSTREAM RESERVOIRS - 3-266

3.19-3 ANNUAL FLOOD PEAK DOWNSTREAM OFVAJIRALONGKORN DAM (K. I 1) AFTER OPERATIONOF UPSTREAM RESERVOIRS 3-267

3.19-4 FLOOD FREQUENCY ANALYSIS (MOMENTARY PEAK BASIS)BEFORE OPERATION OF UPSTREAM RESERVOIRS 3-268

3.19-5 FLOOD FREQUENCY ANALYSIS (MOMENTARY PEAK BASIS)AFTER OPERATION OF UPSTREAM RESERVOIRS 3-269

3.21-1 REGISTERED ARCHAEOLOGICAL PLACES INRATCHABURI 3-3 11

3.21-2 ARCHEOLOGICAL OR RELIGIOUS PLACES WITHINABOUT 1.5 KM. FROM THE VILLAGE 3-312

3.22-1 FAMOUS TOURIST ATTRACTIONS WITHIN ABOUT 1.5 KM.FROM THE VILLAGE 3-326

3.22-2 FREQUENCY OF VACATION TIME OR SIGHT SEEING ASTOURIST 3-326

3.22-3 VISITING/VACATION PLACES 3-3263.22-4 RECREATION PLACES WANTED 3-3273.22-5 PREFERRED DISTANCE OF RECREATION PLACE FROM

VILLAGE 3-327

xiii


Table Title Page

3.23-1 VITAL STATISTICS OF RATCHABURI PROVINCEBY DISTRICTS 3-333

3.23-2 DEATH AND MORTALITY RATE (/100,000 POP) OFRATCHABURI PROVINCE AND TWELVE LEADING CAUSESOF DEATH 3-334

3.23-3 TOP TEN DISEASES OF OUT-PATIENTS, RATCHABURIPROVINCE 3-335

3.23-4 TOP TEN DISEASES OF IN-PATIENTS, RATCHABURIPROVINCE 3-336

3.23-5 MORBIDITY AND MORTALITY RATES OF DISEASESUNDER SURVEILLANCE,RATCHABURI PROVINCE, 1992 3-337

3.23-6 NUMBER OF CASES AND MORBIDITY RATE (PER 100,000)OF FOODBORNE AND WATERBORNE DISEASES,YEAR1988-1992 3-340

3.23-7 NUMBER OF CASES AND MORBIDITY RATE (PER L00,000)OF COMMUNICABLE RESPIRATORY ILLNESSES,RATCHABURI PROVINCE 1988-1992 3-341

3.23-8 PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE FACILITIES IN RATCHABURIPROVINCE 3-342

3.23-9 PRIVATE HEALTH SERVICE FACILITIES, RATCHABURIPROVINCE 3-343

3.23-10 RATIO OF PEOPLE TO GOVERNMENT PUBLIC HEALTHPERSONNEL IN RATCHABURI PROVINCE 3-344

3.23-11 NUMBER OF CASES OF DISEASES UNDERSURVEILLANCE IN RATCHABURI PROVINCE BYDISTRICT, 1993 3-345

3.23-12 NUMBER OF CASES OF DISEASES UNDER SURVEILLANCE(DISEASES OF RESPIRATORY SYSTEM) IN THE AREAAROUND WAT PHIKUN THONG SITE, 1993 3-346

3.23-13 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE STUDY SUBJECTS INTAMBOL LOOMDIN 3-347

3.23-14 CHARACTERISTICS OF TRE STUDY SUBJECTS IN4 TAMBOLS AROUND THE PROJECT AREA 3-348

3.23-15 FREQUENCY AND MONTHLY OCCURENCE OFRESPIRATORY ILLNESSES REPORTED AMONG STUDYSUBJECTS IN TAMBOL LOOMDIN (N= 184) 3-349

3.23-16 FREQUENCY AND MONTHLY OCCURENCE OFRESPIRATORY ILLNESSES REPORTED AMONG STUDYSUBJECTS IN 4 TAMBOLS AROUND THE PROJECT AREA(N = 742) 3-350

xiv


Table Title Page

3.23-17 PREVALENCE OF RELATED RESPIRATORY SYMPTOMSREPORTED A\MONG STUDY SUBJECTS IN TAMBOLLOOMDIN (N = 184) 3-351

3.23-18 PREVALENCE OF RELATED RESPIRATORY SYMPTOMSREPORTED AMONG STUDY SUBJECTS IN 4 TAMBOLSAROUND THE PROJECT AREA (N = 184) 3-353

3.24-1 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL SANITATION CONDITIONSOF RATCHABURI (1992) 3-361

3.24-2 AVAILABILITY OF CLEAN DRINKING WATER AND WATERSUPPLY SYSTEM IN RATCHABURI 3-362

3.24-3 WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS :POTABLE WATER AND RIVERWATER IN RATCHABURI 3-363

3.24-4 FOOD SANITATION CONTROL RATCHABURI PROVINCE 3-3643.26-1 NUMBER AND PERCENTAGE OF DEAD AND INJURED

PERSONS FROM TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS IN RATCHABURIPROVINCE (1991 TO JANUARY 1994) 3-373

3.26-2 NUMBER AND PERCENTAGE DISTRIBUTION OF TRAFFICVOLUMES PER HOUR AND MEAN NOISE LEVEL BY TYPESOF VEHICLES (OBSERVED AT 200 METERS FROMINTERSECTION HIGHWAY NO.4 AND ROAD TOWAT PHIKUIN THONG) MAY 1994 3-374

3.26-3 NUMBER AND PERCENTAGE DISTRIBUTION OF TRAFFICVOLUMES PER HOUR AND MEAN NOISE LEVEL AT THEROADSIDE TO WAT PHIKUN THONG SITE, MAY 1994 3-375

3.26-4 TRAFFIC VOLUME RECORDS IN PROJECT AREA(HIGHWAY ROUTE NO.4, STATION 93 KM + 580)DURING 1991-1993 3-376

4.2-1 SURFACE WATER QUALITY OF THE MAE KLONG RIVERAND ITS TRIBUTARIES 4-8

4.3-1 RELATION BETWEEN TIME AND DRAWDOWN AT ONSITE WELL AND 1,000 M. FROM ON SITE WELL(WELL DISCHARGE OF 822 CU.M/D) 4-12

4.3-2 RELATION BETWEEN TIME AND DRAWDOWN AT ONSITE WELL WITH VARIOUS WELL DISCHARGES 4-14

4.3-3 RELATION BETWEEN TIME AND DRAWDOWN AT 1,000 M.FROM ON SITE WELL WITH VARIOUS WELL DISCHARGES4-15

4.7-1 NAMES AND LOCATIONS OF THE SENSITIVE RECEPTORSWITHIN THE IMPACTED AREA 4-26

4.7-2 SOURCE DATA FOR DISPERSION MODELING IN CASEOF THERMAL POWER UNIT 4-28

xv


Table Title Page

4.7-3 SOURCE DATA FOR DISPERSION MODFL ING LN CASEOF COMBINED CYCLE UNIT 4-29

4.7-4 BACKGROUND LEVELS OF SO2 ,NO2 AND 03 WITHINTHE IMPACTED AREA AROUND THE RPPP 4-32

4.7-5 COMPARISONS OF SO2 AND NO2 CONCENTRATIONSTO THE REFERENCE THAI AMBIENT AIR QUALITYSTANDARDS 4-34

4.7-6 CONCENTRATIONS OF SO2 GAS EXPECTED ATDISCRETE SENSITVE RECEPTORS 4-35

4.7-7 CONCENTRATIONS OF NO2 GAS EXPECTED ATDISCRETE SENSITIVE RECEPTORS 4-41

4.7-8 PREDICTED MAXIMUM GLC OF SO2 IN AFFECTED AREADURING ABNORMAL OPERATION NO.1 OF RPPP 4-36

4.8-1 MAXIMUM NOISE LEVEL AT VARIOUS DISTANCESFROM THE CONSTRUCTION AREA 4-43

4.14-1 COMPARISON OF HOUSING DENSITY TRENDS BETWEENWITH AND WITHOUT PROJECT SCENARIOS IN THEAREAS STUDIED 4-59

4.15-1 COMPARISON OF ROAD CAPACITY AND TRAFFICVOLUME OF HIGHWAY ON WITH AND WITHOUTPROJECT 4-61/1

5.19-1 POTENTIAL CONCERNS OF COMMUNITIES WHICH ARELIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY THE POWER PLANT 5-23

5.23-1 THE ANALYSIS OF REFUSE SAMPLES FROMTHE TWO PERIODS OF OPERATION 5-32

5.24-1 PERMISSIBLE NOISE EXPOSURE LEVELS 5-385.24-2 MINIMUM ILLUMINATION INTENSITIES IN LUX 5-396.5-1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR

THE ONE YEAR PERIOD BEFORE THE RPPP START-UP 6-6

xvi

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 General Background

1.1.1 Electricity Power Demand in Thailand

Future DemandAccording to documentation supplied by EGAT the demand for

power in Thailand is estimated to increase as follows: from 8,045 MW in 1991to 13,075 MW at the end of 1996, a growth rate of 10.20 per cent ; to 19,000MW at the end of 2000 , a growth rate of 7.76 per cent ; and to 25,515 MW by2006, a growth rate of 6.07 per cent.

Present StatusEGAT' s total installed capacity as of Septempber 1993 was

12,178 MW . Of this capacity, approximately 2,429 MW is hydroelectric

(20 %) ; 6,101 MW is conventional fossil fueled thermal units ( 50.1 %) ; 3,424

MW is combined cycle combustion t-urbine (28.1%) and 224 MW is simple

cycle combustion turbine (1.8 %) .

Future Supplv

A power development plan (PDP) has been prepared covering the

period 1992-2006 . A generating reserve margin of not less than 15 per cent has

been adopted thus projected installed capacity is 16,198 MW in 1996 , 22,579

MW in 2001 and 30,951 MW in 2006.

The PDP has been divided into 3 periods: short term , medium

term and long termn . The short term plan covers the period of the Seventh

National Economic and Social Development Plan 1992-96 . After some existing

plants have been decommissioned the power generation capability at the end of

1996 will be 15,642 MW which is sufficient to support the peak demand of

13,075 MW at that time.

During the medium term plan period, or up to the year 2001, 26

new projects are expected to be commissioned, totalling 15,075 MW . These

consist of 1 hydroelectric project (500 MW) , 18 thermal power plant projects

(12,257 MW) and 6 transmission system projects . The full list of projects is

presented in table 1-1

l-l

TABLE 1-1 LIST OF PROJ ECTS IN THE MEDIUM-TERM PLAN

Name of Project Capacity Proposed

(MW) Commissioning Date

Hydroelectric Projects1. Lam Takhong Units 1-2 2X5J0 January 1999

Thermal Power Plant Projects1. Sai Noi Gas Turbine Units 1-2 2X122 May 95-Jun 952. Nong Chok Gas Turbine Units 1-4 4X122 May 95- Aug 953. Wang Noi Combined Cycle Block 1 1X651 Mar 96- Apr 974. Wang Noi Combined Cycle Block 2 1X651 Jul 96- Jul 975. South Bangkok Combined Cycle Block 2 1X623 Oct 96- Aug 986. Wang Noi Combined Cycle Block 3 IX600 Nov 97- Aug 987. IPP 1,000 Jan 98- Jan 00

8. Ratchaburi Combined Cycle Block 1 IX600 Jul 98- Jul 999. Ratchaburi Combined Cycle Block 2 lX600 Sep 98- Sep 9910. Ratchaburi Combined Cycle Block 3 IX600 Nov 98- Nov 9911. Mae Kham FBC 1X300 November 199812. Ratchaburi Thermal Unit I 1X700 April 199913. Krabi/Surat Thani Thermal Unit 1 1X300 April 199914. IPP 1,400 July 199915. Ratchaburi Thermal Unit 2 IX700 August 199916. IPP _1,400 October 199917. Ratchaburi Thermal Unit 3 IX700 October 200018. Ratchaburi Thermal Unit 4 IX700 February 2001

Transmission Projects1. EGAT-TNB Stage II Interconnection 300 April 19972. Transmission System Expansion No.9 - 1997 -1998

(1993-1997)3. Power Supply for Greater Bangkok Area - 1997-2000

4. Transmission System Expansion No. 10 - 1999-2000

(1995-1999)

5. 115 kV Chiang Mai 2-Mae Hong Son - March 2000

6. 500 kV Transmission Systems to receive December 2000Power from Miscellaneous System 1992-1996

mns.io I ' i Eastern dlIU WYestem

Areas and Construction Work

Total Generation Capacity 13,057

1-2

As can be seen from this table the list includes 7 projects located

in Ratchaburi province. These constitute a large base load thermal power

station . known as the Ratchaburi Power Plant Project, which consists of four

700 MW thermal units and three 600 MW combined cycle blocks aiving a total

installed capacity of 4.600 MW.

1.1.2 Request for Mahidol University to Conduct an EIA

In December 1993 EGAT requested Mahidol University to

conduct a site evaluation study for four potential site locations and an

environmental impact assessment (EIA) of the Lower Central Combined Cycle

Project at the preferred site to determine its environmental impacts and to

propose mitigation measures and a comprehensive monitoring plan . During the

course of studies, the project wvas modified and expanded to include

conventional oil/gas-fired power plants. When the site evaluation was

completed in March 1994 and the Consultant concluded that the preferred site

was Wat Phikun Thong in Changwat Ratchaburi the project was renamed"Ratchaburi Power Plant Project". On completion. the EIA will be submitted to

the Office of Environmental Policy and Plannin2 . Ministrv of Science,

Technology and Energy for review.

1.2 Objctives of the EIA study

i) To define the study area which would be directly and indirectly

affected bv the development of the proposed project.

ii) To describe the existing chsracteristics and quality of all

environmental resources and values of the study area.

iii) To characterize the physical, biological and socio-economic aspects

that would affect project design, project costs and project benefits.

iv) T o indentify the principle changes of the environment that may be

reasonably expected as a result of the project development.

v) To predict the short and long term environmental impacts of the

proposed project, including duration and magnitude of the predicted impacts..

vi) To recommend guideline for short and long term measures to prevent

or mitigate the adverse effects and/or maximize the positive results of the

proposed project upon the local and regional environmental resources .

vii) To recommend appropriate guidelines for an environmental

monitoring program with the relevant cost estimate for the proposed project.

1-3

viii) To examine the enviromnentally acceptable design alternative and

generating capacity of the project, based on the environrnental supports,

constraints, and/or limitations (eg. air quality, water supply, land use , waste

disposal, cooling system, high voltage transmission system routing etc.).

1.3 Environmental Impact Assessment Procedures Adoptedby the Consultant

New projects which are likely to significantly alter the existing naturaland built environments are required by law to submit an environmental impactstatement for review by the NEB. This is to be "prepared in sufficient scope anddetail to enable the NEB to evaluate the overall worth of the project in terms ofeconomic benefits versus possible impairments to precious environmentalresources or values" (Guidelines for Preparation of Environmental ImpactEvaluations, NEB, April 1979, P.2)

In order to assist project proponents and their consultants to prepare sucha document NEB has prepared a set of guidelines in the form of a manualentitled "Guidelines for Preparation of Environmental Irnpact Evaluations". TheConsultant has studied this manual and incorporated these guidelines into thepreparation of the EIS. A key component of the NEB guidelines is the provision

of a table listing, (after the practice of the U.S. Corps of Engineers) in four tiersor levels, the environmental resources/values (ERNV) to be studied. These fourtiers or levels are:

(1) Physical Resources(2) Ecological Resources(3) Human Use Values(4) Quality of Life Values

The full list is presented in table 1-2. While most large scale projects arelikely to affect the full range of ER/V presented in the NEB guidelines some arelikely to be more significant than others depending on the nature of the project.For this reason, whilst the Consultant studied the full range of ER/V, these werearranged in ts..s ofu -. ueS or s.udy. These priorities refiect the special

characteristics of the Ratchaburi Power plant and are priorities which wereagreed upon by EGAThefore the EIA conmnenced. These have already beenpresented in section 1.2.2 of the Interim Report.

1-4

TABLE 1-2 ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES/ VALUES ARRANGED BYU.S CORPS OF ENGINEERS SYSTEM OF TIERS OR LEV'EL

Classification Environmental Resource or Value (ERNV)LEVELI: PHYSICAL RESOURCES

Water Resources Surface water

Hydrology

Quality

Groundwater

HydrologyQuality

Air Resources Air Resources

Meteorology (Climate)Quality (Smog, Noise, Radiation, Odor)

Land Resources Soil

Erosion/ SedimentationsFertility

Mineral Resources Geology! Seismoloyv

LEVEL 2: ECOLOGICAL RESOURCESAquatic Resources Fisheries

Aquatic BiologyTerrestrial Resources Forests ( Vegetative Cover)

Terrestrial wildlifeEndangered (Rare) Species Endangered (Rare) Species

i-5

In carrying out the ELA study the following steps were followed:

1. Description of environmental setting. This provided the base-

line infornation against which prediction and asessment was conducted and

also provided vital input inforrnation for the preparation of the EnvironmentalImpact Statement. The description of the existing environmental setting

encompasses the environment resources/values (EN/V) suggested by the

Guidelines for Preparation of Impact Evaluations" (ONEB, 1979). The

description of the environmental setting was based on secondary and primary

sources of information such as literature review, site visits, field surveys,

interviews etc.2. Impact prediction and assessment. This step included the

development of both "without project" and "with project" scenarios. With

regards to the former, the purpose is to project current conditions into the future

based on historical trends or taking into consideration the discontinuance of

historical trends (for example, as a result of policies or developments other than

that which is the subject of the EA). The "with project" scenario was

developed with reference to the full technical description of the proposedpower plant, incorporating project increments. Prediction and assessment of the

impact of the project increments on the ER/V were accomplished using an array

of established quantitative and qualitative techniques, including mathematical

modeling. The assessment addresses issues of impact magnitude and duration

and covers both the plant's construction and operation periods.

3. Development of recommendations with regard to the mostsuitable number of thermal plant units and/or combined cycle units and hence

ultimate installed capacity. This was based on identification of the optimum

balance between economic development and environmental protection.

4. Development of an impact management plan incorporating

short-term and long-term measures to mitigate adverse impacts and enhance

beneficial impacts. This will encompass the full project cycle.

5. Development of an environmental monitoring program for the

proposed project including a cost estimate.

6. Writing up of the EIS.

1-6

1.4 Review of Site Evaluation Study

During the first phase of EIA four candidate sites were evaluated todetermine the preferred site for the electricity generating plant. The four siteswere Ban Khung Krathin and Wat Phikun Thong in Ratchaburi Province andBan Kum Tok and Ban Bang Kao in Petchaburi Province (see Fig l- )

1.4.1 Objectives of Site Evaluation StudyThe site evaluation study had the following objectives:(1) To identify a suitable methodology and range of factors

for conducting a new site evaluation study(2) To conduct an independent evaluation of the four

condidate sites using the methodology and factors identified.

(3) To recommend a preferred site for the Lower CentralCombined Cycle Project.

1.4.2 Methodology for Site EvaluationThe methodology used is a formn of weighted-ranking

technique widely used in environmental impact studies. The steps were asfollows:

(1) All parameters used for evaluating the candidate siteswere classified according to 3 levels of priority established by EGAT.

(2) Weights were allocated to each of the priority levels asfollows: Ist Priority (50), 2 nd Priority (30), 3rd Priority (20)

(3) These weights of 50, 30 and 20 were then divided upamongst the parameters contained in each level of priority. This involved the

subjective judgement of the Consultant. Parameters considered to be the most

significant for the site evaluation were given higher weights. In some cases

parameters were weighted equally. The sum total of parameter weights of courseequalled 50 for priority class 1, 30 for priority class 2 and 20 for priority class 3.

1-7

:m _,"phoe van Ph.9 �CllilNG II,N*"HO

Lk, _.PI-.,. B.AT.k-(

M4ANGWIV7 SA��B Khi K

6- B-g Th. A

'A 8-

13 II., T--- 3

B- R.�

la.. Kh.k Kh,.. s- L.k S..g 11, sr�

A.Ph-g

WAT PIIIKU Til KI -1 Amp�,, . Pa. Ph.- I'l A,,

N.1pl.,, Ch,, H.i

P.. U.1 T-

B.. Kh?-g Th

AT,.RATCFJABLtR I �B.R T�. N

A A

-A np a, D loon balk , Kil.

?h

-13,,aD

u,

A MUT SONGKFiRAM

0

n P

ie.t

1.4.d

Wf

Kh.

J01%, * BAN KUNI TOKI-- Kh- S.,

rS.11'. 'i al"h P.$ TI.I.

Ok

VAT.

vK.I.

0 LEGENI)

BAri A KAO

f CANDIDATESITES

L ... 5 I O

A

S..d

ENVIRONM ENTAL IMPACT ASSESSM ENT OF

WER CENTILAL COMBINED CYCLE PROJECT�

FIGURE 1-1 LOCATION OF CANDIDA'

Thus

GROUP I: ISt Prionity (50)

- Climatology and Air Quality, 10- Surface Water Hydrology and Water Resoruces, 8

- Surface Water Quality, 8

- Aquatic Ecology/Fisheries, 8

- Socio-Economics, 8- Public Health/Public Safety(Occupational Health and Safety), 8

GROUP Il: 2 nd Priority (30)

- Ground Water Hydrology/Quality, 4- Environmental Noise, 4

- Soil/Land Quality, 4- Terrestrial Resources, 4- Land Use/Agriculture, 5

- SanitationAWaste Handling, 5- Water Supply, 4

GROUP Ill: 3 rd Priority (20)

- Geology/Mineral Resouices, 3- Transportation, 3

- Housing, 3- Industry, 3- Aesthetics/Toun'sm/Archaeology,. 3- Seismology, 1- Transmission Line, 4

(4) Each parameter was then disaggregated into

component factors which were used to consider each site's suitability for the

proposed project. The weight for the parameter was divided up amongst the

factors indicating their relative importance in the site evaluation e.g. The Air

Quality paramneter got a weight of 10 in step 3 and 3 factors were identified for

the site evaluation: (a) The Predicted Maximum Project Concentration, (b) The

Existing Ambient Air Quality at the Proposed Site and in the Surrounding

Areas, (c) and the Existing Sources of Air Pollution at the Proposed Project

Sites and in the Surrounding Areas. The 10 was divided up amongst the 3

factors as follows a = 5, b = 3, c = 2.

All the factors used for the site selection and the weights

distributed to them are presented in table 1-3.

1-9

(5) Each alternative site was then considered for eachfactor and raw score values of 0-4 assigned according to degree of suitability,

with 0 = very unsuitable, 1 = unsuitable, 2 = neutral, 3 = suitable and 4 = very

suitable.

(6) Raw scores for each alternative site were thenmultplied by the weight allocated to that particular factor being considered.

Then the weighted score for each site was summed to give a sub-total for each

site according to the parameter considered . The total score (all parameters) for

each site was then calculated . The site with the highest score is the preferred

site.

1.4.3 Summary of Site Evalation Study Results

1.4.3.1 PHYSICAL RESOURCESFor the Physical Resources group of values Wat Phikun

Thoung geinerally scored high in terms of suitability. A low score of 1 howeverwas given for the "flooding and drainage conditions" factor of the Soil/Land

Quality parameter as it was assessed that the site would incur extra grading costs

to elevate it above its currently flooded state. A low score of 1 was also givenfor the "existing noise source" and "noise characteristics" factors of the

Environmental Noise parameter due to the predominantly rural setting of the

proposed site. Ban Kung Khrathin also generally received high scores in terms

of suitability. But a low score of 1 was given for the "shrink and swell" factor of

the SoillLand Quality Parameter due to the fact that the soil in the area has high

montmorillorite clays. Low scores of 1 were also given for the "noise

characteristics" and the "noise affected group" factors of the Environmental

Noise parameter as the site is at present a relatively quiet area and has a high

population concentration within the vicinity of the site.

Ban Kuin Tok received somewhat mixed results overall.

The lowest score was received for the Surface Water Quality parameter because

"treated plant effluents and cooling tower blowdown would be discharged to

Petchaburi River which is about 6 km from the lower mouth and the site has a

very low flow.... thus making flushing difficult." The highest score it received

was for the Air Quality parameter due to the existing ambient air quality being

higher than at other sites and due to the absence of sources of air pollution at

present.

1-10

Ban Ban Kao's results were also somewhat mixed with

particularly low results for the Groundwater Hydrology/Quality parameter due

its coastal location which would render ground water resources subject to salt

water intrusion.

1.4.3.2 ECOLOGICAL RESOURCES

Considering Ecological Resources Wat Phikun Thongconsistently scored high in terms of suitability. It received no low scores,thus

indicating its suitablity from the perspective of all factors.

Ban Kung Kratin also generally received high scores

showing its suitability but it did receive a score of 1 for the "tree density" factor

due to the high density of fruit trees in the vicinity of the site.

Ban Kum Tok received a high score for both the Aquatic

Resources and Fisheries parameter and the Forestry, Vegetation and Wildlife

parameter. Ban Bang Kao's results were also good overall but not as good as

Ban Kum Tok's.

1.4.3.3 HUMAIN USE VALUESRegarding Human Use Values, Wat Phikun Thong had a

mixed result receiving high scores for some parameters: Transportation,

Transmission Line, Industry and Water Supply and low scores for others: Land

Use and Agriculture; and Housing. The Housing parameter received a low score

as the existing housing density was considered to be high and thus increasing the

housing stock to accomodate power station staff was considered more likely to

have a potentially negative effect. As population density was also high in the

study area of Wat Phikun Thong its increase due to the introduction of project

housing was seen as likely to adversely affect people's privacy or other social

values.

Regarding the Land Use and Agriculture Parameter, Wat

Phikun Thong scored low due to

(a) its relative proximity to residential areas

(b) the fact that the area is mostly rice fields of moderate

fertility(c) the likelihood of the land use changing to

a higher value product (shrimp) in the near future.

1-11

Ban Kung Krathin was deemed to be highly unsuitable forall factors which comprised the Land Use and Agriculture parameter. The siteis very dose to a number of residential areas; it is used intensively for mixedorchard cultivation and there is significant intercropping. Productivity isuncertain too.

Ban Khung Khrathin also had low scores for the Housingparameter due to high population and housing density. But for the "distance tomunicipal area" factor it did receive a high score because it was only 4.5 km tothe nearest municipal area. Low scores were also received for the aestheticimpact of the transmission line and for the 40% (estimated) probability ofhumans receiving the electrical effect of the transmission lineA score of 0 was also given to Ban Khung Khratin because of the site'sproximity to a major source of pollution e.g. textile factory.

Both Ban Kum Tok and Ban Bang Kao received mixedresults for this group of values.

1.4.3.4 QUALITY OF LIFE VALUESWith regards to Quality of Life Values, the Wat Phikun

Thong site generally received a high score for all parameters and factors. Theexception was the waste handling factor due to the fact that there are no wastehandling facilitics at the site and the "population concentration" factor as it hadthe highest population concentration within a 1-2 km. grid from the sitecompared to all other sites.

Ban Khung Krathin was also generally deemed suitableand had a score similar to that of Wat Phikun Thong.

Both Ban Kum Tok and Ban Bang Kao had mixed resultsfor this group of values. Ban Bang Kao received a particularly high score duein the main to the low population concentration near the proposed project siteand due to the fact that the idea of an electricity generating project at that sitewas rated highly by both villages and local government officials

1.4.3.5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONSWat Phikun Thong received the highest overall score and

is thus the preferred site. The results show, however, that overall, the sites donot differ greatly in terms of suitability. Of the total points scored Wat PhikunThong receive 28.8 per cent, Ban Khung Krathin 25.8 per cent, Ban Kum Tok23.6 per cent and Ban Bang Kao 23.1 per cent. Where Wat Pikhun Thong

1-12

received a low score for certain parameters or factors it frequently occurred thatthe other sites also received low scores for the same parameters or factors.

It should be borne in mind that the site selection studylargely used secondary data and was essentially an attempt to establish therelative rather than absolute suitability of the 4 sites to receive the proposed

project. It was not an attempt to assess the impact of the project at the 4 sites.

It is therefore suggested that the EIA pay particularattention to those factors which received low scores so that a fuller

understanding of the issue may be obtained and if necessary the mostappropriate mitigation measures be recommended.

At this point in time the factor which gives the most causefor concern is the relatively high population concentration in the study area.Although the site evaluation study showed no evidence of a negative attitudetowards the project, this cannot be taken as conclusive due to the limitation ofthe survey work undertaken. Clearly the EIA will need to focus on the risks tothe population within the study area from the emission of potentially harmfulgases. Stack height will play a particularly important role in anymitigation measures designed to reduce healh ri3sks to locals associated withthe project. This issue should therefore be thoroughly investigated.

The local population surely have a right to know ofEGAT's intention to build an electricity generating plant at that site and a rightto be fully informed of project details.. It is recommended therefore that EGAT

hold one or more public meeting to inform the public of the project as soon aspossible. The communication process should be open and participatory. Apublic relations compaign which is designed to provide minimal and onlypositive information should be eschewed in favour of a comprehensive andhonest presentation of the facts, including risks, as in the long run this is morelikely to foster a sense of trust and cooperation. Initial survey findings suggestthat local people are highly aware of both the positive and negative effects ofindustries/technologies- many of them had heard of the problems associatedwith EGATs power generating plants at Mae Moh and had first handexperience of the damaging effects of water pollution caused by a local textilefactory. But evidence suggests that locals do not reject such technologiesoutright, rather they wish problems to be resolved so that they can enjoy thebenefits associated with the technologies.

1-13

TABLE 1-1 NUMERICAL SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF SITE EVALUATION, TOTAL AND BY PARAMETER

Parameter Allocated Site I Site 2 Site 3 Site 4weight Wat Phikun Thong Ban Khung Krathin Ban Kun Tok Bang Bang Kao

Weight score Weight score Weight score Weight score1. AirQuality 10 31.25 26.25 35.00 25.002. Surface Water Quantity/ Hydrology 8 30.00 30.00 20.00 20.003. Surface Water Quality 8 24.00 24.00 9.00 21.004. Aquatic Resources and Fisheries 8 24.50 24.50 24.50 22.005. Socio-Economics 8 18.50 17.00 18.50 30.006. Public Health 3 . 11.00 10.00 9.00 8.007. Public safety 2 7.50 4.00 4.50 3.008. Occupational Health and safety 3 9.00 9.00 6.00 4.509. Groundwater Hydrology/ Quality 4 14.00 14.50 4.50 0.0010. Environmental Noise 4 9.00 8.00 10.50 8.25I J. Soil and Land Quality 4 11.50 10.00 8.75 9.0012. Fo]rest and Wildlife 4 11.70 11.70 14.60 9.7013. Landuse and Agriculture 5 5.00 0.00 12.00 20.0014. Sanitation and Waste Handling 5 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00lS. Water Supply 4 '16.00 16.00 4.00 12.0016. Geology and Mineral Resources 3 8.50 8.50 10.00 10.2517. Transportation 3 10.00 6.20 5.30 3.1018. Housing 3 3.00 5.00 7.00 8. 0019. Industry 3 12.00 0.00 12.00 3.0020. Aesthetics! Tourism! Recreation 3 10.00 8.50 5.00 4.00

and Archaeology21. Seismology 1 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.0022. Power and Transmission Linic 4 13.40 9.00 7.00 2.00

Total 100 288.85 258.65 236.15 231.80

TABLE 1-4VISUAL SUMMARY OF RESULT OF SITE EVALUATION, BY PARAMETER

Parameters Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4

Wat Plikun Thong Ban Khung Krathin Ban kum tok Ban B kao

1. Surface Water Quantity/Hydrology

2. Surface water Quality _W_6 _ _

3. Groundwvater Quality/Hydrology ._ _ _

4. Soil and Land Qualitv

5. Geology and Mineral Resources

6. Air Quality .___L

7. Environmental Noise

8. Seismology

9. Aquatic Resources and Fisheries

10. Forestry/Vegetation and Wildlife

11. Land Use and Agriculture

12. Housing___

13. Transportation l___l

14. Transmission Line

15. Industry v____

16.Water Supply llll_

17. Socio-Economics

18. Public safety v____

19. PublicHealth ____l

20. Sanitation and Waste Handling

21. Occupational Health and safety

22. Aesthetics/TourisrnJRecreation

and Archaeology ____.___ .___ _ _____

KEY1

U 80-100 % of highest possible score for parameter2

60-79 % of highest possible score for parameter



2 0-20 % of highest possible score for parameter

'It must be noted that these are relative rather than absolute indicators of each site's suitabilitvunder existing conditions. Moreover, they are not meant to suggest static conditions. Theapplication of mitigation measure could lead the result for some parameters to be reversed, e.g.sanitation and waste handling etc.

2 The highest possible score for each parameter is calculated by multiplying the allocatedweight for each parameters by 4 (4 being used to indicate "very suitable") .

1-15

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Introduction

The Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand (EGAT) , a govemrnmentowned utility, proposes to construct new electricity generating units at the WatPhikun Thong site, located approximately 7 km. northeast of Ratchabuni Province.The new electricity generating units will be known as the Ratchaburi Power PlantProject. The project will incorporate both thermal units and combined cycle units.The thermal units will burn low sulfur residual fuel oil and/or natural gas and thecombined cycle units will burn natural gas as the primary fuel or distillate oil as theback-up fuel.

2.2 Site Location

The site is located in Ratchaburi province as shown in Figure 2-1,2-2 and 2-3. The existing land use consists of rice production and fish ponds. Thesite is located about 5 km. north of the Mae Klong River. A paved road on the westside of the site will be used for local access to the plant. Tne area of thc site isapproximately 2,000 rai. The overall plant site arrangement is indicated in Figure2-4.

2.3 Electricity Generating Complex

The development of the project consists of four 700 MW (nominal)supercritical, conventional heavy oil fired units and three 600 MW (nominal)combined cycle blocks, for a total site development of 4,600 MW. Eachconventional thermal unit consists of a single furnace boiler and a single steamturbine. Each combined cycle block consists of two combustion gas turbinegenerators, two heat recovery steam generators (HRSGS) and one steam turbinegenerator. The plant perfornance and operating characteristics are briefly describedin the following subsections.

2-1

ULAI10sl ltAlillISOCOO l; i CHANGWT RATCI-IABUIRI zl; ,,l 5 -I'b;lt, ,-. I-liTIDI'rS701L7017. 493661'

I- "' n :50o CliANGl 6R O W A r tT RWIEAT Cl994U. .

. .. . . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .. .

1,7 -2':14, -0 1--\-t; Kh '--g T.. -\,CHANGWA

0T

ZTn-q Amp�.eiSai N.i �-- ��iNz-,

z zg

g '8 S- Kh�-q T. S-9- L.ln�, %P /"6- c-;TU., N.

6- 0-; T. Cn-A

-- ZAmsj�o� Ba�g b.a7ho.q-

b- L-c 6, KM-

�T

-106 a T.. K-

Xo

12\ --- Amph�B.nq Ya,S.. N-g 5iWID g, K--.

V I.x 1 .4 --,j _GWA'6- T- Ch-

S-- T�- C.--fmph

S 10 CHANGWAT-NA

Am

S.I. D...

4 MV,

BANGKOKvv-o V Rb

pNV I f- T- K-

KN.gY.�H_ A.0hoe -am h!anKS�. .9 K.-

ko� - -A�lh�-Pr

Y., B- 0- K�.-7

f3 ph Ph.

Ki..

W;T,��ul S��woq 4., a-C.AN

9

Y., -a- Y. n -i u

+ MI

O.. Kh'.. L.I, S-9Amphoe jEh&n:B. D- Khl.N IE

--U� B.a Ng.. AmRhoe �an PhaWKlq,-T, hLn, 9�,_u .. , -7

ch.,5- D N.,.- C.. K,.I.

At;�- TIPL U 4�,4�0-K�LA 3 P. Ni -- g T��gM. 9 K�l 6). NG N-,

A BU:R IB.. P-4"

Kh- D..K-,S.. K

6-g SiKh-M... R.

-J, A- fN 13'3D ------ B., 7-T

16. G.-A17 ANIA144t.

n no.tho��',�p "e13

U- Oo, -. 1

Si, .� B. 10.1.it

g� Khi-g b.-q S.--gCI- P-- FIGURE 2-2 SITE LOCATION

RATCRABURI POWER PLANT PROJECTHANGWAT SAMUT SONGKHRAM

-,iimIn ijr.-n i Pt 7

FIGURE 2-3 LOCATION OF RATCHBUR! POWER PLANT

2-4

* t t | l | :Y RBE;DdER~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ * IN,....O 30.3,.31I0',BLOCK ,RE.CON ED IECYCEL

I AIN,RTUEIHAYTKSFOt.IAR

3 SMWATSOUXHSR TENSFORMERSCOO LTWNG ER

_ 10 : '' - |{ i /

. ,V.nE98^crYRGExssATGR HLILDING~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IN O BILIN

3C14SJICAL TIECOSHT7 E3.fl -ISEAC?CIE ATELOIN WA360K PUMIP MtECEES HAERECoVEN Z 05Y 30TF AC¾

I H~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~S KENMPEHNALESTOI6.TgE STORGE

N

I sI0 166ICE33ET FIRE WTER. S eTOtR RT.NT

rs _, _- . _ . . _ _ . . ~ : i: II STI FlEE36INTRRL.IZE)HGLTEE00.C

I j IST RTME O i|TEEBUILDINGON~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

II EUTLIAnRO3I BASIN

*I-~~~~~ / - / -II IIOEOHOESE HAINTENOT2CE BUILDING~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-AEHU5lANM11 BILIN

36. 1AW TEK RESEHNIOR

S , n -i iSi -:l ,, 0 0- '}'i a .-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,c VS.r01

iNo U MEL OIL SE O'!E TANK¾ IS OSJ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FELOCL UN NOETA0REA

i ! , . - . J ------- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~- '-' -- Ie

:0 --TLRNOLLNI.OENOL1LosEINOsE

TI1344 ItO CCESS HEATIT F-CIY P.ARKINQ

:1SSIIS.LATCE BUILDINGZ5, CONT7ROL EDLEING,

I . SUE SEci-j|Y FENCE.3I AT WATER O.SCfHAROE CT -'E1 ATER PyNP i l\CTLR;SI 9C1SOISONErACTVNPTi1 ._IGTEURE24ATMENT FRNSTU

il

3I E_S lE -IC1OR1IERAT -- -.;UI*11THL c CSCOL'3 V ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~35 66C.3COPY`ER PAD

1SOTOROPEONTE GAIN

30FIlE ITER PUMITHOUSE*,,, -/ 0 STOUN~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~5k SURST.NTJOOSCONTOOURL.SY SUI ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~ 413.034Th EATER HOLDING TEND~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ' TR LIN I~~~~ ... 14 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IRN1'6ATTON WATER PONE1 K~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ AllF1

3`ER.ET ASHPIOND

6 O603ILNTE'30 tI

W5 LEORTISIIAGELNEE3 - .

04 3310 IIE'EHINC STATiON~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~p A IETRNGSITO¾

SI WOTENEISCIIOROR LINE~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~P ANFL.~~~~~~. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IJL - . ,* -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~59

NULRO NECYCLE AREA

4'&~~~~~~~~~~'!A 43~~~~~~~~~~~. LIESTOIE PREP ANREA'04-.. .3333 *3~~~~~~~~5~~ '3'3*13***W~~~~~'~~fl * 1 j7 ~~~~

- 31 F3IDFO)TIROU RLECSOICAL 0CL41.C33E37L: L UL1.C:

Q~~~Q ~~L ~~~ ~ ~ I...3¶ H4:t~~~~~~~3~~ 33 3' .~~~~~* ,5 TOO BG000ECCT VRECG0S3N3J ARESa"RDUC IR~CEIG RE

'V' 1 ,,~~~, ~ ~ '\ / , ¾ .O~~~ 34 EMIER El' YSLURRY STOERET?li <~~~~ ' ~~~~ JjJ ~~~~'I -.... .- LHIRSTONE LNI.OAEINO HOPPER~~~~~~~~~U11.11.1 H.PE

14 35 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~UmIESTONE TCONVEYO

4- - -. - --- - FE

-CE

3 3. 3 3 ----------

W,~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~

FIGURE 2-4 SrrE ARNE NTFRCONSTRUCT

2.3.1 Thermal Units

The overall plant performance and operating characteristics aresummarized as follows:

Number of Units 4

Design Capacity, MW Turbine Output 700

Net Plant Heat Rate, KJ/KWh 9,767

Fuel Consumption, (Heavy Oil), Mlt/d 3.5

(Natural Gas, MMCFD) 165

Main Steam ProductionQuantity, kg/h 2,165,000Pressure, bar absolute 241.3Temperature, OC 538

Reheat Steam ProductionQuantity, kg/h 1,845,000Pressure, bar absolute 43.3Temperatuire, OC 566

Boiler Efficiency, percent 86.9

Turbine Speed, rpm 3,000

Cooling System Cooling Tower (mechanical draft)

The thermal plant generating complex will consist of the plant

buildings, structures, and equipment required for the conversion of chemical

energy stored in the fuel oil or natural gas to electrical energy. The major

power conversion equipment for the thermal units will include the turbine

generator, steam generator, and condensated and boiler feed water systems.

The processes and equipment descriptions are briefly described in the the

following subsection. The schematic diagram of a thermal unit is shown in

Figure 2-5.

2.3.1.1 Turbine Generator

The turbine will be a single shaft, 3,000 rpm, tandem

compound, four-flow, single reheat, condensing turbine with 850 mm last-stage

blading. The generator KVA rating will be rated 906,706 KVA with 0.85

power factor.

2-6

- ,

z E~~~~~~~- -~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

- o~~~~~~~~Q- OR sf)~~~~~~~~~~~~2

_ 2. - A~~

-4.

z~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -

7-

2.3.1.2 Steam Generation

The steam generator will be a balanced draftI superriticalpressure unit capable of burning No.6 fuel oil and/or natural gas. The unit consistsof fuel oil and natural gas firing equipment, the boiler and associated equipment,wind boxes, bumers, ductwork, piping and valves.The steam generator systemreceives fuel from the fuel oil pump, combustion air from the forced draft fans,feedwater from the turbine driven boiler feed pump, and cold reheat steam from thehigh-pressure turbine exhaust. The boiler uses these inputs to produce steam at therequired operating conditions for main steam flow to the high-pressure turbine andfor hot reheat steam flow to the intermediate-pressure turbine. The combustionprocess also produces flue gas which is routed through pollution control equipmentto the chimney system.

2.3.2 Combined Cycle Block

The overall plant performance and operating characteristics aresummarized as follows:

Number of Units 3 BlocksDesign Capacity, MW 600Net Plant Heat Rate (LVH), KJ/kWh 6,885Natural Gas Consumption, MMCFD 120

(Diesel, MltId) 2.3High-Pressure Steam (Each HRSG)

Flow, t/h 261.6Pressure, bar (a) 119.3Temperature, OC 540

Reheat Steam (Each HRSG)

Flow,, tih 280.9Pressure, bar (a) 9.3Temperature, OC 538

Low-Pressure Steam (Each HRSG)

Flow, t/h 44.2Pressure, bar (a) 4.4Temperature, °C 279

2-8

Exhaust Gas

Flow entering HRSG, t/n 2,085

Temperature entering HRSG, OC 606

Temperature leaving HRSG, OC 103

Cooling System Cooling Tower (mechanical draft)

Each combined cycle block consists of two combustion turbine

generators/heat recovery steam generators (HRSG) and one steam turbine

generator. The processes and equipment descriptions are briefly described in

the following subsection. The schematic diagram of the combined cycle block

is shown in Figure 2-6.

2.3.2.1 Combustion Turbine GeneratorThe combustion turbines will be single shaft 3,000 rpm,

axial flow, heavy-duty type with single stage, self-cleaning inlet air filters.

Each combustion turbine will be capable of continuous operation when fired

with natural gas or distillate oil at site rating conditions of 27.8 oC dry-bulb

temperature, 75 percent relative humidity.

2.3.2.2 Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG)

The heat recovery steam generators will be outdoor,

horizontal type designed to transfer heat from the exhaust gases of the

combustion turbines to the feed water and steam systems. The heat recovery

steam generators and accessory equipment will be designed for safe and reliable

operation from startup to the maximum capability of each combustion turbine

and meet the maximum steam requirements of the steam turbine generator

2.3.2.3 Steam Turbine Generator

The turbine will be a single shaft 3,000 rpm, tandem

compound, two flow, single reheat, condensing turbine.

2-9

{q2)a8lNE~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TAMIRBNRE0CVERY BOILER LEAERATOR

** < g g 9 T % E~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SR

FUEL - F_ fPt

Gas Turbine 2 sets@-l | a > LP

Steam Trbine set 2HP EV T|a

<-GS

WASTE HEATRECOVERZY B§OILER

Gas Turbine 2 setsSteam Turbine 1 set x 2 Trains

FIGURE 2-6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF COMBINED CYCLE BLOCK

2-10

2.3.3 Transmission Systems and Auxiliarv Power

The generator output will be fed through a step-up transformer toa 500 kV and 230 KV substation located west of the central generating complex

on the plant site. Tne substation will be connected to several new 500 kV and

230 kV lines.

During normal operation of the unit, auxiliary power to operate

electrical equipment will be supplied from one full-capacity main auxiliarytransformer which receives power from the generator. The main auxiliary

transformer steps up the generator voltages to 7200 volts and distributes the

power through switchgear and feeder breakers to the auxiliary loads. During

unit startup , power will be provided from the 230 kV substation to the auxiliary

loads through two 1-1/2 capacity (150 percent) reserve auxiliarv transformers

connected to an overhead transmission line.

2.3.4 Heat Rejection Systems

Heat rejection will be accomplished by circulating water from the

basin of the cooling tower through the condenser and closed cooling w ater heat

exchangers. The major components of the cooling system include the

condenser, cooling tower, circulating water pumps, and closed cooling water

heat exchangers. These components are discussed in the following subsections.

2.3.4.1 CondenserThe turbine generator will be provided with a two-pass

condenser to condense low-pressure exhaust steam. Condenser tube material

will be stainless steel . A condenser cleaning system which circulates sponge

rubber cleaning balls through the condenser tubes will be provided to maintain

effective heat transfer.

2.3.4.2 Cooling Tower and Circulating Water Pumps

A rectangular, concrete, mechanical draft, counterflow

tower will be provided for rejection of heat from the plant circulating water to

the atmosphere. Heated water from the condenser and the closed cooling water

heat exchangers will be routed to the tower through the circulating water piping

for cooling. The cooled circulating water will collect in the cooling tower basin

and flow to the circulating water pump intake structure. Three 33 percent

2-11

capacity, vertical, wet pit, circulating water pumps will supply cooling water to

the condenser to tne auxiliary cooling water heat exchangers.

2.3.4.3 Closed Cooling Water Heat Exchangers

Heat rejected from various plant equipment such as heatexchangers which serve tube oil coolers, air compressor coolers, water chillers,

etc., will be transferred to the circulating water by two closed cooling water

heat exchangers. The heat exchangers will be full-capacity, plate type designed

for single-pass operation. Water will be supplied to the heat exchanger by

branch piping from the circulating water supply piping to the condenser. After

passing through the heat exchangers, the cooling water will be reintroduced into

the circulating water system downstream of the condenser.

2.3.4.4 Cooling Tower Performance DataThe cooling tower will be of retangular concrete

construction, multiple cell, counterflow, induced mechanical draft type.

0 Circulating water flow rate, liter/ min

-Thermal unit 1,314,300- Combined cycle unit 754,800

0 Design inlet water temperature, Oc 40

0 Design outlet water temperature, Oc 33.3

0 Design inlet air wet-bulb temperature, Oc 28.90 Drift loss. % 0.005

2.4 Fuel Supply

The thermal fired, steam electric generating facilities of the Lower

Central Thermal Units Project are proposed to be installed in four units at 700

MW nominal capacity each starting in April 1999. These units will be capable

of burning either natural gas or residual oil (either 1 percent or 2 percent sulfur).

The timing of the three 600 MW blocks of combined cycle capacity is starting

from July 1998. Current plans are for the combined cvcle units to have the

capability to burn either natural gas or distillate oil (0.25 percent sulfur).

2-12

2.4.1 Project Fuel Requirements

Each 700 MW Thermal generating unit in projected to consume fuel

at a rate of approximately 7,000 MButuh. EGAT currently has a firm gas

CO-fLItrtuMent with PTT for Myanmar gas from the nortMem Gulf of Martabanregion. This gas has a heating value of roughly 25,780 Btu per standard cubic

meter (730 Btu per standard cubic foot). Texaco natural gas reserves in the

southern region of the Gulf of Martaban have a heating value of roughly 35,3 15

Btu per standard cubic meter (1,000 Btu per standard cubic foot). The fuel

requirement for one 700 MW unit is approximately 1,900 million cubic meters per

year (67,200 million cubic feet per year) assuming the committed PTT reserves

from the northern Gulf of Martaban . This is equivalent to 47.5 billion cubic meter

(1,680 billion cubic feet over the 25 year life of a unit ). To fuel the four thermal

units (2,800 MW) with natural gas would require 7,600 million cubic meters per

year (268,800 million cubic feet per year).

EGAT's current commitment from PTT for firm gas is sufficient to

fuel one 700 MW thermal unit. Further comnitments are possible. However, the

thermal units not fired with natural gas will use residual oil. One 700 MW unit

will consume 8.25 million barrels of residual (No.6) fuel oil per vear. Full

development of four units (2,800 MW) would increse fuel requirements to almost

33 million barrels of residual oil per year. The residual fuel oil will be delivered

through port facilities on the Gulf of Thailand with dedicated pipeline linkage to

the Wat Phikun Thong Site.

The fuel requirements for the initial three unit installation (1,800

MW) -of combined cycle electrical generating capacity are projected at

approximately 2,850 million cubic meters of natural gas per year at standard

conditions. This fuel requirement is equivalent to about 70 billion cubic meters of

natural gas over the 25 years economic life of the project. Pipeline delivery

capacity requirements are in the order of 7.8 million cubic meters per day.

Alternatively,should the facility be fueled with distillate (No.2) fuel oil in stead of

natural gas,annual requirements for the three unit combined cycle station may

range upwards to 18 million barrels per year.

2-13

2.4.2 Natural Gas

Sources of natural gas for Ratchaburi Power Plant are the

developing production regions located in the Gulf of Martaban, Union of

Myamnar. Estimates of natural gas reserves and production are 5,700 billion

cubic feet and 525 cubic feet per day , respectively. Natural gas piplines will be

extended from production wells across peninsular Myanmar and enter Thailand

at the border point (Kanchanaburi Province), then continue to the Ratchaburi

Power Plant area.

The natural gas composition and calorific value are as follows:Component % Mole

N2 24.65

C0 2 4.40C1 69.98

C2 0.83C3 0.17

IC4 0.02

NC4 0.03

IC5 0.01

Gross Calorific Value 730 BTU/CF

2.4.3 Fuel Oil

The primary source for the delivery of the residual (No.6) fuel oil

will be via a dedicated pipeline from the fuel oil terminal located on the coast.

The fuel oil terminal will receive fuel from an ocean going tanker and will

provide short-term storage. Fuel oil will then be pumped to the site via the

dedicated underground pipeline and stored in the fuel oil storage tanks.

Alternative pipelines from the new fuel oil delivery port to plant site are (Figure

2-7)

1 - Mae Klong River Mouth, Ban Bang Ja Kang, Samut Songkram

Province.

- Gulf of Thailand, Ban Pak Tha Lae, Petchaburi Province.

- Gulf of Thailand, Ban Bang Kaew, Petchaburi Province.

All these altenatives will be studied and performed environmental

irnpact assessment for fuel oil transport system.

2-14

>1hU5-~~~~~~~~ 0

FIGURE 2-7 TILE NEW DELIVERY PORT TO TIHE PLANT SITE

2- 15

The properties of the heavy fuel oil (No.6) and distillate oil (No.2)

are as follows:(1) Heavy Fuel Oil (No.6)

- Specific gravity 0.929

- Pour point, OF 62

- Viscosity, cst. 122 OF 124

- Water sediment, % volume 0.2

- Calorific value, BTU/bb 18,551

- Ash, % weight 0.02

- Sulfur, % weight 2(2) Distillate Oil (No.2)

- Specific gravity 0.836

- Pour point, OC -5

- Viscosity, cst. 38 °C 2.9

- Water sediment, % volume 0 - 0.1

- Calorific value, kJ/kg. 43,180- Sulfur, % weight 0.25

2.4.4 Fuel Delivery Port

No. 2 and No. 6 fuel oil will be transported by deep draft tanker

ocean vessels from regional refining centers within Thailand and from other

ports of Southeast Asia, Australia, and the Middle East to a new port and

terminal facility developed for the project. The most practical location for this

port in terms of technical port development and ocean regime conditions is the

coastal headlands area near Ban Bang Kaeo or Ban Pak Thale,approximately

latitude 130 07' north and longitude 1000 04' east. At this location , the natural

ocean floor is at depths which are appropiate for deep draft vessels to make their

nearest approach to the coastline without endangering environmentally sensitive

areas near Laem Phak Bia to the south.

The port and associated terminal facilities will be developed in

stages to match the fuel delivery requirements and in-service schedule dates of

the individual generating units. The initial facilities will accommodate the

receipt of up to 20 million barrels of No.2 and No. 6 fuel oil per year. The port

will be designed to accommodate tankers with the following dimensions:

* Dead weight--55,000 tons

. Overall length--230 meters

. Loaded draft--12.5 meters

2-16

The port will include the conventional pier placed offshore in

sufficient water depth to berth the tankers of the stated dimensions. The pier

will be of sufficient length to accommodate up to four vessels simultaneously

and will be connected to shore side facilities by a trestle structure carrying an

access roau and the fuel oii transport pipelines.

The fuel oil will be unloaded from the vessels via fuel oil

unloading arms. The oil will pass through strainers where solid fuel

contamination will be removed. The fuel oil will be stored in separate fuel oil

storage tanks designated for either No.2 fuel oil or No.6 fuel oil. The fuel oil

will then be pumped via a dedicated underground pipeline running westerly to

intercept the Southern Railway at a point near Petchaburi, then north , parallel

to the railway right-of-way to the Wat Phikun Thong site northeast of

Ratchaburi.

2.5 Water Supply and Treatment

2.5.1 Water Supply

The water mass balance for the Ratchaburi Power Plant Project is

presented in Figure 2-6. The water mass balance shows the estimated average

and peak flows for the 4,600 MW site, including four 700 MW thermal units

and three 600 MW combined cycle blocks. The balances summarize all water

supply, water treatment, waste collection and treatment, and waste water

disposal streams. The flow rates represent operation at peak and at annual

average conditions at 100 percent load. The stream flow quantities are in liters

per minute.

The raw water supply will be provided from the Mae Klong River

via a pipeline to the on site raw water reservoir for use as the primary plant

water supply source (Figure 2-8). The water will be pretreated and will serve as

the supply source for all plant needs, including cooling water makeup, potable

water, general service water and demineralized water. In addition, collected site

rainfall runoff will be routed to the raw water reservoir to reduce the amount of

river water required.

The anticipated water requirements are summarized as follows.

2-17

Ouantitv (Mf. Cu.m/vear)

= Cooling water makeup 69.60

- Cycle makeup water (demineralized water) 5.08

- Service water 0.21

- Potable water 0.14

Total Requirement 75.03

In case of FGD is required, the water mass balance will be as of

figure 2-9.

2.5.2 Water Treatment

The water treatment system for the water supplies consists of theservice water treatmnent system, the cycle makeup treatment system, the potable

water system, and the condensate polishing system.

2.5.2.1 Service Water Treatment SystemThe service water treatment system consists of an aeration basin, a

solid contact unit with coagulant and coagulant aid feed, a surge tank, and

gravity filters. A portion of the clarifed water from the surge tank will be used

as circulating water makeup. The rest will be filtered, chlorinated, stabilized

with caustic feed, and sent to the service water tanks for use as supply to the

cycle makeup treatment system, service water system and potable water system.

A diagram showing the service water treatment system and its associated

equipment is shown in Figure 2-10.

2.5.2.2 Cycle Makeup Treatment SystemThe cycle makeup treatment system will provide high quality

demineralized water to be used as makeup to the steam cycle and NOx

controlled water. The system will consist of multiple demineralizer trains.

Each train- will consist of a cation exchanger, forced draft degasifier,anion

exchanger, and a mixed bed exchanger. A diagram showing the cycle makeup

treatment system is shown in Figure 2-11.

2-19

PRECIP EVAPORATION

146714 MAE NAM MAE (11764) RAW WATER .

KHLONG RESERVOIR OVERFLOW TO

RIVER NATURAL EVAPORATION DRIFT

DRAINAGE

(741) LANDSCAPE

145323 IRRIGATION 109062 0 PREC P EVAPORATION

(I17107~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ (906~~~~~~~81) (0) 23364

3017 w (tt7107) 145831 132426 16552

(7422) SOLIDS (117281) (110723) (20042) (13842)

CONTACT 580 COOLING W iSTEWATER 18930 lW(E1V(N(

UNIT 4 Z8 lTOWERS -IOLEAO-RNSIATO OINtG

15 6621 .. ATIRl^RCOi

UNITE EVAPO-TRANSPIRATIO POND (201LW t

2089 13405 8404 4 2000

2813 (2483) (6495) 2272 (7648) I 6812 ' (1350)0

(22O0) 1 (57) SOLID 1

SOLID CEW WASTE TOWASTE4 KE Ft 0 DISPITESOS24) STRAEFGARWL74)

RRGTIONL

680TDISPOSALOWATER PONDDOVERFLOW

276~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0(223) 434

609)

204 (344) POTABLE (344) SEWAGE (6084

(166 FILTER TREATMENT |344

SOLID WASTR ERETE E37

TO ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ T DISPSPOSAL2DNOxWA PLANT TR12 E;ATE

1 FLOWSINPAREINLITHERISISBASEDONONENATURAS PER5S)4 MINUTERAL-.S !5 | WATER L 1250 | t ; <(14se48)

2.FLOWS ARE BASED NlT FUEL OIL FIRED THERMAL UNITS(32 CHMIA ARSEA NEU23) TORALIATO 0 (147 COND|T ENMATE

ANDNTRLGSFRD COMBINE D CYCLE BLOCKS AT PEAK9 CODTOS STEAM (0fLE)

ATAEAECNIIN,100 PER CENT LOAD FACTOR. 1.3 PECN HR_ LOSSES.VER 299

133PRETHRGLSE.0 PERCENT THERMAL STEAM CVPOACLEZ44 LOSSES.AD6PMV(29

MOxEMANANNUALIMIETATEMPEAKANNUAL AMIN TEPEATRE (3|5 DEMNEAL --MINERAIED125 15948)

4 CIRCULATINGWATERSYSTEMFLOWSARE8ASEATDONN912 WAE -.o)1A (1484)LE1RG

3.FOWSRAION PARETHeCCESISI OASE CONETAIN ON NATURALIO GA

SYSTEM (3213) SE='TORAG 73 TEMLUI

FIRASED THERMA FUNIT.0 THRE FUPER OIIL FIR VEDNTH AL UNITSR N T E _ RACABR POWERHEER169 STEM PC)EEC

CYCLES LOSE.SND6 PMVPONDMISI LMIETA44) 4

10) (0) CYCLEOSL HSS8 G0

IFOPEATO ATE 8N CYCLERS OFR CONCTE.NTRATIONCOERBL TURBINES ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ OSE

25FOW R BASED ON FOU 0M UPERCILFIRDTHCLCNERAUNITIOA THERMALIIALRA 117

UISAND THE60M COMBINED CYCLE BLOCKS x EKCNIIN.CEIA

N MISINIIGURE EA-9 NNRALAMBIENTTMEARURE WA E ASUA A C-T TI LCRCIYGNRTNGATOIY2FTALN(3 I WATER 4RACABR PWE LAT RIJC

- _ _____- 1tALf( 1 zi

F -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l L L9

CDhg jn fL 1 r - - t-2| > ( -] 3 S--5 -S-r

CIg,,I { a e [ t~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LLL-L3 .L

~~~i~~~~~1AX | LUU,Je F-is I -th

1f1 ---l-hR |_ _ I --- M

[FU 2 SV WATER TREAM.N.Y_T.

&nAia/ LaaiaI_ _._("pS

-~ ~~ ~~~ .tt -- -----.-----1---.--.---i L G ._L 1

i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-

[ [ v ;I ; o.lst t ; ;0 '1 r, iEB ~~~~~~EkLA -- ___~~~~~~ -- ---

w D> -I (L 0 00 r 1(10 -- 0

~~~olr0 ~~~~ ~ IOI

100 lO(L 0,01 lORocc COOMCA.C^L1

O ( L Y j- Lit\, * S - CRiC

-bb' 10. --- -- -- ----

-c-0~ l 0 A c

rlD 10~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~01101

I -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~r, .IE

CYCLE MAKEUP TREATMEtIT SYST

FTGURE2-11ICYCLE MAKEUP TREATMENT SYSTEM

N) 000)10~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

2.5.2.3 Potable Water System

Service water will be chlorinated by injecting chlorine solutioninto the influent streams as the storage tanks are filled. The chlorinated service

water will then be of potable quality.

2.5.2.4 Condensate Polishing SystemThe condensate polishing equipment will be provided for each

thermal unit. The polishers will be the full flow, deep bed, anion/cation resintype with external regeneration sytems. The condensate polishing system is

designed to remove corrosion products and contaminants that may accumulatein the supercritical cycle. A diagram showing the condensate polishing system

and its associated equipment is shown in Figure 2-12.

2.6 Environmental Discharges

2.6.1 Flue Gas Emission

The flue gas ernission data for the thermal -unit arnd the

combined cycle block are presented in Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 respectively.

2.6.1.1 Air Pollution Controlfor Thermal UnitThe current boiler configuration includes a mechanical collector

for particulate control.

Mechanical dust collectors have been used extensively to separate

large particles from the fuel gas. The dust laden gas is admitted either

tangentially or axially to create a high velocity in the cylingrical portion of the

collector. Particles are subjected to a centrifugal force and an oppositely

directed vicous drag.

Mechanical collectors are most effective on particles greater than

10 microns. Collection efficiency drops significantly for particles smaller than

10 microns. Collection efficiency varies with particle size, density, gas

temperature, and pressure drop through the collector. Differential pressure

requirements for collector operation are from 5 to 13 cm water column (2 to 5

in. wc).

However, if dispersion modeling indicates that post combustion

SO2 control is required, there are a number of potential air quality control

(AQC) systems available that could control sulfur dioxide and particulate

emissions from oil fueled boilers. The most prevalent flue gas desulfurization

2-23

W3.LSAS 9NIIISI'lOd 3lVSN3UNODZI-Z3Udf1IA

.~hS'1 JtAtHSt 104 3vSNG30NOJ

r r~~~~~~~~~-~ --- - - -~=-~~X= -= W .!I

_____ __ __ ____ __ _ ~ ~~~~~~~~~__ _,___ ___ _ ___ _

I -J25.C-N; I 7-¢wffi777 __ A _ -- - 7iW'l--

j{--V-'---'J' -- ------- -----.- =-0------ ----- '-----'----=--'- -'--= --- -- ''----f- r-- 5)%fi|i

t~~~~~~~~~~~~~ . -C I I- --. fX N

-- )---- = -=- 3t-

iig ss-r]J<g _______nl 0 i I > i

---------- --- - - -- ! 3a*f;75 - ~- -- C 7ft 3 ISO,hI|

547 hO/ lW8SJ)4d SOA 105 ]H4

COCCCC)CICO~~~~~~~~~~~~flIOS~~~~~~..Nf"lI

TABLE 2-1RATCHABURI POWER PLANT PROJHECT

Thermal Power Unit 700 MW

NATURAL GAS FUELOIIL(Pure Methane) (2% S)Fuel

Fuel consumption (SCF/h) 6,920,450 --(kg/h) -- 165,780

Emissions at 6% 02

NOx(ppmvd)** 175 190NOx, as NO2 (g/s)** 220 253S02,uncontrolled (ppmvd) -- 994S02, uncontrolled (g/s) -- 1,840Particulates (g/s) 5 9UHC (ppmvd) 20 18UIHC (g/s) 9 8CO (ppmvd) 5 50CO'° (ls') 42 400Opacity (%) 20 20Exhaust gas flow (g/s)* 857,215 873,610

(m3 /s)* 1,070 1,050Exhaust gas velocity 28 27.3Exhaust gas temperature (°C) 129 129Stack height (m) 150 150

Stack diameter (m) 7 7

* Based on 10% excess air, 15% airheater leakage, and actual conditions(265 F,- 20 H20).

** Based on Low NOx burners and/or overfire air. No reductions included forflue gas recirculation.

2-25

TABLE 2-2

RATCHABURI POWER PLANT PROJECT

Combustion Turbine 200 MW (GE - 9 FA)

NATURAL GAS DIESEL

(Pure Methane) (0.25% S)

Fuel consumption (SCF/h) 2,230,625

(kg/h) 53,970

Emissions at 15% 02

NOx (ppmvd) 75 75

NOx ,as NO2 (g/s) 76.67 81.86

S02 (ppmvd) -- 62.0

SO2 (g/s) -- 74.81

Particulates (g/s) 1.9 3.8

UHC (ppmvd) 7 7

-UHiC (g/s) 2.3 2.4

CO (ppmvd) 15 20

CO (g/s) 8 11

Opacity (%) 5+/- 10+/-

Extaust gas flow (g/s) 579,380 595,083

at standard conditions(60 F, 14.696 psia) (m 3 Is) 486.48 496.32

Exhaust gas velocity (m/s) CT 54.8 57.2

HRSG 26.88 29.20

Exhaust gas temperature (°C) CT 607 602

HRSG 103 128

Stack height (m) CT 35 35

HRSG 35 35

Stack Diameter (m) CT 5.79 5.79

HRSG 5.5 5.5

2-26

(FGD) systems/processes are wet limestone scrubbers and limne spray dryers

(semi-dry lime absorber). There is an abundance of experience worldwide with

both of these systems, primarily on coal fueled units. Either system can also be

used with an oil fueled boiler. However, up till now experience with theapplication of the lime spray drying system to oil fueled units is very limited.

Lime spray dryer FGD systems are based on spraying a finely

atomized slurry of lime reagent and recycled reaction products into the gas

stream. Subsequently, fly ash and SO2 removal reaction products are removed

from the gas stream by either a fabric filter or an electrostatic precipitator. This

particulate removal step for the lime spray dryer system is a fundamentalrequirement for the FGD system's use. In addition, due to the nature of the oil

based paticulates, fabric filters have not been adequately proved sucessful foruse on oil fueled boilers. Therefore, electrostatic precipitators would be required

for particulate removal.

Lime spray dryers have been predominately used at coal fueledfacilities burning low sulfur, high calcium ash coals. A spray dryer is

advantageous for this type of coal fueled application due to the opportunity forrecycling fly ash and utilizing aikalinity iniiherent ithe ash. This opportuni

is not present for oil fueled boilers. In addition, when fabric filters are used in

conjunction with spray dryers, there is an oportunity for 10 to 20 percent S02

removal as the flue gas passes through the dust cake accunrmulated on filter

bags. This removal occurs as a result of the humidified flue gas contacting

highly alkaline collected particulates. With electrostatic parcipitators, this

supplemental removal is not possible. As a result, all required SO2 removal

must occur in the lime spray dryer module . Accordingly, lime spray dryer

reagent (lime) requirements are substantially increased for oil fueled boilers.

Alternatively, wet limestone FGD systems can operate

downstream of particulate removal operations. Therefore, unless an objective of

FGD operation is the production of a marketable gypsum byproduct, a wet

limestone FGD system which is relatively impervious to particulate removal

operations can be used. In fact, the wet limestone scrubber can remove up to 50

percent of incoming particulate material. However, wet limestone scrubbers

should not be a primary particulate removal device for applications with

significant particulate emissions .

Wet limestone FGD systems account for the vast majority of

worldwide FGD experience. Experience with lime spray dryers is substantially

less extensive. For applications requiring a high level of particulate removal(requiring a precipitator upstream of the wet limestone scrubber), the lime spray

2-27

dryer could have a low capital cost. However, due to reagent consumption

considerations,the lime spray dryer could have higher operation costs. For

applications not inherently requiring a precipitator (upstream of the wetlimestone scrubber), capital and operating cost analyses would likely favor

selection of the wet limestone scrubber.Based on the uncertainties associated with lime spray dryers and

probable cost analysis results, it is recommended that conceptual design bebased on a wet limestone scrubber FGD system. The following subsection

briefly describes the wet limestone scrubber process.

The limestone source are at Khao Ta Krao, Tambon Hin Kong,Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi Province are 1,056 tons/day and delivery by 1 1 tonstruck, average 10 trips/day. Limestone 10 mm. size from limestone source are

crushed in power plant site for the FGD system.

Description of Wet Limestone FGD SvstemIn the wet limestone scrubber FGD, recirculated slurry containing

pulverized limestone and SO2 removal reaction products are pumped from thereaction tank and sprayed into the flue gas as it passes through the absorber

module. The slurry removes SO2 from the flue gas stream, forming calcium

sulfite and calcium sulfate. Subsequently, a blowdown stream of this

recirculated slurry is directed fiom the recreation tank to dewatering of disposal

operations. Figure 2-13 provides an overview of the wet limestone scrubber

FGD process.The current generation of wet limestone FGD technology employs

forced oxidation of the calcium sulfite in the recycle slurry to the calcium

sulfate (gypsum). Forced oxidation is used not only to produce gypsum, but also

to achieve improved control of the FGD process chemistry by avoiding any

substaintial sealing of module surfaces. An additional benefit of forced

oxidation is enhanced properties of the FGD byproduct with regard to

dewatering and handling, regardless of whether or not the gypsum is sold or

landfilled.

Makeup reagent limestone, either in slurry or dry pulverized forrn,

is supplied to the recreation tank from the reagent preparation system. The rate

of reagent makeup is controlled based on SO2 mass flow rate in the inlet fluegas flow and on recycle slurry pH. The solids content of the recycle slurrv is

monitored to control the rate of blowdown from the reaction tank to the by

product dewatering system.

2-28

FILEASI ILITY STUDY 1 ( ri|E 90320.41.0100

- TECHINC, lINIFORMATiON EGAT' 101094-(0

. _ X _- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.. 1

. ., gi ii ~ ~~~~~~~It I = -

. g Slt ffi>-1Xt is tz o ~ l f..

At~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A

301{g12f~c iF 00E R ~~~~~~~L.~~~~~~~~~~~:

.* _ S diI, r____I U

; I # 1Y 1 S rt 3! jQ~~~~1

i4444 ___ _ ft JI I s_ i.I' ~ ~ - i__ - - -- --

1 F ff { --r-L. 2 ___.___.

t1 .'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t

to~~~~~;Ž- )

4 I-.---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!

The blowdown slurry, containing approximately 10 percent

solids, is dewatered in two stages . Primary dewatering is achieved usinghydroclones which separate the larger particles in the recycle slurry from

smaller ones. The larger particles are discharged as bottom flow from thecyclone in a slurry containing at least 30 percent solids by weight . The top flowfrom the cyclone is either returned to the reaction tank or, if required for control

of soluble species in the recycle slurry, sent to a secondary cyclone. Bottomflow from the secondary cyclone is then retumed to the reaction tank and thetop flow, containing few if any suspended solids, would be forwarded to a FGDwastewater treatment system before being discharged from the plant. The needfor the secondary cyclone and wastewater treatment would be determined basedon trace elements contained in the fuel and the specific requirements of thestation's water discharge permit.

The bottom flow from the primary cyclone, containing the largersize suspended solids, would be sent to either horizontal belt vacuum filters orbasket centrifuges for secondary dewatering. If the byproduct calcium sulfate isintended for reuse, the byproduct solids would generally be washed with high

Ualit. water during secondVuL dewAIy ngntlV . Wa g b s bl

heavy metal salts and chlorides. If the calcium sulfate is intended for landfilling,instead of for sale, it may be possible to eliminate the need for washing andreduce the degree of secondary dewatering. In this case, a rotary drum vacuumfilter could be used for secondary dewatering. Since more water would be

discharged with the calcium sulfate intended for landfilling, no wastewatertreatment would likely be required in this situation.

The FGD system will be designed to operate in a closed loopoperation, with no wastewater required to be discharged. Water from the FGDmakeup will be taken from either the cooling tower blowdown or from theservice water treatment system. To limit water discharges from the power plant,

the use of the cooling tower blowdown will be maximized.

2.6.1.2 Air Pollution Controlfor Combined Cycle BlockThe combustion turbine generators will be equipped with burners

which limit NOx emissions to 75 ppmvd and which minimize emissions ofcarbon monoxide and unburned hydrocarbons by promotion of completecombustion. Emissions of sulfur dioxide will be minimized by the use of natural

gas as fuel whenever it is available, and by the use of low sulfur distillate oil

(0.25 percent sulfur) whenever natural gas is unavailable.

2-30

Reduction of Nitrogen OxidesIn combustion chambers, occurences of nitrogen oxides depends

on combustion temperatures since ambient air is composed of nitrogen andoxygen. At combustion temperatures below 5500C, no nitrogen oxides occurbut t.hey o at temperatres a'uove 1,650CC. T'nerefore, comnbuustiol of uifUfrent

types of fuel gives rise to different proportions of nitrogen oxides.

To control nitrogen oxides, demineralized water is sprayed intocombustion chamber to keep combustion temperatures below the point thatnitrogen oxides occur. This, therefore, reduces the quantity of nitrogen oxides.

Control EquipmentsControl equipments consist of the following:(1) Water injection forwarding pump motor(2) Relief valve for water pump(3) Dual type water filter

(4) Flow meter(5) Water injection flow control valve assembly(6) Accumulator-water injection for pressure precharging at 17

bar(7) Water flow stop solenoid valve

Functions and Components

In combustion turbine operation, levels of oxides of nitrogen willbe kept below 75 ppm by mean of continuous water spraying.

Water which is used to control combustion temperatures willevaporate. However, the quantity of spray water must be kept optimal since itaffects turbine performance/ efficiency.

2.6.1.3 Emission Monitoring SystemThe emission monitoring equipments will be installed at a suitable

location on each exhaust stack. Emission data will be on-lined to the controlroom.

2-31

2.6.2 Wastewater Collection and Treatment

The wastewater collection and treatment will provide for thecollection, treatment, and reuse of the plant wastewaters. The sources of plant

wastewater include the following:

(1) Chemical wastewater

(2) Service water treatment wastes

(3) Cooling tower blowdown

(4) Plant and equipment drains

(5) Sanitary drains

(6) Neutralization basin effluent(7) Roof and yard area drains

2.6.2.1 Chemical WastewaterThe chemical wastewaters will result from regeneration of the

de-mineralization systems and the condensate polishing systems, as well as

from laboratory drains, and miscellaneous chemical splash and spillage. All

chemical storage and solution tanks as well as chemical feed pumps will be

located in concrete curbed containment areas with the drains routed to aneutralization basin. Chemical wastewater will be routed to the lined

neutralization basins for pH adjustment prior to routing to the wastewater

holding pond.

2.6.2.2 Service Water Treatment

The service water treatment system solid contact units willproduce a solids slurry containing suspended solids removed from the raw river

water, coagulant, and coagulant aid (polymer). The slurry will be routed to a

thickener for concentration prior to solids removal in a filter press. The solids

will be hauled offsite for disposal. The thickener overflow and filter press

filtrate will be returned to the solid contact units. Gravity filter backwash will

be collected in a backwash sump and returned to the solid contact unit inlet.

There will be no liquid discharge of service water treatment wastes.

2-32

2.6.2.3 Cooling Tower Blowdown

The cooling water system will be a recirculating system using an

open cooling tower for heat dissipation. Makeup will be required for the

cooling water system to replace evaporation, drift and blowdown losses.

Cooling tower biowdown is required to maintain the cnemicalconstituent level within acceptable ranges. The blowdown will be routed to the

wastewater holding pond which will provide 24 hours detention of wastewater

prior to discharge. The circulating water blowdown temperature will be in the

range of 360C and it will be in the range of normal water temperature afterstaying in the holding pond. The holding pond provides for mixing of the

various wastewaters, settling of suspended solids, dissipation of residual

chlorine, and additional cooling of the cooling tower blowdown prior to

discharge.

2. 6.2.4 Planf and Equipm,*ent Dra.;nsThe plant and equipment drains include water used for

maintenance operations, equipment drains, equipment and pipe leakage, pump

seal water, and relief valve drains. The pae

collected and routed to oil/water separators as required to meet the industrial

effluent standards and regulations for oil and grease prior to discharge to the

2.6.2.5 Sanitary DrainsThe plant sanitary wastes will be routed by gravity through a

series of drainage piping and manholes to lift stations. The lift stations will

transport the waste to the onsite sewage treatment plant.The sanitary drains

quality will be essentially that of service water, with the addition of about 300

mg/l of biological loading (Figure 2-14 and 2-15).

2.6.2.6 Neutralization Basin Effluent

The neutralization basin effluent will consist of treated

regeneration wastes from the demineralizer, condensate polisher, and chemical

handling area floor and equipment drains. Treated regeneration wastes will

make up most of the effluent flow (Figure 2-16).

2-33

C".-- Ct C',,o

____________ ~~~~ ~~~~Li ji iI l .

L B~~ ~ ~~~L-I BC-,

T

77 I -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0S c- rg -¢ I~~~ IT- 1-~-1

co-1.0 IC,. "

_I

C!.;~ SDIO , t I0' tgSrOt-f

'B0. CO-BI,,.t Citto 0LA0 ' p

Iu.

t-28 l l §

r _ _

DF2 N - l

FIUR -14PPN N NTRMN IGA ANTRVDANGJ I L Ic

IBEAfrE'.?~~~~~~~Ho 'A:LT -5 .t-2 CP- T LO.. ,

P-fl~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 95 SEIEENI0a,£fi~NI T5!ic

EDUVLIZCP#ChJtt0S?A.CCON E~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^H r r

FIGURE 2-14 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM SANITAR'Y DRAINAGEAND TREATMENT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~NOT TO C9E USEDAND TREATMENT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FOR CONSTRUCT ION

- - - - - -O.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ICE 00 CSSIIE¢ ~~~~~~~~~~I I I I I11 --|-! I i1 .TELEC'CTr IL r CNEAT INC AUIHOR I TY I.;t o..v :

t L __ __ __ __ _ B LACK V ECA rCCI * SlnDnUII PWLO? aVIYO c | I)IC H^lUIPCO O ^1;C "ES,O S E IC RIEBXrB 11 1 00 !P CI tIIC | 2ES u3S -C W W 38M 2O G I P

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ic[I O SC A 2C I I

(T

1-CEU-Q t L CU.

ax-CA

4L #%..I C~. ~I .>

7 6~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t6

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ r"- I m ,wgr r 1os-E

__ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ T C l _,_XI _ C =

AND20~ T0ZATMNT OI TOBE SE

I l v .... .. ., . i .. | cza l 1 rLoz | pt OurR r _ _ ECI Y EN Af1m -1

i'"Oanascalah - cii c>'- -_n~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~&RU IONc =

1004 oSILtI

FIGURE 2-14i PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM SANITARY DRAINAGE

AND TREATMENT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~NOT TO BE USEDAND TREATMENT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FOF! CONSTRUCT ION0,Iia Cr :551) __ ___-

I -T-71 -- -T- '~~TT11 Iif - 1>r | l.ECIRiI1IY GENERhIC Coi AUnISOIRlCY |

Oilj-.E C3LUIZ CLE -N..tA - C--S'IC OtT~S. -S -EIc:iii

S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-r 0Si r' i0

059A-4.. s _

FIGURE 2-16 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAG]RAM CHEMICAL WASTE COLLECTION

AND TRtEATMENT NOT 10O BE USEDFOR CONSTRUCTION*P.C or ISSUE

AND I Z I I I , , S 1,, I rmi § E.TRATM TLCTTYENERATINC; AT HOR sEiTI I .L .. ~~~~~~~~~~~~.. I (ti!~I11 - .1. T

2.6.2. 7 Roof and Yard Area Drains

The roof and yard area drains within the plant site will be

collected by a system of ditches and catch basins and routed to the raw water

reservoir.

2.6.2.8 AirHeater WashThe air heater washwater system will periodically supply service

water to wash soot and ash deposits in the air heater and chimney hopper.

Air heater wash wastewater will be routed to an air heater wash

pond. This pond will be sized to contain the volume of wastewater resulting

from washing the heaters of thermal units. A wastewater treatment system will

be provided to adjust pH, reduced suspended solids, etc. The wastewater

Treatment system will be designed to treat the entire air heater wash pond

volume during a 2 week period (Figure 2-17 and 2-18).

2.6.2.9 wastewater Disposal

The estimateed daily wastewater flow are presented as follows

Conditions Quantity (cu.M/ day)

Sewage Treatment Plant 397

Oil/ Water Separator 380

Total Flow to Irrigation Pond 777

Cooling Tower Blowdown 23,835

Neutralization Basin 3,424

Total Flow to Holding Pond 27,259

Water from the irrigation pond will be reused for gardening and

green area maintenance inside the plant boundary.

There will be one combined wastewater stream discharged from

the onsite wastewater holding pond. The maximum total plant wastewater

discharge is estimated at approximately 27,300 cu.m per day for the 4,600 MW

site. There are 2 alternatives for wastewater discharge , the first being to

fiseh.art,e ;.t to tbP via a 1HIplunir- ill Luis case *ne wastewater

discharge quality must be treated to conform to the standard set by the Ministry

of Industry. The second alternative is to discharge it to an irrigation drainage

canal - the Khlong Bang Pa nearby plant site. In this case the wastewater quality

2-37

4;'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Cr~ IDE it0X20" C'2C N t S

rt- co,,I.Essto~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1*I

czz 1 J -

_______l I ICE

XXS ~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 ,iA

AIR KrAlrIir.<eDrQl.5

FIGURE 2-17 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRIAM W-ASTEWATER COLLECTIONNOT TO BE USE:D

AND TIREATMENT FOR CONSTRUC1TION_____ / Or Gssc - __

( 4 )xrEETICtTY CErsERATly

SCCC

IDCS99- , I

ASSB-G. _T_ - Ll

' I I _Ir IAC

SuS I I I : ¢ r C~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0 TN 1*11

I . _0

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~iSA p-SI"rr| C o ;[2 3

AC 5-2

FICURE 2-18 PIPING AND INSTRUMENT DIAGRZAM WASTEWATIER COLLECTIONNOT TO BE USED

AND TREATMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION

r~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'AA SU ____

must be treated to conform to the standard set by the Royal Irrigation

Department.

2.6.3 Solid Waste disposal

The wastewater resulting from operation of the treatment system

for circulating water makeup consists of an alkaline slurry which will be

dewatered using a thickener and then a filter press. The remaining sludge will

be landfilled. The landfill area would be approximately 0.0625 sq.km. which

will also collect sludge from sewage treatment plant and solids from air heater

wastewater treatment system . Degraded resin will be taken back by itsdistributor as provided in the sale c-- ct, if necessary, it will be disposed of inthe landfill. However, if the FGD is required, larger landfill area of 0.96 sq.km.

will be prepared for an addition of approximately 25 tons per hour of gypsum

by product. The construction design for such land fills must be respect to

notification of the Industrial Works Department .Since there is no housing facilities available for operation staff in

the plant site, domestic solid would be mainly from offices and working areas.The domestic solid waste is estimated to be 800 kg. per day or 2.7 cu.m. per day

(for 1,000 persons and solid waste generation is 0.8 kg. per person per day).

EGAT will request the Ratchaburi sanitary district to dispose of domestic waste

at its dumping sites.Gypsum by product from the FGD system is approximately 2,000

tons per day or 350,000 cu.m. per year will be dumped in the landfill area of

6,000. rai at approximately leap height of 10 meter. The estimated volume about9.6 million cu.m. will cover 25 years of power plant life. Hower, gypsum canbe sold out for other purposes.

2.7 Hazadous Materials Containment

2.7.1 Chemical Storage and Feed Areas

All chemical storage tanks, solution tanks, and chemical feed

pumps will be located in curbed concrete containment areas drained through

separate chemical waste collection piping to a neutralization basin or a chemicalwaste collection sump. The curbed area concrete will be provided with a

chemical-resistant coating suitable for the particiular service. At a minimum, the

combined volume of the curbed area and the associated neutralization basin or

2-40

waste sump will be adequate to contain the entire volume of the largest single

tank served.

Biocides will be used in two different systems at the power plant.The clarified and filtered service water will be chlorinated using chlorine gas toMa -nt +an t requr ed 1% _A A;11cC4 chlorine residual fio po -MTe atAbe Tu

cooling water in the cooling towers will be periodically shock chlorinated using

chlorine gas to control biological growth in the towers and on heat transfer

surfaces. Tablet type chlorinators will be used to chlorinate the sewage

treatment plant effluent to control fecal coliform.The level of free chlorine in the various waste streams is expected

to be less than 1.0 mg/l. With the 24 hour detention time provided in thewastewater holding pond, the level of free chlorine in the discharge areexpected to be much lower than 1.0 mg/l limit indicated in the Thai Industrial

Effluent Standards and Regulations.

2.7.2 Fuel Oil Storage Tanks

The area around the fuel oil storage tanks will be designed tocontain oil spills resulting from equipment failure or leaks occurring during

normal operations. The oil containment will be accomplished by using bennsconstructed of compacted earth or retaining walls built of reinforced concrete.The total available volume within the containment area for a single tank will be

sufficient to contain the total oil storage capacity of the tank plus the design 24hour rainfall with a 0.3 meters height of freeboard. For a group of tanks withinthe same containment area, the total containment volume will be sufficient to

contain the total capacity of 25 percent of the tanks (or the capacity of the

largest tank, whichever is greater) plus the 24 hour design rainfall with the 0.3

meter freeboard. If the tanks are equipped with a fire protection system utilizingwater, the anticipated fire water volume is used instead of the 24 hour design

rainfall to compute the required containment volume.

The containment area is lined with a lower permeability clay layerto minimize oil seepage to the ground water system. Synthetic membranes may

also be used.

After rainfall , the containment volume will be drained using a

manuuaily operated vaive to tie site drainage sysiem. AfEer an oii spiii or a fire,

the oil/ water mixture will be pumped to trucks for disposal offsite.

Alternatively, the oil/ water mixture may be routed to the station oil/ water

separater in a gradual manner so as not to overload the system.

2-41

2.7.3 Fuel Oil Unloading Areas

The fuel oil unloading areas will be constructed of reinforcedconcrete slabs with concrete curbs. The floor slabs will slope toward floordrains and away from the access road. The floor drains in these area will be

routed to the station oil/ water separator.

2.7.4 Fuel Oil piping

Fuel oil piping will be routed above grade on pipe racks in orderto detect and repair leaks. If for any reason the pipe must be locatedunderground, it will be placed in a concrete trench which will be drained to the

oil/ water separator.

2.7.5 Fuel Delivery Port

The fuel oil ship delivery port will be equipped with oilcontainment boomr.s. Prior to CAmnmencing the shin unloading process, oil booms

will be placed around the ship to be ready to contain any spills that might occur.

Oil storage tanks on the shore near the delivery port will have a

sufficient oil storage volume to accommodate the entire shipload. These tanks

will provide the means to unload the ship without delays that may be caused by

problems in the pipeline to the site or the oil recieving/ storage onsite. These

tanks will be surrounded by a berm designed to the same standards as the oil

storage tank berms at the project site.

2.8 Construction and Operation Staff

The overlapping unit construction is a function of EGAT's time table for

unit operation. The peak estimated manpower for the construction period would

be reach 1,700 people.

In operation period, the four 700 MW units would require an operational

workforce of 700 to 800 workers. The three 600 MW combined cycle units

would require an operational workforce of about 300 people.

2-42

2.9 Construction Material and Plant Equipment Weights

Thermal UnitsThe total weight of construction equipment for Unit 1 and common

facilities is 395,290 tonnes. The total weight for plant equipment for Unit 1 andcommon facilities is 24,160 tonnes.

The corresponding weights for Unit 2 for the construction material andplant equipment are 12,581 tonnes and 21,869 tonnes, respectively.

Combined Cycle UnitsThe total estimated weight of construction equipment for first block and

common facilities is 51,750 tonnes. The total weight of plant equipment for firstblock and common facilities is 17,250 tonnes.

The corresponding weights for Block 2 for the construction material andplant equipment are 45,000 tonnes and 15.000 tonnes respectively.

2.10 Fire Protection

2.10.1 Fire Protection Svstem

The basic fire protection for the plant facilities will be accordancewith NFPA standard (National Fire Protection Association,USA.) which includethe following systems:

Equipment or Area Protected Type of ProtectionYard and building exteriors Fire hydrants and hose housesBuilding interiors Portable fire extinguishers, hose

stations, and fixed water and CO2

suppression systems.Control equipment room Portable fire extinguishers and

preaction sprinkler system.Cable spreading room Wet pipe sprinkler system.Turbine generator bearing Preaction water spray system.Major transformers and Deluge water spray systems.T.ubricating oil equiipment

The source of water for the fire water systems will be two largecapacity service water storage tanks with dedicated fire water storage. One

2-43

electric motor driven fire pump and a diesel engine driven fire pump will supply

water from service waLer storage tarnks to the fire protection system.s.

2.10.2 Fire Prevention and Control Plan for Natural Gas Leakage inPower Plant

Objectives

1) To prevent fire from natural gas

2) To prepare and implement the action plan effectively in case of

fire

General DataIn order to work safely with natural gas, the properties of natural

gas that might bring about the hazards and also general practices should beidentified as follows :-

(1) General properties of natural gas that might cause hazards

- The natural gas used in the combined cycle power plant ismostly methane or "dry gas"

- Vapor density of methane is 0.6 compared with air

(Density of air is equal to 1)

- Methane is in fonn of vapor at room temperature and

atmospheric pressure.- Methane can expand manifold compared with other gases

- Mixture of methane and air which can be flammable iscalled "Flammable or Explosive Limit". Flammable

Limits of Methane are 5.0-14 % (Lower-Upper Limit).

(2) Hazards from natural gas

- Leakage and dispersion into the atmosphere. (Methane is

hazadous in case of proper mixture with air)

- Natural gas is colorless and not hazadous. However, some

persons are allergic to the odor of the additive in natural

gas . Leakage or purging of natural gas might cause

dizziness or vomitting due to the additive called "ethyl

mercaptan" (H2 CH2 SH). Asphyxiation might cause

death in employees surrounded by vapor cloud.

(3) Restricted Area

The restricted area should be defined. The personsinvolved must follow the preventive and control measures strictly such as

2-44

- Smoking is prohibited.

- Lighters, matches or any ignition source's are not allowed

in restricted area.

- Oxidizing agents must not be brought or kept in restrictedarea. -

- Substances with autoignition are prohibited such as

yellow or white phosphorus, magnesium alloy, etc.

- Hot work such as welding, cutting, etc. must first receive

the permission of the authorized persons.- In case of hot work, safety measures should be planned

before working.- Unauthorized persons are not allowed in restricted area.

(4) Safe practices in case of gas leakage- In the event ofexposure to fire or gas leak source, oneshould stay upwind.

- All employers must be kept away from vapor cloud. Try

to eliminate or block the source immediately.

- Some persons should be assigned to take charge of the

gas leak source. Within the distance of 200 ft. from the

source, persons are prohibited to enter except for the

involved persons.- Gas leakage but not flammable

Block valve to stop gas flow. In case of small pipe such

as copper pipe, it might be squeezed by tongs to

block the gas flow.

Use water spray against the direction of gas released to

reduce the vapor gas.

If gas leak can not be stopped, expansion into fire must

be controlled by spraying water on hot surface of

metals such as pipes, or hot metal surface.

Avoid fire.

Gas leakage and flammable

Fire extinguisher is prohibited unless the gas leak has

already been blocked.

Water spray at the hot surface such as concrete, pipe,

metal surface and let it burn at the vent.

If it is burned at valve, use water spray. The person who

blocks the valve should wear fire-proof clothes.

2-45

Preventive measures in case of gas leakage* In case of gas leakage all electrical equipments which

are not explosion-proof type must not be used near the

source.Block valve to stop gas flow.

* Control the ignition sources such as flame, hot surface,

spark, etc.

* Purge the gas.

* Monitor the mixture of air and gas to determine theflammable limit and apply the preventive measures as

mentioned in (4).

* Gas might be absorbed into the employer's clothes andreleased afterwards. That might cause a hazard.

Therefore, the employee should inspect this own clothes

unless he wears proper protective suits.(5) Inspection of gas leak source

Determine the monotoring area for gas leakage.

- Determine the sequences of all valves and flanges for

inspection.- Set time table for inspection.

- Monitor the gas leakage by Portable Gas Leak Detector.

(6) Maintenance of equipment or pipes

- Block valves before maintenance.- Provide sufficient ventilation during maintenance.

Monitor the mixture of gas and air before and during

maintenance.- Instrument and equipment for maintenance must be non-

sparking type.

- Inspect all facilities regularly.

- Inspect the thickness of piping system which might be

the source of gas leakage.

2-46

2.11 Emergency Plan

Any serious accidents that might occur in the power plant are likely to beassociated with fire, gas or chemical leakage and oil spill. Therefore, anemergency plan should be formulated in order to handle the emergency actioneffectively. The main objectives of emergency plan are to

(1) save the lives and protect the health of the employees(2) extinguish or control gas release or explosion in order to minimize

any damage(3) collaborate with the concerned agencies in handling the emergency(4) prevent the cocalation of the emergency(5) clarify the emergency procedures including the responsibility of each

person in the emergency respond team.The emergency plan can be classified into 2 phases

Phase I Emergency plan preparednessPhase II Emergency action

Phase I Emergency plan preparednessEmergency plan preparedness should cover these followin,

information:-1. number of equipment/ tools available for controlling emergency2. number of concerned personnel, for example, fire fighting team,

supporting team, rescue team, first aid team and emergencycommander

3. lists and telephone numbers of the concerned agencies and staff4. control room/ meeting point5. fire drill and simulation of the events6. collaboration with the off-plant agencies7. emergency procedures8. responsibilities of each person/ team both working hours and

off-job9 working procedures should be clearly specified such as

application of permit to work for welding and other hot works,restricted areas for personal protective equipment use etc.

2-47

10. training of employee to recognize the hazards due to unsafe

conditions and unsafe acts related to handling chemical or

natural gas which might contribute to fire, for example,chemical properties, hazards, hygiene practices, control

measures in case of gas release or chemical spill etc.11. monitoring of existing equipment such as piping system, fire

fighting system including maintenance of equipment of pipes

12. planing for operate emergency plan at least once a year

Phase II Emergency Actions1. In case of fire alarm, the emergency commander has to

investigate the location of fire and announce it to all employees.

2. Emergency commander and fire fighting team will approach

such location and try to control the fire3. In case, the in-plant fire fighting team can not control fire, the

commander has to request the local fire station and concerned

agencies for fire fighting assistance and also coordinate withthose agencies

4. The rescue team should evacuate the employees and the

injured to a safe place or a meeting point for a head count and

directly report to the comnmander.

5. First-aid team must be avialable to help the injured and follow

the commander's instructions.

6. Fire fighting team and support team must stay in continuous

contact with the commander.

7. In case of chemical fire, the chemical spill should be blocked

or isolated to prevent the spread of fire.

8. The electrical engineer or the person in charge of the electrical

system should assist the fire fighting team and protect them

from electrocution.

9. After fire, the accident must be investigated in order to find out

the source , causes of fire and also losses. Afterwards,

recommendations for improvement should be proposed to the

administrative level.

However, the effectiveness of emergency plan depends on many

factors involved such as training of various team members, collaboration among

the concerned agencies, the condition of existing fire fighting system etc.

- *Q

In order to carry out the Emergency Plan effectively, the

organization of an Emergency Response Team should be established. The actual

organization depends on the size of plant and also number-of staff in each Team.

Typical organization chart of conimand of an Emergency Response Team is

shown as follows :-

Hierachy of command in case of emergency can be defined as follow

Emergency Commander

|Control Center|

efighting team I Support team First-aid team Rescue team Investigation Team

2.12 Project Schedule

The project tentative time schedules were developed to represent the

project schedule for the Ratchaburi Power Plant Project. Project milestone

events and total project duration were determined from historical records for

similar construction activities at existing power plants .

The tentative time schedules, shown on Figure 2-13 and 2-14, provide an

estimate of the basic time frame required for the thermal units and combined

cycle blocks respectively. The total project duration and the commercial

operation dates are presented as follows:

2-49

Power Plant Commercial Operation

Thermal Unit 1, 700 MW April 1999

Thermal Unit 2, 700 MW August 1999Thermal Unit 3, 700 MW October 2000

Thermal Unit 4, 700 MW February 2001

Combined Cycle Block I

- Gas Turbines July 1998

- Steam Turbine July 1999

Combined Cycle Cycle Block 2

- Gas Turbines September 1998

- Steam Turbine September 1999

Combine Cycle Block 3

- Gas Turbines November 1998

- Steam Turbine November 1999

2-50

DES CRIFITION . 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000

F |A 2{ MAR 9S |j _ | I~ T ELETRICITY GEHERATICN AUTHORITY OF THAILA ID |DEVELOPMIENT AND PLANNING DEI'ARTMET |

LAND | LAND RFEB-T 9S RATCHABURI COMBINED CYCLE BLOCKS i- 3 |TIIERML POWER PAInT DEVELOPMENTI_|_S_SEP_98_|_______- _ ( - - - -3 X - -0 MW I - DIvISIoN - 3 1

01 19 AUG98 F IIRST ISSUE FOR REVIEW .l TITLE |DRAWING NUM~BER TIZsCOMM{r(D!U AflTIOVZIII

NO|EOASIBILITYEVISIONS | CONCURRED APPROVED | TENTATIVE TIME SCiEDULE ||DAW |CH!CXD 240395|

REGI .BMP

FIGURE 2-19 ITENTlATIVE TIM E SCllEDUL,E

DESCTRT ON 1994 1 995 1T996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 I 2UT2.NFM.F_----JIRI ,W0JF IM|A|M| J|JA J||5NIEDJI F |FIM|A11.1It *|IjjmAtj JJ|F |50N| JI FMRMJ1b1AIS IN IJ*F 5 INlC 1F nM|JI JI J;5|0|N[ JI F MIJSN FM|^M|J|JIRSONIDJJIFIMlFIM|

LAND & LAI-ID RIGIf ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ AT~AVR hEML O~ERPANSTHRA PWR LN DVLOMN

S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~( H 7 t00 ~fiF 3 DIVISIONF

PROJECE APPROEVAL If..... TEN. ATIVE T U I 1 1I1 111 1

S W ~~ID PRPRTIO I +10 H IiI 111111

LETTERI OF INTETI U 2 0 TENTCTY IE AUTIMO TIIAILAN

7 | 24 HAR 95 | I l | % (4H700H) | OIVISION I 7 _H1.1H I JL) 6 1 21 FEB 95 | INITIAL ESUE l l t TITLE { DRAW{NG ~~~~]NITElE N T2 RtNMMD r 3 UNITVr 4

CN STRUCTONT E R EVISION S I COCURE | , APPOVE | 1 TEN ' TIM I-EDL |4 - 2000 |- 2H r -2 2001

RATCHABL)RI~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ i1tt I V IW

FIGURE 2-20~~~~~ IE''TV 'IM SCIE-4ULH

CHAPTER 3EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

3.1 Surface Water Hydrology

3.1.1 Introduction

In this section a review, analysis and assessment of meteorologyand surface water hydrology relative to the project and other environmentalresources are reported on. Evaluation of probable effects of the project on theexisting condition of these resources and vice versa was carried out, mainlyusing secondary data and infonnation .

The hydrological regime of the concemed watershed area wasclosely investigated in order to determine the existing conditions of surfacewater hydrology. In addition, the project implementation scheme which willdirectly affect the existing resources was carefully considered.

The studies covered the following:1) The existing meteorological and hydrological conditions of the

Mae Klong river basin, especially at the lower portion.2) The downstream effects on the downstream water use and water

hzibnce in the river basin .3) A monitoring program related to the surface water hydrology.

3.1.2 Methodology

The study methodology was as follows:1. The surface water hydrology study was based mainly on the

results of previous study reports and available data. The most recent data wascollected from EGAT, RID and agencies concerned and additional analysis wascarried out to ensure the most reliable results.

2. Field reconnaissance and observations were made to improve orconfirm findings of the previous studies.

3.Analysis of the river water flow pattern was carried out atvarious recording stations. Where flow records are not available, transposed flowrecord from nearby stations were taken into consideration by employing themathematical model HEC-4.

The analysis and recommendation were then made with regard to:1) the probable climatic and environmental impacts.2) monitoring criteria and mitigation programs related to surface

water hydrology.

3-1

3.1.3 Results of the Study

(i) Meteorology

Data on the climatic condition within the Mae Klong river basinwere obtained from the Meterological Department and related study reports.These data were analysed and interpreted as shown in the following section.

1) General Climatic ConditionsThe general climatic condition of the project area, where

located in the Mae Klong river basin, is typically of the tropical savanna climatezone, influenced by the two major wind systems, the southwest and northeastmonsoons. Figure3. 1-1 illustrates the Maeklong river basin and the air strearnsdominating the climatic condition in Thailand.

Moistare i'Loun uie uiuUiarl oceaUL is IormiUially U1IUg,L1L Uy LiIe

southwest monsoon during May to October resulting in rainfall over the basinreaching a peak in September- October. The precipitation decreases when thenortheast monsoon prevails.

Occasionally, heavy rainfall is induced by the cyclonicstorms that originate in the South China Sea, and come across the basin duringSeptember-October.

2) RainfallThe rainfall pattern in the river basin was analysed by using

the recorded data for the period 1952 to 1992. The location of the rainfallstations within the basin is shown in Figure 3.1-2 and a general description ofthe stations given in Table B-1 and B-2 in appendix B. The average monthly andannual rainfall are also tabulated in Table B-2. The average annual rainfall variesfrom 873 mm. to 4423 mm.

The mean monthly rainfall distributions of the selectedstations are presented in Figure 3.1-3 while the average annual rainfall is shownin Figure 3.1-2 as the Isohytal Map. About 80 percent of the annual rainfalloccurs during the wet season, from May to October. The maximum monthlyrainfall generally occurs during September and October. The mean rainy daysfrom station to station do not vary much, having the annual average of 90 days asshown in Table B-3 in appendix B. Table B-4 and B-5 in appendix B show theclimatological records at Ampoe Muang and Ampoe Thong Pha Phum,

3-2

It00 X 02 104

Pte~~~~~t

14

.. .- .1

r X

"0L~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

FIGURE 3.1-1 PREVAILING WIND AND MONSOON TROUGH

3-3

0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 co / a II

se.CE C99 ° 9 CIC CC ;o0 ' : ^

^~~~I I l( I ,1! 0

I u!lc:usl( \

0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~3

Inc !a \ .H -UI -nc.r5tii) -

0 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0~

1,9 N~~~~~~~I

* 1'

13~~~~~~~, N

iThonq Pha ~ ~~~~~a hic

0~~~~~~~\0

-' ~~~~ KANCHANA2UqI

NhMOn \~ ATHCM

Photnauram * dhnCas

C9 t ian! Phae

FIGURE 3.1-2 ISOHYTAL MAP OFAVERAGE ANNUAL 5RAIchNFALL

34War ?hieng *'9.ZiN

amhw S4AMUT SONGKHRAM~1

0~~~~~~~~~~~~~i"

98 0-0 E 98 30 99 20) 99 30 00o00 100 BO

FIGURE 3.1-2 ISOHYTAL MAP OF AVERAGE ANNUAL RAINFALL

3-4

A.Muang Kanchanaburi (13013) A. Phanom Thuan (13032)

240.0 240.0 4220.0- 220.0200.0 200.0180.Or 23 . 180.OF EN180.CF 160C0r140.01 4 140.04r120.r 120.0r EGOOF 100.lO

80. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 00 60Cr 60Cr F40COr 40C20Cr7 2 0.o"r-0.0~ 0.0

Apr Jun Aug ' Oct Dec Feb Apr JunjAug Oct Dec FebMay Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar May Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar

A.Thong Pha Phum (13053) A. Muang Nakhon Pathom (23012)

350.O. 240400220.0 OF!

300.0rl S3 g220° 200.01l180.OF

Apr Jun IAua 0.0 IDc| e Apr !Jun IAua Oct'tDec FebMay Jul Zep Nov Jan Mar May Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar

A. Muang Ratchaburi (47012) A. E3an Phae (47062)

250.0t s . 180.0160.0

200.0r 140.0O@

840.OF

Apr ~ ~ ~ Ja MaruqOtDe e Apr Jun Auq Oct Dec Feb May Jul ~ep Nov JnMrMay Ju p Nov Jan Mar

FIGURE 3.1-3 MEAN MONTHLY RAINFALL IN MM.AT VARIOUS STATIONS

3-5

Kanchanabunr Province, the synoptic station operated by the Meterological

Department.

3) TemperatureThe average mean monthly, mean maximum, mean

minimum, extreme maximum and extreme minimum are given in table B-4 and

B-5 for Amphoe Muang and Amphoe Thong Pha Phum respectively. The mean

monthly temperature ranges from the lowest 22.20 c at Amphoe Thong Pha

Phum in December, with the annual average of 27.90 c. Figure 3.1-4 and 3.1-5

show the mean monthly, mean maximum and mean minimum at Amphoe Muang

and Amphoe Thong Pha Phum, Kanchanaburi.

4) Relative HumidityThe relative humidity is recorded at Amphoe Muang and

Amphoe Thong Pha Phum, Kanchanaburi Province, the synoptic station operated

by the Meteorological Department. The mean relative humidity increases from

May to October from 70 to 79 % (at A.Thong Pha Phum), when the southwestmonsoon prevails. During the northeast monsoon and the transition period from

November to April, the relative humidity drops from 74 % to 59% (at A. Muang)and 79% to 65% (at A.Thong Pha Phum). The year round average relative

humidities are 68 and 78 % at A.Muang and A.Thong Pha Phum respectively.

Figures 3.1-4 and 3.1-5 show the mean monthly relative humidities at these two

stations.

5) Evaporation

The mean monthly evaporation measured at AmphoeMuang, ranges from 124.6 mnm. in November to 221.7 mm. in April and the

mean annual evaporation is 1930.5 mm.

Potential evapotranspiration or reference crop requirement in the

study was computed by using the climatic data at Amphoe Muang Kanchanaburi.

The Modified Penman method was employed to estimate the evapotranspiration

and resulted in the rate of 1,810 mm per annum (Table B-6 in appendix B) and

the monthly variation is shown in Figure 3.1.-6.

6) Wind

I _

As presented in Table B-4 in appendix B the regional

direction of the prevailing wind observed at Amphoe Muang Kanchanaburi is

from the west from January to October, while in November and December the

3-6

401 100

30r -7 ,

38r 9 X90034r

327 -'

306 7 i . ..... .;i3

~~30F ~~~> - -- ~~~~70T

° 28r _ <K

i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i

~24~- 2Ž50 Fl

220V3 --

2 \ 4 t 0 .3.

t200r \ / I .r- ,

18r 10F

16 I - 30Apr Jun: Aug Oct Dec Feb Apr Jun: Aug Oct Dec Feb

May JuLi Sep Nov Jan Mar May Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar

[2Mean +Mean Max. <C>Mean Min- 7Mean +Mean Max <>Mean Min

230I 3.5P

3-7

220r~~~~~~~~E 21O

' 200F 3.12 L:

190r I C

o 180 .2.9!LU *28

>4 17OF ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~I >. 2.7h

o / 0~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~25- _

~~~140r ~~~~~~~2.3r

3O~~~~~~~~~~ ~~2.1L

Apr Jun lAug O'ct DecFiFebi Apr!IJun 1Aug~ c I Dec'FMay Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar May Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar

FIGURE 3.1-4 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA AT AMPHOE MUANG,

KANCHANABURI

3-7

381 10ol

361\

32, - re

a, 28r'L ~ ~ 70,'

E 26i

s 2< -R' t6Ca: ; , _H24v , 0

.E 22F C0 201 50V /

14F~~~~~~~~~012 i 30

Apr Jun IAug iOct Dec Feb! Apr Jun Aug Oct Dec FebMay Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar May Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar

IIMean +Mean Max. OMean Min GlMean -,Mean Max. °lMean Min

180 0.6

170

160 o0F\1E 3TC150 I

.10 \ 0.4-

co 130 a

>1201- VCl 0.33

C:110-

Cdoo /

go 0.A'0' Fb ec_

Apr un lugO'c DecI Fb IApr1Ju ugT'tDcFlebiMayJulSepNovJan Mar May Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar

FIGURE 3.1-S CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA AT AMPHOE THONG PHA PHUM,

KANCHANABURI

3-8

Mean Monthly EvapotranspirationA. Muang Kanchanaburi

4- 200CZ

Q 190 907

C 180r

om) 170i

LU 160 /

150r

° 140'

1 30r =f

Apr M Jun Aug Oct Dec FebMav Jul Sep Nov Jan Mar

FIGURE 3.1-6 MEAN MONTHLY EVAPOTRANSPIRATION, AMPHOE MUANG,

KANCHANABURI

3-9

prevailing wind is from the northeast and southeast. The mean wind speed varies

from 2.1 to 3.4 knots and the maximum wind speed of 55 knots occurs in July .

(ii) Surface Water Hydrology

1) General Basin Description

The Mae Klong river basin is located in the west of CentralThailand , having the total basin area of about 27,660 Sq.km. There are three

major rivers included in the basin, ie: Khwae Yai and Khwae Noi which jointogether at Kanchanaburi to form the Maeklong river which flows downwards to

the Gulf of Thailand . The Upper basin, which has a catchment area of about

25,440 sq.km. is mostly mountainous terrain ranging from 700 m. to 2000 m.

elevations . Within the upper basin the rivers are confined to the steep valleys

and there is no flood plain.The lower portion below the confluence of the basin is a

lowr 1Anor flood plainin T,p totai lIength of the MaeklonQ river fronm the

confluence to the sea is 130 kan. During the period of high flow in the months

from August to October, overbank flow occurs and innundates the area on either

side of the river.

The Greater Maeklong Irrigation Project is situated in theflood plain on both sides of the river and has the project area of 2.981 million

rai. In order to protect the irrigation area from flooding, a dike along the left

bank from the north of Photharam to Ratchaburi has been constructed .

Moreover, the banks of the irrigation canal have also been designed as a flood

protecting dike.

Water resources development projects in the Mae Klongriver basin have been implemented since 1980 when the Sinagarindh dam and

reservoir were constructed on Khwae Yai and the Khao Laem dam was

constructed on Khwae Noi in 1985 . These projects are multipurpose projects for

hydro-power generation, irrigation, domestic water uses, navigation and also

flood control.

2) Streamflow Records

Data from 33 stations located in the tributaries of the

Khwae Yai and Khwae Noi river basins and from 4 stations located in the Mae

Klong river basin (Table B-7 in appendix B and Figure 3.1-7 ) are taken into

consideration . Tne fIow records are of suIIicient length for the study and

analysis . However, it should be noted the flow of the Maeklong river has been

controlled by two impoundment dams since 1980. Thus, the water released from

3-10

- ^& - ^E _C 59 0 99 _0 ICO CC iOt,=~~~~~~~K 9 0 '<.

2~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ga .' 1 , -- - K.'

[ / S t | l ~ ~~~~~~~~ K. 97 21 K. ! 9

' fJ/ iQ \ Z ~ ~~~~~~~~ K. 25 Z! it. 20I

: ! | ( \ ;malenc} 3 ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~ K. 13 Zs K.2

i | t c \+ 1/ l 5 ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ K. 252 A 24 K F. --

I \ 9 \ ) | } ~ ~ ~~~~~~9 K. 37 ZS KE. 4

' I \ \ /> sJ \ t ~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~10 K. 38 29 i<E 5

es l _ \ \! \ _ \ 1~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ K. 39 iO KE,, 7 -

I I %t s 1c\ 12~~~~~~~~~~~~~I K._-0 31 KE- i

I > \ >\ 91 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~13 KM I 32 :IN,

I f J 1 _ 1° 1 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~14 KN. 4 3:z KN.

I 5 '5 wt' | e \qR \ ~ ~~~~~~~~~19 RN 5 _i KN._i

i 6anSttiCit; Ehri \/£ -\-:2 4 33 jB 116 KE--. -3 35 K. 4

< / \ \4 \t/ Ci | ~~~ ~~~~~~~~~17 KER. 9 3 6 K . 8 s N, l / t , , f, 3C, \ i 1_ \ \_ 1 la K. 8 3Z~~~~~ K. i i -! Ne,

| 0 / 10;~~~~3 13 12 \ \ 9 .Y. 12 a8 K. 38 4

30 , '/7;C \18 \'2 8Jz;A

I X M a C I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~o 9hloi

IoN| _ | \01 F; IIANaEU~~~~HNAERI t1|c

x v , \ \.=~~~~~~~~~~KHCN F7ATHOM

-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~a Sun BanctJ;n phae

13~~~~~ N. .5 -u i |i .i - SN3HA

go co ' . 3 99 10 ' 99 °0 too CO 1:0 30'

FIGURE 3.1-7 LOCATION OF STREAMFLOW GAUGING STATIONS WITHIN.,THE MAE KLONG RIVER BASIN

3-11

the reservoirs play an important role in water utilities and also in flood control at

the downstream portion.Data for the Srinagarindh reservoir, which has an average

annual inflow of 4310 MCM. (Table B-8 in appendix B) show the highest inflowduring the months of August through October . The Khao Laem reservoir on theKnwae Noi nas an average annual inflow (Tabie B-9 in appendix B) of 4899

MCM. and the highest inflow occurs during July through September.The oufflow or regulated flow of the two dams causes a

different flow pattern in Mae Klong river . Releases from the Srinagarindh andKhao Laem reservoir are shown in Table B-10 and Table B-lb in appendix B.The monthly release seems to be constant at 250-500 MCM., except whenspilling occured.

The inflow to Vajiralongkorn dam has an annual average of9850 MCM (Table B-12 in appendix B). At Vajiralongkorn dam, the water isdiverted to the irrigation system and Tha Chin river with the annual average of4142 MCM anxd 724 MCM.f (Tabe1- a-13 and Table B-14 in appendix B)respectively, while the amount of 4979 MCM was discharged to the Mae Klongriver, downstream of Vajiralongkorn dam

A historical minimum outflow at Vajiralongkorn dam wasrecorded at the rate of 47 MCM. per month ( or about 20 cms.). But after thecompletion of the two reservoirs on Khwae Yai and Khwae Noi, the release isused to control salinity intrusion at the Maeklong estuary at the rate of not less

than 40-50 cms. (or about 100 MCM./month).

The average annual flow of the Mae Klong river basin canbe summarized as foilows:

3-12

Inflow to Srinagarindh (1952-1993) 4,310 MCM.

Outflow from Sninagarindh (1985-1993) 4,380 MCM.Inflow to Khao Laem (1965-1993) 4,899 MCM.Outflow from Khao Laem (1985-1993) 4,233 MCM.Inflow of Vajiralongkorn (1985-1993) 9,850 MCM.Release downstream of Vajiralongkom 4,979 MCM.

(1985-1993)

3) Flow PatternThe flow pattern in the Maeklong river (downstream of

Vajiralongkorn dam) has changed significantly since the completion of the twoimpounding dams . It is recognized that the runoff in the dry season before theoperation of the impounding dams had the mean monthly value of about 160-250MCM. (or about 2% of the annual volume), see Table B-15 in appendix B, onthe other hand the monthly flow volume in dry season had the minimum of about260 MCM.(or about 4% of the annual volume(Table B-16 in appendix B).Figure 3.1-8 shows the comparision of mean monthly flow downstream of theVaiiralongkom dam ,(K.ll) for the periods (1965-1984) and (1985-1992), or

before and after the operation of the Srinagarindh and Khao Leam reservoirs,respectively.

3-13

2.20-

'~1.60-

o1.40-; 1.20 -

i 0.60_0.40-0.20-

APR JUN AUG OCT DEC FEBMAY JUL SEP NOV JAN MAR

31965-1984 01985-1992

FIGURE 3.1-8 COMPARISION OF MEAN MONTHLY FLOWAT BAN WANG KIANAI (Kll )

3-14

3.2 Surface Water Quality

3.2.1 Introduction

The construction and operation of a combined cycle project islikely to effect the environment but at the same time the environment willhave an impact on the project. Regarding the first type of effect, the dischargeof effluent and waste water from the cooling tower and boiler may causeimpacts to the quality of the receiving water body which subsequently mayeffect the downstream aquatic life and water uses. Regarding the second typeof effects, surface water quality in the nearby area may not be suitable as a rawwater source for the power plant water supply such as boiler water, coolingwater and water for domestic uses. Therefore, in the environmental impactassessment of the power plant, existing conditions of surface water quality ofthe nearby river have been studied and both types of impacts have beenassessed. The results of the studies have been used to formulate managementmeasures to minimize these impacts.

3.2.2 Methodology

1) Collection and Review ofAvailable Data

The existing data of surface water quality, wastewater loadingfrom comnmunities and industries, and water uses of the Mae Klong River werecollected from the agencies concerned such as Pollution Control Department,Industrial Works Department, Public Health Department and the ProvincialWaterworks Authority. These data were reviewed and used as a basis forassessing surface water quality impact.

2) Water Sampling and Analysis

1. PeriodRiver water was samnpled and analysed once a season for 3

seasons in February, April and May 1994.

3-15

2. LocationThe 3 sampling stations are: (1) Ban Makham Thao, (2)

Ban Khok Mo, about 2 km. downstream of Ban Makham Thao, and (3) Ban

Rai, about 6 km. downstream of Ban Khok Mo as shown in Fig 3.2-1

3. Water Sampling. Parameters, and Analvtical MethodsRiver water from each station was sampled at mid-depth.

Water samples for grease and oil analysis were also taken at a point 1 m. belowthe water surface, and water samples for coliform bacteria analysis werecollected at the water surface . Samples preservation procedures and analyticalmethods used conformed to the Standard Methods for the Examination ofWater and Wastewater of APHA, AWWA, and WPCF and of NEB. Watertemperature, pH, conductivity, transparency and DO were measuredimmediately. For the other parameters, water samples were preserved and sentfor analysis in the laboratory.

3.2.3 Results of Studies

1) Result of Current StudyThe results of water quality studies at three sampling stations in

the Mae Khlong River which were carried out in February , April and May1994, are presented in Table 3.2-1 , 3.2-2 and 3.2-3 respectively,

1.1 Results of the First Sampling

Results of the first sampling, 6 February 1994, aspresented in Table 3.2-1 show constant value of color (0.1 unit) and S0 4-2 (0.6mg/I) throughout the stretch of station 1 to station 3. The followingparameters: turbidity, TSS, TS, Cl-, BOD, transparency and grease and oilfluctuated ranging from 5-12 NTU, 7.8-15 mg/I, 288-352mg/i, 10.0-12.0 mg/I,0.9-1.4 mg/I, 0.83-0.96 m, and 0.06-0.10 mg/I, respectively. The values of pH(8.39-8.62) and DO (4.7-5.9 mg/I) decreased with distance downstream while

the values of conductivity (270-275 umhos/cm), total hardness (114-120 mg/i),total alkalinity (101.5-117.5 mg/1), HC0 3 - (92.5-117.5 mg/1), P0 4 -3 -P (0.05-0.08 mg/1), N0 3 --N (0.45-0.65 mg/I), total coliform bacteria (1,700-50,000MPN/lOOml) and faecal coliforim bacteria (400-22,000 MPN/100 ml) increased

withi uistance downstream.

3-16

64

ILK ytr KI.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-I

l - B. Th ' .7 .- S -. -- . -

SITE...<

I KhI -

-6-'N.4 C" Wlti., . . .- - 4 4 ...&k.PP

4CN-1 K ~ ~ -1

TABLE 3.2 - 1

WATER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAE KLONG RIVER AT RATCHABURI,

FEBRUARY 6 ,1994

Stations

Parameters 2 3

Ban Makham Thao Ban Khok Mo Ban RaiAir temperature ,°c 34 34 34.5

Water depth, m 5.5 5 7Water temperature ,°c 27.5 28 27.5

pH 8.62 8.5 8.39Conductivity, umhos/cm 270 272 275

Salinity, ppt 0 0 0

Transparency, m 0.88 0.83 0.96DO, mg/i 5.9 5.5 4.7

Color, unit 0.1 0.1 0.1Turbidity, NTU 5.0 12.0 8.0TSS, mg/i 11.2 15.0 7.8TS , mg/l 316.0 352.0 288.0

TDS, mg/I 304.8 337.0 280.2Total acidity, mg/l as CaCO3 7.0 10.0 nilTotal alkalinity, mg/l as CaCO3 101.5 114.0 117.5Total hardness, mg/i as CaCO3 114.0 115.0 120.0

HCO3 , mg/ as CaCO3 92.5 99.0 117.5NO3- N, mg/i 0.45 0.55 0.65

3-18

TABLE 3.2-1 (CONT.)

StationsParameters I 2 3

Ban Makham Thao Ban Khok Mo Ban RaiPO -P, mg/A 0.05 0-06 0,08SO , m"g/ 0.6 0.6 0.6Cl , mg/I 10.0 12.0 10.0BOD5, mgA 1.3 0.9 1.4Grease and Oil, mg/I 0.07 0.06 0.10Total coliform bacteria, 1,700 3,000 50,000MPN!100 mlFaecal coliform bacteria, 400 400 22,000MLPN/100 mlCa, mg/I 15.90 15.70 16.80Mg, mg/I 3.37 | 4.77 3.95Fe, mgA 0.80 2.40 1.36Zn, mgA 0.540 0.260 0.125Cu, mgA 0.002 0.002 0.015Pb, mgA 0.013 0.012 0.001Hg, mgA <0.001 <0.001 <0, 001Cd, mg/I 0.007 0.005 -

Cr, mgA 0.005 0.002 0.032

3-19

TABLE 3.2-2

WATER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAE KLONG RIVER AT RATCHABURI,

APRIL 3 ,1994

Stations

Parameters 1 2 3Ban Makharn Thao Ban Khok Mo Ban Rai

Air temperature,0c 32 33.5 33.5Water depth, m 4.5 4.5 4.8Water temperature ,0c 30 30 30pH 7.78 7.73 8.05Conductivity, umhos/cm 252 260 265Salinity, ppt 0 0 0Transparency, m 0.82 0.71 0.85DO, mg/l 5.2 4.8 4.5Color, unit 0.3 0.3 0.3Turbidity, NTU 22.4 29.6 26.4TSS,mg/i 16.6 22. 26 2

TS , mg/l 316.0 308.0 302.0TDS, mg/l 299.4 285.8 275.8Total acidity, mg/l as CaCO3 nil nil nilTotal alkalinity, mg/I as CaCO3 96.0 97.0 96.5Total hardness, mg/I as CaCO; 98.0 98.5 98.5HCO , mg/l as CaCO3 96.0 97.0 96.5NO3- N, mg/I 0.24 0.37 0.21

3-20

TABLE 3.2-2 (CONT.)

Stations lParameters ! v 3

Ban Makham Thao Ban Khok Mo Ban RaaiPO4 - P, mg/I 0.06 0.06 0.07So4, mgA/ 0.2 0.2 0.2Cl- , mg/I 4.0 4.0 5.0

BOD5, mgA/ 0.6 0.6 1.2Grease and Oil, mg/I 0.03 0.03 0.05Total coliform bacteria, 3,400 3,000 24,000MNPN/100 ml

Faecal coliform bacteria, 1,400 300 13,000MIPN/I00 mlCa, mg/I 26.70 26.39 26.65Mg, mg/I 5.94 5.95 5.96Fe, mg/I 0.25 0.21 0.22Zn, mgA 0.219 0.208 0.207Cu, mg/I 0.002 . 0.002 0.003Pb, mg/l 0.048 0.015 0.025Hg, mgA <0.001 <0 001 <0.001Cd, mg/I 0.002 0.001 0.010Cr , mg/I 0.002 0.001 0.020

3-21

TABLE 3.2 - 3 WATER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAE KLONG RIVER,

AT RATCHABURI, 29 MAY 1994

Stations

Parameters 1 2 3

Ban Makham Thao Ban Khok Mo Ban Rai

Air temperature, 0 C 34.0 33.0 32.5

Water depth, m 4.5 4.0 5.2

Water temperature ,0C 32.0 32.0 32.0

pH 8.3 8.2 8.0

Conductivity, umhos /cm 278.0 282.0 305.0

Salinity, ppt 0.0 0.0 0.0

Transparency, m 0.3 0.3 0.4

DO ,mpl/1 4.1 4.0 4.4

Color, unit 0.2 0.1 0.1

Turbidity, NTU >100 69.4 54.8

TSS, mg/i 49.0 34.8 25.4

TS, mg/l 262.0 216.0 252.0

TDS , mg/l 213.0 181.0 226.6

Total acidity, mg/l as CaCO3 4.0 3.0 3.0

Total alkalinity, mg/l as CaCO3 164.0 102.0 118.0

Total hardness, mg/l as CaCO3 168.0 104.0 119.0

HCO3 , mg/l as CaCO3 160.0 102.0 118.0

N0 3 -N, mg/l 0.6 0.4 0.2

po3 p-P 0.2 0.1 0.1

3-22

TABLE 3.2-3 (CONT.)

Stations

Parameters 1 2 | 3

Ban Makham Thao Ban Khok Mo Ban Rai2-

S04 , mg/l 4.4 3.4 1.6

Cl , mg/I 5.0 5.5 7.5

BOD5, mg/l 1.2 .0.9 0.6

Grease and Oil, mg/i 0.07 0.07 0.06

Total coliform bacteria, MPN/100 ml 16,000 9,000 13,000

Faecal coliform bacteria, MPN/100 ml 3,000 3,000 8,000

Ca, mg/l 31.25 31.19 22.56

Mg, mg/l 6.82 6.81 4.81

Fe, mg/l 0.23 0.22 0.13

Zn, mg/l 0.108 0.106 0.071

Cu, mg/I 0.007 0.007 <0.001

Pb, mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Hg, mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Cd, mg/l 0.004 0.007 0.003

Cr, mg/l 0.015 0.014 0.012

3-23

The decreasing of DO values and the increasing of totalcoliform bacteria and faecal coliform bacteria from station i to station 3, islikely to be due to the effect of direct discharging of Ratchaburi municipalwastewater into the Mae Khlong River.

For metals and heavy metals, the values of Fe (0.80-2.40mg/i), Ca (15.70-16.80 mg/I), Mg (3.37-4.77 mg/I), Hg (<0.001-0.001 mg/i),

Cd (0.005-0.007 mg/I) and Cr (0.002-0.032 mg/i) fluctuated, while the values

of Zn (0.125-0.540 mg/i) and Pb (<0.001-0.013 mg/i) decreased with distancedownstream and the values of Cu (0.002-0.015 mg/I) increased with distance

downstream.

1.2 Results of the Second SamplingIn summer (3 April 1994), water temperature of the Mae

Khlong River at Ratchaburi was 30 'C. Conductivity (252-265 umhos/cm) andhardness (98-98.5 mg/i) showed a slight increase downstream (compared tothe first sampling) and were slightly lower than the values in February. Thevalues for pH (7.73-8.05), transparency (0.71-0.85m) fluctuated and were alsolower +"han +hoseob-tainer from the first sampling.

DO values (4.5-5.2 mg/i) showed a slight decreasedownstream and were lower than the values in February but BOD5 values (0.6-

1.2 mg/I) showed a slight decrease from the previous values .

TSS values (16.6-26.2 mg/1) showed an increasedownstream and an increase over the values in February while color values

showed an increase over the previous values and remained constant at 0.3 unit

along the stretch of station I to station 3. Turbidity values (22.4-29.6 NTU)also showed an increase over the values in February and fluctuated in the

stretch of the three stations.

Total alkalinity (96.0-97.0 mg/i) and HCO3 - (96.0-97.0

mg/i) showed a decrease compared to the values in February.

N0 3 --N (0.21-0.24 mg/1), S0 4 -2 (0.2 mg/1), C1- (4.0-5.0

mg/l) and grease and oil (0.03-0.05 mg/l) showed a slight decrease from the

values found in February, while P04- 3 -P (0.06-0.07 mg/1) remained nearly the

same as the previous values.

3-24

Total coliform bacteria (3,000-24,000 MPN/100 ml) andfaecal coliform bacteria (300-13,000 MPN/100 ml) reached the minimum at

value station 2 and the maximum value at station 3.

Ca (26.39-26.70 mg/i) and Mg (5.94-5.96 mg/i) werenearly the same over a stretch of the three stations and greatly increased from

the values in February while Fe (0.21-0.25 mg/i) decreased significantly from

the values in the first sampling.

Zn (0.207-0.219 mg/i) ,Cu (0.002-0.003 mg/1) and Hg(<0.001 mg/i) were nearly constant in the stretch of the three stations while

the values of Pb (0.015-0.048 mg/i), Cd (<0.001-0.010 mg/i) and Cr (<0.001-

0.020 mg/I) fluctuated.

1.3 Results of the Third SamplingIn the rainy season (29 May 1994), water temperature of

the Mae Khlong River at Ratchaburi was 32 'C. Conductivity (278-305

umhos/cm) andCl- (5.0-7.5 mg/i) showed an increase downstream and slightiy

increased from the values in summer (April).

TSS (25.4-49.0 mg/i), turbidity (54.8->100 NTU), N0 3-

N (0.21-0.58 mg/1), P04 -3 -P(0.08-0.16 mg/l),and S0 4 -2 (1.6-4.4 mg/I) showed

a decrease downstream and increased from the values in April while

transparency (0.28-0.43 m) greatly decreased at station 1 and 2.

Total alkalinity (102.0-164.0 mg/i), HC0 3 -(102.0-160.0

mg/i) and hardness (104.0-168.0 mg/I) fluctuated along the stretch of station 1

to 3 and showed increases over the values found in the second sampling.

Grease and oil values (0.06-0.07 mg/i) were constant in the stretch of the three

stations and showed a slight increase over the values in the summer.

pH (7.96-8.34), color (0.1-0.2 unit) and BOD5 (0.6-1.2

mg/I) slightly decreased downstream whereas DO (4.0-4.4 mg/i) fluctuated in

the stretch of station 1 to 3 and decreased from the value in April.

Total coliform bacteria (9,000-16,000 MPN/1OOml)

fluctuated in the stretch of station 1 to 3 while faecal coliform bacteria

(3,000-8,000 MPN/100 ml) increased downstream. The values of these two

parameters showed a large increased over the values in April at station 1 and 2

3-25

but were lower than the values in April at station 3. These might be the effect

of washing out at the first two stations and dilution by rain at station 3.

Ca (22.56-31.25 mg/i), Mg (4.81-6.82 mg/1) and Fe(0.13-0.23 mg/I) were nearly the same in a stretch of the first two stations and

greatly decreased at station 3. The values of Zn (0.071-0.108 mg/l) and Cu

(<0.001-0.007 mg/I) were nearly constant in a stretch of the first two stations

and decreased at station 3. Pb (<0.001 mg/i) and Hg (<0.001 mg/i) were not

detected while Cd (0.003-0.007 mg/l) fluctuated and Cr (0.012-0.015 mg/1)

were almost constant in the stretch of the three stations.

1.4 Summarv of the Three Sampling PeriodsThe ranges of key parameters for the three sampling

periods are summarized in Table 3.2-4.The results of the three sampling periods did not indicate

serious water pollution in this stretch of the Mae Khlong River. pH, color,

conductivity, total suspended solids, total solids, anion and cation were in the

normal ranges of river water. Even though DO contents (4.0-5.9 mg/i) were

more. than 4 mg/l and BOD values (0.6-1.4 mg/i) were not more than 2.0 mg/I

this stretch of the river could not be classified as class 3 of Surface Water

Standards (notified by Ministry of Science,Technology and Energy BE 2528

as shown in Table C-1 in appendix C) because total coliform and faecal

colifonn at station 3 were more than 20,000 MPN/100 ml and 4,000 MPN/100

ml, respectively. This may be caused by the discharge of municipal wastewater

from Ratchaburi Municipality and Lak Muang Sanitary District.

3-26

TABLE 3.2-4SUMMARY OF WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS OF THE MAE KLONG RIVERAT RATCHBURI DURING THE THREE SAMPLING PERIODS IN 1994

parameters Stations

1 2 3pH 7.78-8.62 7.73-8.50 7.96-8.39

Color,unit 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3 0.1-0.3

Conductivity, umhos/cm 252-278 260-282 265-305

TSS,mg/l 11.2-49.0 15.0-34.8 7.8-25.4

TS,mg/l 262-316 216-352 252-302

DO,mg/l 4.1-5.9 4.0-5.5 4.4-4.7

BOD,mg/l 0.6-1.3 0.6-0.9 0.6.1 A

N0 3 -N, mg/l 0.24-0.58 0.37-0.55 0.21-0.65

Total Coliform, MPN/100 ml 1,700-16,000 3,000-9,000 13,000-50,000

Faecal Coliform, MPN/100 m 400-3,000 300-3,000 8,000-22,000

3-27

2) Results of Related Agencies' Water Qualitv Studies

2.1. Water Qualitv at Siriluk BridgeA study of a water quality analysis of the Mae Klong

River at Siriluk bridge station during December 1992-December 1993 by theFaculty of Science, Silpakom University, Public Health Department and

Pollution Control Department, (results shown in Table 3.2-5), found that pH

(6.81-7.5), NO3 --N (0.17-0.45 mg/1), NH3 -N (<0.01-0.44 mg/I), Cd (ND-0.14ug/1), Cr (1.5-10 mg/1), Cu (ND-14.3 mg/I), Pb (7.6-10.6 mg/I), Ni (6.8-21.1mg/l), Zn (0.08-0.12 mg/i), Mn (0,01-0.08 mg/l), Hg (<0.2 mg/I), and As(<0.2-3 mg/I) were below the surface water quality standards (Notification ofthe Ministry of Science, Technology and Energy BE 2528). From DO

contents (5.0-7.0 mg/I), BOD (1-3.4 mg/i), TCB (2400-2.4x106 MPN/100ml), and FCB (430-I.Ix10 4 MPN/100 ml), it was classified as class 4 of

Surface Water Quality Standards (notified by Ministry of Science,Technology and Energy B.E. 2528) i.e. could be used for consumption butrequires special water treatment process before use , and could be used forindustry.

2.2 Raw Water Quality for Ratchaburi Municipal Water

WorksAnalysis of the quality of the raw water in the Mae Klong River

at Ratchaburi was carried out by the Environmental and Resources ResearchDivision of the TISTR. Samples were taken on 11 May 1989 at 1 m depth

and mid-depth from a series of locations along the Mae Klong River (refer to

Figure 3.2-2) from the existing raw water intake pumping station to 5 km

upstream. Water quality was generally the same along the River, although,the coliform bacteria counts showed a marked increase at the outlet of Khlong

Wat Chong Lom immediately downstream of the intake pumping station.

Table 3.2-6 presents a profile of the coliform bacteria analysis. Full details

of the results for the physical, chemical and bacteriological characteristics are

listed in Table 3.2-7.

The data obtained from the NEB monitonrng station

located at the National Highway No.4 bridge (Sililuk bridge) approximately

0.7 km upstream from the intake pumping station, confirms the high coliform

counts found in the May 1989 analysis. Average counts of around 26000 and17000 MPN/100 ml were detected at high tide and low tide, respectively,for

3-28

LEGEND

-EXISTING MNIaICPAL BOUNDARY

FUTURE WATER TREATMENT

RANG ~~~~~ PLANT-- ---- ~~~~~~~~~~~~EXISTING WATER TREATMENT

PLANTR I = 1 km.eP stream frmi intake

KNULA pumping station(1.0 mdepth)RACHGUR2 =2.0 km. uP stream fan Irntake

Pumping elation (1.0m. depth)R3 * 0.3 km.upltreolffrom intake

Pumping station (LO in. depth)R4 Intake purmPing Station

Inearby)composits sampleR5 Intake pumping station

(middle of rivulroamposite sample0 RG - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Nearby down stream drainagekhlong (10m. depth)

ON P/ ~~~~~~~~~~~Rx 0.71km. upetreasSfrom inftakepumping statian(ilan are, factory)

R 5.0km.upstreamtfrom intake Pumping------ J-, ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~station (dlettleory factory)\G ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Ri 5.0 kmn.upstream from intake pumping

Station (distlllery efflet)T I Treated water at "inting

treatment plantT2 *Treated water at dowin stream in

distribution pipeline0 NED NEB man itoring satiotn

SCALE

0 500 ICOOm

FIGURE 3.2-2 RAW WATER SAMPLINGS OF MAE KLONG RIVER

TABLE 3.2-5 W\'ATER CHARACTERISTICS AT SIRILUlK BRIDGE, RATCHABURI

Saniplinig DateParameter 18 - 19 Dec. 92 S 16 - 18 Apr. 93 ' 18-June 1993 ** 14- 17 Dec. 1993 **

(low tide) (low tide)Air temperature °C 27.3 28.9 - -

Water temperatureo,C 27.9 30.1 25 27pH 7.37 6.81 7.5 7.1Alkalinity, mg /i as CaCO3 104.5 121 -

Conductivity, umhos/cm 240 242 280Salinity , ppt 0 0 0Total hardness. mg/i as CaCO3 430 192 145 -

TSS .mg/l 45 45 - 16

TS .mg/Il 431 193 -

DO iimg/i 5 5.4 7 - 5.8

BOD, mg/I 2.9 3.4 1 1COD. mg/l 17.1 12.1 - 4

NO3 - N, migI 0.17 0.19 0.3 0.45NO2 - N, mg/I - - 0.01

NH3 -N , mg/li <0.01 0.44 0.01Org - N, nigi 1.4S 0.024 -

TKN . ig/I - - 0.4

TP, mg/I 0.06 0.03 -

TCB . MPN, 100 ml 9(00 2400 2.4 x 106FCB, MPN/ 100 ml 3000 430 - 1.1 x 104Fe .ng/l - - 0.09

Cl ,mzg/l 8Turbidity NTU - ICd, mg/l 0.14 0.03 NDCr, mg/l 8.2 1.5 10

Cu , mg/I 14.3 8.2 ND

Pb mgIl 10.6 7.6 10

Ni .mgil 12.1 6.8 -

Zn . mg/I 0.12 0.12 0.08

Mn. mgill 0.08 0.06 0.01Hg. mg/il < 0.2 C 0.2

As, mgl 40.2 3

Sources Faculty of Science . Silapakoni University . 1993Mae Kiong Monitoring Project . Polilition Control Department

*** Public Health Departnieiir

3-30

TA13LE 3.2 - 6 PROFILE OF COLIFORM BACTERIA , MAY 1989

Sampling Samplling Location Coliform Bacteria Faecal Colifonrm Bacteria

Stationi (KKm. upstream fi-om initake) Remarks

(MPN/ 100 ml)

R6 -0.03 2.4 x 10 2.4 x 10 Klong dischiarge

R5 0.00 150,000 150,000 Mid - river

R4 0.00 40,000 40,000 At intake

Rx 0.70

R3 0.30 110,000 NIL 1 m. deptlh

R3M 0.30 90,000 90,000 Mid - depth

R2 2.00 40,000 NIL I m. depti

R2M 2.00 NIL NIL Mid - depti

Rl 3.00 1 rn. deptl

RIM 3.00 150,000 150,000 Mid - deptli

Ry 5.00 - Adjacent distillery

Rz 5.00 . Distillery effluenit

SouFrce Slinclair Knighit and Partniers Pty Ltd, 1990

TABLE 3.2 - 7 RAW WATER QUALITY AT TIIE INTAKE OF RATCIIABIJRI MUNICIPAL WATER WORKS AND ITS VICINITY

Parameters Raw WVater

Samples RI RIM R2 RNM R3 310 t R. RS R6 R5 Ry Rz

Tidal Level (m.) 0.05 0.06 0.09 0.09 0.10 0.10 (I) (I) 0.23 0.02 0.05 0.10

1. Physical Charoadeririics

Color, Pt Units 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Turbidity, NTU 4.6 4.4 5.0 6.1 5.2 5.1 5.9 6.1 2.6 5.4 5.6 5.9

plh 7.5 7.5 7.6 7.6 7.S 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.3 7.5 7.2 7.4

Conductivity, uhso/cm 25 c 191 190 189 ISS 189 185 182 186 - - 205

Dissolved Oxygen (mg/I) 5.7 5.4 5.5 5.8 5.8 6.0 6.0 6.7 - - 4.5

2. Chemical Characteri5fics

( mg/ I )

Total solids 182 174 166 178 230 1I0 164 160 300 176 272 186

Total hardness (as CaCO3) 118 116 118 116 116 116 114 122 154 116 148 120

Non-Carbonate hardness (as CaCOs) 2 NIL 2 2 2 2 NIL 4 NIL NIL 8 4

Carbonate hardness (as CaCO5 ) 116 116 116 114 114 114 116 118 206 116 140 116

wao Phen. alkalinily (as CaCO5 ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

(5 NJo. alkalinity (as CaCO) 114 116 114 116 116 126 116 118 204 118 138 118

Calcium(Ca) 31.8 29.6 30.5 30.1 29.6 29.5 29.1 29.5 43.0 28.8 41.6 31.4

Magncsium (Mg) 6.62 6.48 6.37 6.66 6.74 6.39 6.85 6.37 9.42 6.60 9.27 6.72

Chloride( CC) 3.9 3.9 3.9 5.8 3.9 5.8 3.9 6.7 48.2 3.9 40.5 5.8

Residual Chlorinc - - - -.

Iron ( Fe ) 0.62 0.91 0.54 0.51 0.38 0.36 0.64 0.55 0.38 0.70 0.36 0.24

MJanganese ( Mn) . 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.05 0.03 0.22 0.04 0.08 0.01

Copper (Cu) 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

Zinc (Zn) 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.07 0.03 0.08 0,04 0.06 0.07 0.03 0.05 0.05

Sulfate (SO':) 8.05 0.19 6.88 0.77 0.34 1.79 8.41 6.22 14.3 1.17 16.0 9.83

Nitrate, as N NIL NIL NIL NIL Nil. NIL 0.015 NIL NIL 0.015 NIl. 0.015

Nitrite, as N 0.011 0.011 0.012 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.014 0.010 0.008 0.006 NI11 0.008

Fluoride (F) 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.1

Arsenic (As) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

Cadmium (Cd) 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002

Chromium (Cr) 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

Lead ( Pb ) 0.05 0.1 0.08 0.06 0.03 0.06 0.1 0.08 0.08 0.1 0.09 0.09

Mercury ( Hg) 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001

TABLE 3.2 - 7 CONT.)

i'jancludc"rs iaw Waler

Sa m pIcs RI RI 1M R2 R21M I3 R31NI R4 R5 R6 Rx Ry Rz

FI idal I,cNcl (1ii.) 0.05 0.06 0.09 (.09 0.10 0.10 (I) (I) 0.23 0.02 0.05 0.10

3. IBacteriological Cnaracterivfics

( 'lHltisalid NIPIN I I1) ..1n

Colilonl hactcria 150 40 NIL 110 90 40 1so 24000 . .

Faccal colifoiTn bactcria . 150 NDl. NIl. Nil. 90 40 150 24000

Tidal level wvas bascd on + ().( at tlie top surfacc of the diversion dike at the raw water intake.

I ) Tidal ranige durinig 24 hr. comiiposite samplling at R4 and R5 was - 0.20 to + 1.04 im.

Samplinig Datc; May I 1- 12, 1989 Time: 12.00 am. May 11 - 12.00 aml. May 12Dclijcrv Datc May 12 1989 Analysis Date: May 16 1989

the period from January 1988 to September 1989. Analysis results for total

coliform bacteria are presented in Table 3.2-8.

3) Sources of Water Pollution in the Nearby Area

Domestic Wastewater Domestic wastewater which isdischarged to the Mae Khlong River in the nearby area is mainly from

Ratchaburi Municipality and Lak Muang Sanitary District. BOD loadings ofdomestic wastewater from Ratchaburi Municipality and Lak Muang SanitaryDistrict in 1991, 1992 and 1993 were 1,114 kg/day and 536 kg/day; 1,100kg/day and 552 kg/day ; and 1,102 kg/day and 557 kg/day, respectively. Thedetails are presented in Table 3.2-9.

Industrial Wastewater Industrial wastewater in AmphoeMuang Ratchaburi in 1988-1989 was mainly from 24 factories. BOD loadingof influent was 21,753.90 kg/day, while BOD loading of effluent which wasdischarged to the Mae Khlong river was 0.70 kg/day (Industrial Works

Department, cited after Office of the National Environment Board,1991).Accor to4 a interview with an engineer of Ratchaburi Provincial Industrial

Office on 1 February 1994, only 4 factories in Amphoe Muang Ratchaburidischarge their effluent into the Mae Khlong River. They are: I frozen prawn

factory, 1 oyster sauce factory, 1 textile dying factory and 1 paint factory.

4) Assessment of Suitability of Mae Khlong Water Quality

Comparisons of Mae Khlong water quality at station 3,close to the proposed raw water withdrawal site of the power plant, with water

quality standards/guidelines for drinking, fisheries enhancement, irrigation and

cooling water are shown in Table 3.2-10 and 3.2-11.

4.1. Suitability as Source of Raw Water for Domestic

Water SupplyFrom consideration of the ranges of the following

parameters ; pH, color, total solids, hardness, NO-3 -N, So-24, Cl-, Ca, Mg and

heavy metals, over the three sampling periods, it can be concluded that the Mae

Khlong River water at the proposed intake site is very suitable as a source of

raw water for domestic water supply. Other parameters, namely, turbidity,

iron,total coliform and faecal coliform make this water less suitable fordomestic purposes, indicating that treatment including coagulation,

sedimentation, filtration and disinfection is required.

3 -34

Results of the water quality monitoring in 1992-1993 ofthe Public Health Department showed chloride contents of more than 250 mg/lat Amphoe Bangkontee, Samut Song Khram but not at the proposed intake

station in the dry season which confirms the suitability of the Mae Khlong

River water as a source of domestic water supply.

4.2. Suitability as Source of Raw Water for Cooling Water

Compared with water quality guidelines for once throughand makeup recycle cooling water as shown in Table 3.2-11, the Mae Khlong

River water quality at station 3 is very suitable as a source of raw water foronce through and makeup recycle cooling water.The problems of grease and oilcontents as well as bicarbonate and iron contents can be minimized by drawingthe water at a depth of 1-2 m below water surface and treatment of water,respectively.

4.3. Suitability for Fisheries EnhancementFor most water characteristics shown in Table 3.2-10 , the

Mae Khong River water ranges from "suitable" to "very suitable" for fisheriesenhancement. Heavy metals: Zn, Cd and Hg are slightly high which may betoxic to aquatic organisms.

4.4 Suitability for Irrigation

For all water characteristics shown in Table 3.2-10, theMae Khlong River water is "suitable" to "very suitable" for irrigation.

3-35

TABLE 3.2 - 8 TOTAL COLIFORM READINGS AT RATCHABURI PROVINCE

Coliform Bicteria (MPN / 100 nil)

Location

Km. from River mouth 1988 1989 _ Average

Jan. Mar. May Jul. Sep. Jan. Apr. Jul. Sep.

Ratchaburi, 45 H 5400 7000 16000 11000 14000 160000 5000 2200 18000 24000 26000

L 2400 54000 24000 ND 14000 11000 5000 2200 24000 30000 17000

H = High Tide LevelL = Low Tide Level

Source : Sinclair Knight and Partners Pty Ltd, 1990

TABLE 3.2- 9

POPLJLATION IN RATCHABURI MUNICIPALITY AND LAK MUANG SANITARY DISTRICT

AND THEIR BOD ILOADINGS IN 1991 - 1993

(1) (2)

Area Populationl ( Person ) BOD loading (kg/day)

1991 1992 1993 1991 1992 1993

RatchabUri Mullcipality 46,4225 45,836 45,926 1,114 1,100 1,102

Lak Muanig Saniltary District 22,313 23,009 23,207 536 552 557

Total 68,743 68,845 69,133 1,650 1,652 1,659

Reinar-ks (1) Data from Amphloe Muaing, Ratcliaburi

(2) BOD loading was estimated from 24 gin BOD / capita / day

TABLE 3.2-10 ASSESSMENT OF SUITABILITY OF WATER QUALITY FOR DOMESTICWATER SUPPIY, FIS}IERIES ENIIANCEMENT AND IRRIGATION

Range at Drinking Water Standards (I) Fisheries Enhancement (2) Irrigation Water Quality Guideline (3)

Parameters station 3 Max. Max. Degree of Recornmended Max. Degree of No Moderate Severe Degree of

Acceptable Allowable Suitability Limit Allowable Suitability Problems Problems Problems Suitability

Water temperature, oC 27.5-32.0 23-32 11

pH 7.96-R.39 6.5-8.5 < = 9.2 11 5-9 11 6.5-8.5 11

Conductivity, umhos/cm 265-305 < 250 250-2250 > 2250 I

Salinity, ppt 0

Transparency, m 0.43-0.96 0.310-0.60 11

DO, mg/l 4.44.7 <3, >I1 0% DO sat 1100

Color, unit 0.1-0.3 5 15 11

Turbinity, NTU 8.0-54.8 5 20 x

TSS, mg/l 7.8-25.4 . 25

TS, mg/l 252.0-302.0 500 1,500 11 .

TDS, mgll 226.6-280.2 < 500 11

Total acidity, mg/I as 0-3.0

C aC O 3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

T'ABLE 3.2-10 (CONT.)

Range at Drinking Water Standards (I) Fisheries Enhancement (2) Irrigation Water Qu ality Guidelines (3)

Parameters station 3 Max. Max. Degree of Recommened Max. Degree of No Moderate Severe Degree of

Acceptable Allowable Suitability Limit Allowable Suitability Problems Problems ProbVrems Suitability

TI'outl alkalinity mg/I as 96.5-118.0

CaCO3 ____

Total hardness, mng/l as 98.5-120.0 300 11

CaCO3

-11CO3, mg/li as CaC03 96.5-118.0 _ < 90 (4) 90-520 (4) >520 (4)

N03-N, mg/i 0.21-0.65 45 45 /1

P04-P' mlig/I 0.07-0.08 oo

S0, imig/i 0.2-1.6 200 250 1

Cl ,nig/I 5-10 250 600 11

BOD5, iig/l 0.6-1.4

Grease & Oil, img/1 0.05-0.10 _ -

Ca, mg/i 16.8-26.65 75 200 1H

Mg, mg/I 3.95-5.96 50 150 Hl

TABLE 3.2-10 (CONT.)

Range at Drinking Water Standards (1) Fisheries Enhancement (2) Irrigation Water Quality Guideline (3)

Parameters station 3 Max. Max. Degree of Recommended Max. Degree of No Moderate Severe Degree of

Acceptable Allowable Suitability ,imit Allowable Suitability Problems Problems Problems Suitability

Fe, mg.1 0.13-1.36 0.5 1 x 0.3 / <5.0 1

Cd, mg/I 0.003-0.010 0.01 11 0.001 x <0.01 I

Cr, mg/l 0.012-0.032 0.05 11 <0.1 11

Cu, mg/l <0.001-0.015 1 1.5 11 0.02 11 <0.2 11

Hg, mg/I <0.001-0.001 0.001 1/ 0.0005 x -

Zn, mg/l 0.071-0.207 5 15 11 0.1 x <2.0 H1

Pb, mg/I <0.001-0.001 0.05 11 0.05 11 <5.0 11

Total Coliform, MPNII00 ml 13,000-50,000 <2.2 xx _ . .

Faccal Coliform, MPN/I 00 ml 8,000-22,000 none xx

Note: (I) Drinking Water Quality Standards, 1978

(2) National Inland Fisheries Institute, Department of Fisheries, 1987

(3) Royal Irrigation Department, 1986

(4) Ayer, 1975I = suitable11 = very suitable

x = unsuitablexx = very unsuitable

TABLE 3.2-11 ASSESSMENT OF SUITABILITY OF WATER FOR COOLING WATER

Range at Cooling Water (a)

Parameters station 3 Once through Make up for recirculation

Maximum Degree of Maximum Degree of

Value Suitability Value Suitability

Water temperature,2C 27.5-32.0 (b) (b)

pH 7.95-8.39 5.0-8.3 / (b)

Conductivity, Umhos/cm 265-305

Salinity, ppt 0

Tranparency, m 0.43-0.96

DO, mg/l 4.4-4.7 present /

Color, unit 0.1-0.3

Turbidity, NTU 8.0-54.8

TSS, mg/l 7.8-25.4 5,000 tl 100 ll

TS, mg/A 252.0-302.2 _

TDS, mg/I 226.6-280.2 1,000 __ 500 //

Total acidity, mg/I as 0-3.0

CaCO3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Total alkalinity, mg/l as 96.5-118.0 500 ll 350 I/

CaCO3 40

3-40


Range at { Cooling Water (a)

Parameters station 3 Once thro ugh Make up for recirculation



Total nardness, mgA as 98.5-120.0 850 11 650 11

CaCO, 3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

HCO3,mg/l as CaCO3 96.5-118.0 600 11 24 x

NO,3-N, mg/l 0.21-0.65 =

'3-P0 4 -p, mg/ 0.07-0.08

SO0 , mgA 0.2-1.6 680 H 200 11

Cl, mg/I 5-10 600 11 500 11

BOD5, mg/A 0.6-1.4

Grease & Oil, mg/I 0.05-0.10 no floating oil x

Ca, mg/I 16.80-26.65 200 11 50 11

Mg, mg/A 3.95-5.96 (b) (b)

Fe, mg.l 0.13-1.36 (b) 0.5 x

Cd, mg/I 0.003-0.010

Cr, mg/I 0.012-0.032 .

Cu, mg/I <0.001-0.015 (b) (b)

Hg, mgA <0.001-.001

Zn, mg/I 0.071-0.207 (b) (b)

3-41

TABLE 3. 2 11 (CQNT )

Range at Cooling Water (a)

Parameters station 3 Once through Make up for recirculation



Pb, mg/l <0.001-0.001

Total Coliform, MPN/100 ml 13,000-50,000

Faecal Coliform, MPN/100 ml 8,000-22,000

Note: (a) The National Academy of Sciences and the National Academy

of Engineering 1972

(b) Accepted as received (if meeting other limiting values); has never been

a problem at concentration encountered

/= suitable

11 = very suitable

x unsuitable

xx = very unsuitable

3-42

3.3 Groundwater Resource

3.3.1. Introduction

Groundwater has been considered as a secondary source of water tothe proposed power plant. At present this groundwater is used for domesticconsumption and as there are a large number of communities near the proposedpower plant, development of the groundwater for water supply in the plant couldcause adverse affects to these communities such as declining of the water level anddegrading groundwater quality. Proper management of solid and liquid waste isnecessary because these wastes can contaminate the shallow groundwater resourceand could easily affect the nearby communities.

This study presents the existing condition of groundwater andanticipates the changes which may occur during power. plant construction andafterwards.

3.3.2 Methodology

1) Hydrogeological Background

The aquifer of the study area can be divided into two parts namely theunconsolidated sediment aquifer and sedimentary rock aquifer.

The unconsolidated sediment aquifer is composed of brackish waterclay overlying the sand and gravel of flood plain deposits. The sedimentary rockaquifer is composed of siltstone,sandstone and limestone.

The specific capacity of wells tap water from unconsolidated aquiferat the depth less than 50 m. is higher than that at a depth greater than 50 m. (Table3.3-1).

The wells which tap water from the unconsolidated aquifer at a depthgreater than 50 m. are more likely to yield proper water quality than those whichtap water from a depth of less than 50 m. The wells which tap water fromsedimentary rock aquifer usually yield good water quality.

2) Well Inventory

Water wells in the project area are categorized into two groupsaccording to their depth and characteristics, namely dug well and tube well. Dugwells were constructed and owned by individual villagers, they are usually found at

3-43

TABLE 3.3- 1

RANGE OF SPECIFIC CAPACITY FOR EACH AQUIFER

Aquifer Specific Capacity

(cu.m. / hr / m )

1. Shallow unconsolidated aquifer 2.40 - 10.40

2. Deep unconsolidated aquifer 0.24 - 3.50

3. Sedimentary rock aquifer 0.20 - 4.60

3-44

a depth of less than 5 meters. Tube wells were constructed by government agencies

mainly by the Department of Mineral Resources (Table 3.3-2) . The depth of tube

wells is usually greater than 50 meters. Most of the wells are densely located

among the villages on the west side of the project area.

3) Groundwater Sampling

Six water wells around the project area (within the radius of 5

kilometers) were selected to be monitored (Figure 3.3-1). Measuring the static water

level and water sampling was done in the middle of March and early July ,1994,

representing water samples from the dry and rainy seasons, respectively. The water

was analyzed for:

- turbidity, pH, temperature, conductivity

- chloride, sulfate, nitrate, iron, manganese, total hardness and

total dissolved solid

- lead, cadmium, zinc and mercury.

- total coliform bacteria and fecal coliform bacteria

Some parameters such as turbidity, pH, temperature and conductivitywere measured on site. The other parameters were measured in the laboratory

following the procedures recommened in the Standard Methods For the

Examination of Water and Wastewater (1985)

3.3.3 Results of the study

1) Static Water level

The static water levels of dug wells are very shallow , ranging

between 1.36-3.0 m in the dry season and between 1.2-2.6 m. in the rainy season as

shown in Table 3.3-3. Seasonal water level variation is less than 0.5 m. Wells

owners reported that dug wells provided water all year round including during the

dry season.

The shallow groundwater flow direction is from south-east to north-

west as shoui. in Figure 3.3-1.

The static water levels of tube wells range from 7.6 - 17.7 m in the

dry season and from 8.1-12.3 m in the rainy season.

3-45

TABLE 3.3-2 DETAILS OF TUBE WELLS 1iN THE VICINITY OF THE PROJECT AREA

Well Lation Well dia. Yield Slotted RockType Specific Drilling SWL Water (a1it(/)..1:(inch) 3 :(ci.m./hr) Iterval(vm,) Capacity Date (i.) Iron Chloride TDS lOll

____ ____________ ~~~~~~~~~~~cIu.m.hrlm nm/dd/yy mm/ldd/yy __

MlD491 Ban Lat Patak, Mu5 5 45 42.748.8 Gravel 6.00 01/01/1988 5.6 6.60 1510 3408 1030

Tambon: Phikun Thong 06/06/1988 06/11/1988

Asnphoe: Muang

C492 Ban Bang Nok Yung, Mu4 5 45 45.7-51.S Sand, 10.40 07/17/1982 6.6 4.80 642 1936 934Tambon : Phikun Thong Gravel, 07/24/1982 08/26/1982Amphoe: Muang Pebble

MD492 Ban Khok Oi, Mu6 5 45 79.3-85.4 Sandstone 3.90 06/08/1988 5.1 0.32 340 1053 540Tambon: Phikun Thong 91.5-97.6 06/23/1988 06/26/1988Amphoe: Muang

MD346 Ban Phikun Thong, Mu6 94.5 Salty Water, Hole AbandonedTambon: Phikun ThongAmphoe: Muang

MD493 Ban Lang, MuI 6 69 103.7-115.9 Clay 0.70 06/24/1988 4.2 0.04 211 607 443Tambon: Phikun Thong ., 07/12/1988 07/14/1988Amnphoe: Muang

MD335 Ban Sam Ruan, Mu4 4 11 18.3-24.4 Pebble, 9.10 07/01/1984 4.36 0.22 408 1300 356

Tambon: Sam Ruan 30.5-36.6 Clay 07/15/1984 08/23/1984Amphoe: Muang 42.748.8

C651 Ban Dong, Mul 5 7 36.642.7 Limestone 0.29 08/22/1986 3.08 2.20 1260 3040 400TaTnbon: Sam Ruan 08/30/1986 09/30/1986Amnphoe: Muang .

MD408 Ban Pho Samn Ruan, Mu4 5 4 36.642.7 Sandstone 0.20 05/17/1986 5.61 0.16 203 650 330

Tarnbon: Sarn Ruan 05/23/1986 08/13/1986Amphoe: Muang

TABLE 3.3-2 (CONT.)

Well Location Welt dia. Yield Slotted Rock Type Specific Drilling SWL _____Water Q iwl/__):(inch) (cu.mn./hr) Interval(m,) Capacity Date (mi.) Iron Chloride TlS TOH

c_m.ilr/m nuSdd4yy mi/dd/yy . _:_ .__

MD286 i3an Sam Ruan,Mu7 4 11 36.648.8 Sandstone 4.30 04/01/1983 5.05 1.60 285 956 335rambon: Sam Ruan 04/07/1983 06120/1983Amphoe: Muang

MD231 3an Sam Ruan, Mu6 4 11 39.6-45.7 Clay, 2.40 06/02/1981 2.13 6.40 607 1?74 750'rambon: Sam Ruan Sand, 06/15/1981 07/15/1981Amphoe: Muang Gravel

MS126 Wat Ko Charoen Tham,Mu6 6 38 42.7-54.9 Sand, 1.56 11113/1991 7.01 0.18 140 491 220Tambon: Sam Ruan Gravel 11/19/1991 12/22/1991Amphoe: Muang

MS125 Ban Yuan, Mu5 6 57 48.8-54.9 Sand, 2.10 11/06/1991 9.15 0.16 240 684 320Tambon: Sam Ruan Gravel 11/12/1991 11/12/1991Amphoc: Muanig

MD490 Ban Khok Khram, Mu4 5 3 54.9-61 Clay 0.24 05/24/1988 7.2 0.30 212 878 530 n

Tambon: Sam Ruan 05/31/1988 03/03/1 990Amphoe: MuaEUg

C491 Ban Dong, MuI 5 45 54.9-61.0 Clay. 3.50 07/09/1982 6.7 0.31 265 792 338Tambon: Sam Ruan 07/16/1982 07/13/1990Amphoe: Muang

C489 Ban Khok Khiam, Mu4 5 45 54.9-61.0 Siltstone 4.60 06120/1982 3.4 0.47 360 1270 610Tambon: Sam Ruan 06/30/1982 07/30/1982Amphoe: Muang

C490 Ban Cliok Maphrao, Mu3 5 L15 61-67.1 Sandstone 4.40 07/0111982 6.41 0.71 330 1080 550Tambon: Saun Ruan 07/0811982 08/08/1982Amplioe Muaig

MD198 Wat Ban Chao Nua, Mu3 5 615 189-201 Marl 0.40 06/23/1980 4 42 0.57 119 546 321

Tambon: Bani Rai 07/30/1980 08/22/1980

_ anplioe: Muanlg _ _____ ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

TABLE 3.3-3 DETAILS OF WATER QUALITY FOR STATION l(BAN K1HOK KHAM)

GI DI

Ban Khok Kham (C489),Mu4, Ban Khok Kham ,Mu4, Drinking Water Standard

Parameters Tambon Sam Ruan, Tambon Sam Ruan, by Ministry of IndustryAmphoe Muang Ratburi Amphoe Muang Ratburi (Maximum Allowable)

Sampling Date Sampling Date Sampling Date Sampling Date

11/03/1994 01/07/1994 11/03/1994 01/07/1994

Well Depth (m) 61 61 4.1 4.1

Static Water Level (m) 8.49 8.8 3 2.6

Temperature (Celcius) _ 33.5 30.3 29.8 28.9

Turbidity (NTU) 16.2 40.8 0.2 14 20

pH 7.06 6.48 7. 6 6.85 6.5-9.2

Conductivity (Umhos) 2050 1775 2720 2680

Total Dissolved Solid (mg/I) 882 886 1300 1340 1500

Cl (mgll) 358 350 31] 315 600

S04 (mg/I) 2 2.6 38 28 250

N03 (mg/I) 24.4 304.8 727.8 365.0 45.0

Total Hardness (mg/1) 759 551 465 343 500

Fe (mg/I) 1.88 1.80 0.12 0.04 1.00

Mn (mg/I) 0.01 0.01 0.48 0.22 0.5

Pb (mg/l) 0.014 0.015 0.028 0.0233 0.05

Cd (mg/I) 0.0011 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.01

Zn (mg/I) 0.328 0.140 0.019 0.050 15.0

Hg (mg/I) 0.0008 N.F. 0.0013 N.F. 0.001

Total Coliform (MPN/100 ml) 10.0 4.0 6.0 <2 2.2

Fecal Coliform (n PN/100 ml) N.F. <2 N.F. 2 N.F.N.F. =Not Found____ ______

t 2 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A K. b-':.:,,>. T. K-121SJ '* o i - > ;-r-2

g j *g ' ' ~~~~~~~~T"r g .- i 'lts,

] j g 1 . st_ kJ. .KsX> °lt, th fy ^ .*".8 t / S t

|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\_ IlaS_ . @-!. V",, ., tf't1 :.->-v.,&s .,>..-..^,,_,¢l90X.' -e "V19Te-t, i ;si

- '' 4b 4 6 " -- ... . . . -- - l-t Kt21 2 \' .' o2 ................................ .tV;-tStWt~~~~~~~~~~~~~~11 W

t~~~~~~~~~~9 -:: -B -| t e ,vn 6

! / | ~~~~~~..... D34 1 ,nijse

*-- T_-t #- * / : 7t' B-tl rh- I . ., t1.. ......... G 31

.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~ ~ ~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ K. I bW ,,,;,, :i 3 . ;

r1MD408 ta Q~~~~~~~~~~~~~i 8'''. .. ., .........

* I T ; ¢ || A ~~~~~~~~~ D Q X ~~~.................4

*^ 1- ' ;.'_"; 5 , Pl-lt..d *t LEGENDC j ta '- ://a492 I ~~~~~~~~~~L-oK`I s

* t ! Z |G,_nn : ^4t i | : *- 2 *-- | - _ _ tDISTRICT BOUNDARY

, 1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.- r.. ..... r.'.tI . _-- F ' i 6 't1.X!'. | ' 4' } .-. te 1 * Gl~~D DUBE WELL

-I -1-- 1 sS..Ko..Ki,...~~~~~~~~~~~~.... :iL ......... 1

^*;,*t*? I 1 ,,I ' ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~............... PiA,,1 ~.wer ;ii|K_ @- 1 ' .' j- 14ndrg] S':.{.':. PROJECT AREA

W., s_gL ,,Ii |6W _,i_Ki 2-:-be:--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7 ..... ...9...v_ ,. X, izL r t tx7st1 ^ 1 8 | t , | ~~~GROUND WATER FLOW

_~~~~~~~w ,IW 3 FIGURE 3.3-1 MONITORED WELL LOIRECTION

2) Water Quality

The results of the water quality analysis and drinking water standardby Ministry of Industry are shown in Tables 3.3-3, 3.3-4, 3.3-5 The water qualityfrom the dug and tube wells in both seasons are under the maximum allowableDrinking Water Standard except for nitrate, iron, manganese, total hardness and

bacteria which are particularly high in some wells.Nitrate concentrations are very high in all stations, such as Gl(304.8

mg/l in the rainy season), D1(727.8 mg/l in dry season, 365 mg/l in rainy season),G2(118.7 mg/l in rainy season), D2(94.8 mg/l in the rainy season), G3(99.2 mg/l inthe rainy season) . Nitrate concentrations in the rainy season are generally higherthan in the dry season.

Iron concentrations are high in wells G1(1.88 mg,/ in the dry seasonand 1.8 mg/l in the rainy season), D2 (1.53 mg/l in the dry season and 1.2 mg/l inthe rainy season), G3 (3.3 mg/l in the rainy season), D3(2 mg/l in the rainy season).

Manganese concentrations are high in wells D2(0.55 mg/l in the dryseason and 0.63 mg/l in the rainy season), D3(0.77 mg/l in the dry season and 2.6mg/I in the rainy season).

Total hardness are high at well GI (759 mg/l in the dry season , 551mg/l in the rainy season) and G2(631 mg/l in the dry season).

High bacteria are found at wells GI (10.0 MPN/100ml of totalcoliform bacteria in the dry season, 4.0 MPN/100 ml in the rainy season), Dl (6.0MPN/100 ml of total coliform bacteria in the dry season), D2( 1600 MPN/100 mlof total coliform bacteria and 500 MPN/lOOml of fecal coliform bacteria in therainy season), G3 ( 130 MPN/100 ml of total coliform bacteria and 13 MPN/100 mlof fecal coliform bacteria in the rainy season) and D3 (130 MPN/100 ml of totalcoliform bacteria and 80 MPN/100 ml of fecal coliform bacteria in the rainyseason)

The high concentrations of nitrate,iron, manganese, total hardness andbacteria require that the water is treated before being utilized for drinking.

3-50

TA13LE 3.3-4 D.ETAILS OF WATER QUALITY FOR STATION 2 (BAN LANG AND BAN KHOK 01)

G2 D2Ban Lang(MD493),Mul, Ban Khok Oi,Mu 6, Drinking Water Standard

Parameters Tambon Phikun Thong, Tambon Phikun Thong, by Ministry of IndustryAmphoe Muang Ratburi Amphoe Muang Ratburi (Maximum Allowable)

Sampling Date Sampling Date Sampling Date Sampling Date11/03/1994 01/07/1994 11/03/1994 01/07/1994

Well Depth (m) 122 122 ' 3.6 3.6

Static Water Level (m) 7.6 8.1 1.84 1.4

Temperature (Celcius) 32.5 32 27 28.7

____ Turbidity (NTU) 0.02 4.6 8.2 12.2 20

pli 7.32 6.6 7.5 6.72 6.5-9.2

Conductivity (Umhos) 1074 1423 1130 1455 . | _


Cl (m1g/l) 234 240 129 191 600

S04 (mg/l) _ 1.6 1.2 20.2 22 250

N03 (mg/I) 15.9 118.7 8.9 94.8 45.0

Total Hardness (mg/I) 631 483 445 451 500

Fe (mg/l) 0.09 0.04 1.53 1.20 1.00

Mn (mg/l) 0.04 0.03 0.55 0.63 0.5

Pb (mg/1) __ 0.04 0.0195 .0 015 0.0171 0.05

Cd (mg/I) 0.0005 0.0002 0.0003 0.0004 0.01

Zn (mg/l) 2.130 0.460 0.014 0.060 15.0

Hg (mg/l) 0.0018 N.F. 0.0008 N.F. 0.001

Total Coliform (MPN/100 ml) 2.0 <2 2.0 1600.0 2.2

-Fecal Coliform (MPN/100 rnl) N. F. <2 N.F. 500 N.F.N.F. = Not Found II_

TABLE 3.3-5 DETAILS OF WATER QUALITY FOR STATION 3 (BAN CHAO NUA)

G3 D3

Wat Ban Chao Nua(MD198),Mu3, Ban Chao Nua,Mu4, Drinking Water Standard

Parameters Tambon Ban Rai, Tambon Ban Rai, by Ministry of IndustryAmphoe Damnoen Saduak Amphoe Damnoen Saduak (Maximum Allowable)

Sampling Date Sampling Date Sampling Date Sampling Date

11/03/1994 01/07/1994 11/03/1994 01/0711994

Well Depth (m) 204.2 204.2 2.7 2.7

Static Water Level (m) 17.74 12.3 1.36 1.2

Temperature (Celcius) 35.2 32.3 30.4 29.2

Turbidity (NTU) 0.3 20.5 0.4 28 20

pH 7.53 6.75 7.46 6.62 6.5-9.2,

Conductivity (Umhos) 1230 1012 970 1301


Cl (mg/I) 106 101 100 117 600

S04 (mg/I) 3.6 7 11.2 4.4 250

N03 (mg/l) 9.3 99.2 2.9 23.5 45.0

Total Hardness (mg/1) 424 369 325 432 | , 500

Fe (mg/l) 0.99 3.30 0.81 2.00 1.00

Mn (mg/l) 0.03 0.04 0.77 2.6 0.5

Pb (mg/I) 0.01 0.0161 0.02 0.0117 0.05

Cd (mg/l) 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 0.0003 0.01

Zn (mg/1) 0.015 0.750 0.011 0.050 15.0_

Hg (mg/l) 0.0005 N.F. 0.0006 ffi N.F. 0.001

Total Coliform (MIPN/100 ml) 10.0 130.0 2.0 130.0 2.2

Fecal Coliform (MPN1100 ml) N.F. 13 N.F. 80 N.F.

N.F. = Not Found

3.4 Soil and Land Quality

3.4.1 Introduction

Soil afnu land aie very iiiportai-it natural iesouices. The pow-erplant project will have an impact on these resources because of sulfur dioxide

and oxide of nitrogen emissions from the combustion of oil fuel. The

environmental impacts of this air pollution need to be studied comprehensively

before the plant construction. In order to solve and prevent future environmental

impacts, an understanding of the nature and properties of soil/land quality and

their distribution is very important.

3.4.2 Methodology

The study of soil / land quality within 15 km radius from thepower plant site was conducted by mean of a desk study, field investigation and

laboratory procedures.

(1) Desk studyDuring the initial stage, the existing Landsat Spot-I band I aquired

on 12 July 1989 at scale 1:50,000 was prepared for field study. Also, thedetailed reconnaissance soil map at scale 1:100,000 and topographic map series

L70 17 of Changwat Ratchaburi and Amphoe Amphawa sheets were studied.

(2) Field investigation

The field survey was conducted during February to May, 1994.

The type of soil series and soil boundaries were investigated by means of

random borings to check the accuracy of the soil map. All borings were made

with auger to a depth of 150-200 cm. or less if bedrocks were encountered .

After the completed survey, four representative soil profiles were

studied in detail with the various landform (former tidal flat, flat plain, low

terrace and erosion surface). Morphology and major soil characteristics such as

horizon, texture, color, mottles, soil reaction , soil depth, degree of slope, land

use, landform, parent material and other features were also studied. Soil profile

Udesclipt-os were Uesc-LUiU uy usig uy sLtanuaru n1omencIature OI rne USDA

Soil Survey Manual (Soil Conservation Service, 1981). The soils were classified

according to the USDA Soil Taxonomy (Soil Survey Staff, 1990).

3-53

Soil samples of the representative profiles were collected by

horizon. In addition, soil samples by diggings with auger were collected by

depth (0-20, 20-50 and 50-100 cm.). Sample site selections for investigation ofsoils before construction and operation periods as shown in the soil map were

selected by the consultant. All samples were placed in plastics bags for

transportation to the labolatory.

(3) Laboratory Procedure

All soil samples were air-dried and crushed to pass a 2 mm.U.S.sieve and stored in plastic bottles for analysis. Crushing of iron oxide nodules or

concretions was avoided. These samples were used for physical (texture) and

chemical (soil reaction, organic matter, phosphorus, potassium, calcium,

magnesium, sodium, aluminium, iron, cation exchange capacity, base saturation)

determination according to the procedures for collecting soil samples and

methods of analysis for soil survey (Soil Conservation Service,1982).

3.4.3 Result of the Study

I) General Information

The study area was classified as part of the physiographic region,

the so-called Central plain. It comprises forrner tidal flats, flood plains,

terraces, erosion surfaces and foot hill slopes. Topography was characterized by

flat, undulating to rolling terrains and with a few limestone hilly inselbergs. The

general composition of the bed material consists of the Quaternary deposits with

gravel, sand, silt and clay. The Mae Klong river and its tributaries are the largest

drainage system flowing from north to south and southeast.

Climate was classified as Tropical Savanna (Aw) with an ustic soil

moisture and isohyperthermic soil temperature regime. During the southwest

monsoon season (May to October) the winds bring a stream of warm moist air

from the Indian Ocean causing abundant rainfall. About 90 percent of the

annual rainfall occurs during this season. During the northeast monsoon.

(November to January) cool dry air coming from China brings slightly cooler

conditions. February to April is the warrm season with little rain. The average

annual rainfall is about 1021.3 nmi.(1952-1992). The average annualtemperature is 27.9 OC at Amphur Muang, Kanchanaburi Province (1961-1990).

3-54

2) Soil/ Land QualityWithin a 15 km. radius from the power plant (Wat Phikun Thong)

site 17 soil series were identified. The soil characteristics and other feathers are

surmerized in Table 3.4-1.

Soils occurin2 on former tidal flats

- Ayzutthaya series (Ay) are formed from surface layers of riveralluvium which grade down to brackish water sediments. Relief is flat, slope

less than 1 percent. Elevation ranges from 4-5 m. above sea level. The

Ayutthaya series is a member of the very fine, mixed, acid, isohypertherimic.

Typic Tropaquepts (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They are deep and poorly drained.

Runoff and permeability are slow. Surface flooding to depths of between 80-

100 cm. occur for five months during the rainy season. The surface horizon

ranges from 20-40 cm. thick, has very dark gray to dark grayish brown colorwith clay or silty clay textures. Field pH values range from 6.0-7.0 (me-dium

acid to neutral). The subsoil horizon is brownish gray to gray with clay texture.

Field pH values range from 4.5-5.0 (very strongly acid). Mottle color is variable

but predominantly red in the upper horizon and brownish yellow and pale yellow

(jarosite) in the lower part (below 100 cm. depth). About 200 cm. below the

surface is greenish gray color with half ripe or soft clay. The nutrient status is

moderate. The land quality is well suited for rice cultivation and unsuited for

upland crops, fruit trees and permanent pasture because of flooding.

- Bang Khen series (Bn) are formed from brackish water

sediments. Relief is flat, slope less than 1 percent. Elevation ranges from 4-5 m.

above sea level. The Bang Khen series is a member of the fine , mixed, acid,

isohyperthermic, Typic Tropaquepts (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They are deep

and poorly drained. Runoff and permeability are slow. The morphology has

similar features to Ayutthaya series in the upper meter of the solum. Gypsum

crystals occur in the subsoil horizon but not pale yellow (jarosite). Field pH

values range from 5.5-6.0 (medium acid). The nutrient status is moderate. The

land quality is the same as Ayutthaya series.

- Bang Pa-in series (Bin) are formed from brackish water

sedim.LLent. IRe11%.ie l isftL, slope l percee.I. Ele-VaLIUIL JLlges fim 4-5 m.

above sea level. The Bang Pa-in ser.es is a member of of the fine, mixed, acid,

isohyperthermic, Aeric Tropaquep-s (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They are deep

3-55

and somewhat poorly drained. Runoff and perneability are slow. Themorphology has similar features to Ayutthaya throughout. the profile but thecolor of subsoils is more chroma (brown color) than Ayutthaya series. Thenutrient status is moderate. The land quality is the same as Ayutthaya series.

- Bang Len series (Bi) are formed from brackish water sediments.Relief is flat, slope less than 1 percent. Elevation ranges from 4-5 m. above sealevel. The Bang Len series is a member of the fine, montmorillonitic, nonacid,isohyperthermic, Typic Haplaquolls (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They are deepand poorly drained. Runoff and permeability are slow. Surface flooding to adepth of between 80-100 cm. during the rainy season for five to six months.. Thegroundwater table is below 120 cm. depth in the dry season. The surfacehorizon ranges from 30-50 cm. thick. has very dark gray or black color. The

mottles have yellowish brown and olive brown color. The soil texture is clay.Field pH values range from 6.5-8.0 (slightly acid to mildly alkaline) throughoutthe profiles. The subsoil is gray or olive gray color. Gypsum crystals occur inthe layer upper of the subsoil horizon. Slickensides are found in the subsoilhorizon and some shell fragments below iJO er. depth. The nutrient status is

moderately high. The land quality is very well suited for rice cultivation and

unsuited for upland crops, fruit tree and permanent pasture because of flooding.

- Bang Phae series (Bph) are formed from brackish waterunderlain by marine sediments.Relief is nearly flat to flat, slope about 1 percent.

Elevation ranges from 4-7 m. above sea level. The Bang Phae series is a member

of the fine, montmorillonitic, nonacid, isohyperthermic, Typic Haplaquolls (Soil

Survey Staff, 1990). They are deep and poorly drained. Runoff is slow,

permeability is moderate. These soils are flooded but impoundments of rainwater

to depths of up to 20-30 cm. for four to five months occur during the wet season.

Groundwater level falls below 150 cm. during the peak period of the dry season.

The surface horizon ranges from 20-40 cm. thick and is very dark gray or black

color. The subsoil is a pale color (light brownish gray to gray) which contains

brownish yellow and yellowish brown mottles. Surface textures are clay to silty

clay gradually changing to silty clay loam, loam or fine sandy loan in the

subsoil. Field pH values range from 6.5-8.0 (slightly acid to midly alkaline)throughout the profiles. Gypsum crystals and lime concretions are present in

subsoil including shell fragments below I m. depth. The nutrient status is

3-56

moderate. The land quality is well suited for rice cultivation, poorly suited for

upland crops, unsuited for fruit tree and penrnanent pasture because of flooding.

- Damnoen Saduak series (Dn) are formed from brackish water

and marine sediments, but have been altered by man. The wide bed, have beenconstructed from material dug from separating ditches which are I to 1.5 m.

wide and about I m. deep. The Damnoen Saduak series is a member of the very

fine, montmorillonitic, nonacid, isohyperthermic, Typic Haplaqualls (Soil

Survey Staff, 1990).These beds have been cultivated for a considerable number

of years. Used exclusively for horticulture, i.e. for vegetable gardens, coconut

plams, bananas. Artificially drained, permeability is slow but runoff is rapidfrom the beds into the ditches. The beds are raised above the flood level, the

groundwater level remains between 50 and 70 cm. from the soil surfacethroughout the year. The surface horizon ranges from 25 to 40 cm. thick, has

dark gray to very dark gray color. The subsoil has a light olive gray color which

contains yellowish brown color and greenish gray at some depth below 150 cm.

from the-soil surface. Shell fragments may occur throughout the profile, also

clay texture and half ripe clay below 150 cm. depth. Field pH values range from

7.0 to 8.5 (neutral to moderately alkaline). The nutrient status is moderately

high. The land quality is well suited for upland crops and fruit trees, unsuited

for rice cultivation and pasture because of topography.

Soils occurrin2 on flood plains- Tha Muang series (Tm) are formed from recent alluvium on the

natural levees. Relief is flat to nearly flat, slope less than 3 percent. Elevation

ranges from 6-8 m. above sea level. The Muang series is a member of the loamy,

mixed, nonacid, isohyperthermic, Typic Ustifluvents (Soil Survey Staff, 1990).

They are deep and moderately to well drained. Permeability is moderate and

runoff is medium. These soils may be subject to short periods of flash flooding

by the river overflowing its banks. Textures are variable, loam, clay loam, sandy

clay loam, sandy loam and silt loam throughout the profile. Colors are brown,

dark brown, yellowish brown or grayish brown in the surface horizon and

predominantly brown or yellowish brown in the subsoil. Visible mica flakes

usually occur throughout the profile. Field pH values range from 5.5 to 7.0(medi|.;aci to neual) The n1-utrient statu is rr.deately hig. The_ land

k... - - ~ -- .. 1- JI% &11. ~ L'.I 3LULUa la 11J~II. Ly ighI. I LIU ICUIU

quality is well suited for settlement area, upland crops, fruit trees and pasture,

unsuited for rice cultivation because of topography.

3-57

- Sanphawa series (Sa) are fonned from recent alluvium on thelower part of natural levees. Relief is flat to nearlv flat. slope less than 2percent. Elevation ranges from 6-7 m. above sea level. The Sanphaya series is amember of the loamy, mixed. nonacid. isohvperthermic. Aquic Ustifluvents (SoilSurvev Staff. 1990). They are deep and moderately well drained. Perrneability ismoderate and runoff is slow. These soils are flooded by river water to depths of20-30 cm. for three or four months during the rainy season. Groundwater levelfalls below 1.5 m. from the soil surface during the peak peroid of the dryseason. The surface horizon which ranges from 10 to 20 cm. thick, has darkgravish brown or grayish brown which contains yellowish brown mottles.Textures are loam, clay loam or siltv clay loam. Mica flakes occur throughoutthe profile. Field pH values range from 5.5 to 6.5 (medium to slightly acid).The nutrient status is moderately high. The land quality is moderately suited forrice cultivation, upland crops, fruit trees and pasture.

- Ratchabulri series (Rb) are formed from recent alluvium on thetransition between levees and river basins. Relief is flat, slope less than Ipercent. Elevation ranges from 5-6 m. above sea level. The Ratchaburi series is

a member of the fine, mixed. nonacid, isohvperthernic. Aenc Tropaquepts (Soil

Survey Staff, 1990). They are deep and somewhat poorly drained. Permeabilitvand runoff are slow. These soils are flooded by river water to depths of 30-40

cm. for four or five months during the rainy season. Groundwater level falls

below 1.5 m. from the soil surface during the drv season. The surface horizonranges from 15 to 30 cm. thick, is dark brown to dark gravish brown color. The

subsoil has brown or dark brown color which contains strong brown or

yellowish brown mottles. Textures are silty clay to clay throughout the profile.

Field pH values range from 6.5-7.5 (slightly acid to rmildly alkaline). The

nutrient status is moderately high. The land quality is well suited for rice

cultivation and unsuited for upland crops, fruit trees and pasture because of

flooding.

- Sing Buri series (Sin) are formed from recent alluvium on the

low lying parts of river basins. Relief is flat, slope less than 1 percent.

Elevation ranges from 5-6 m. above sea level. The sing Bun series is a member

of the very fine, nonnorillontic, nonacid, isohyperthermic, Typic Tropaquepts

(Soil Survey Staff, 1990).They are deep and poorly drained. Permeability and

3-58

runoff are slow. These soils are flooded by river water to depths of 60 cm. or

more for five or six months during the rainy season. Groundwater level falls

below 1 m. from the soil surface for brief penrods during the dry season. The

surface horizon ranges from 15 to 30 cm. thick, has very dark grayish brown or

very dark gray color. The subsoil has gray or dark gray color which contains

strong brown, yellowish brown and yellowish red mottles. Textures are clay

throughout the profile. Slickenside and pressure.faces occur in the subsoil and

the soil cracks at the surface when dry. Field pH values ranges from 6.5-7.5

(slightly acid to mildly alkaline). The nutrient status is moderately high. The

land quality is well suited for rice cultivation and unsuited for upland crops, fruit

trees and pasture because of flooding.

Soils occurring on old levees and low terraces- Kalmphaeng Saen series (Ks) are formed from semi-recent

alluvium on old levees. Relief is fiat to nearly flat, slope less than 2 percent.

Elevation ranges from 6-8 m. above sea level. The Kamphaeng Saen series is a

member of the fine silty, mixed, isohyperthermic, Typic Haplustalfs (Soil Survey

Staff, 1990). They are deep and moderately to well drained. Permeability is

moderate and runoff is slow. The surface horizon ranges from 20 to 40 cm.

thick, has brown to dark brown color. The subsoil has yellowish brown to

strong brown color. Textures are loam, silt loam, silty clay loam or sandy clay

loam and the amount of clay increases with -depth. Fine mica flakes occur in all

horizons and some white soft powdery limes may occur below I m. depth. Field

pH values range from 6.5 to 8.0 (slightly acid to mildly alkaline). The nutrient

status is moderately high. The land quality is well suited for settlement areas,

upland crops, fruit trees and pasture, and unsuited for rice cultivation because of

topography.

- Nakhon Pathom series (Np) are formed from semi-recent

alluvium on the lower part of old levees. Relief is flat to nearly flat, slope less

than 2 percent. Elevation ranges from 6-7 m. above sea level. The Nakorn

Pathom series is a member of the fine, mixed, isohyperthermic, Aeric

Ochraqualfs (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They are deep and somewhat poorly

drained. Permeability and runoff are slow. These soils are flooded by

impounded rainwater to depth of 30-40 cm. for three to four months during the

rainy season. Groundwater level falls below 1.5 m. from the soil surface during

the dry season. The surface horizon ranges from 15 to 30 cm. thick, has dark

3-59

brown to very dark gravish brown color. The subsoil has brown to dark grayishbrown which contains strong brown to yellowish brown mottles. Textures are

clay loam at the surface horizon and clay in the subsoil. Secondary lime nodulesmay also occur below 80 cm. from the surface. Field pH values range from 6.5to 8.0 (slightly acid to mildly alkaline). The nutrient status is moderately high.

The land quality is very well suited for rice cultivation and unsuited for upland

crops, fruit trees, pasture because of flooding.

- Khao Yoi series (Kyo) are formed from old alluvium on lowterraces. Relief is flat, slope less than I percent. Elevation ranges from 8-10 m.above sea level. The Khao Yoi series is a member of the fine loamy, mixed,isohyperthermic, Aeric Ochraqualfs (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They are deep andsomewhat poorly drained. Permeability and runoff are slow. These soils areflooded by impounded rainwater for three or four months to a depth of 30 cm.during the rainy season. Groundwater level falls below 2 m. from the soil

surface during the dry season: The surface horizon ranges from 10 to 25 cm.thick, has pinkish gray or brownish gray color. The subsoil has light brown or

pinkish gray color which contains strong urowr. or yell^i red mnottles.

Textures are loam or sandy loam at the surface horizon and clay loam or sandy

clay loam in the subsoil. Frequent, soft and hard iron/manganese nodules occurin the deeper subsoil. Field pH values range from 6.0 to 7.0 (medium acid toneutral). The nutrient status is moderately low. The land quality is moderately

suited for rice cultivation and unsuited for upland crops, fruit trees and pasturebecause of flooding.

- Pak Tho series (Pth) are formed from old alluvium on lowterrace. Relief is flat, slope less than I percent. Elevation ranges from 8-10 m.

above sea level. The Pak Tho series is a member of the clayey, kaolinitic,

isohyperthermic, Aeric plinthic Paleaquults (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They are

deep and somewhat poorly drained. Permeability and runoff are slow. These

soils are flooded by impounded rainwater for three or four months to a depth of

30 cm. during the rainy season. Groundwater level falls below 2 m. from the

soil surface during the dry season. The surface horizon ranges from 10 to 25 cm.

thick, has grayish brown or pinkish gray color. The subsoil has light grayish

brown or pinkish gray color which contains strong brown and red mottles.

Textures are loam or fine sandy loam at the surface and sandy clay loarn, sandy

clay or clay in the subsoil. Frequent, hard iron/manganese nodules commonly

3-60

occur in the subsoil. Field pH values range from 4.5 to 6.0 (strongly acid to

medium acid). The nutrient status is low. The land quality is moderately suitedfor rice cultivation and unsuited for upland crops, fruit trees and pasture because

of flooding.

Soils occurring on erosion surfaces and foot hill slopes

- Takhli series (Tk) are formed from residuum and local alluviumderived from limestone and marl on dissected erosion surfaces. Relief is mainly

undulating, slope ranges from 2-4 percent. Elevation ranges from 10-20 m.

above sea level.The Takhli series is a member of the loamy-skeleton, carbonatic,

isohyperthermic, Typic Hapullustols (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They are shallow

and well drained. Permeability is moderate and runoff is medium. Groundwater

table falls below 2 m. from the soil surface during the rainy season and below 10

m. during the dry season. The surface horizon ranges from 20-30 cm. thick hasblack or very dark gray or dark brown color. The subsoil has brown or strong

brown color. Textures are loam or clay loam at the surface and gravelly clay

loam in the subsoil. Gravels are composed of marl and limestone nodules which

increase with depth. Field pH values range from 7.0 to 8.5 (neutral to medium

alkaline). The nutrient status is high. The land quality is well suited for upland

crops and pasture, poorly suited for fruit trees crops and pasture, poorly suited

for fruit trees and unsuited for rice cultivation due to topography.

- Tha Yang series (Ty) are formed from residuum and local

colluvium derived from sandstone and quartzite interbedded with phyllite and

shale on foot hill slopes. Relief is mainly rolling to hilly, but may be undulating

locally. Slopes range from 4 to 20 percent. Elevation ranges from 15 to 20 m.

above sea level. The Tha Yang series is a member of the clayey-skeletal,

kaolinitic, isohyperthermic, Oxide Haplustults (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They

are shallow and well drained. Perrneability is moderate to high and surface

runoff is medium to rapid. Groundwater table is below 2 meters throughout the

year. The surface horizon ranges from 10-20 cm. thick, has grayish brown or

brownish gray color. The subsoil has yellowish brown or yellowish red color.

Textures are slightly gravelly sandy loam or loam at the soil surface and gravelly

or very gravelly clay loarn or clay within 50 cm. of the soil surface. Gravels

consist of angular or subangular sandstone, quartz and shale fragments which

become more abundant with depth. Field pH values range from 5.5 to 6.5

(strongly to slightly acid). The nutrient status is low. The land quality is poorly

3-61

suited for pasture due to gravels, unsuited for upland crops due to severe erosionand lack of moisture, unsuited for fruit tree due to the presence shallow of bedrocks and unsuited for rice cultivation because of topography.

- Lat Ya series (Ly) are formed from residuum and local colluviumderived from sandstone and quartzite interbedded with phyllite and shale ondissected erosion surfaces and foot hill slopes. Relief is mainly undulating torolling. Slopes range from 4 to 20 percent. Elevation ranges from 15 to 20 m.above sea level. The Lat Ya series is a member of the clayey, kaolinitic,isohypertherrnic, Typic Haplustults (Soil Survey Staff, 1990). They aremoderately deep and well drained. Permeability is moderate to high, surfacerunoff is medium to rapid. Groundwater table is below 2 meters throughout theyear. The surface horizon ranges from 10-20 cm. thick, has dark brown or darkgrayish brown color.The subsoil has strong brown or reddish brown or yellowishred color. Textures are sandy loam or loam at the surface horizon and slightlygravelly loam or clay loam in the subsoil. Gravels consist of angular andsubangular sandstone, quartz and shale fragments which increase with depth.Field pH values range from 5.5 to 6.5 (strongly to slightly acid). The nutrientstatus is moderately low. The land quality is well suited for pasture, moderatelysuited for upland crops and fruit trees and unsuited for rice cultivation due totopography.

The soil characteristics and other features are summarized in Table3.4-1. The soil profile descriptions and the analytical data are shown in appendix1)D.

3-62

TABLE 3.4-1 PROFILE FEATURES, SERIES, CLASSIFICATION, LANDFORM AND PARENT MATERIALOFTIIESTUDYAREA

Series classification landform parent Slope % Soil depth Texture Color Drainge O.M. % Reaction(pHI

(USDA, 199(0) material (0-30) a 0-30 b.>30

Ayutthaya Typic Former tidal Brackish 0-1 very deep clay or silty clay dark gray to grayish poor mod. high a 5 0-6 5

Tropaquepts flat water brown b.4.0-4.5

deposits

Bang Khen Typic Former tidal Brackish 0-1 very deep clay or silty clay dark gray to grayish poor mediuim a.5.5- .0

Tropaquepts flat water brown b.5.0-6.5

deposits

Bang Pa-in Aeric Former tidal Brackish 0-1 very deep clay or silty clay dark grayish brown somewhat mediurn a.5.5-6.5

Tropaquepts flat water to brown poor b.4.5-5.5

deposits

Bang Len Typic Former tidal Brackish 0-1 very deep clay throughout dark gray to olive poor mod. high a 6.0-7.0

Haplaquolls flat water b 6 5-8.0

deposits

Bang Phae Typic Former tidal Brackish 0-1 very deep ioam to clay dark gray to poor mod. high a.6.0-6 5

Tropaquepts flat water loam brownish gray b.6.5-8.0

deposits

Damnoen Typic Hapluolk Former tidal Brackish ridged very deep . clay throughout black to olive gray artificially mod. high a.6 07 0

Saduak flat water drained b 6.5-8 0

deposits

TABLE 3.4-1 (CONT.)

Series classification landform parent Slope % Soil depth Texture Color Drainge O.M. % Reactionipfl)

rmatetial.(USDA, 1990) mti l30) a 0-30 b >30

Tha Muang Typic Natural levee Recent 2-3 very deep loam or silty clay grayish brown to well drained medium a 607 0

Ustiflurents . alluvium loam brown b6 513

Sanphaya Aquic Lower part of Recent 1-2 very deep loam or sitty clay grayish brown mod well mod, high a 5 5-6 5

drainedUstiflurents levee alluvium loamn b 6 0-?, 0

Ratchaburi Aeric River basin Recent 0-1 very deep clay throughout dark grayish brown somewhat mod high a 6 5-7 0

Tropaquepts alluvium poor b 7 0-8 0

Sing Buri Typic River basin Recent 0-1 very deep clay throughout dark gray poor mod high a 6 5-7 0

Tropaquepts alluvium b 7 0-8 0

Kamphaeng Typic Natural levee Semi-recent 1-2 very deep silt loam or silty dark brown or brown mod, well mod high a 6 0-7 0

drainedSaen Haplustalfs alluvium clay loam b 7 0-8 )

Nakhon Aeric low terrace Semi-recent 0-1 very deep clay loam or clay dark grayish brown somewhat mod a 6 0 I 0

Pathom Orchaqualfs alluvium poor b 7 0e 0

Khao Yoi Aeric Low terrace Old alluvium 0-1 very deep sandy loam or brown or pinkish somewhat low a 5 0-6 0

Orchaqualfs clay loam brown poor b 5 5 7 0

Pak Tho Aeric Plinthic low terrace Old alluvium 0-1 deep sandy oam or pinkish gray somewhat low a 5 0-6 0

Paleaqualts clay loaimn poor b 4 5-5 5

TAIBLE 3.4-1 (CONT.)

Series classiflcdtion landform parent Slope % Soil depth Texture Color Drainge IO.M. S Reaction(pH)

(USDA, 1990) material (0-30) a.0-30 b >30

Takhli Typic Erosion limestone 2-4 shallow loam or clay black or dark brown well drained mod, high a.7.0-8.0

Haplustolls surface loam b.8.0-8 5

Tha Yang Oxic Foot hill slope sandstone and 4-10 shallow gravelly sandy brown or yellowish well drained low. a.5.5-6.0

llaplustults shale clay loam brown b 5.0-5.5

Lat Ya Typic Foot hill slope sandstone and 4-10 mod, deep gravelly sandy grayish brown or well drained low. a.5.5-6 5

Hapiustults shale clay loam reddish brown b.5 D-5.5

SOIL LEGEND

Pth /Kyo Rb T

Symbol Soil Series Classification Landfornn Parent Area

Rb (Soil Taxonomy. 1990) Material Rai %

Np < 3 Rb Ay Ay Ayutthaya Typic Tropaquepts Former Brackish 32,130 5.95

Rb/TSin f w J5 7 r <)A M X R P--P ( 3 Bl Bang len Typic Haplaquolls tidal flats water and 44,050 8.16

Rb/T O O BANG PHA Bn Bang Khen Typic Tropaquepts marine 6,737 1.25

/ / ) < 9 \; Rb < t ) X Bin Bang Pa-in Aeric Tropaquepts deposits 26,948 4.99

Bph Bang Phae Typic Tropaquepts 22,284 4.13

SC ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~*-Dn Damnoen Typic Haplaquolls 120,230 22.26

Tr b A0 ~~~~~~~~~~~Saduak_____T 0 ) ( ,B Rb Ratchaburi Aeric Tropaquepts Flood Recent 101,056 18.71

Bin ~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Sa Sanphaya Aquic Ustifluvents Plaint Alluvium 22,284 4.13

Sin Sing Burn Typic Tropaquepts 5,182 0~96

Ay t ( 5 ,2f v X f t > t C) W S |Tm Tha Muang Typic Ustifluvents 36.795 6811

Bph Rb/Tm Ratchabur-.' 8,810 1.63

NIp/Kyo) ---- --- X Tm( 9 ,2r) 31\\9 ;l 9/ThaMuangassociation

t \k\\ <) a 5 Bn O () Dn Ks Kamphaeng Saen Typic Haplustalts Low Semi- 3,628 0.67

\8t? < 3in \\ \ i ( 9 92 t J Np Nakhon Pathom Aeric Orchaqualfs Terraces Recent 26,430 4.89

l.Kyo Khao Yoi Aeric Orchaqualfs and Old 10,883 2.02

s \ 51 ( t \ Ay g( 5> \) Np/Kyo Nakhon Pathom / . Alluvium 6,737 1.25

J Pth Kyo _Rb <Z)2 ( \ t Lt2EGt0 . Khao Yoi

.A* Bin * SOL PROFILE association

CHANGWAT R* PRO.JECT SITE PthlKyo Pak Tho/Khao Aene Plinthic 53,896 9.98

\ sC i7 < ) ) ST)M(J ain \t._ CHANGWAT Yoi association Paleaquults _

YB>- - | S8in> ) ( u\, N Tk Takhli Typic Haplustolls Erosion Residuum 1,555 0,29

Ly/Ty Lat YaiTha Yang Typic Haplustuts/ Surface and 5,701 1.06

association Oxic Haplustults and Foot Colluvium

8 Np eJ J DOn Hill Slopes _Kyo / ph . SC Slope Complex Hill and Mountains 4,664 0.89

O K ( SM Dn )9 } . Total al540,0 100

FIGURE 3.4-1 DETAIL RECONNAISSANCE SOIL MAP OF THE ';TUDY AREA

aD ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Na

L q q L -- 8 ' ' 1 | M I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(

ds'Ikmees dY1

In~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I

Vaoryoq Gyeraci On* ect 0 si ls . Ma sesn: andan f.tru on wth

8 ) : < . Orrm. Irnri. SV dr3nK cbvev trals j Best saIsd for \vel tand roa r xhit ra-Dec,

tnet WO *mcd eco SclS esttimd fr we 'ndrtr s bie icurscn 1,ile mctetate to ngh fmrtitvt (seth amnofieonie ct eco ci it3, eytcistoes

Deo, tevet c, needy lwe. ncey y M en v suloea nine lnd

IVae| , *dainty.senurs ctl tow tc ,ave m ate o dand c ne= sttd een a - intac c;

S. Deeo. nen! e to genily srne got Wei slaed o rme coo ect.fSti cMgl odE1 tca y S eoi cth M edi late v ecg 1 ce r tm eit rie t re Oe

.r '. .eso' _amed

becelin-C thec!. odwere B.e suxeed fdrr suter, lo ccre l sods Otto m e -ed arads tIecoo benanesc

. Shecow. genotcry tow wetnet draono. S imbed tor W cined mopsbu,,et itoeDoenn c5ts catch moderate mnyelle co toft tggeles. o

z 3~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~. De o. lacedrcnony attioat Ge e n estll notlm aed t on t grcultivatceds .

N I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7 tofindwferet Sk gesO Wed deaine&L Stbeieto m od f atwo0 batd wcalecc mnd

OD Tw~~~~~~~~~~~~oelYy sodsohail bed moofs whdln 40-80 cmo dnctla.

. SNadOW. cOtto to SeeODg Of the lolL oIA nticed foir Coeoerccia crypoNm

3.5 Geomorphology

3.5.1 Introduction

The study area lies between latitudes 130 30' N and 130 45' N,

longitudes 990 45' E and 1000 OO'E, in the western part of the Chao Phraya

Delta. (Fig.3.5-1, Thiramongkol. N, 1983). It is covered by the Changwat

Ratchaburi Topographic Map edition 1-RTSD series L 7017 sheet 4931 II,

scale 1:50,000 issued by the Royal Thai Survey Department. The described

area occupies a major part of Amphoe Muang, Amphoe Photharam, AmphoeBang Pae and Amphoe Damnuen Saduak of Changwat Ratchaburi. The areais approximately 750 sq.km.

The study area is accessible by the Petchkaseam Highway and a

network of asphaltic roads, lateritic roads and muddy roads.

3.5.2 Methodology

1) Secondary data representing the details of the geologica1

features were collected from the Department of Mineral Resources and shown

on a map at scale 1:1,000,000 or more.2) The detailed information of the geology around the power

plant site (within a 15 km. radius) was identified by physical survey and field

observation and is described herein in terms of :-- The geological setting of the area

- Classification of rock types and their fornation by relating to

lithology, stratigraphy, and structure3) The geomorphological and landform unit at the power plant

site and its vicinity is presented by characterizing each unit, namely:

- Natural Levees- Flood Plains

- Deltaic Plains

- Terraces

- Related FeaturesThe report includes relevant geological maps at scale 1:50,000

and cross-sections of the geological structure from east-west at least 3

baselines extending around the plant site within a 15 km radius (see figure

3.5-2 to 3.5-5).

3-68

) 4 j O~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 30 km|

o@ew t4{t

ti. --i144 6

t iti festr ih tval t,.c Uil I.he

7*e.g ft. . Utpir 71. it.t..

-r~~~~~'" aId ilt - U,,., Pt.se

;^t~~~~~~~~~~~~~-La. 11 tee...

. ii taltrn. ira. Civilit-? Cl it..

Ez .;tal"'.1 tei

EC *'i(cc S c, ir (I, lik., (Icyo S Scngk

SiSuphcn lurt R lI-tbuari KN lokhon PetIt..

FIGURE 3.5-1 GEOMORPHOLOGICAL MAP OF THE CHAO PHRAYADELTA (AFTER TAKAYA AND THIRAMONGKOL,1982)

3-69

I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ., -

i. 7 (4;~~~~~~_

(~

/~~~ <, -, IJ_

,-i<Rx/ ~ /i J

,- , tA * ,~. -- .- - ,- 1--- -^ . .-.

W ~~~ ~~~~ \\ /2 - <Oc< =

,/ . ** > / tt3tPLANATION -rC o '- 0Q. Cdlluvwm: ComDOSeo Ot Sana onc ;,aves

.Qtt ow terSacd ComPosd Of m1ty c:ay and may

* 7 / _ ; i , * . Qt F!ooo Plan: ormDnseec of ty ciay. Sandy clay and C!ay

'Ql Natral lqnee: CoMooses Of mainly Sill and fine sand

Qrb IdA B,ackis walder COmpOsed of Silly d1ay anrd Clay

E -' Cr: Qrb Recent manne and tracdisht Waldr Composed of clay and *ity c!ay

t_ -,c'_ri -, Hill Camrrnclerous sedimfntaqy mOCkS and Permian Carbamate fMs .

-. * '\,, \<, = rSCALE 1: 50.000

'e3 5S7 ; w- j C -t: &} t _ : ,,< " ~~~~-1 '

FIGURE 3.5-2 GEOMORPIHOLOGICAL MAP OFTHIE STUDY AREA

(RATCHABURI PROVINCE)-~~_

,-~ - s. .1s .r a~ .i .ro rr<s

L+ E

iX _ -4 > < ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ X Q f~~ 0

af / ao Qob f irrien06

05

a-< 11 /SCL 04

Qf~ ~~Q

FIGURE 3(5-3 <GEMLGCAL MAP OF STUYYAREAb - 03

9~ l < Qrb V \ X3y

93 \ \\~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ /~~ 0233 / . 6 8 \< 8 Q b / _ l ~~~~~~~~~~~~1335o

35 aob>0 Fluvial Sediments 0

- ffi / g r \ \ Ql [ ~~~~~~Natural Levee -0Qob X ~Qf aXX Flood Plain

1(X _~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 00\ < \\ / ~~~~~~Marine Sediments

/ 8 )) ) t X~~~~~~Qb Older Brackish Water 99

/ / 4 <~~~~~~~~1f Recent Marine and

/~~~o arb Brac-kish Water Deposits

( /// ) ~~~~~~LEGEND

-- |ttt (:I~~f Abandoned Channel 97.

\ \ )) ) \ ~~~Swamp

7) Ql ( Q SCA4LE 1: 50,000 9

Qf \ \ Ql _ (Kilorneter)

FIGURE 3.5-3 GEOMORPEIOLOGICAL MAP OF THE STUDY AREA

3-71

01 I 01 I c _ Iool Qs ol f 0 !t of I0 ot I0 1 o

B

10O

\~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A MA 0_ _ 0410J- t~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~o

D

a~A UJ. IU'r

il0

I' 01 04 I 0~ Cot a, tof !Ot ati , f 1 0t

E . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FMM MAE KA

_

:~~~~~~0 010 0,0414 0 .

- Low terrace E Flood plain 1 Natural levee

* g Old brackish waler . Recent marine 2 FIGURE 3.5-4 CROSS-SECTION AT THE STUDY AREAand brackish water

3-72

Of Gtob t -O t O f 1 Q l Gk-ob Of ) Ob--

W ETHE STUDY AREA

10 - 10

(meters) _ (met"ri)

O -'=7:/ ////777771/

0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0

! | t 6 |2 3 45 6 7 8 10( kilometers)

VERTICAL SCALE 1I 5,000

HORIZONTAL SCALE 1: 50,000

EXPLANATION

Naturol levee * silt and tine sand O Old brackish water sediments silly clay,clay

Flood plain; silt clay,clay Recent marine and brackish woter; clay and silt day

FIGURE 3.5-5 CROSS-SECTION AT THE STUDY AREA


i) Physiography and Drainage Patterns

In general, the landscape of the study area is characterized byflat to nearly flat land which is classified as flood plain, former tidal flats,colluvium and isolated hills. The plains generally rise about 5-10 metersabove sea level and consist of well-drained alluvium which provides good

agricultural land.

Stream pattems developed in this area are commonly referred toas dendritic type characterized by irregular branching in many directions.Mae Khlong is the main river in the eastern part of Ratchabunr province. Itflows in approximately north-south direction in the upper part and tums to thesoutheast direction when it passes through Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi. MaeKhlong river has developed lateral erosion and has formed meandering,oxbow lakes and meander scars owing to the fact that its fiows nearly reachbase level (river estuary). It has also developed a flood plain and a naturallevee on both banks of the Mae Klong river. Furthermore, there are manycanals which were constructed for irrigation purposes in this area.

ii) Geological Setting of the study area within a 15 km Radius

The geology of the area can be divided into two main parts thePre-Quaternary Rocks and the Quatemary Sediments.

1) The Pre-Quaternary Rocks

The Pre-Quatemary Rocks occur in isolated hills in thewestern zone of the study area. The geological map scale 1:250,000 ofChangwat Nakorn Pathom map sheet by Phisit Dheradirok et al, 1976,classified it into Carboniferous sedimentary rocks and Permain carbonaterocks.

2) The Quaternary Sediments

The Quatemary sediments cover most of the study area

(more than 90%). They can be divided into fluvial sediments and marinesediments. The fluvial sediments are composed of flood plain, natural levee,low terrace and colluvium. The marine sediments are composed of old and

recent tidal flat.

3-74

From the data of C 14 dating of the eustatic peats, the sea

transgressed over this area at about 6080 + 150 to 5320 + 150 years BP. Themarine sediments were deposited during this transgression and regressionperiod of the Holocene time.

iii) The Geomorphological units and their characteristics

The geomorphology of Quaternary deposits can be classified

into 5 units. The geomorphological units and their characteristics are as

follows:

1) Colluvium unit (Qc)The colluvium unit is distributed on the western part of

the study area near isolated hills. The sedimentary sequence is composed of

sand, silty clay and gravel, dark brown (7.5 YR 3/2) color, yellowish brown(10 YR 5/4) mottle, moderately to well sorting and iron concretion.

2,) Low terrace (Qt)The low terrace mostly occupies the western part of the

study area. The terrace level is about 5 meters above sea level. This unit isnormally found on the older alluvium. The sediments are composed of siltyclay and clay with abundant plant remains. Iron and manganeous concretions

are found sparsely with dark brown and or reddish yellow mottle. Color is

dark grayish brown or dark brown (10 YR 4/2 to 4/1). Small amounts of lime

nodules were also found. The water table is near the surface practically

throughout the year (about 1.20 meters). It is poorly drained, to waterlogged

and often flooded during the rainy season, but dries out deeply in the dry

season.

3) Floodplain (QfThe flood plain units mainly occupy the central region

of the area, on both sides of the Mae Khlong river. The river has developed

meanderings, abundant remnants of old channels of oxbow lakes or scars.

The sedimentary sequence is composed of silty clay,

sandy clay, clayey sand and silt. Color is light brownish gray to gray and

light gray (10 YR 6/2 to 6/1). There are moderate to small amounts of

yellowish to dark brown mottles (10 YR 5/8, 3/3) with a small amount of iron

3-75

concretions and lime nodules with firm to very firm consistency. It is poorly

drained, to water logged and often flooded during the rainy season.

4) Natural levee (Q1)ThcLL na.ra,-La lv Iunit is scatterrd- in the central zone of

the area showing a ridge of about 1-2 meters higher than the adjacent flat area.The soil sequence is composed of mainly silt and fine sand with silty clay inyellowish brown to brownish yellow color (10 YR 6/6, 5/2) with yellowish

brown (10 YR 5/8) mottle and small amounts of iron concretions. The unitoverlies the flood plain unit with a 1-3 meters thickness.

5) Tidal flatThe tidal flat sediments in this area can be mainly

divided into two groups, old brackish water deposits 2nd. recent marine and

brackish water deposits.5.1 Old brackish water (Qob)The old brackish water unit occupies mainly the

north eastern part of the area. The soil sequence is composed of silty clay and

clay. An interbedded sand seam is also found in this unit. Color is darkgrayish brown to grayish brown (10 YR 3/2, 5/2) and strong brown mottle

(7.5 YR 5/8). Soil structure is sub-angular, block. verv sticky and plastic and

strongly acidic (- pH 5.5)

5.2 Recent marine and brackish water (Qrb)

This unit is distributed in the south-eastern part ofthe area. The soil sequence is composed of clay and silty clay. Color is dark

gray (10 YR 3/1) to greenish gray ( 5YR 6/2, 4/1) with brownish yellow

mottle (10 YR 6/6) and/or reddish vellow (7.5 YR 6/8). There are sparse to

small amounts of shell fragments and some sparse plant remains. The

sediments contain gypsum flakes in the upper layers and jarosites which is

shown by the yellow color in the lower part. The lower one goes in the

sedimentary layer the less jarosite there is

iv) Foundation condition of the study area

The geological set.ing of the study arean is characterized hvthick unconsolidated, water-saturated Quaternary alluvial and shallow sea

sediments. The marine clay and brackish water soil are: olive-gray soft claywith shale fragrnents and light brown to gray stiff clay. The soft clay is about

3-76

1-5 meters and the thickess increases toward the east. This unit overlies the

stiff clay with ranges from 5 to 7 meters thick. In the deeper zone, greatvariation was found in the layer interbedding. The deeper strata consist ofalternate layers of stiff clay and sand deposits.

The geological setting of the study area is covered by the Pre-Quatemary Rocks of Carboniferous sedimentary rocks and PermianCarboniferous rocks and the Quaternary sediments. The Quaternarysediments are distributed throughout most of the study area. They arecomposed of fluvial sediment and marine sediments.

No disturbance on geological setting especially the Quaternarysediments will occur in the project area. Therefore, without the project, thegeological setting and geomorphology will remain unchanged from theexisting conditions.

In assessing the geological impacts associated with the powerplant project, the following items were analysed both for construction and

operation phases in relation to the existing baseline data which were presentedin the previous sections.

- geological setting/local tonography of the power plant units

- stability of the foundation condition for supporting the powerplant units which may be laid on it in the near future.

3-77

TABLE 3.5-1 CROSS-SECTION RECORDING FORM OFGEOMORPHOLOGICAL UNIT

Section A-BKm. Geomorphological Characteristic

U n it _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

I Elevation I M 1 ~atcri I Ld I

1. Undulating 10-21 Sand ,silt Crops2. Low terrace 9-10 Sandy clay, silty clay Crops3. Flood plain 7-8 Silty clay Paddy field4. Flood plain 6-7 Silty clay, Paddy field,

clay Sugar crops5. Flood plain 5 Clay, silty clay Paddy field,

crops6. Flood plain 5 Silty clay, clay Paddy field7. Flood plain & 5 Sandy clay, clay Peddy field

Natural levee8. Natural levee 5-6 Sand, silt Setflement,

Paddy field9. Flood plain 5 Silty clay Paddy field10. Flood plain 5 Silty clay Paddy field11. Foold pla_n 5 Silty clay Paddy field12. Flood plain 5 Silty clay Paddy field,

Orchard13. Natural levee 5-6 Silt Orchard,

Paddy field14. Natural levee & 5-6 Silt, sand Orchard,

Flood plain Paddy field15. Flood plain 5-6 Silty clay Paddy field16. Flood plain 5-6 Silty clay, clay Orchard &

Paddy field

3-78

TABLE 3.5-1 (CONT)Section A-B

Geomorphological CharacteristicKm. Unit

Elevation Material Landuse(m)

17. Natural levee 5-7 Silt, sand Orchard &Paddy field

18& Flood plain 5 Silty clay field19. Natural levee & 5 Sand , silt Orchard &

Flood plain Paddy field20. Natural levee 5-6 Sand, silt Crops,

Orchard_________________ &Paddy field

21. Flood plain 5-6 Silty clay Paddy field,Orchard

22. Tidal flat plain 1-7 Clay, silty clay Orchard and-(recent marine and Paddy fieldbrackish watersediments)

23. Tidal flat plain 1-7 Clay, silty clay Orchard and(recent marine and Paddy fieldbrackish watersediments) _

24. Tidal flat plain 1-7 Clay, silty clay Orchard and(recent marine and Paddy fieldbrackish watersediments)

25. Tidal flat plain 1-7 Clay, silty clay Orchard and(recent marine and Paddy fieldbrackishlwatersediments)

3-79

TABLE 3.5-1 (CONT)Section A-B

Km Geomorphological CharacteristicUnit

Elevation Material Landuse_n)

26. Tidal flat plain 1-7 Clay, silty clay Orchard and(recent marine and Paddy fieldbrackish watersediments)

27. Tidal flat plain 1-7 Clay, silty clay Orchard and(recent marine and Paddy fieldbrackish water

I sediments)

3-80


Section C-DKm Geomorphological Characteristic

UnitElevation Material Landuse

(m)1. Low terrace 7-10 Silty clay Paddy field2. Low terrace 6-8 Silty clay Paddy field3. Flood plain 6-7 Silty clay, sandy Paddy field

clay4. Flood plain 5-6 Silty cl ay, clay Paddy field5. Flood plain 3-5 Sandy clay, clay Paddy field6. Natural levee 3-5 Sand, silt Paddy field7. Flood plain 3-4 Silty clay Paddy field8. Flood plain 3-4 Silty clay, clay Paddy field9. Flood plain 4-5 clayey soil Paddy field10 Former brackish 4-6 clay, silty clay Crop

water tidal flat _ _11 Flood Dlain 5 Silty clay Paddy field12. Natural levee & 5-6 Silt, Sand Paddy fieid,

Flood pla _ __ Fishery13. Flood plain 5-6 Silty clay, clay Paddy field,

Fishery14. Former tidal flat 5 Silty clay Paddy field15. Former tidal fiat 5 Silty clay, clay Paddy field16. Former tidal flat 5-6 Silty clay Paddy field17. Flood Plain 6-7 Silty clay Paddy field18. Tidal flat (recent 6-7 Clay, silty clay Paddy field

marine and brackish &water sediment) Orchard

plantation

3-81

TABLE 3.5-2 (CONT)Section C-D

Km Geomorphological CharacteristicUnit

Elevation ] Material Landuse

19. Tidal flat (recent 6-7 Clay, silty clay Paddy fieldmarine and brackish &water sediment) Orchard

plantation20. Tidal flat (recent 6-7 Clay, silty clay Paddy field






____ plantation23. Tidal flat (recent 6-7 Clay, silty clay Paddy field


____~~~~~~ plantation24. Tidal flat (recent 6-7 Clay, silty clay Paddy field







marine and brackish &water sediment) Orchardl_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ p lan tatio n

3-82


Section E-rKm Geomorphological Characteristic

UnitElevation Material Landuse

(m) 1. Low terrace 8-10 . Silty clay Plantation2. Low terrace 9 Silty clay Paddy field3. Low terrace 7. Silty clay field4. Low terrace 7-9 Silty clay, clay Paddy field5. Low terrace 7-9 Silty clay Paddy field6. Low terrace 6-8 Silty clay Paddy field7. Low terrace 6-7 Clay, silty clay Paddy field8. Flood plain & natural 2-4 Sandy clay, Silt Settlement_____ levee9. Natural levee 2-4 Sand, silt Settlement10. Natural levee 4 Sand, silt Orchard11. Flood Plain 4-5 Silty clay Paddy field

&____ . ___________________ .__________________ O rchard12. Former tidal flat 5 Clay, silty clay Paddy field13. Flood plain 4 Silty clay Orchard &

Paddyfield

14. Tidal flat plain (recent 6-8 clay, silty clay Orchard,marine and brackish Paddywater sediments) field and

vegetablegarden.

3-83

TABLE 3.5-3 (CONT.)

Section E-FKm Geomorphological Characteristic

Unit lElevation | Material T Landuse

I ~~~~~~(m)15. Tidal flat plain (recent 6-8 clay, silty clay Orchard,

marine and brackish Paddywater sediments) field and

vegetablegarden.


vegetablegarden.


vegetablegarden.


vegetablegarden


vegetablegarden.


vegetablegarden.

21. Tidal flat plain 6-8 clay, silty clay Orchard,(recent Paddymarine and field andbrackish vegetablewater sediments) garden.

3-84

TABLE 3.5-3 (CONT.)

Section E-FKm Geomorphological Characteristic

UnitElevation (m) Material Landuse



vegetablegarden.


vegetable__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ g ard en .

25. Tidal fiat plain 6-8 clay, silty clay Orchard,(recent Paddy

marine and field andbrackish vegetablewater sediments) garden.


27. Tidal flat plain 6-8 clay, silty clay Orchard,(recent Paddymarine and field andbrackish vegetable

_ water sediments) Igarden.

3-85

3.6 Mineral Resources

3.6.1 Introduction

Mineral resources around the power plant site and its vicinity (inRatchaburi Province) were studied. The information regarding kinds andquantities of mineral resources was collected and the current situation ofmineral resources and mining activities in the area was investigated. The impactsof the project construction within a 15 kms. radius were determined.

3.6.2 Methodology

1) Secondary data of mineral deposits, current location of miningactivities, mineral varieties were collected from the Department of MineralResources and displayed on map scale 1:250,000.

2) At the plant site and within a 5 kms. radius, the transectionmethod was used for concentrating on current mining activities.


i) Potential of mineral resources in Ratchaburi ProvinceThe mineral deposits in Ratchaburi province which have been

investigated by the Department of Mineral Resources (DMR) are distributed inthe westem part of the province. This part is a mountainous area, which coversAmphoe Suan Phung, Pak Tho, Chom Bung and Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi.

The important industrial minerals in Ratchaburi Province are tin,feldspar, granite (for building construction activity), phosphate, limestone (forcement industry), clay minerals and quartz. A brief description of thesecommodity minerals is presented below. (Table 3.6-1) and their locations areshown on map Figure 3.6-1.

I) LimestoneLimestone is the main mineral produced in Ratchaburi

province. Limestone is quarried for the cement industry, construction materialsand lime purposes at Amphoe Pak Tho and Amphoe Chom Bung. The totalproduction of limestone in 1993 was about 258,000 metric tons.

3-86

TABLE 3.6-1 MINERAL RESOURCES IN RATCHABURI PROVINCE

(1992-1993)

No. Mineral Location Annual Annual Number

(Amphoe) Production Production of Mines

1992 1993(metric ton) (metric ton)

l. Limestone (for Pak Thao 1

cement industry)

61,490 258,008 7

Limestone Chom Bung

(for lime and Pak Thao

sugar industry) Suan Phung

2. Feldspar Suan Phung 56,021 9

3. Granite Suan Phung 1,180 37,567 5

4. Tin Suan Phung 772.3 1,908 8

5. Phosphate Muang 476 284 2

6. Quartz Suan PhunI 470 5

7. Kaoline Muang [ 1

3-87

--.- ~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - ,

/ _ v k-- ^_ ; ~A. Ban XFong

- t ~ A BangPhae

A. Potharam ;

Study Area

s C. RatchaiburiA.Suan Phung _--@, A mdrnSua

.- -. iamoe Saduak

'a 0 .Aper s .A.li\CllEillO (1~~~99 '93)

A Limesonoa

'' . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~V Granailn-~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~

g aolin

a Cb -n l

GURE 3.6-1 MINERAL RESOURCES IN RATCHABURI PROVINCE

x~~~~~~~~ 0

x J.

2) FeldsparFeldspar ;- the m.nor minera! nroduced in this province. It

was produced from porphyritic granite and pegmatite. Most of the deposits are

likely to be small. A feldspar mine is located in Amphoe Suan Phung. The total

production of feldspar was 37,567 metric tons in 1993.

3) Tin

Tin has been the main mineral produced in Thailand for

over 100 years. Most is for export and has brought high income to the country.

However in 1985 more than 50% of tin mines were closed. Tin deposits arefound in granitic rocks or their adjacent wall rocks in the form of veinlets andpegmatites. Tin mines are located in Ampho Suan Phung and their total

production was 284 metric tons in 1993.

4) PhosphatePhosphate deposits in Ratchaburi are guano type, found in

Khao Phak Mah, Amnphoe Muang. It looks like laterite on the surface oflimestone hills. Phosphate contains about 20% of P2 05 with a few thousand

tons of reserves. The total production in 1993 was about 470 metric tons.

5) Granite

Granite is quarried for building construction . Quai-ries arelocated in Amphoe Suan Phung . The total production of granite in 1993 was

about 1,900 metric tons.

ii) Potential of Mineral deposits in-the study area.The study area is situated on the flat plain of tidal flat plain and

flood plain. The potential of commodity mineral deposits in this area is quite

small. Clay mineral is the only major mineral produced in this area. Ratchaburi

local pottery manufacturers have used these clay minerals in this area for over

100 years. Clay mineral deposits are of sedimentary origin. They are

predominantly flood plain deposits. The clay deposits are located on the floodplain of the right bank (looking downstream) of Mae Khlong river at Ban Lum

Din, about 10 kilometers from the study area in the west. The deposits are

generally blanket deposits of varying depths. The clay is fine to very fine

grained with various colors: creamy, gray, black and yellow. The clay mineral

production serves only local pottery manufacturers.At the study area, clay mineral deposits are mainly of tidal flat

sedimentary origin. Clay minerals of this area have a high content of iron and

therefore are unsuitable for the pottery manufacturers

3-89

There are no commercial mineral resources at the plant site orwithin a 5 km. radius.

The potential of mineral resources in the study area is quite low.Clay mineral is the only major mineral deposit produced in this area. However,these clay iniiiiiais are quite low quality and ai-e nOi Suitable for the potteiymanufacturers.

There is no evidence to indicate the presence of mineral deposits atthe plant site. Thus, whether the project is constructed or not is irrelevant fromthe perspective of the site value's as a source of minerals. It is due to this factthat this area is classified as paddy field.

3-90

3.7 Air Resources

3.7.1 Introduction

Existing Air Quality

Existing air quality data can be compared to air quality standardsto assess whether the existing air qualitv level is safe and has no harmful effectson humans and the environment. The data can also indicate the pollutioncarrying capacity of the existing air environment and serve as baseline airquality data against which any future change in air quality due to the proposed

project can be compared .

Meteorology

The study of movement in the atmosphere and the transporting ofparticulate and molecular material are important in evaluating the effect ofatmospheric pollution. Atmospheric residence time for pollutants depends ontypes of pollutants (gaseous or particulate), their physical properties (weight.size, chemical properties. etc.), and to a considerable extent. on the atmosphereitself (calm, windy, turbulent. etc.) Some atmospheric motions determine theextent to which the pollutants will be diluted, and dictate the paths followed by

airborne pollution.

3.7.2 Objectives

The objectives of this section are as follows.

(1) To determine the existing baseline ambient air qualitv in theRPPP (Ratchaburi Power Plant Project) project area from selected fieldsampling locations .

(2) To provide a body of data about climatological conditions ofthe area as well as the specific meteorological data needed for modelling the

dispersion of air pollutants emitted from the RPP project.

3.7.3 Methodology

Existing Air Quality

Due to the lack of onsite existing ambient air qualitv data, a fieldstudy program was carried out to fulfil the need.

3-91

I) Monitoring Locations

In general the number and location of sites wherebackground air pollution levels should be monitored depend on the variety ofhomogeneous areas within the overall study area. Homogeneous areas can beselected on the basis of land use patterns (i.e., urban areas, industrial areas etc.).common meteorological regimes (i.e., prevailing wind directions. effects oftopography etc.), and sensitive receptor areas (i.e., schools, hospitals. residentialareas etc.). Ideally, samples should be taken within each different homogeneoussection. However, if budget, manpower and/or equipment limitations restrictthe number of sampling sites, the sites to be air monitored should be selected ona priority basis. It has to be ensured that each sampling site meets the additionalcriteria of (1) area wide "representative exposure. (2) accessibilityv forpersonnel, (3) availability of electrical facilities, and (4) provision of somedegree of equipment security.

The procedure for site selection is to(1) Locate the project area on a topographical map.(2) Identify probable homogeneous meteorological regimes

based on unifonnity of topography.(3) Divide each meteorological regime into areas of

homogeneous land use.

(4) Identify, within each homogeneous land use. sites wheremaximum background concentration is expected.

(5) Identify the sites where high air pollution concentrationsare expected at sensitive receptors.

It is found that, within the study area a homogeneousmeteorological regime is assumed to prevail, because ground surface features donot affect the wind flow field. Besides, the patterns of land use are quite limitedand can be classified into the following homogeneous areas:

1) rural areas which are the prevailing land use pattem,2) suburban areas which are scarce and mostly located

along a few main roadways in the area,

3) pig farm lands which prevail in quasi-suburban areaslocated along two sides of the main road in the north of the proposed plant site.

With the above considerations and priorities in mind, four

air quality sampling sites were carefully selected (Figure 3.7-1). Briefdescriptions of each sampling site are presented below.

3-92

; ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~oW :

+ 1@SS~~~~~~~~~~~.'. -;' i -- - / j -- - . ¢ - - -

X '' * X =- XS X 0 Si. o w - ---- - WSL@ sH;?o -0_

<51To' w- ' - i -}.-oj ........---- =- - JI

A~ ~~~~~~~ ~ ~~ ~~~~~~~ -59 t -i - -- -; - .0 . .g . . .

]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .. w 00 -j--::4. a .....] 5: s .. l ' s f i120 E A"' t E- E SABUNG SIAEONS~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ o T

1 t FIGURI:3.7 AR0Ds/~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~K .- LING STATION'~~~~~~~~~~~~

) ,, to _ ,, ej! , .=, ,> _ vs,@o_ .................................................. .:'.ig: --r ............................................................................. tA -̂ -rAfn...i-...;;....-.,....... ..

Samplina Site I: "Ban Bano-Krado"This is a relatively large community located approximately

7.4 km. in the north-northeast direction (16 degrees) of the proposed plant site.It represents quasi-suburban communities situated along the two sides of thearea's main road. Large and small pig farms are widespread in the area.

Sampling equipment was set up at the local health centerwhich is located near Wat-Bang-Krado School.

Sampling Site 2: "Ban Chao-Nua"A rural residential area situated approximately 2.6 km east

(80 degrees) of the proposed plant site. This site is expected to have a strong airquality impact since it is located quite close to the site and in the prevailingwind direction (based on Kanchanaburi meteorological data).

Sampling equipment was set up at the local health centerwhich is situated near Wat Chao-Nua and the local school.

Sampling Site 3 : "Ban Don Mot-Tanoi"The site is a rural community located approximately 6.5 krm

in the east side (100 degrees) of the proposed plant site

Sampling equipment, was set up at Don Mot-TanoiCatholic School which was considered to be a sensitive receptor in theprevailing wind direction.

Samplina Site 4: "Ban Klong-Kae"

This sampling site outlying a suburban area located about7.1 km to the south-west (235 degrees) of the proposed plant site. There are afew middle-class residential areas including a big army residential camp in thevicinity.

Sampling train was set up at the local health center.

2) Concerned Pollutants

Stack emissions from a power plant are the result of burningcombustion fuel. Normally, air pollutants generated from fuel burning fall into

three categories as follows:

(1) Carbon and unburned, partially oxidized organic

materials that result from incomplete combustion.

3-94

(2) Sulfur oxides and ash directly attributable to fuel

composition. Most of the sulfur present in fuel is converted to sulfur dioxide

(SO2 ) on combustion.(3) Oxides of nitrogen formed at high temperature from

oxy e and x i j 10 _CA A A;UP eAAA ++ ; _As_- JAs.A< Finr S *n 'A IT_C.C_Cu,A,y,;... aIIU lssuLl U~.... 1.1J LII.. CLLI. vI Ji'...-'.- "'. JI,MV.J. I . I (U - -'fl

nitrogen oxide (NO) with lesser amounts of nitrogen dioxide (NO,) and only

traces of other oxides. However, NO continues to oxidize to NO, in the air at

ordinary temperature.

The amount of emissions depends on contents of fuel.equipment design, and operation. Emission factors for natural gas and fuel oil

power plant are given in table 3.7-1.

Based on the foregoing statement, three air pollutants were

selected for this study, namely oxides of nitrogen (as NO2). sulfur oxides (as

SO2), and total suspended particulates (TSP).

TABLE 3.7-1EMISSION FACTORS FOR NATURAL GAS

AND OIL FIRED POWER PLANTS

Type of FuelPollutant Naural gas Fuel oil

(lb/b0 sef) (Ib/ I03 gal)Aldehyde (HCHO) 0.5Carbon Monoxide (CO) N(l) 0o04Hydrocarbons (HCs) N 3.2Oxide of Nitrogen (as N02) 390 104Oxide of Sulfur (as S02) 0.4 159 * S(2)Other Organics 3 NParticulates 15 10

3) Sampling ScheduleIt is clear that continuous monitoring for one year assures

that samples are taken during all seasons of the year, on all days and during al

hours. Such sampling would provide the best data describing the tempora

distribution (which is as important as spatial distribution) of pollutan

concentrations. However, the high cost of maintaining and operating such

station, as well as long lag time between the initiation of the survey and ther.I_ A_I A~ Ile sA1 +U~; 1 S 1

1111l results Mc-UN, uus unrasoavicul.

Therefore most surveys must compromise the bes

available methodology by using a sampling schedule designed to include onl'periods which are considered sufficient to represent the real situation.

3-95

Based on the above mentioned conditions. an eight-monthsampling program was initiated in January 1994. The program consists ofmonthly sample collection of the three primarv pollutants of interest at each ofthe four selected monitoring sites. During each monthlv sampling mission 14-hintegrated samples of TSP. SO, and NO, were collected daily for twoconsecutive davs. For NO, I -h average samples were also taken during peakperiods (07.00-10.00 AM and 15.00-18.00 PM) of the days.

4) Air Sampling and Analytical M8ethodsSamples collection for all concemed pollutants were

performed by standard or accepted methods of the Pollution Control Department(PCD). Details of each task are in table 3.7-2. To ensure accurate results thefollowing measures were emphasized:

(i) Sampling devices were calibrated before being used foreach sampling survey by reference methods.

(ii) A field calibration kit for high-volume sampler andextra calibrated impinger sampling trains were available during the samplingperiods.

(iii) The sampling surveys and analyses were conductedstrictly following the reference methods by qualified and experienced staff.

TABLE 3.7-2SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR MONITORING

AIR POLLUTANTS

Pollutants Sampling and Analytical Method SamplingPeriod

NO2 Impinger Sampler, Colorimetry 1 -h and(Sodium Arsenite Method)(1) 24 -h

SO2 Impinger Sampler, Colorimetry 24 -h

(Pararosaniline Method)(2 )

TPS High Volume Sampler, Gravimetry (2) 24 -h

Note: (1) The method is acceptable for field study by thePollution Control Department (PCD).

(2) The method is the reference method of (PCD).

3-96

5) Ambient Air Quality Standards

Table 3.7-3 lists the National Ambient Air Qualitv Standards(NAAQS) for the three pollutants as promulgated bv the Office of National

Environmental Board in 1981. It is noted that these are primary standards, the

attainment Or whiich are consLidcred necessar-, lur the mineacofpbi

health.

TABLE 3.7-3

THE NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARD FOR THE

PRIMARY CONCERNED POLLUTANTS

Pollutants 1-h average 24-h average Annual averagevalue (mg/m3) value (mg/m3) (mg/m3)

NO, 0.32

SO,0 0.3 I 1)

TSP 0.33 0.l('

Note: (I) = Geometric Mean Value

Source: ONEB. "Environmental Quality Standards". July 1985

Meteorological Conditionsi) Regional Climatology

In describing the climate of the region where the proposed

RPP project will be located, data at four meteorological stations namely:

Kanchanaburi, Bangkok Metropolis, Don-Muang, and Hau-Hin were used. The

location and the direct distances from these stations to the proposed project site

are shown in Table 3.7-4.

TABLE 3.7 - 4

LOCATIONS OF THE METEOROLOGICAL STATIONS IN THE REGION

Location Direct Distrance (Krn)( 1)

No. Station Latitude Longitude from Project Site

I Kanchanabunr 14 01 N 99-32 E 62

2 Bangkok Metropotis 1344N 100"34 E 88

3 Don-Muang 13 55 N 100 36'E 96

4 Hau-Hin 12 35N 99 57E 112

3-97

Climatological data for a 30 - year period (1951 to 1985)recorded at these stations Nvere used in describing the general climate of thestudv area. The following climatological parameters are presented : monthlyand annual means and extremes of wind speed, wind direction. cloud cover,temperature. precipitation. relative humidity, pressure, dew point. visibility, andsevere weather.

2) Meteorological Data for Air Qualitv ModellingIn practice , meteorological data to be used for modelling

study should be obtained from the nearest meteorological station. in this caseKanchanaburi. However, the data at the station have been recorded on a 3-hourly basis; therefore, it is not suitable for the modelling study which requireshigh fidelity results. Hence, the more complete data recorded hourly at theBangkok Metropolis station. which is the second nearest station to the projectsite. were used.

These meteorological data consisted of readings of windspeed, wind direction, cloud cover. and temperature taken hourly for the vear

193.A total of365 tips ofdata= with 24 readings per dav, or 8760 individualobservations were obtained for the concerned parameters. The data were thenused as input to METPRO which is a meteorological model (K.Kriengkrai-Udom. ONEB 1988). The results obtained from METPRO computation were:stabilitv class, stability wind rose, wind rose, and joint frequiency distribution ofmeteorological conditions.

In addition to the aforementioned meteorological data thedispersion model requires information on the mixing height. The variabledetermines the altitude to which pollutants can rise before being reflected backtoward earth. Mixing height can be determined by Holzworth's method(Holzworth, 1964) using surface temperature and upper air temperature atvarious heights above ground (radiosound data). Since mixing height data inthis region is available only at Don-Muang station the data from this stationwere used for the modelling study.

3.7.4 Existing Environmental Conditions

Air QualityFinding of the 8-month air sampling and analysis missions

(Januarv to August 1994) are presented in Table 3.7-5 to 3.7-8. The air qualitymeasurements at each sampling station are discussed as follows:

3-98

I) Sampling Site-I "Ban Bang-Krado"

Sulfur dioxide (SO2 ) at the sampling site during Januarv toAugust ranged from trace to 14.1 ug/m3. The highest observed value of the 2aswas only 4.1% of the 24-h average Thai Ambient Air Qualitv Standard

(TAAQS) for TSP.

Total suspended particulates (TSP) concentrations ranged

from 50.9 to 249.2 ugim3. They were approximately 15.4 to 75.5 percent of the

24-h average TAAQS (330 ug/m3 )

Daily maximum observed 1-h average concentrations ofNO, ranged from trace to 18.2 ug/m3. The highest value was only 5.7 percent

of the TAAQS (320 ug/m3 ).

These results indicate that the background concentrationsof SO and NO, were very low. In case of TSP, the background concentrationwas rather high in January which is winter time (dry season).

2) Sampling Site-2 "Ban Chao-Nua"Levels of the 24-h average S02 concentrations were in the

range of trace to 14.3 ug/m3. The maximum observed concentration was

approximatelv 4.8 percent of the TAAQS only.

The levels of TPS found in the area were in the range of84.6 to 693.5 ug/m3. They were approximately 25.6 to 210.2 percent of the

24-h average TAAQS for TSP.

Daily maximum 1-h average NO- concentrations rangedfrom trace to 21.2 ug/m3 . The highest value was about 6.6 percent of the

TAAQS.

Except for the abnormally high concentrations of

particulates recorded in August while the local road construction activities were

very close to the sampling site, the same conclusion could be made for

background concentrations of the concerned pollutants. However, it was

noticeable that the pollutant levels, particularly TSP, were higher than those at

Sampling Site 1. This was, as was explained earlier, due to the effect of the local

road construction activities which move around from place to place within the

study area.

3) Snmnlincr.Vto- ' "Ran Don.Ao-T.o

Background SO2 concentrations ranged from trace to 15.0

ug/m3 . The maximum value was approximately 5.0 percent of the 24-h average

NAAQS for the gas.

3-99

TABLE 3.7 - 5IRESULTS OF AIR QUALITY MEASUREMENT AT SAMPLIN(G SITE - I

"BAN BANG-KRADO", (UNIT IN MICROGRAMS/CUJBIC METER)

Dale of Collection S02 I SI' N02 N02 I -h avg.

24-1b 24-li 24-li (07.00 to 01.00() to (9.00 to 15.00 to 16.00 lo 17.00 to

avg. avg. avg 08.(0. 09.00. 1).0)0. 16.00. 17.00. 18.

Mission No. 1

21/1/37 Trace 249.2 10.2 13.8 15.6 12.1 18 1 14.1 t)'.9

22/1/37 10.6 231.9 12 12.4 16 14.1 10.7 12.5 11.5

Mission No.2

26/2137 14.1 167.3 15.1 13.6 IS 12.2 16.6 14.1 12.1

27/2/37 12.2 167.3 152 10.7 I 1 12.5 14.3 15A4 13.1

Mission No.3

16/3/37 rrace 138.1 12.8 15.1 12.7 14A1 12.4 18.I 11.1

17/3/37 1(0.2 110.7 14.1 12.1 16.3 17 13.5 16 15.I

Nlission No. 4

14/4/37 10.3 133.9 raiice I().3 14 12.1 Trace 12 1 13.3

15/5/37 13.1 147.1 12.1 12.4 12.3 15 13.1 15.7 16.2

Mission No. 5

14/5/37 12.1 75.9 10.3 10.5 12.7 13.1 12.1 11.6 14.9

15I5/37 Irace 69.9 Ilacc I ace 12.2 11.7 13.4 12.7 11

Mission No. 6

23/6/37 11 60.7 14.1 14.1 IS 12.9 16.1 14.7 1X.2

24/6/37 Irace 75.9 12A1 10.2 15.1 13.7 11.5 12.3 IS

Mission No. 7 H).1 58.6 I I I 14.1 12 7 12.1 15.3 10.7

8/7137 1(0.2 50.9 1(.8 1().1 12.6 12.7 11.9 1(.9 13.1

9/7/37

Mission No. 8

16/8/37 10.4 65.2 12.2 13.3 14.1 10.7 14.2 I51 12.1

17/8/37 Itace 61.7 14 12.8 16.1 15.2 14.3 12.5 14

TABLE 3.7 - 6

RESULTS OF AIR QUJALITY MEASUREMENT AT SAMPLING SITE -2

"BAN CIIAO-NUA", (UNIr IN MICROGRAMS/CUBIC METER)

I )ol ol (iillcjtion S()2 I SI' N02 N02 I -h avg.

24-li 24

-li 24-ii 07.00 to, 08.01 to 09.00 to 15.00 to 16.00 to 17.00 to

iavg, ivg. avg. OX 00. 09.00. 10.00. 16.00. 17.00. 18.00.

Nlkssion No I

2I'1:.17 11.1 282.2 12 1 12.2 11. 101.7 1.1 11.6 14

22/1/137 132 298.9 II 7 12.9 16 15.1 14.1 15.6 12.2

Mission Nii.2

26/2'37 Irace 143.3 13.l 14 I 13.7 15.4 16.9 18.5 15.2

27,2/37 12 4 148 5 101.7 12.1 14.5 IN.A 16.2 10.7 18.2

N I si-io No.3

16/3/37 13.1 182.1 10.7 12.1 1(.9 12.6 13.2 10 8 15 7

17/31/37 14.3 179.1 11.5 1(.9 12.7 14.7 15.1 14.1 19.7

Nfis-ioi No. 4

14,.4/37 10.5 1(11.1 1I.2 16.4 19.2 18.6 20.1 21.2 - 17.6

IS.'5.':17 12 3 142.7 15.3 Is t 142 13.9 12.7 14.3 15.1

Mfission No. 5 o3

14.5/37 I 84.6 17.4 163 IX I 20.1 15.1 20.6 17.2

1 5,5.1537 13.5 115.5 16.1 1-1.3 I '9 17.5 15 19.1 18.7

Nliss-io No 6

23,6/37 10.2 129 2 1().1 11.1 12.2 Trace 14.2 13.7 14.3

241.617 1race 132.8 Truwe 1(M1l 12.1 1(0.3 TIrace 12.7 10.2

Nfission No. 7

8,7/37 12 6 56.7 14.1 12 4 16.5 15.A 14.6 1X.2 18.4

(97/37 1. 6'9).5- 1 3.6 I J I 12.9 1 6 13.2 16 9 18

Nlissiooi No. X

16'98/37 13 2 125 11 6 l(.9 1 2 12 11.2 14.7 10.7

17:X.37 11.3 129.2 1(.1 1('.9 13.7 14.1 1(.9 12.4 14

Nole * [I hcli ii-es a;,C abliommailkI lligi iIi du to duls cinitilcd 1i om the oear road consrniction aclivities.

T ABLE 3.7 - 7

ItESULTS OF AIR QUAlrITY MEASIUREMENT AT SAMI'LING SITE - 3

"BAN DON MOT - TANOI", (UNIT IN MICROGRAMS/CUBIC METER).

I)ale ol[Collection S02 'ISI' N02 N02 I -11 avg.

241-1h 24-b 21-h 0711 (0 081)0 lo ((0 In 5.00(I (l o8()I) In 17 I) I

avg. avg£ avg o08.oo. 0 (09. (0() (6.00. 17.00. I & X

Mission No. 1

21/1/37 Trace 174.4 l(.6 10.7 14 12.1 11.4 12.6 12.6

22/1/37 Irace 158.4 T(ace 13.1 15.1 Trace Tr;ace 10.7 12

Missioni No.2

26/2/37 TIrace 86.1 ( I(J.8 12.2 11.7 13.4 15.2 14

27/2/37 01()1 84.2 ( 1 11.7 M(1.9 15.2 14 11.7 17.2

Mission No.3

16/3/37 12 98.) 15.3 (4 1 16.1 12.2 (5.6 8-.5 20)2

17/3/37 [lace 92.6 13.7 I I 13.4 (6 1(4 5 I.1 (16.I

Missioni No. 4

14/4/37 Irlace 72.4 (0 (ilrace 13.9 12.1 12 2 14.3 1. 5

15/5/37 Trace 73.2 14.3 12.9 13.1 14.- 13.2 15.1 14.9

Missiorn No. 514/5/37 11.4 54.4 1 (9.4 15.9 19.2 20.6 22.4 (8.2 20.2

15/5/37 Iralce 72.2 13.3 11.5 1.3.9 15.5 16 12.7 15.2

Missiofn No. 623/6/37 Irace 51) 12 1 13.1 14.3 1(.6, 14.8 12.7 1(6

241/6/37 Trice 56 7 1I 2 lrace 12.2 1(3.7 12.7 1. 1 11.2

Mission No. 7

8/7/37 1((.7 51.5 12.4 1 3 19 (9 14.3 (2 14.9 1 1 9

9/7/37 15 39.5 1(1.2 trace 13.7 12.8 1((.2 14.4 13.7

Mission No. 8(6/8/37 (1.5 64.3 14. 1 13.7 14.2 17.1 15 1(.5 12.4

17/8/37 I((.6 72.8 13.1 12. (_5. 1 1(49 13.( 66 12 1

TABLE 3.7 - 8

RESULT,S OF AIR QUALITY MEASUREMENT AT SAMPLING SITE - 4

"BAN KLONG-KAE", (UNIT IN MICROGRAMS/CUBIE METER)

i)atc o(ColIctcion S(02 'I'SI N02 N()2 I -h iVg

24-h 241-i 241-li 07.00 tlo 01 00 to 09 Ol to 15.)O to 16.00 to 17.(0) to

avg. ag. Ilvg (98.0. 119.111. 1().((. 16,00. I7(1(1. 0 1.0.

Mission No I2 I/1/37 1(o.1 221 ( 12 14 I1 1.1. 3 II I 12.2 13 5

22/1/37 12.3 18 I12 12.6 12 I 16.I 14.1 13.3 14 1 f 1

Mission No 2

26/21'.I7 1(.7 ')7,') 13.1 15 12.1 1.1 5 15 12.1 16.1

27/2/137 15.2 109,7 12.1 1)6 12 9 11.7 II I .13.5 16.5

Mission No 1

16/1/17 U117 125.1 1.13 12.' 191 16 1.5 16.1 18X9

17/1/37 'I rac 1(02 7 12 I 137 12 15.3 161 14 6 1I.9

Mission No lIH/4/37 hate 8()) 127 131 151 16 I I1 5 i)9 15.7

1 /5/37 12.1 11314 116 l', I 12 5 15 15 1(3 1 12.6

Mission No. s

1.1//37 1).1 7135 12.') 1 2 7 15 14.3 15.6 16

I Vs/37 12) XII I5'J 1 1.') 17 16.4 1(4.3 iX 15.6

NMissioni No 6

23/ 1/37 [Iice 56.1 I 1( I3 2 10 7 Irate 12.3 14.1 16

2-1/6/137 12 2 (6 7 Ttate Irtc 13 12 1 111.3 11.6 10).9

Nlssioti No 7

8/7/37 aC i 11 111 10 7 II,, 1.11 13 3 105 15.2

()/7/;7 11 7 .181 IS 3 IfI ) I.1.3 13 .3 11 1' 2 1 1

N1issioii No x

I0./8/37 13 , 8 XS 1) 7 12 IW ) 13 1 I II 1( 7 I1

12,/X/17 12 1 717 11 7 H.) II I 12.2 11.3 13.'9 14

TSP concentrations ranged from 39.5 tol74.4ug/m 3 . Themaximum observed concentration was 52.8 percent of the 21-h average

NAAQS.Daily maximum 1-h average concentrations of NO, ranged

from trace to 22.4 ug/m3. The highest concentration was equal to 7.0 percent ofthe NAAQS.

It can be concluded that background concentrations of theconcerned pollutants at this residential area were well below the ambient airquality standards. The concentrations of TSP at this station were considerablvlower than those measured at Sampling Site I and Site 2.

4) Sampling Site-4 "Ban Klong Kae"Concentrations of the 24-h average SO, monitored at this

sampling site ranged from trace to 15.2 ug/m3. The maximum concentrationwas approximately 5.1 percent of the TAAQS.

Levels of the 24-h average TSP concentration were in therange of 41.3 to 221.6 ug/m3. The maximum observed concentration wasapproximately 67.2 percent of the TAAQS.

Daily maximum 1-h average concentrations of NO2 rangedfrom trace to 19.1 ug/m3. the highest concentration was about 6.0 percent of theNAAQS.

The findings indicated that the observed backgroundconcentrations of the concerned pollutants were quite low.

Meteorological Conditions

i) Regional Climatology

Located in the Central region of the country the project area

has a tropical savanna climate with rather uniforrn temperature and highhumidity. The climate pattern is the result of the southwest monsoon in the rainy

season and the northeast monsoon in the winter season. These two monsoons

have a stong influence over climate conditions in the region.The southwest monsoon usually begins in the first week of

June having mainly southwestery wind from the lower Gulf of Thailand. The

sky is cloudy and often accompanied by rain and thunderstorms . The lowerpressure zone then moves north and covers the whole region. Wind direction ismainly southwest having light to strong wind speed. During this season storms

3-104

can occur suddenlv. rains are usually heavv. The southwest monsoon lasts until

the end of September. During the rainy season there may be tropical storms and

depressions from the South China Sea bringing in heavv storms and occasionallv

rains . Around the second week of October the wind direction becomes variable

and is accompanied bv sudden storms for 3-5 days. Thereafter. the northwest

monsoon becomes dominant. The northwest monsoon season begins around

November and lasts until Feburarv. It is cooler and less humid due to a high

pressure zone in China and Siberia with the pressure center moving eastwards.

A pressure gradient results in the south of China and causes winds for Thailand

from the north northeast and east. The sky is usually cloudless.From February until May, a southerly wind will bring water

vapor and hot air from the equator to Thailand resulting in salty and hot weather.

Extreme weather conditions experienced in this region areheavy rains and thunderstorms which occur frequentlv in April to October.

Occasionally there are tropical storms and depressions from the South China

Sea.

Climatological data for a 30-vear period recorded at the four

selected weather stations are used to describe the general climate of the area

(Table 3.7-9 to 3.7-12 and Figure 3.7-2 to 3.7-5). Based on the information in

these tables and the figures. conclusions for some of the primary parameters of

interest are made as follows.

(1) Wind:

The wind direction is either predominant from south or

southwest or north at Don-Muang, from south or southwest or northeast at

Bangkok Metropolis, from west or northeast at Karnchanaburi and from

southwest or north at Hau-Hin. It is noted that the wind directions recorded at the

inland station of Karnchanaburi differ from the other three coastal and subcoastal

stations. The difference occurs during the months of Feburary to October when

winds are from the west instead of the south and the southwest.

The mean wind speeds are as follows: Don-Muang (4.0 to

6.7 knots), Bangkok Metropolis (2.3 to 5.0 knots), Hau-Hin (2.5 to 2.5 knots),

and Kanchanaburi (1.7 to 3.5 knots).

(2) Rainfall:

The rains are more frequent and voluminous during May toOctober. Comparatively, the mean rainfall is greatest at Bangkok (1477.0 mm.),

then Don-Muang (1304.1 mm), Karnchanaburi (1088.6 mm.), and Hau-Hin

(1002.4 mm.) respectively. The month of heaviest rainfall is September.

3-105

TABLE 3.7-9 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA 1956 - 1985SOation Don Muana Elevation of station above MSL 4 meters

Index station 48456 Height of barometer above MSL 12 meters

Latitudes 13 55 Height of thermometer above ground 8.75 meters

Longitudes 100 36 Height of wind vane above ground 500 meters

Height of raingauge 22.50 meters

| In Feb Mar| Apr Mlar Jun| Jul Aug Sep | ct| Nov Dec Year

Prcssurc -1000 9r 900 abs

Mean 1272 11.2 1015 963 71: 6562 6.73 675 7'8 10iS 11.94 1292 939

E.xt-Max 23.71 21.33 2167 1X6 142 132 15.9 138S 14- I2S 21 22 3.71

Ext.\in. 44 2.37 24 0 19 66 98.3 9S 6 99 7 99 203 4 7 7 )8 3

Mean dailv range 4 97 i 02 i 03 4 91 4J5 3 83 3.73 3 94 44i 445 5 43 .6: 4 48

Temiperature (o(')

Mean 26 27.5 29 29.9 29 4 23.9 29 5 :23 23 28 272 25 5 -3

Mess Max 31 7 329 34.2 35. 1 343 33.2 32.7 324 319 3t5 31 307 326

Mean Min. 20.2 22 3 24 25.2 25 3 253 25 25 24 24 23 5 209 23 9

Ext. Max 36 6 37 4 40 39 9 40 . 3S 1 36.9 36 4 369 35 3 3.5 4S 40 8

Ext lMin 116 16 16.x 19.6 20 21.2 21.9 20.3 21: 206 15 1' 10

Relative Humiditv 10.o!

Mean 69 7 73 4 73 . 74.3 76.7 76.2 772 76.2 79 9 762 75 1 71 75 I

Mcan Max 39 6 92.3 91 9 91 4 91 3 90 905 91.2 9I 9 ?I 3 89.2 9 6 90 S

Mean Min. 47 F0 1 49 8 32.2 56.7 9S 2 59 7 61.3 63 4 6.2 65 91 4 ;59

Ext Mis 20 20 25 25 30 30 3S 40 49 23 25 25 20

Dew Point loCt

Mes I 9 21 4 :2.1 23.9 24.1 23 6 235 23 923, 23. *IS 94 22.5

Evaporation mm.

Mcmn * Pin No Consesration

Cloudiness e/-101

Meanw SI 56 ;.9 68 79 .5 S 7 99 y_ 7 5 .

Sunshine DurAtion (hr)

Mean No Conservation

Visibilitv (lkv)

07700L.ST S1 4.6 5 9 5 11.3 11.9 11.8 11.6 121 12 114 S7 96

Mesn 9.7 91 93 10.9 133 136 13.5 13.6 13.3 13.7 104 12.5 11.9

Wind (knots)

Prevailing wind E S S S S S SW SW SW N N N -

Mean wind speed 4 1 9 8 6.7 6.6 5.9 5 7 5.6 5.5 4 6 4 2 4 2 4

Max. wind speed 35 E. 33 E 85 NE 65 SE 50SE | 55W 60 SSW,

ESE WSW. "NW XW 53 WSW 60 SW 60 E. 45 ESE 24 ENE 85 NE

Rainfall (mm.)

Mean 7.7 197 26.7 63.i 155.3 1403 149.2 206.4 284.8 197.6 36.1 74.8 13041

Meanrainvdavn 1.1 2 2.3 6.2 14.1 14.3 16.5 19 20.3 14.9 3.5 1.4 118

Greatestin24Kr 34.3 48.4 5S.1 106.2 78.6 67 81.8 1173 144 | 132.9 538 48.8 148.4

Pay/Year 26t85 18/61 21/84 26/61 4/64 2/70 3/60 23/62 6i72 1/57 9/83 13/70 6/72

Number o1 days with

Haze 197 16.7 18 6 11.5 2.2 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.6 1.4 2.9 10.6 86

Fog 5.3 3 4 0.9 0.2 0.1 0.1 0 0 0 0.3 0.3 1.7 12.3

Hail 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0Thunderstorm 0.2 1.1 2.4 8.2 14.1 9.4 10.5 9.9 12.3 10.8 2.3 0.3 81.3

Squall 0 0 0 0.2 0 0 0.9 0 0 0 0 0 0.2

Remark

3-106

TABLE 3.7-10) CLItMATOLO-GICAL DATA FOR THE PERIOD 1956 - 1985station Bangkok metropolis Elevation of station above MSL 2 meters

indsx station 48455 Height of barometer above MSL 20 meters

Latitudes 13 44' Height cof thermometer above ground 1.25 meters

Longitudes 100 34' Height of wind vane above ground 33 10 meters


[~~515 T'T77 1T7~~~~~i- - A - E MIcin 124V li,99 9 96 S4 xi

53 6 46 6 I 13

Eu( Nbs., 265 2 '96 :",9- V -4 14,6 i3 1334 135 413 i.: 2,19 1ExiXIc 4-1 22 :2c 9 966 09 4 95 6 39 99 36 Q9x 2 46 3x-

Nle.ieidailv.ii,ee ~491I 49X 49 9 4 46 Se 3, 19)3 439 4 4 4~ 4 ; 4 4

Temlperatur-e''.'

Nl-s 26 22 26 296 29 2e 29 29 2 > 26 2

\1.e'lx 31 9 .32 3 39 34 9 142 BI 3.6 32 4 3 1 31 31 4 ~Nie,aiNlai ~~~~ ~~236 2! 21 :9 256 23 2i 4 4 :r 2 9

ExT MI,3 1i 6 6 3991 Iin 1) 3 31 1 36 3 6 53 B! B 4i)Ext MU, 115 49 16 5 193 21 1 22 1 26 142

Relaim urusr

N!e.uiNlcx '3i1~~~~906 92.2 916t 9iB 92.2 65 919'I 932 948 34 3 9 23 9 31

MIanI, 46 6 53 4 352 B 60,1 62 3 635 9 i 5 9 2 5Era Mum 2 V 23 29 3''o 4 I V 49 36 36 31

IDew Pomni roC.

Nl-1 19 6 22 3 6 24 2 24 3 9 23 9 24 2 23 2 19 2

M-I ,aI.'e 35 9 141 1 192I 19- 1V 4 1l5( 143 14 I 130 4 2> 1259 13313 1 9mB

Nci 19-1 6992 N9 99 ' 2 6 59 -

Su,nshine D imru.,, im

Men, -6 6 232 5 2' 2-56 222.4 I 9S 16.9 1594 J 1526 20 426 266 1 264 9

Vnmbiiitv kld

07-MulL.S.T 5.2 4.9 5 9 75 6 X 54 91 9 91

Mean ~~~ ~~~ ~~~9 6 9 2 9 4 1. 11 9 12.1 11 9 11.6 8 6 114 IV 112 13I

Wind, iknou

Preeciling wind NE s S S s SW SW SW SW Y-E \E NE -

Nleainvwnds~p-d 2.6 4! S 4 6 39Z 39x 3.5i 36 2 3 2.3 24 Ma,x wind speed 31 71\E 32- N' 46 EYE 52 E. 41 SSW 41 W 41 E.Y,E 43 E 44 SSW 4fi N-c 32 SE. 31 SE. 52 EESE

ESE A7EW. S ESE NNE

Rainfall 1im.I

Mfean 9.3 29 1 26 2 66.4 189 9 156.1 158 7 204.6 339.4 239 3 49.3 92 14227MemnrmiY davn 1.3 2.9 3 6 4 15 7 16.7 Is I 20 6 21 5 V- 99 I 3 13094Greatre inu4 hr. 39.3 73 98.4 1992, 124.2 167 3 108.6 97 8 133 7 123.2 31.2 32 167.3Day, Year 31/61 11164 30/82 29/57 15166 13179 28/76 26/71 23/68 5!60 2169 8/22 13/79

N'umber of dan, wiuh

Haze 19 1 is59 16.3 9 3 2.9 1.3 08 (18 I 22z 6 3 ItS 82lFog 3 3 1.2 9 4 9 0 1 9 01 0 f9 CI 03 02 6

Hadl 0 9 0 0~ 1) 0i 1

Thundentonn 031081241 XI I 138 97 100I13j4j 3 7 94_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I I LL J 0 J n 00 j J

3-107

TABLE 3.7-11 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FOR THE PERIOD 1956 - 19855tation Kanchanaburi Elevation of station above MSL 28 meters

Inoex station 48456 Height of barometer above MSL 29 meters

Latitudes 14 01 Height of thermometer above ground 1.25 meters

Longitudes 99 32 Height of wind vane above ground I5.00 meters


_ | x.ut Feb -MIr Apr MlJ- usr )111 -XA-s Sp ci No, Dcc Year

Precssure -ui 11 9io S6x6ali s

Mean 13116 11 13 993 49 -2 635 639 639 -9 136 12t46 1341 955

Exi \1d\ 21. 3 221S 225; 2513 I 5txI I;-6 112S IJ38 103 1f6s II 49 236 243x

Ext Mal I 33 1 t 19 1f6: ?9 46 99 3- 9x 2 9 '39 x 995 5I 5; J 9 4 (52 9t 974

Mexe dalka raie ; 23 ; 62 5 9 4tt 3 9 3 3 92 4 6 4 69 4 63 J -b; 5 2

Temnperature tooC

te-l 254 28 30.2 31.3 29 9 2YIx 28 3 23 1 2- 21 26 24s 2Y

Nteaii Xtax 32.2 3S 3>.3 37.X 35.5 33 6 33.1 32. 32.6 31 5 3i 6 30 - 33 6

Me.l Miu 17 - 20 23.1 25 1 Z5 2 24 7 242 241 23 x 23 209 18 i 22 6

Ext. ax 33 1 4n 3 41,9 43 5 41 S 40 5 38 373 3 6 35 2 36 ; 72 43. 5

Ext Mui I 2 1 t t 2 19 21.S 22 29. 21 212 162 I 6 69 Z(

Relative Humid,,i,ty

Mcai, W ol 5S9 1 56 3 59 2 6Y 6 1 i -2 2 33 -65 9 9 6 4 6z 3

Mte,ii, Ma 964 34 .1 x) xi 559 7 .2 8-7 3 3. 2 91 2 92 9 9i1 P x- 8 x-

Mean Mu. 41, 1 3 73 34 3 3S5 511 56 6 S; 59 (t1 63 ;2 47 6 2

Ext Mul I I 14 13 15 22 29 34 s3 36 31 2- 21 I I

Dev Poux voCl

Mecan 16 13S4 19.5 21.4 23 229 226 22- 231 22.9 206 1- 6 21

Evaporanus IsU.I -

M t-PFai 53.2 1S42 214 2P-t. 2n4- 143I 1659 151 1-73 1354 225 13; I 1915

Olaudaices ill.lOi

:Steen 35 33 4 4 532 34 3.6 33 I 5 4 61

Suiishuei turaioe s *lu

Mtan No Obsersaticn

Vuilbdity ban.} I

79 0()L.ST 5 44 5.3 5 92 9| 9.2 9 :S6 -5 69 6 1 | 2

Mean -6 68 6.9 9 10- 11 3 101- 10.6 10 10 9i 3 | 93

Wind Iknoota

Presadine wind NE E SE W W XV | | W W W WX NE NE -

Mean wind speed 2 3 2. 3 3.2 31 3 2 3.3 3.5 2.6 2 2 1 7 2. S

Max. wind speed 25 ENE 25 SE 40 N 40 SE.5 33 EWW 33 W. 555W 33SW 40 E, W 30W 30 NE 30 N | 55 SW

V|WNW

RaLnfall (witu.)

Mean 4.9 15 32.9 75.3 1482 |S7.1 104.5 105.5 234.6 209.7 62.5 8.4 108.6

Mean rainy iavs 0.8 1 7 2.9 6.2 13.3| 13.6 153.4 16.8 185 IS 5.4 1.6 |1121

Greatest in 24 hr. 54.4 S2 133.9 82.6 954 |74.1 65.8 99.S 165.5 162.8 117.6 45.6 165.5

Day/Year 11/75 14r70 23/74 14/82 4/63 26/72 21/80 374 6/72 I1270 3/69 21/66 6/72

Numtaber of days with1

Haze 23 24.3 26.9 14.7 3.2 0.6 0.1 0.2 0.2 3.3 7.6 14.6 118.7

Fog 2.7 3.1 0.7 0.1 0.2 0.2 | 01 0.1 0.4 0.8 0.6 1.7 10.7

Hail 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | 0

Thunderstonn 0.2 1.2 4.1 9 12.9 4.5 5.9 5 10.3 8.3 1.9 0.4 63. |

Squall 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3-108

TABLE 3.7-12 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FOR THE PERIOD 1956 - I985Station Hua Hin tlevation of station above MSL 5 meters

Index station 48456 Height of barometer above MSL 6 meters

Latitudes 12 35 Height of thermometer above ground 1 25 meters

Longitudes 99 67 Height of wind vane above ground 13 48 meters


| I.ur Feb %jj r Apr |Ma, f ,un ;-d -iou Sep | ct i >|Dec | ciu

Press, i-ltl rvlebs.r, t rIb

!.le.ui 12 .1. 11:3 953 699 6 6 -2 6-6 9/9 1 1 36 1235 19

EviNla.v 212 42 i 9 9t 1V 1 I 35 1; 13:3 13 16 3 i4 V 3l 2.13 21 2h 2261

ExiNlMir 4fi 25; 2:3 96 1993 5966 99Q1, 95 94 219 : x !'

.. a I.L .i^si: niuze .1 s x 4 2 2 4 3 3 4 29 4.1 J , 3 r 49 i~ - -I :2 4' I 413 4 : :4

Teitiperatirt ci

Me.u 2-4 26s 29 2 293 29 1 29 282 29 2f 2 2S 5

%le.i M.I 29 2 13, 32 331 13 3'3 312.6 323 I ;1 3, 29 29 -,

NMe:nItYMa 219 " 3 23 6 249 253 25 I 24 24- 242 21 229 :I 1 25

Esi \Id ;2; 5 36; 2 32 3- 3 66 36l3 '63 .; 1 3 32.2 382

Em Maui 143 4 18- 219 224 222 22 219 212 191 1V- 139 19

Relative Hundcitiv

Mean 1 - 4 t 6 I 5 3 9 -4 ; 9 x1 4 -- 6 - 4 ii

Mlean l\ '(3 88 4 8h62 9 3 M6 Y 8 6 8 2 993 S 91 - 3 x23 9-

Nle1 lai ;8 4 59 492 59 6134 58f6 59 6 ;96 64 69 2 653 S9 5 6l19

Ext Miii 3 1 2 31 34 3, 34 39 41 44 39 36 26

De, Point o

Me=: 92 2!5 225 236 23 - 51 2.2 232 215 194 222

Evaporation ian

Mewl-Pa 113. 14; 1-9 x 1-3 62 1324 14 |1 *3 6 i26- 3.8 1 112 | 3 i -268

loatdiness . -

Ie,ni 31 ' 4 | I x 3 x36 '| X 4 - 2

Stinshine Dirai:oii .ir

Mteui 2-t' 255i 2551 254 2149 8 | 151 2 142 3 12 4 1933 224 2665 25492

Visibil,tv i Ln

ni-nnLST '4 1 3 91 it5 i I 1 06 1| 3 | i6 9- 95 9 94

Mean 1 9 9 93 | I | 11.2 | 9 | 15 I (i | 05 1 1 93 98

Wind knotsi

Preval int wind NE S SE. S SE SW SW SW SW SW W N N |

Mlean wnd speed 4 3 4 9 46 3 3 9 3.5 3.2 25 3 42 42 |

Max wuind speed 31 NNE 36 E 34 S 35 ENE 36 E 36 WV 40 ASW 35 WV 33 WSW 31 NE, 38 |W 32 N 403 WSW

NNE

Raintall (ime.)

Mean 124 23 292 35 | 92.3 | I 966 to: 1291 209 1-69 19.2 12204

Meanrainydayn 1.5 26 2.1 44 131 158 | 7.3 18 | 16.6 91 | 21 |12

Greatest in 24 1r t I.3 64 2 176 9 1 | 3 8 | 49 3 90 5 | 1.Y 123.5 141.6 429 2 59 I 429 2

DayiY.ar 16i7n 11i7 27/82 S69| 12-8S 2D157 16/79 16/76 30i-0 | 26i67 269 | 72| 2!69

Nutnberofdays with

Haze 198 1^2 21.6 13.4 2.5 12 1 9 22 12 32 6 | 5 | lo- 6

Fog n2 i) 2 0 | n | 0 | 0 0 0 n 4

Hail 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0

6Thunderstornn 0.3 |i OS. i i | _ 2 | 141 7 1| 7 3 | 115 | 31 62 06 16 901 I

Squall| 0 | 0 | 9 | n | | 0 | 0 | | n | 0 | 0 | n |0-|

3-10)9

DON MUANG Heitht Of wind ven. mbove ground 5.0 m (1i6.6 m above Wst)Lot. 13 55 N. Long. 100 36 E. Heieht Or ancmLctaer above ground 5.0 a (16.6 m above iSL)

31~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~£3

JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL

8 9 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~10 10

MAY JULY AtUGUST

12 16 Qfl 15

OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECE'VD0)' 27

SEPTEMB.R C 1-3 3~1 2I 00 10 20 30 40 50SBEP BR {_111111 lstt§00§§0lt}t000It80LLJ

Wind sleed in knots Percentage scale of wind speedwiNin DrIQ OV DON MUIANG ST'1A 1 ION

HANGKUK ME | hUPOLIS ~l4im,ht or winfl vane abom ground 33.1 m (35.4 m above MSL)Lat. 134N. Lons HE.h eit of aneoameter nbove ground 33.1 D (35.4 a above AtM)

0 0

2

12t Lj~~~~~~~~31 027

JAtl ARY ?tGRUARY VARCH APRIL

0~~~~~~~

MAY JULY AUGUSTJUNE

SEPT1EMR OCTOBER NOYDIBER DECEINBER6 17-27 >27 00 10 20 30 40 50

Wind speed in knots Percentage 3cale of vind speed

FICURE 3.7-3 WINI) ROSF OF IIAN(GKOIK METROPOLIS STATI ION

KANCHANABURIKA C 14 N.o .9 Height of wind vane above ground 15.0 m (42.8 m nbove VOL)

Let. 14 01 M. Long. 99 32 E. Height of anemometer above ground 15.0 (42.8 m above MSL)

JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL

131 X31 mwX<II e22!228

MAr JULY AUGUST

4°f~~~~~~~~~~~~4 4 44X

SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEYBER

16 17-27 >,27 00 10 20 30 40 50

Wind speed in knots Peroentage scale of wind speed

FIGURE 3.7-4 WIND ROSE OF KANCIIANABURI STATION

10AgiIL 01 w11, sane above ground 13.5 r (18.2 a above 11L)I.At. 12 55 NLon. 99 57 P. Ileigl.t of anemometer above ground 13.5 o (18.2 m above MSL)

AVIUARY FtEBRUARY MARCH APRIL

C.)

MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~aLr

SEPTEMBER OCJOBER IOVEMBER DEC!RCR

>274 -27 5 <00 10 20 30 40 50

'find speed in knots Peroentage soale of wind speed

FI,tIGURE 3.7-5 WINI) ROSE. 01F llJA IIIN STlATI ON

whereas December and Januarv are the months in which rainfall is at a

minimum.(3) Temperature:The average temperature in the area is approximately 280 C.

The mean maximum and the mean minimum throughout the year are 33.6° C and22.6° C, respectivelv. The hottest month is April with the mean temperature of30.0°C. The coldest month of the year is Januarv in which the mean temperature

is 25.6°C. The maximum temperature is 43.5°C, and the minimum is 5.8°C (both

recorded at Karnchanaburi).

(4) PressureThe mean value of pressure in the area is 1009.31 mbs. The

highest and the lowest values recorded are 1024.19 mbs and 998.37 mbs,respectively. The mean daily is about 4.44 mbs. The values recorded at coastal,semicoastal and inland weather stations are quite close.

(5) Humidity:The annual average relative humidity is 74.1 percent which

is quite high. The mean maximum and the mean minimum recorded values are89.2 percent and 56.5 nercent. respectively. September is the month which hasthe highest value, while the lowest value is in January. The humiditv valuesrecorded at Kanchanaburi are comparatively, the lowest.

(6) Cloudiness:There are more clouds in the sky during May to October

(ranging from 7.0 to 9.0 parts per 10 parts of the sky). During the months ofDecember and January clouds are present in the sky at the minimum intensity(monthly average ranged from 3.5 to 5.9 parts per 10 parts of the sky).

(7) Sunshine Duration:This parameter has been recorded at Bangkok Metropolis

station only. The mean value of sunshine duration is 2,647.8 hr (per year). Theperiods of the year in which the sun shines with greater duration are fromJanuary to May and from November to December.

(8) Visibility:The annual average values for visibility at 0700 L.S.T are as

follows: 9.6 km (ranging from 4.6 to 12.1 km) at Don Muang, 9.4 km (rangingfrom 7.1 to 11.5 kin) at Hau-Hin, 7.4 km (ranging form 4.9 to 8.7 km) atBangkok Metropolis, and 7.4 km (ranging from 4.4 to 9.8 km at Kanchanaburi.

(9) Special Weather Conditions:Thunderstorms (the observed days during which thunder is

heard at the station) occur frequently in the area approximately 94.0 days/year at

3-114

Bangkok Metropolis. 81.3 davs/year at Don-Muang. 80. 1 davs/year at Hau-Hin.

and 63.7 days/vear at Kanchanaburi.

The average number of davs with haze is highest atKarnehanaburi (118.7 days/year), then Hau-Hin (107.6 davs/vear). BangkokMetropolis (87.7 days/vear). and Don-Muang (86.0 davs/vear). respectively.

ii) MVfeteorological Data for Air Oualivv iMvfodelling

Annual winnd rose developed from data recorded atbangkok Metropolis Station during the year 1991 is shown in Table 3.7-13 and

Figure 3.7-6. The data indicate that prevailing wind is from the south(s). The

winds that have high frequency of occurence are in the following orders: south

south-west (SSW), north (N), south west (SW), north north-east (NNE). and

north east (NE). It is noted that calm condition seem to be quite high (43.32 °'o).

The figures were checked again with the original data point-out from the

meteorological station. no error was found.

Joint frequency distribution of wind speed. direction. andstability data for the vear 1991 are illustrated in Table 3.7-14.

In addition to the aforementioned meteorological data thedispersion model requires information on the mixing height. The v ariable

determines the attitude to which pollutants can rise before being reflected back

toward earth. Mixing height can be determined by Holzworth's method

(Holzworth, 1964) using surface temperature and upper air temperature atvarious heights above ground (radiosound data). Since mixing height data in this

region is available only at Don Muang station ; the data from the station (Table

3.7-15) used for this modeling study.

3-115

TABLE 3.7-13

ANNUAL WIND ROSE AT BANGKOK METROPOLIS STATION DURING

THE YEAR 1991FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCES OF WIND DIRECTION GROUPED IN

VARIOUS WIND SPEED INTERVALS FOR WIND SPEED (m/s).

STATION: BANGKOK/JAN-DEC 1991

DIRECTION SPEED 0-1 1 2 2-3 3-4 4-6 OVER 6 TOTAL

N 0.0080 0.0145 0.0129 0.0065 0.0028 0.0001 0.0447

NNE 0.0025 0.0049 0.0046 0.0023 0.0011 0.0001 0.0155

NE 0.0007 0.0018 0.0050 0.0027 0.0012 0.0005 0.0120

ENE 0.0016 0.0025 0.0095 0.0053 0.0026 0.0003 0.0219

E 0.0018 0.0031 0.0115 0.0091 0.0045 0.0004 0.0305

ESE 0.0015 0.0007 0.0024 0.0014 0.0014 0.0000 0.0074

SE 0.0003 0.0011! 0.0017 0.0014 0.0002 0.0000 0.0048

SSE 0.0016 0.0025 0.0104 0.0047 0.0040 0.0007 0.0239

S 0.0046 0.0074 0.0388 0.0243 0.0166 0.0016 0.0934

SSW 0.0042 0.0121 0.0563 0.0428 0.0416 0.0074 0.1645

SW 0.0008 0.0035 0.0 i 67 0.01 54 0.0146 0.0038 0.0549

WSW 0.0020 0.0050 0.0218 0.0147 0.0097 0.0020 0.0553

W 0.0010 0.0010 0.0100 0.0042 0.0020 0.0002 0.0185

WNW 0.0001 0.0011 0.0036 0.0009 0.0007 0.0000 0.0064

N W 0.0001 0.0007 0.0017 0.0001 0.0003 0.0002 0.0032

NW 0.0003 0.0008 0.0058 0.0023 0.0008 0.0000 0.0100

CALM 0.4332

NO. OF DATA OF CALM 3795

TOTAL NO. OF DATA 8760

3-116

i; C_ALM 43%

L CNO SPEiD (n/S )

D~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ L_ I __ 1 I -1

pERCENT OF OCCURENCE

Fl(iURE 3.7-6 ANNUAL WIND ROSE AT BANGKOK METROPOLIS, 1991

3-I117

TABLE 3.7-14JOINT FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF WIND SPEED, DIRECTIONAND STABILITY DATA AT BANGKOK METROPOLIS STATION 1991

STABILITY WIND ROSE. (JOINT FREQUENCY OF OCCURANCE OF WIND SPEED AND WIND DIRECT I

STATION: BANGKOKJJAN-DEC 1991

REPRESS. WIND SPEED 1.5 2.5 4.5 7 9.5 12.5

O A N 0.0000 0.0003 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

A NNE 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

A NE 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

A ENE 0.0002 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000A E 0.0003 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000A ESE 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

A SE 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000A SSE 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

A S 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000A SSW 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000A SW 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

A WSW 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

A W 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

A WNW 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

A NW 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0,0000A NNW 0.0002 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

O B N 0.0000 0.0166 0.0047 0.0008 0.0000 0.0000

B NNE 0.0034 0.0012 0.0007 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B NE 0.0005 0.0022 0.0017 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B ENE 0.0024 0.0050 0.0024 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B E 0.0022 0.0054 0.0030 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B ESE 0.0008 0.0018 0.0005 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000B SE 0.0017 0.0002 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B SSE 0.0016 0.0021 0.0003 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B S 0.0044 0.0047 0.0038 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000B SSW 0.0028 0.0046 0.0057 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B SW 0.0017 0.0028 0.0021 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000B WSW 0.0027 0.0037 0.0022 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000B W 0.0013 0.0020 0.0005 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B WNW 0.0009 0.0007 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B NW 0.0006 0.0006 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

B NNW 0.0004 0.0029 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

C N 0.0000 0.0053 0.0151 0.0059 0.0000 0.0000

C NNE 0.0020 0.0054 0.0026 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

C NE 0.0003 0.0027 0.0014 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000

C ENE 0.0004 0.0064 0.0062 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000C E 0.0012 0.0092 0.0066 0.0003 0.0000 0.0000

3-118


REPRESS. WIND SPEED 1.5 2.5 4.5 7 9.5 12.5

C ESE 0.0010 0.0016 0.0019 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

C SE 0.0000 0.0005 0.0004 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

'... OD. U.UUU I U.UU / I U.JU.) I U.UVUUU U.UUUU U.VUUUU

C S 0.0008 0.0183 0.0092 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000

C SSW 0.0010 0.0205 0.0236 0.0002 0.0000 0.0002

C SW 0.0004 0.0105 0.0111 0.0000 0.0000 0.0002

C WSW 0.0020 0.0096 0.0088 0.0002 0.0000 0.0002C W 0.0006 0.0067 0.0019 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

C WNW 0.0000 0.0034 0.0006 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

C NW 0.0002 0.0009 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

C NNW 0.0000 0.0028 0.0013 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

0 D N 0.0000 0.0024 0.0075 0.0037 0.0011 0.0000

D NNE 0.0003 0.0026 0.0012 0.0003 0.0000 0.0000

D NE 0.0000 0.0033 0,0019 0.0012 0.0000 0.0000

D ENE 0.0009 0.0035 0.0032 0.0006 0.0000 0.0000

D E 0.0010 0.0042 0.0047 0.0007 0.0000 0.0000D ESE 0.0002 0.0000 0.0008 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

D SE 0.0000 0.0015 0.0007 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

D SSE 0.0000 0.0031 0.0067 0.0010 0.0000 0.0000D S 0.0002 0.0113 0.0303 0.0026 0.0000 0.0000D SSW 0.0009 0.0166 0.0625 0.0126 0.0002 0.0002

D SW 0.0002 0.0057 0.0247 0.0061 0.0000 0.0000

D WSW 0.0009 0.0090 0.0183 0.0031 0.0000 0.0000D W 0.0002 0.0033 0.0047 0.0004 0.0000 0.0000

D WNW 0.0000 0.0006 0.0014 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

D NW 0.0002 0.0007 0.0006 0.0005 0.0000 0.0000

D NNW 0.0000 0.0029 0.0014 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

0 E N 0.0000 0.0000 0.0119 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E NNE 0.0000 0.0040 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E NE 0.0000 0.0048 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E ENE 0.0000 0.006 0.0003 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E E 0.0000 0.0080 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E ESE 0.0000 0.0017 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E SE 0.0000 0.0020 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E SSE 0.0000 0.0073 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E S 0.0000 0.0384 0.0025 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000E SSW 0.0000 0.0745 0.0073 0.0000 0.00 00 0.000E SW 0.0000 0.0189 0.0005 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E WSW 0.0000 0.0273 0.0004 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

3-119

TABLE 3.7-14 (CONT.)REPRESS. WIND SPEED 1.5 2.5 4.5 7 9.5 i2.5

E W 0.0000 0.0083 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0,0000E WNW 0.0000 0.0029 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

E NW 0.0000 0.001 1 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000E NNW 0.0000 0.0056 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

O F N 0.0000 0.0276 0.0005 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F NNE 0.0107 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F NE 0.0048 0.0010 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F ENE 0.0041 0.0016 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F E 0.0038 0.0020 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F ESE 0.0015 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F SE 0.0010 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F SSE 0.0043 0.0009 0.0000 0,0000 0.0000 0.0000F S 0.0155 0.0097 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F SSW 0.0226 0.0122 p.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F SW 0.0053 0.0008 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F WSW 0.0072 0.0015 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F w 0.0016 0.0008 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F WNW 0.0016 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F NW 0.0005 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000F NNW 0.0019 0.0019 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

TOTAL NO.OF DATA 8760

3-120

TABLE 3.7-15 MEAN MAXIMUM iMlIXING HEIGHT FOR PERIOD 1971-1980

Month Mean NMaximum lixing Height (meters)

January 1600Februasr I 1460

March 1340

April 1500

May 1280

June 1350

July 1540

August 1350

September 1220

October 1400

November 1380December 1500Mean Maximum Nlixing Height= 1419 meters

3-121

3.8 Environmental 'Noise

3.8.1 Introduction

Environmnental noise assessment generally includes studies of noisesources and potential noise receivers. Environmental noise impacts can createseveral effects varying from interference with human activities to communityhealth hazards. A description of the existing environmental noise condition isnecessary to serve as a baseline. The study covered the following: areacharacteristics and general factors that effect the distribution of noise in the studyarea. existing noise sources, noise level around the project area andidentification of existing noise affected groups.

1. Area characteristics and noise distribution factors:Regarding this topic, the general characteristics of the area

and general factors that effected the distribution and the control of noise, wereobtained.

2. Identification of noise sources

This refers to the existing noise source that may have anegative effect on the noise receivers. The study covered the identification ofnoise source type and location, and included the noise characteristic, noise leveland the noise fluctuation of each effective noise source.

3. Environmental noise measurement

Measurement of the level and characteristics ofenvironmental noise were obtained at suitable determined stations in communitiesaround the project area .

4. Identificaiton of noise affected groupsThis refers to any groups of noise receivers that were

affected by the existing environmental noise. The results are shown at thecommunity scale.

3-122

3.8.2 Methodology

Data were collected in both dry season and rainv season to cover thevariations in environmental noise that could be seasonallv expected to occur.

1. Boundary of Study area:

Within 5 km. of Wat Phikun Thong site. This boundarv wasdetermined bv selecting the area that is most likely to be highlv effected by the

noise from the project.

2. Clharacteristics of the area and noise distributionfactors:

This covers land use factors. climatological factors. noisebarriers and specific legislation of the study area. This information was collectedfrom field survey and literature review .

3. Identification of noise souirces:Noise sources were identified using the criteria that they

released environmental noise equal to or more than 80 dBA (Bilson InternationalLtd. quoted in Handbook of Noise and Vibration Control. Trade & TechnicalPress Ltd. 1979: 768) and/or caused both direct and indirect effects to people.Data were collected bv field survey interviewing community leaders such as

monks and governmental agency staff in the village. Noise levels at each noisesource were also measured.

4. Environmental noise measurement:4.1 Setting of environmental noise measurement stations:

The prevailing distribution of communities, land usesand pattern of people's activities were identified before deciding on the location ofnoise measurement stations.

4.2 Noise measurement:

At each determined station, noise characteristics interms of 24 hours equivalent continuous sound level (leq 24 hrs.), day-night

average sound level (Ldn), and 10, 50, 90 percentile excess sound level (Llo,

L5 0, Lgo), were observed. These include such parameters as whether the noise

was impulsive in nature or continuous in nature. Each measurement was carried

out continuously for 48 hours.

3-123

4.3 Environmental noise assessment:

The existing environmental noise levels were evaluatedby comparing them to proper standards or criteria.

5. Identification of noise affected groups:Data were collected from community leaders by means of

interviews. The data from 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 were also used in the process ofidentification of noise affected groups.


1. Clharacteristics of the area and noise distribution factors:Various factors which effect noise transmission or noise

attenuation were studied and the results are as follows:- Geomorphology : In terms of landscape the area is

classified as flat or nearly flat. So no natural permanent noise barriers are found.- Climate: The area's climate shows large seasonal variation.

Since con.stant atmospheric conditions cannot be counted upon to provideprotection to a noise - sensitive area from a noise source, this excess attenuationof noise is assumed to be zero in this noise assessment.

- Noise barriers : The major existing noise barriers in thearea are tree crops, fruit trees and residential buildings . These noise barriers arenot permanent but vary with change in land use and human activities. So, theymay change in the future .

- Legislation : No local specific legislation relating toenvironmental noise control was found. However, general legislation regardingenvironmental noise management and controls apply.

2. Environmental noise sources in the study area:General noise sources which released sound pressure levels

greater than 80 dB(A)in both seasons (rainy and dry season) , were identified astraffic sources and sound broadcast instruments. The noise levels from each noisesource are as follows:

3-124

TABLE 3.8-1 SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL (dBA) FROM EXISTING NOISE

SOURCES AROUND THE PROJECT PLANT SITE AREA.

Noise Sources J Range of Sound NoisePressure Level (dBA) Characteristic

Traffic sources 60-110 *

Sound broadcast instruments 50-114 *

Note: 1) * means "continuous in nature"2) Data were collected in March 1994 (drv season) and in August 1994

(rainy season)

According to community leaders, no existing noise sourcessignificantly affected people in the communities.

3. Environmental Noise Measurement:

Suitable noise measurement stations were established toobtain representative noise levels in the communities (Figure 3.8-1). The stationswere selected to cover different zones of human activity in the communities such

as residential area, communitv activity cente- , farming area, and paddy field oropen space. The noise level of each area is shown in table 3.8-2 and figure 3.8-2

to 3.8-9 as follows:

3-125

TABLE 3.8-2 ENVIRONNIENTAL NOISE LEVEL OF THE AREA AROUND THE

PROJECT PLANT SITE

Noise Level (dBA)

Zone Lp Leq.24 Ldn L10 L50 L90 Noise

hrs Characteristic

Residential area 50-106 54 66 60 54 50

Area close to main road 60-107 63 65 65 63 60 *

Community center 50-i03 59 66 56 59 53 *

Farming area l

- Swine farm 49-95 56 61 64 55 51 *

- Chicken farm 46-90 56 60 65 55 50 *

- Duck farm 45-95 58 63 64 59 51

- Cattle farm 46-95 57 61 65 57 49 *

Paddy field or open space 39-55 42 47 46 41 39

Note.: I) * means "continuous in nature"

2) Data were collected in Mfarch 1994 (dry season) and in August 1994

(rainy season)

To assess the potential annoyance and potential hazard ofexisting environmental noise, the above-mentioned noise levels were compared

with the United States Environmental Protection Agency's noise standards for

residential areas and farming areas, which are set at 55 dBA in terms of Ldn and70 dBA in terms of Leq (24 hrs.) to avoid interference with human activities and

hearing loss respectively. It was found that the existing noise level had thepotential only to interfere with human activities . In the case of community

centers that had many kinds of activities, the recommended noise level for generalarea of USEPA at 70 dBA in terms of Leq (24 hrs.) was used for comparison .

The result showed that the existing noise level of community centers should not

pose any problems for people in the communities.

4. Identification of noise affected groups

According to the majority of community leaders, no specificgroup of people in any of the communities are currently faced with noise

annoyance or hazardous noise. However, a few of them said that in some cases,

3-126

noise from motorcvcles, trucks and sound broadcast instruments caused anannoyance. In order to identify noise sensitive activities in communities.activities were separated into activities involving the dailv life of the people andactivities involving occupational activities. Regarding dailv life activities. it wasfound that there were three main activities that required a quiet environment.These were religous activities, relaxation and sleeping, and also teaching andlearning in schools. Regarding occupational activities. it was found that poultryfarming, especially meat chicken farming, was a noise sensitive activity.According to the environmental noise measurements. it was found that the peoplewho lived close to the main roads of the communities xvere likely to experiencenoise levels higher than the recommended standard. Field measurements showedthe noise level to be more than 55 dBA in terns of Leq 24 hrs. Thus. noiseannoyance may occur in the residential area close to the main road

3-127

7ou ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. .:-7 ... . _. . . . \.,

mt: i;,,, < ... X h;1-.,,0--:.,}U07.... . . .>'': . . .''" .

[email protected]....~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~U . U71 94.- .4'- ,::' .-.- ,.,,. ;.:,,,

itXH9Li n_ l r S1 ' A W _- ! ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I

\ X* "t "-"twh 1~ | 4\2 nQ :>uX '@^u^t T:: | '::::|; , i ; z '>! w

2L' .. 1a'-'<'S',XSUiw'', ;lCSiV,AT :............... \ S p

|h ;-ff^;> ' ' I ' :4: *SsT B - ' 1 * - .... .R | t--:X ........ ,--; ' |~~~~~~~~~~~~ .... ... ..

gbrjzQSst|.--}ilintterli',, rgS2*c^ ¢ >t 4 §7' t sx -................................................. i *;j...|-.- ....E ,EtD ' tS t 9 1 al-.l .,,,.,.,.,), a ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,t-,! 0 5~~~-

, GE ,SM%s!n1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~"' i '',jitEGN

| @ Residentiol Areo Farming Areo~~~~~~~~~~~~~.. ......

| * Area close to mcin rood (i) Swine~~~~~~~~~~~.... ....

|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.. .... ........... ...r hikn| * Paddy field or open spece * DuckS eW^P S>IEET 4936 lt s~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~...........| [3 Cattle 5C^¢ 91 M W~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~..........

FIGURE 3.8-1 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE MEASUREMENT STATIONS~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~..............-qu-),. B, A 3-1 28

62

60

568

52 (AA

50r c> - tfl 1 N a- ro cq un

AM. PM. AM.TIME

FIGURE 3.8-2 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION IN RESIDENTIAL AREADURING A DAY(DATA WERE COLLECTED ON MARCH 1994 AND AUGUJST 1994)

66

< 64

62

60

68

566

AM. PM. AM.TIME

FIGURE 3.8-3 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION IN THE AREA

CLOSE TO THE MAIN ROAD DURING A DAY(DATA WERE COLLECTED ON MARCH 1994 AND AUGUST 1994)

6_0

65866

54

52

> ~~ ~ 01 - x t - 0 _ N - t t

AM. PM. AM.TIME

FIGURE 3.8-4 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT COMMUNITY CENTERDURING A DAY(DATA WERE COLLECTED ON MARCH 1994 AND AUGUST 1994)

3-129

68

63

58

48N a) N Oq e r - oC 1

- - - ~~~N (N

AM. PM. TIME AM.

FIGURE 3.8-5 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT SWINE FARMDURING A DAY

(DATA WERE COLLECTED ON MARCH 1994 AND AUGUST 1994)

66

58

48N Q w - e f N as 0 - w

AM. PM. TIME AM.

FIGURE 3.8-6 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT CHICKENFARM DURING A DAY


3-130

6462

__ 60

5856

-~54

~- 52

.j 50

48 -r0s _ - v . 0 _ ) -

AM. PM. TIME AM.

FIGURE 3.8-7 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT DUCK FARMDURING A DAY


-- 71

66

61

, 56

5)

46 :1i i iir1- I)- ( . ) - C) ' r Id

W _ _ _ _ N N

AM. PM. TIME AM.

FIGURE 3.8-8 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION AT CATTLEFARM DTTRTNfZ A DAV


3-13 1

55

50

-~45

40

r- a - cQ to a ) c - Xi in r- f (N C'J

AM. PM. AM.TIME

FIGURE 3.8-9 ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE FLUCTUATION ATPADDY FIELD OR OPEN SPACE DURING A DAY


3-132

3.9 Seismology

3.9.1 Introduction

Thailand is located outside of a known defined seismic belt andmay be considered to be situated in a low seismicity zone (Fig3.9-1). The studyarea is located on the left bank of the Mae Khlong river, about 7 kilometersnortheast of Amphoe Muang, Changwat Ratchaburi. The landforn ischaracterized by an old tidal flat plain. This area is covered by deep Quatemarymarine sediments. It consists mainly of clay and silty clay. The closestrecorded earthquakes are approximately 250 kilometers northwest of the site.The earthquake records were found in association with the major faults: the SriSawat and Three Pagodas faults. The largest earthquake of these was Richtermagnitude of about 5.8

3.9.2 Methodology

1) Secondary data on the seismological characteristics of theplant site and its vicinity were gathered from the Department of MineralResources and the Meteorological Department. This focused on the location offault zones and seismic activities. Measurements were concentrated atSrinagarind and Khao Laem dams with reference to the plant site.

2) The frequency of earthquake occurrences and estimates of theirmagnitude in the area around the plant site were studied.

3) The results were presented in terms of a written report andmaps at the scale 1:250,000

4) The seismological conditions of the area and their effects onthe proposed project construction and installation and plant structure wereassessed.


i) Structural geology effect for the study areaThailand is situated east of the Andaman-Sumatra earthquake belt

which is in turn part of the Trans-Asiatic belt. Earthquakes have always beenfelt in this area. Nutalaya et al. have divided the region into twelve seismicsource zones covering Thailand, Indochina and part of Burma. The seismicsource zone F or the Tenasserim range is the closest seismic source zone to the

3-133

E 94 98° 1020 106 0

ZONE 0 ZONE I

/HAMO- PAOSHAN

AREA SOUTH YUNNAN- KWANGSI

N C4 _ _\ Z ON '(

N ) < > o o t 3BURMA EASTERN

220 _ } \o o t ^ z 2: 4 HIGHLANDS l \ZONEh1

ol 0 Z4 0 en r\zN NORTHERN ThA NORTH INOOCHINABay ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0

Bof

/f -J7 t

HANO2 - N G

Bengal ' | ~ / Guilf of\..-

f ^ > < \ V XCo^LE--ZOfE.G cr.

Tng inFIGURE 3.9-1 SORTHERN THAILN N

0 a

4-13-4 o~~~~~ BANGKOK

4 R~~PATCHABURI

V ~~~~~~~~~~~Gulf o fz ~~~~~~~T hailIan.d

0

Z ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~so 0 100 200 .

w m ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SCALEI so 0 s0 ISO mU.

0 4~~~4 96alz'ir'

FIGURE 3.9-1 SEISMIC SOURCE ZONE OF BURMA-THAILAND-INDIA

(AFTER NUTALAYA, P. 1986)

3-134

study area. The study area is approximately 220 kilometers northwest of this

seismic source zone . (Fig 3.9- 2).

This zone is characterized by NW-SE trending faults in thewestem ranges of Thailand. Major faults in this area are the Moei-Uthai fault

zone, Si Sawat fault and Three Pagodas fault. The seismicity associated with

these faults is not very high but a number of events have occured here. The

Moei-Uthai Thani fault zone, is characterized by narrow and complex fault

zones of normal, thrust and strike-slip nature. The horizontal displacement gives

a left-lateral appearance.

The Three Pagodas fault is a right-lateral displacement fault,which runs NW-SE along the Kwae-Noi rivers. The Si Sawat fault is a right-

lateral movement, which runs N-S along the Kwae Yai river. It seems to have

an east dipping thrust. The south end of this fault seem to be solely in the ThreePagodas fault zone. These two faults and their structural elements indicate a

compression force to come from the southwest direction. The force may

originate from spreading ridges and a subduction zone mi the Andaman Sea.Two earthquake records were found in association with these

faults. On 21 March 1959 an earthquake was reported in the Klondo subdistrict

of Kanchanaburi Province. It was closely related to the Three Pagodas fault.

Another event occured on April 15 and 22, 1983. It was followed by 140 after

shocks throughout the year. It was related to the Si Sawat fault.

ii) Seismic activitiesThe literature reviewed by the Thai Meteorological Department

(1984) and Nutataya et al. (1985) indicated that more than 500 earthquake

events have occurred in Thailand up to the present and their magnitudes have

ranged between 0.8 to 6 Mb. In the past, however some earthquake events may

not have been recorded if they were not felt within the capital township area or

if no destruction occurred.

In 1963, the first seismograph station was installed at Chiang Mai

by the Thai Meteorological Department. Another five seismograph stations

were constructed later at the Bhumiphol Dam, Nong Plub (Hua Hin), Khao

Laem Dam, Nakhorn Sawan and Loei. These stations seem to run along the N-S

direction in the western border because most of the seismic activities are in the

Andaman Sea.

3-135

N220

20 k o8m"^ilip ,) / /PyinXono and;;(t ' I

c: @n §aell?lf 11`,\ L

Morlobo \I.p \~~~CloARAHGIw Atwtoulme~~~Saio \ / \

Gulf of Mejimern - \

htortobon \ \ iJ /\

6° i

o~~~~~~

14 ~0 50 100 1i50klm g \

SCALE ^\

98°E

FIGURE 3.9-2 MAJOR FAULTS IN THE TENASSERRIM RANGES AND NORTHERN

THAILAND (MODIFIED FROM BENDER, 1983)

- ~~~~~~~~~AFTER SIRIBHAKDI, K1986

M-136a

The Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand (EGAT) haveinstalled strong motion accelerographs on EGAT's dams which are considered to

be located within the range of potential earthquake activities. They were

installed at Bhumipol, Srinagarind, Khao Laem and Chiew Lam dams. The

purpose of these installations is to investigate the strength and effects of

damaging earthquake motions.

Kanchanaburi province has the highest frequency of earthquake

events in Thailand. From 1982 to 1987, about 269 events were reported (Table

3.9- 1). The highest frequency of events occurred in 1983. The greatest

earthquake events recorded in Thailand occurred on 15 and 22 April, 1983.

The highest magnitude of these events was 5.8 Mb. The epicenter of the

earthquake events occurred in the upper reach of the reservoir of the Srinagarind

Dam, approximately 55 kilometers from the darn and 200 kilometers from the

study area. These events were felt throughout most of the country. At the study

area, an effect of these events were scale V of the Modified Mercelli intensity.

Table 3.9-2 shows the magnitude distribution of earthquakes that

occurred in Thailand from 1965-June 1993.

Konchuearat (1988) studied the earthquakes which occurred inWestern Thailand, especially the case of Srinagarind and Khao Laem dams and

their reservoirs, and concluded that

1) Their epicenters are generally located in the mainly

limestone areas which are easily affected by water. A fault plane solution of the

Srinagarind earthquake revealed a reverse fault with a small component of left

lateral motion.2) The earthquakes of Srinagarind and Khao Laem are

related by a function Log N = a-bM, values of b are 0.87 for the Srinagarind

earthquake, and 0.89 for Khao Laem earthquake (Fig 3.9-3). These values hold

good for the function proposed by Utsu (1966) which gives b values of the

Srinagrarind earthquake being 0.89 and the Khao Laem earthquake being 1.03.

The b values are also high in the frequency-magnitude relations, the ratio of the

largest aftershock magnitude to the main shock magnitude is high.

3) The foreshock-aftershock pattern of the Srinakarind

earthquake corresponds with Mogi's type II, while the Khao Laem earthquake is

swarn type (type III) and shown in Fig. 3.9-4 and Fig.3.9-5.

3-137

TABLE 3.9-1

NUMVBER OF RECORDED EARTHQUAKES OCCURRINGIN THAILAND DURING 1965-J-UNE 1993

P~~ov~nc4 Y~~ 1995 1%6 )o, 468 1963 I97m 197 19-7' o13 191 197 17 978 1939) 1980 1981 7k982 1983 7984 1985 1986 1987 1968 1989) 1990 I;')1 1992 1993 (7I.-) Toul M89niWd.

Cl~~~i~~ng7~~~bi I - - . . - . . 4 39 - 6 3 2 2 4 I I 2 I 4 - 0.8- 5.73 2 1 1 46 385 .8 J.

Ch ~R.i - - -33 2 I 4 22-1.11.9 - 39

- .. - 1 ~ ~~ ~~~~~ ~~ ~~ ~~~~2 3 II I 3 2 4 4 3 3 4 2 2 I 2 24_ _ 1 0.9 -5.

U~~~ph~~~~, . . . - - I - - I 7 4 - . - - - - - . . .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.. . 3J 1.5. 3.2~~~~~~~3 .5J.

Lmpj.g - .. - - - - 3 2 - 1. i I I -.... 4 .12.

ph- ~ - - -- 1F 2 3 - I- 2 1212 .

Ch,Ni Nat_____

- -I. -I-! ___~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ [ --- I Ž.0.-4,2

3.2.3.2

K~~~n~~hsnJb..ri I - - - . - . - I - - . 7 762 57 40 12 I 269~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 62 1 40 z 26 20 -5.4.0

1. 64 2 J_233J62 53 2 1O 2 8J6W it 7 7 I. - __

TABLE 3.9-2IMAGNITUDE DISTRIBUTION OF EARTHQUAKES

OCCURRING IN THAILAND DURING 1965 - JUNE 1993

Magnitude (Richter Scale) %

>_ 5 0.98

>= 4 9.39

>- 3 43.45

>- 2 39.53

< 2 6.65

3-139

M o

'0,

40

90-~~~~

70.

7%-

0 1~~~~~~~~~~

e- ~~~~~+ Khoo nK.i \

5-~~~~~~~~ ° Sinakorind \,

0.~~~~~~~~~b

3-140

.~~~~~~~~~~~4 . \

0 ° 2 $ : 4 . 4 : eMb

3-140~~~

200-

120-

~60

~40-

0 'I 2 3 4 5 % 7 8 9 D :1 e 1 t4 6 t 17 E t ZO 222 23 24 5 6 28

P'- d / Dcy

FIGURE 3.9-4 THE FORESHOCK-AFTERSHOCK PATTERN OF SRINAGARIND

EARTHQUAKE (AFTER KONCHUEARAT, P.1988)

.'2.

u

Z'Ma;~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ X9 'Ii2;a-

Aug. '04 S.D. '84 Oct. '84 Nov. 64

day-t.

FIGURE 3.9-5 THE SWARM TYPE OF KRIAO LAEM EARTHQUAKES

(AFTER KONCHUEARAT, P.1988)

3-141

4) It is believed that the association of both reservoirs withseismic sequences might be considered to be typical reservoir-associated

seismicities and might be caused by active faults running in and around those

areas.

5) Finally, it can be predicted that the shocks of the

Sninagarind and Khao Laem earthquakes will not be higher than 6-6.5 on the

Richter Scale . The frequency of the Srinagarind earthquake activity might

gradually lessen until it no longer occurs due to having reached maximum

saturation.

From the past record of the Instrument Data of earthquakes thatoccurred in Thailand from 1965-June 1993 of the Meteorological Department,

we can see that none of the seismic epicenters detected are located in this study

area . Therefore, it seems safe to say that this area will be effected only by

indirect shock waves generated from earthquakes and these will have low hazard

potential. The existing conditions are unlikely to change .

The stability of the foundation conditions for supporting the powerplant units will be assessed in terms of seismicity.

3-142

TABLE 3.9-3 MIODIFIED MERCALLI SCALE OF EARTHQUAKE

INTENSITIES. (AFTER BATH, 1973)

I. Not felt. Marginal and long-period effects of large

earthquakes.

II. Felt by persons at rest, on upper floors, or favorably placed.

III. Felt indoors. Hanging objects swing. Vibration like passing of

light trucks. Duration estimated. May not be recognized as an

earthquake.IV. Hanging objects swing. Vibration like passing of heavy

truck; or sensation of a jolt like a heavy ball striking the

walls. Standing care rock. windows, dishes, doors rattle.

Glasses clink. Crock clashes. In the upper range of IV,

wooden walls and frame creak.V. Felt outdoors; direction estimated. Sleepers wakened.

Liquids disturbed, some spilled. Small unstable objects

displaced or upset. Doors swing, close, open. Shutters,

pictures move. Pendulum clocks stop, start, change rate.VI. Felt by all. Many frightened and run outdoor, persons walk

unsteadily.Windows, dishes, glassware broken. Knickknacks,

book etc. off shelves. Pictures off walls, furniture moved

or overturned. Weak plaster and.masonry D cracked.

Small bells ring (church,school). Trees, bushes shaken

visibly, or heard to rustle.

VII. Difficult to stand. Noticed by drivers. Hanging objects

quiver.Furniture broken. Damage to masonry D, including

cracks.Weak chimneys broken at roof line. Fall of plaster, loose

brick,stones, tiles, cornices also unbraced parapets and

architectural ornaments. Some cracks in masonry C. Waves on

ponds, water turbid with mud. Small slides and caving in along

sand or gravel banks, Large bells ring. Concrete irrigation ditches

damaged.VIII. Steering of cars affected. Damage to masonry C ; partial

collapse. some damage to masonry B; none to masonry A.. Fall of

stucco and some masonry walls. Twisting, fall of chamneys,

factory stacks, monuments, towers, elevated tanks. Frame houses

moved on foundations it not bolted down; loose panel walls

thrown out. Decayed piling broken off. Branches broken from

3-143

trees. Changes in flow or temperature of springs and wells.Cracks in wet ground and on steep slopes.

IX. General panic. Masonry D destroyed; masonry C heavily

damaged, sometimes with complete collapse ; masonry Bseriously damaged. General damage to foundations. Framesturctures , if not bolted, shifted off foundations. Frames

racked.Serious damage to reservoirs. Underground pipes

broken. Conspicuous cracks in ground. In alluviatedareas sand and mud ejected, earthquake fountains, sandcraters.

X. Most masonry and frame structures destroyed with theirfoundations. Some well-built wooden structures and bridgesdestroyed. Serious damage to dams, dikes, embankments.Large landslides. Water thrown on banks of canals, rivers,lakes,etc. Sand and mud shifted horizontally on beaches and flatland. Rails bent slightly.

XI. Rails bent greatly. Underground pipelines completely out ofservice.

XII. Damage nearly total. Large rock masses displaced. Lines ofsight and level distorted. Objects thrown into the air.

3-144

Main Shock FIGURE 3.9-6 TIlE EAIRTIIQUAKE 'TYP'ES AND CIIARACTERIS'lICS

n I ; Type I moodel

No foreshock occur s which riegardis to be

Type I tie type of normal earthqtake

n Main Shock Type 11 modelV ~~~~~~~~~~The number of foreshiock increases abrupty at

w1- the time of the main shock, is similar to the

Type I observations in the Koyna, Kariba and Kremiiasta

regions which are believed to the reservoir-associated

cartlhquakes

Type Iff model

Type l1 A swarm type of activity, no main shock can be

distinguishied, related to the artificial lakes stich as

Marathoni Lake in Greece and Vajont Lake in Italy.

L ,

3.10 Aquatic Biology and Fisheries

3.10.1 Introduction

The Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand (EGAT) hasproposed to construct a new power plant at Wat Phikun Thong site, locatedapproximately 7 km from Muang District of Ratchaburi Province. TheRatchaburi Power Plant Project will be composed of thermal units which burnlow sulfur residual fuel oil and/or natural gas and combined cycle units whichburn natural gas as the primary fuel or distillate oil as the back-up fuel. Theconstruction and operation of Ratchaburi power plant may have some impact onaquatic biology and fisheries due to the amount of raw water withdrawal from theMae Khlong River, the use of chemicals for fouling control and due to thermaldischarges from the power plant. This study was designed to obtain baseline dataof aquatic biology and fisheries around the project area during and afterconstruction. Recommendations for mitigation measures during the constructionperiod and operation period, as well as a monitoring program are provided.

3.10.2 Methodology

The Ratchaburi Power Plant Project is located about 5 km from theMae Khlong River, and covers the area of about 2000 rai in Amphoe Muang,Ratchburi Province. The existing land use around the project area consists ofabandoned rice fields and shrimp ponds. Studies on aquatic biology andfisheries -were conducted to cover the area within the radius of 10 km from theproject site.

The field sampling stations were selected along the Mae KhlongRiver and in the inland water around the project site. Four sampling stations,about 4 km apart, were designated along the MaeKhlong River. The first twostations were located at Ban Makham Thao and Ban Khok Mo, north of AmphoeMuang, Ratchaburi Province. Another two stations were in the southern part ofAmphoe Muang at Wat Tham Wirot and Wat Phai Lom. The remaining fourstations were designed to study the impacts of the power plant on the aquaticecosystems of the inland water bodies, i.e. they were located in the inland waterin canals and streams around Wat Phikun Thong nroject area The man of eightsampling stations is shown in Figure 3.10-1.

3-146

08--

05-

04-

0 F- 3N THENG C T STAXO

99- 9/ 9AN> Z 6 K~~~~~~~~~~lLONG LAT t

m r 1 K~~~~~~LONG, KG PA/I97 -//-S 96- / //O1\/QA H6 LOM1

9S V~~CHANGWAT RE TCA_ THA

94-,

E 6 r 7- 88ET --8~ 9 go si /2 \9!3- 94 l5- 96 4 7 48 99 00ol dz-T

FIGURE 3.10-1 MAP OF PROJECT SITE AND THE COLLECTION STATIONS

3-147

The field sampling program consisted of three sampling periods of

about two months apart. The first one was performed from 28 February 1994 to

4 March 1994, the second from 9 to 13 May 1994, and the last from 11 to 15 July

1994. Specimens of aquatic organisms, e.g. fish, plankton, benthos and aquatic

plants were collected from each sampling station. In addition aquaculturepractices and fisheries activities were observed at fish markets in the area and by

interviewing the local people.

(1) Fish samples collection

Fish specimens from four sampling stations in the Mae KhlongRiver were collected by using seine net (mesh size 0.5 cm) 50 m length and 2.5 m

height and one hour electric shock (4 times 15 minutes each). As the seine net

could trap only small fishes, the electric shock was used to assist in collectingthe big fish specimens. The fish specimens from the other four sampling stations

in the inland water area around the project site were obtained by seine net (mesh

size 0.5 cm). Two seine nets were used to block the canals to cover the surfacearea of 9x25m2 in Site-5 (Klong Bang Knok Yung), 4.5x35 m2 in Site-6. (Klong

Lat), 8x45 m2 in Site-7 (Klong Bang Pa) and lOx12 m2 in Site-8 (Klong Talat

Khawi) respectively. Fishes were collected by moving the two seine nets toward

each other until the fishes were trapped in the net. Most fish specimens were

identified at the site of collection, but those that could not be identified at the site

of collection were preserved in 10% formalin solution for further identification in

the laboratory using the key described by Charunthada Kunnasut et.al. (1985).

The fish collected from each station were counted, measured and weighed

individually in order to calculate the size range and total biomass see in Table E-

5,E-6,E-7 in Appendix E.

(2) Plankton samples collection

Plankton samples were collected from each sampling station by two

types of plankton nets. A plankton net with mesh size 25 microns was used to

collect zooplanktons, whereas a plankton net with mesh size 16 microns was used

to collect phytoplanktons. Zooplanktons were collected by vertical trawling of

the plankton net, 1-3 m. depth below the water surface. Phytoplanktons were

collected from the upper layer of the water by pouring 100 liters of water into the

plankton net. The planktons collected in the net were transferred into a sample

bottle and preserved in 5% formalin solution for counting and identification in the

laboratory at the Department of Biology, Faculty of Science, Mahidol University.

Due to their abundance, the plankton specimens were counted under a

3-148

microscope using a plankton counting chamber (Sedwic-Rafter Counting Cell).Identification of the plankton specimens was performed using the key described

by Needham and Needham (1962); Patterson and Hedley (1992); Smith (1950);Sze (1993).

Species and density of planktons collected from each sampling

station are shown in Table E-8 in appendix E.

(3) Benthic organisms collection

Benthic organisms were also collected at all sampling stations.Eckman dredge (0.5 sq. ft.) was used as the sampling device. Collections wereperformed at the area about 5 m. from the river bank and 2-3 m. from the canalbank. The sediments collected by Eckman dredge were sorted through a series ofstandard wire sieves (No 4,8,12,1,20,25) to separate the benthic organisms. Thebenthic organism samples were preserved in 5% forrnalin solution for furtheridentification in the laboratory. Identification was performed using the key

described by Brandt (1974); Pennak (1989).

(4) Aquatic Plants CollectionAquatic plants were collected at all sampling stations. The plants

were identified at the sampling sites. Those which could not be identified werecollected, pressed and dried for further identification in the laboratory .

(5) Fishery Activities

Information concerning aquaculture and fisheries activities wereobtained by observation along the river and inland water bodies. In addition,

local people were interviewed about their fisheries activities.


(1) Fish Species CompositionThe Mae Khlon2 River: The Mae Khlong River is one of the most

important aquatic resources of Central Thailand. In 1970, Sompong Hirunwatet al. conducted a survey on the diversity of fish species in the Mae Khlong Riverbefore Vajiralongkorn Dam was built in Kanjanaburi Province, and reported thefinding of 114 species. Of these, 61 species were in the Family Cyprinidae. In alater survey, Yothin Leelanont et al. (1988) found 53 species of fishes in thelower Mae Khlong River. The disappearance of some economically importantfish species was also reported e.g., pla-kahoe (Catlocarpio siamensis), pla-vean

3-149

(Tor spp.), pla-songkleong (Labeo spp.), pla-nangao (Barilius sp.) and pla-sueto

(Datnioides microlepis).

In 1989 Duangsawasdi et al. conducted another fish survey in the

Mae Khlong River, from Vajiralongkom Dam in Kanjanaburi Province down tothe river mouth in Samutsongkran Province, and found 84 species representing 33families. Of these, 73 species were freshwater fishes and 11 species werebrackishwater fishes (Table E-1 in appendix E). Freshwater giant prawns were

also common in the river of Ratchaburi Province.In our study, 53 species representing 20 families of fishes and

prawns were identified from four sampling stations in the Mae Khlong Riverduring March, May and July, 1994. Fish of the family Cyprinidae were found tobe the most abundant group. Of the 23 species of Cyprinidae found, Rasboraretrodorsalis and Mystacoleucus marginatus were the most abundant speciesduring March and May collections. The percentages by numbers were 18.7 and15.2 for R. retrodorsalis and 17.17 and 11.75 for M marginatus during Marchanad May collections, respectively. However, tne numbers of R. retrodorsalis andM marginatus declined sharply during the third sampling in July, 1994. Anotherspecies of fish which was also common in large numbers in the Mae Klong Riverwas pla sew kaew (Clupeicthtys aesarnensis) (Family Clupeidae). The

percentages by numbers of C. aesarnensis during March, May and July, 1994collections were 12.6, 8.3 and 71.14, respectively (Table E-2,E-3, E-4 in appendix E). Most of the fishes caught in our surveys were smallfishes of low economic value which may be called-"trash fish". There were norare or endangered species of fishes found in this study.

Biomass (kg/rai) and percent by weight of fishes collected from theMae Klong River during Match, May and July 1994 are shown in Table D-5, D-6, D-7 in appendix D. The average biomass of fishes collected in March, May

and July was 2.9, 3.09 and 5.77 kg/rai, respectively. The results appear tocorrespond with the spawning season of fishes in the Mae Klong River which isfrom May to September. Carp is the group of fish most common in the Mae

Klong River, followed by murrel and catfish. The remainder, consisted ofmiscellaneous species. Freshwater giant prawns (Macrobrachium rosenbergii)

were also observed in the Mae Klong River.

The fact that different species occurred in the dry season (March),

early wet season (May) and wet season (July) suggests that the fish communitychanged between seasons. Fishes in the river migrate up and down the stream,

both for feeding and breeding. There are probably no real migratory fishes in this

3-150

section of the Mae Khlong River; most of them have short migratorv ranges andcan breed almost at anv section of the river.

Inland Water Bodies: Fishes in canals and streams around theproject site were surveved in a similar manner to those in the MIae Khlong River.Fish sample collections were made from four sampling stations. A total of sevenfamilies and 28 species of fishes were found. Fishes of the Family cyprinidae

were the most frequently collected in the inland water bodies. Nearly all fishescaught were very small in size. Pla-kradee moa (Trichogaster trichoptertsi* was

the most abundant fish found in the inland water bodies. Moreover, pla-chon(Ophiocephalus striatus), which is considered an economically important species,was always found in the inland water bodies although their size and number wererather small. Freshwater giant prawns were also collected; these prawnsprobably escaped from culture ponds located in the area. Other aquatic animalscollected from the inland water bodies were fresh water crabs, turtles, snails andsome freshwater insects. (Table E-8 and E-9 in appendix E)

It is obvious that many species of fishes, especially small cyprinids,move out of the river into the flood plain during the wet season each vear.Seasonal changes of fishes in the river have been observed bv local fishermen fora longtime. Circumstantial eVidence for migration of fishes includes the findingthat fish species composition and abundance change markedly between rainy anddry seasons in the Mun River (Rainboth et al., 1975). It should also bementioned that fish caught by species, number and weight not only vary withseasons but also with the year .

(2) Planktonic Organisms

As shown in Table E-10, E-11, E-12 in appendix E, planktonicorganisms were divided into three main groups: phytoplanktons, zooplanlktonsand other aquatic animals. The planktonic organisms comprised of three phyla ofphytoplanktons (Chrysophyta, Cyanophyta and Chlorophyta), three phyla ofzooplanktons (Protozoa, Rotifera and Crustacea), and the rniscellaneus group ofanimal planktons, e.g., insect larvae, round worms and molluscs. Number ofspecies and density of planktonic organisms varied with the time of collection

and from station to station.The Mae Klon2 River: Number of taxa and density of planktons

collected from four stations in the Mae Khlong River during three collectionperiods are shown in Table E-lO, E-1 1, E-12. in appendix E. From all three

collection periods and four collection stations in the Mae Khlong River, 37genera of phytoplanktons and 34 genera of zooplaiiktons were identified. For

3-151

phytoplanktons, the highest density of planktons was found in the MVIarchcollection, with the total density of 158.64 x 108 cells/m3 at station No.l.

Diatoms were found to have the highest number of species composition, with

genus NVavicula the most abundant. From eight genera of blue green algae

identified, genus Lyngbya was the most abundant and the most widely distributed

at all four stations. Although 12 genera of green algae were identified, no

significant dominant genus was observed.

As for zooplank-tons, a total of 34 genera and some unidentifiablelarval form and nematodes were collected. Zooplanktons were widely distributed

at all four stations, but none of them could be classified as the most dominant

group. Zooplanktons of the Phylum Rotifera were found to have higher diversity

than the other two phyla (Protozoa and Crustacea).Table E-l0, E-l 1 in appendix E shows the abundance of

phytoplanktons and zooplanktons (organisms/rn3 ) collected at four stations in the

Mae Khlong River during March, May and July, 1994. During &varch and Maycollections, phytoplankton density was highest at site 1 (Bari\iakham Toa), and

gadually declined at site 2 (Ban Khok Mo), site 3 (Wat Thamwirot) and site 4

(Wat Phailom), respectively. However, dunrng July collection phytoplanktons

were almost evenly distributed at all four collection stations (Table E-12 in

appendix E). Reduction in the abandance of both phytoplanktons and

zooplanktons was clearly observed from March to July collections. Thus, the

abundance of planktons in the Mae Khlong River was probably related to the

amount of rain fall which begins in May each year. Percentages of phytoplankton

abundance were much higher than those of zooplankton at all four stations and

for all three collection periods (Table E-13, E-14, E-15 in appendix E). Diatoms

were found to have the highest species diversity (Table E- 16).

Inland Water Bodies: The number of species of phytoplanktons

and zooplanktons collected from four stations (Sites 5 to 8) in canals and streams

around the project's site was much smaller than that found in the Mae Klong

River (Table E-l0, E-11, E-12 in appendix E). The abundance varies from

station to station and with the period of collection. No distinct domninant species

was observed. Percentages of phytoplankton abundance were also much higher

than those of zooplankton (Table E-13, E-14, E-15 in appendix E).

(3) Benthic Organisms

The Mae Klon2 River: Bottom sediments close to the shore were

very muddy containing wooden debris and peat, whereas in the middle of the

river botton sediments were made up of gravels, sands and silts. Three phylum of

3-152

benthic organisms were found from four sampling stations (NC) I to 4) in MaeKhlong River (Table E-17, E-18, E-19 in appendix E). Eight species of Benthic

organisms were identified, the most abundant species was norn daeng(Chironomus plumatisengerus).

Inland water Bodies: Table E-17. E-18, E-19 also shows phvlumand species of benthic organisms found from the four inland water sampling sites(No 5 to 8). A total of 14 species of benthic organisms were identified. C.

plumatisetigerus was also the most abundant species found in all four sampling

sites.

(4) Aquatic PlantsTable E-20 in appendix E shows a list of aquatic plants which were

found growing in the Mae Klong River. Of these species, pak tob jawa(Eichornia crassipes), and chawk (Pistia stratiotes) were the main types offloating plants. Pak tob jawa was most dense in the river at sampling site 2. Thissite was close to town. People use this plant as pig feed. Some canals werecompletelv covered with pak tob jawa, and this would reduce the rate of water

flow in them. However, the plants provide hiding places and food sources for

fishes and shrimps. Pak tob jawa has a very fast growth rate, thus reducing liahtpenetration and photosynthesis in the water. The growth of this plant willinterfere with water flow in the canal, and detritus products will eventually fillthe canal and block water flow. Therefore, the idea of using natural canals as adrainage system might not be suitable unless they are maintained bv removal of

pak tob jawa and by dredging. There is no econormic aquatic plantplantation.e.g., pak kra ched (Neprunia oleracea Lour.), pak boong (Ipomoeaaquatuca Forsk) in the river or in the canals. Therefore, construction of the power

plant would have little or no impact on the economy of the people in the nearby

area.

(5) Fishery ActivitiesFishing in the Mae Klong River was rarely observed during the

surveys. Fishing methods commonly observed in the Mae Klong River wereshelter, baited fishing, and cast net. It was also observed that diving gear was

used to catch freshwater prawns directly under water. However, this method is

not commonly used by local people.

Fishing activities in the inland water bodies were not observed

during the surveys. However, some evidences of gill net, fish trap and push netgears were found in the canals around the project site.

3-153

According to our observation, fishing appears to be an insignificantactivity of the residents around the project area and its vicinirt. Nlost of thefishes caught were used for their own household consumption. onlv the extraones were sent to local markets.

The main occupations of the local people around the project areaare nce farrmng, freshwater giant prawn culture and some fruir growing. Becausethe productivity of rice farming was low in recent years, manv families haveabandoned their rice fields and turned to freshwater giant prawn culture. Eachfamily has about 28 to 40 rai 9f prawn ponds. and each pond covers the area ofabout three rai. About 50,000 juvenile prawns were stocked in each pond.Rearing period is about 12 months, with about 5-6 harvesting periods. The firstharvest is five months after rearing, then the prawns can be harvested every 45days until all of the culture prawns were harvested. The return from freshwaterprawn culture is between 30,000 baht/year to 100,000 bath/vear depending on thenumber of culturing ponds.

3-154

31 1 Forest and Wildlife

3.11.1 Introduction

A preliminary review of references on bird and mamrnmaldistribution, and the database in the Center for Conservation Biology, revealedthat the Wat Pikun Thong site is unlikely to be a habitat of any endangeredspecies. The following rare or endangered birds perhaps could once be foundthere: Black Stork, Woolly-necked Stork, Black-necked Stork, GreaterAdjutant, Glossy Ibis, Black-headed Ibis, and the Large Grass-Warbler. But it isno longer expected to find these in the rather highly disturbed lowlands east ofRatchaburi. These lowland species are extremely rare or have been extirpatedfrom Thailand. The Large Grass Warbler is believed to be extinct. Noimportant manunal species are known to exist in the lowlands around the WatPikun Thong site.

There is no natural forest within 15 km of the site, except for anarrow strip of trees along the river, and secondary "weedy" species growingaround and in rural viliages. Consequently, th.e methods were modified to suitthese conditions. There are, however, about 130 square km of orchards within15 km of the project site. These lie south and east of the site. These orchardsshow up clearly on satellite imagery, but as the orchards are not consideredforest," they are not evaluated in this section of the report.

3.11.2 Methodology

1. Vegetative cover was mapped within a 15-km radius of the siteusing satellite imagery and 1:50,000 maps. Woody natural forest vegetationwas not found except for a narrow strip on each side of the river, and thesestrips were not continuous. The species composition of trees along the riverwas detennined both upstream and downstream from the city of Ratchaburi. Asno economic forest was found, the economic value of the trees was notdetermined. At Wat Pikun Thong at the site, trees along the Lam Rang Sala(canal) were identified, measured and counted. Specimens were collected foridentification and storage at the Center for Conservation Biology, Dept. ofBiology, Mahidol University.

3-155

2. Wildlife was evaluated by walking transects through the site at

Wat Pikun Thong. The transects extended north from the Lam Rang Sala Canal

about 1 km. During both dry and wet season birds and mammal signs were

recorded. Amphibians were not collected because it was not felt that data onthese groups would be useful in the overall environmental impact analysis,forseveral reasons: (1) it is not known if any amphibians or reptiles in these openfield habitat are endangered with extinction or not , and most likely they are

not; (2) reptiles and amphibians would not make any effect on the results of theenvironmental assessment in all liklihood, or on the mitigation measures; (3)reptiles and amphibians are not known to be such sensitive indicators of habitatquality, as less is known about their ecology; and (4) these groups are difficultto sample and monitor, because most are difficult to identify in the field and

particular species are not very predictable in their occurrence.Emphasis was placed almost entirely on birds, because (1) they

are sensative indicators of habitat quality, partly because they are predators onmany other smaii animais in the habitat; (2) their conservation status is weliknown; (3) they can be easily monitored in the field and therefore are excellent

animals for use in monitoring programs; (4) they are present in both wet and

dry seasons, when ecological conditions are different.

Although birds can fly about, it is wrong to believe that they can

simply move to another area if their is disturbed or damage. Birds are highly

attached to their nesting and feeding area, and most species are territerial. If the

habitat is destroyed, most former residents would not be able to survive moving

to another area if that area is already occupied by other individuals.


(1) Vegetation along Mae Klong River

Trees grew on the banks of the river in narrow strips. Mostly

these were species planted by people, but wild weedy species were also

common. The following species were seen:

Azadirachta indica var. siamensis (Meliaceae)

Psidium guajava Linn (Myrtaceae)

Ficus hispida Linn f (Moraceae)

Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. (Legumninosae)

Eugenia sp. (Myrtaceae)

Crateva magna (Lour.) DC. (Capparidaceae)

3-156

Muntingia callabura Linn. (Elaeocarpaceae)

Samanea saman (Jacq.) Merr. (Leguminosae)

Cocos nucifera Linn. (Palmae)

Sonneratia caseolaris Engler (Sonneratiaceae)

Sonneratia caseolaris is a natural mangrove species that growswhere the river is tidal, though not necessarily saline. It was found growing in

pure stands as far upriver as 1 km above aquatic station no. 4 at Wat Phai Lom,

where Khlong Lat drains into the river. This khlong drains areas south of the

Wat Pikun Thong site. The Sonneratia trees grow as a narrow strip only one

tree deep, and reach about 30 cm dbh, and 10 m high.

(2) Vegetation inlandMany species of trees grow around houses and along roads and

canals in and around the Wat Pikun Thong area. The closest trees to the site

grow along the Lam Rang Sala canal at the south border of the site, and on the

east border of the village. Bushes of several species are also common; most of

these arc thorny species that cran withst-and browsing effects of cattle. Table

3.11-1 contains a list of species and their sizes along a 500-m stretch of the

canal from the village of Ban Khok Qi. Table 3. 11-2 contains a list of ground

plants found growing in the open fields and along canals on the site.

In addition to the trees along the canals, a stand of Casuarina

equisitifolia J.R. & G. Forst of about 1 ha in area grows near the middle of the

project area, on ground that is slightly higher than that surrounding it. This is

evidently an old plantation that appears to have been abandoned.

(3) Habitats at project site

The project location consists of several types of mostly open

habitats, which harbor different groups of bird species. The habitats have been

classified as follows:F: Open field with grasses, usually flooded or marshy in the

rainy season; heavily grazed by livestock.M: Marshes, lower areas that retain water for a longer period,

which usually have distinct plant species such as Cyperus spp., Ipomoea,

Eleocharis, spp., and Sesbania spp. More permanent water may be invaded by

cattails Typha.

P: Ponds and canals, often partly covered with floating plants, or

bordered by cattails (Typha angustifolia).

3-157

TABLE 3.11-1LIST OF SPECIES OF SHRUBS AND TREES ALONG A 500 M LENGTH OFTHE LAM RANG SALA STREAM, ON SOUTH BANK,

EAST OF BAN KHOK 01.

Species Number dbh(cm)

Azadirachta indica Juss. (Meliaceae) 1 11Cassia siamea Lamk. (Caesalpimnaceae) 1 23Combretum quadrangulare Kurz (Combretaceae) 2 9,5Dalbargia cf. cochinchinensis Pierre (Papilionaceae) 1 55Leucaena leucocephala (Lamk.) De Witt (Mimosaceae) 13 24,20,17,17,15,14,14,

12, 12, 10,8,6,429 shrubs

Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. (Mimosaceae) 7 8-13Samanea saman (Jacq) Merr. (Mimosaceae) 1 32Sesbania grandiflora (Linm.) Pers. (Papilionaceae) 7 8-13Cocos nucifera Linn. (Palmae) 3Zizyphus mauritiana Lanik. (Rhamnaceae) 3 shrubs

3-158

TABLE 3.11-2GROUNDl v ru PLANI'lTS FOUNDi TT f-OW-kf v rI'm TG IL 'N OPEN NJTE LD T A ND MARSH-D ON

WAT PHIKUN THONG SITE DURING DRY SEASON.

Ammannia baccifera Linn. (Lythraceae)Crotalaria sp. (Papil-onaceae)Cyperus sp. 1 (Cyperaceae)Cyperus sp. 2 (Cyperaceae)Cyperus sp. 3 (Cyperaceae)Cyperus sp. 4 (Cyperaceae)Eleocharis sp. (Cyperaceae)Euphorbia sp. (Euphorbiaceae)Gardenia sp. (Rubiaceae)Heliotropium indicum R. Brown (Boraginaceae)Hygrophila cf. erecta (Acanthaceae)Ipomoea aquatica Forsk (Convolvulaceae)Mollugo sp. (Aizoaceae)Panicum sp. (Graminae)Sesbania sp. (Papilionaceae)Sphaeranthus africanus Linn. (Compositae)Trianthera cf. decandra Linn (Aizaoceae)Tribulus terrestris Linn. (Zygophyllaceae)Xanthium strumarium Linn. (Compositae)

3-159

T: Trees and shrubs along some canals and around houses in thevillage.

These habitats may occur as small patches and it is not easy tomark them on a map of the site.

(4) Animal surveyTable 3.11-3 contains a list of birds seen during visits to the

project site in both dry and rainy seasons. The list is regarded as being

reasonably complete with regard to the open field habitats, but more intensivesurvey of adjacent village and shrub/tree habitats would be expected to turn upmore species, especially those reported in Brockelman et. al. (1993). The birdsare listed by habitat, and their resident status is given. At least two other rarespecies might occur as winter visitors: Lesser Adjutant (stork) Leptoptilosjavanicus and Black-headed Ibis Threskiornis melanocephalus. Other expectedspecies that probably occur but were missed include several Phylloscopuswarblers, and several weavers (Ploceus) and munias (Amandava amandava,Lonchura striata, L. malacca). These latter species do not have any particularconservation importance. No very rare species were seen during the surveys.

(5) MammalsOnly two species of mammals were noted on the site:Rattus rattus

Bandicota indica

(6) Human use of wildlife

From observations and interviews, it was found that localresidents some times trap bandicoots (Bandicotes indica) to eat, as well as fishin the canals surrounding the site. Birds, reptiles and amphibians were notregularly caught or trapped by humans.

3-160

TABLE 3.11-3 LIST OF BIRDS SEEN DURING VISIT TO THE PROJECT SITE IN

BOTH DRY AND RAINY SEASONEnglish, . Thai name Habitat Seasonal No.Scientific nairie status indv.

________.___._ seenLittle Grebe P R 4

Tcachybaptus ruficollis

Little Cormorant unn n M,P R 4

Phalacrocorax niger

Grey Heron unnsw M V 9

Ardea cinerea

Purple Heron Unnfl=muLL M.P V 9

A4dea purpurea

Chinese Pond Heron unpnTn-vTuq-qU P V 33Ardeola bacchus

Cattle Egret P R 1 4

Butbulcus ibis

Interrnediate Egret untnU M,P V 6

Egretta intermedia

Little Egret urlULtfjP R 54

Egretta garzetta

Little Heron Untnitq P V 1Butorides striatus

Lesser Whistling Duck M.P R 30

Dendrocygnajavanica

Black-shouldered Kite F R 5

Pandion haliaetus

Eastern Marsh-Harrier F V 2

Circus spilonotus

Pied Harrier F V 2

Circus melanoleucos

Blue-breasted Quail F R 2

Coturnix chinensis

Ruddy-breasted Crake P R I

Pozanafusca

White-breasted Waterhen unnPn P R 5

Amaurornis phoenicurus

3-161


English, Thai name Habitat Seasonal No.Scientific name status mdv.

seenWatercock RB R 10Gallicrex cinerea

Lruniize-wiIiged jacana unvin ^.D R 10Mietopidius indicus

Red-wattled Lapwing unfnlflLLMLV I02 F R 4Vanellus indicuts

Wood sandpiper MY V 3Tringa glareola

Common Sandpiper M V 3Avctitis hypoletcos

Pintail Snipe un nni n l,ai F VGallinago stenura

Oriental Pratincole un F BV 15Glareola maldivarum

Black-winged Stilt un iULAi¶U M V 3Himantopus himantopus

Little Tern F R 2Sterna albifrons

Whiskered Tern P V 3Chlidonias hybridus

Rock Pigeon T R 1Columba livia

Red Turtle-Dove T R 2

Streptopelia orientalis

Spotted Dove 4nLthnflu1A9'Q T R 24Geopelia striata

Zebra Dove T R 2Streptopelia chinensis

Common Koel T, R IEudynanys scolopacea

3-162


English, Thai name Habiat i 1 Seasonal No.Scientific name status ndv.

seenBarn Owl ununn T R 9

Tyto alba

Asian Barred Owlet T R 6

Glaucidium cuculoides

Common Kingfisher P V 6

.41cedo atthis

White-throated Kingfisher P R 8

Hoacvon smyrnensis

Black-capped Kingfisher u P V 2

Halcvon pileata

Btue-tailed Bee-eater T,F R I

Merops philippinus

Indian Roller u T R 7

Coracias benghaiensis

Asian Plam-Swift T R 30

Cypsiurus balasiensis

Sand Martin unv4 LLunnll F V 1

Riparia riparia

Barn Swallow unw)iLLeu'nu P,T,F V 52

Hirundo rustica

Red-rumped Swallow unULL0tlv4 n um F V 3

Hirundo daurica

Singing Bush-Lark A n¶41UrJt4L U.1Th F R 8

Mirafrajavanica

Rufous-winged Bushlark unqijltJn F R 2

Mirafra assamica

Richard's Pipit F R 9

Anthus novaeseelandiae

Red-throated Pipit tfl1nuenuL< F V

Anthus cervinus

Yellow Wagtail F V

Motacillaflava

3-163


English. Thai name Habitat Seasonal No.

Scientific name status indu'.seen

Streak-eared Bulbul unTao)mw T R 1

Pycnonotus blanfordi

Black Drongo lqR) T R 24

Dicrtrus macrocercus

Crow-billed Drongo unLLNLI°in T P 4

Dicrurzs annectans

Large-billed Crow T R I

Corvus macrorhynchos

Great Reed-Warbler P V 7

Acrocephalus arzndinaceous

Zitting Cisticola 1.2flia'nLLY1ntJ F R 34

Cisticolajuncidis

Bright-capped Cisticola u F R 3Cisticola exilis

Plain Prinia unn=>slxunAfl F R 9

Prinia inornata

Common Tailorbird wnT_-;ija- n T R 1

Orthotomus sutorius

Bluethroat unmuTnp F V 9

Luscinia svecica

Oriental Magpie-Robin unn' -141s In T R 2

Copsychus saularis

Stonechat un emunM 0l F V 18

Saxicola torquata

Pied Fantail uneLLwSmLLn vnnn T R 2

Rhapidurajavanica

Brown Shrike F V 2

Lanius cristatus

Long-tailed Shrike uneL2e F R 8

Lanius schach

A gO- Pied gtorlincr n T R

| Sturnus contra | . . . t -

3-164


English, Thai name Habitat Seasonal No.Scientific name status indv.

seenCommon Myna unLa fin,) F R

Acridotheres tristis

White-vented Myna F R

Acridotheresjavanicuts

Plain-backed Sparrow unntnons T R (

Passer flaveolus

Scaly-breasted Munia unT R

Lonchura punctzulata

Note Abbreviations are as follow:Habitat P : Pond

F : Open FieldM: MarshT : Trees

Seasonal Status R : Resident All YearV : Winter VisitorBV: Breeding Visitor

3-165

991-E

311S 133tOHd 3HI NI SIVIIEIVH,40 NOIIVDOI 1-11T

SUNOJ 14SIJ'SO dINWHS

sausi.SUNOCI Hss-vq4z IIV'ILUVN

ivLiiivH Hsuyw/crima TT IT Tr Tr

aN393,i

I r IT It �r " IT 1.L-7 u

If v >, TI

T, i I, Tr 7 T'

... .. Tio -'r Nt -.-- VuVn I?PS,rU1:17 TT.. IT Tr T, a IT IT,

,7' IT: T.IT - I 7, -

IT 11 IT IT

"T 1: a��I+ja un�4

C) TTTI 11

ka411

IT r X URB�j

IT ITis

uI 7 IT IT

UL, tues ule 8 ""N'�r IT I7

IT ITIT A , IT 1

I �jj

T. IT

If Ir nqL U Oj\l I

J- LMN M40 4eM w 1� wrj

17 11 IT IT I

I, I TI J

`,WL

Yn

7T17

'T

TI

wi� Al 'GIT

IffIT 1: IT I 1 Ir IT

IT I Tr

/TT IT 'T i- 'T9 6IT t EIS -UO CT, U BEI

Tr

3.12 Landuse

3.12.1 Introduction

The power plant site is located on the boundary of 2 Amphoes inRatchaburi province namelv. Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi and Amphoe

Damnoen Saduak and covers an area of about 2.125 rais or 3.4 sq.km. The studyarea lies within a 15 km radius from the plant site and covers about 1,007.25 sq.km or 629.53 1.25 rai which includes 60 % of Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi. 50 %of Amphoe Potaram. 80 % of Amphoe Bang Pae, 90 % of Amphoe DamnoenSaduak. 55 % of Amphoe Wat Pleng. 92 % of Amphoe Bang Kontee and lessthan 2 % of Amphoe Muang Nakhon Pathom. Amphoe Pak Tor. Amphoe ChomBung and Amphoe Muang Samut Songkram.

Building the power plant in the area may have adverse effects onthe land use, therefore these should be predicted and proper mitigation measuresshould be prepared in advance.

3.12.2 Methodology

Since most of the study area is concentrated in the area ofAmphoe Muang Ratchaburi. Potaram. Bang Pae. Damnoen Saduak, Wat plengand Bang Kontee, a total of 6 amphoes altogether, the study on land usefocused on these areas only.

The following steps were carried out:1. Initial survev of the plant site and the studv area was carried

out and landuse types were recorded.

2. Aerial photographs scale 1 : 40.000 which were taken in

November 1991 by Royal Thai Survey Department (RTSD) were interpreted.

3. A landuse map was drafted from those aerial photographs.4. Points for checking the area as recorded on the map were

selected and corrected after ground checking.

5. A new map was produced and an estimate of the extent of eachtype of land use which appears on the map was made.

6. Simple random sampling of the population from each Amphoein the study area was carried out and interviews were conducted at householdlevel on the subject of land use . The number of interviewees totalled 222households, of which 111 households were from Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi,30 households from Amphoe Potaram, 72 households from Amphoe Damnoen

3-167

Saduak. and 9 households from Amphoe Bang Kontee. The location of the

tambons where the field study was conducted are indicated in Figure 3.12-1.

7.Related literature was reviewed and analyzed in conformity with

the the study objectives.


The study area has 4 major types of landuse, as shown in Figure

3.12-2, their areas are shown in Table 3.12-1.Details of each category above are described as follows

i) The communities, consisted of residential area, commercial

area, business and service area, government office, school, temple, factory.

hospital and health care center etc.Total area is about 128.80 sq.km or 80.500

rai ,equal to 12.79 % of the study area. In Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi and

Amphoe Potaram. the communities are concentrated on the river banks of the

Mae Klong River; in Amphoe Bang Pae they are concentrated along the main

road; in Amphoe Damnoen Saduak they are concentrated on the bank of Kiong

Damnoen Saduak and its tributaries; and in Amphoe Bang Kontee they are

concentrated on the river banks of Mae Klonc River and Klong Damnoen

Saduak. It seems that most of the population in the study area prefers to settle

close to factories, educational institutes, religious places and centers. health carecenters, government offices as well as business and service places. The biggest

and most dense community is the community of Ratchaburi municipal area. It is

located about 5 km from the plant site to the southwest. This community had a

population amounting to 47,877 persons or a density of 5,503 persons per sq.km

at the end of 1993. Potaram municipal area is the second biggest community in

the study area with a population of 11,653 persons and a density of 4,482

persons per sq.km.

Since there is no zoning for factories in the study area, factories

are frequently situated among the communities . The reasons for this are

namely, proximity to raw materials, market and community; convenient for

transportation and communication and source of water supply etc. Tables 3.12-

2 and 3.12-3 show that among the 6 amphoes which the study area covers,Arslphoolhuan.y r Rnid Pnt Prm hive the first and the second largest

concentration of factories. Table 3.12-4 reveals that the major types of factories

are rice mills and food processing establishments, and Table 3.12-5 shows that

most of them are of medium size. It should be noted that the available

3-168

information is at amphoe level onlv and cannot be dissaggregated to refer to

the studv area only.Regarding educational institutes. there are altogether 260 places.

Most of them (199 places or 76.5 per cent) are primarn schools and areconcentrated in Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi (Table 3.12-6).

Regarding temples and religious places , there are altogether 266temples and religious places. most of them (241 places or 90.6 per cent) are

temples and are concentrated in Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi (Table 3.12-7).

Health care centers and services consist of hospitals, public healthservices and private clinics. There are 20 hospitals. 133 public health servicesand 97 private clinics. The hospitals are in Amphoe Muangratchaburi, whereaspublic health services are concentrated in Amphoe Damnoen Saduak (Table3.12-8).

In addition. there are 35 banks in all of the amphoes covered bythe study area . Most of them (30 banks or 85.7 per cent) are commercial banksof which 13 banks (37.1 per cent) are concentrated in Amphoe MuangRachaburi.

ii) Agricultutral Area. Agriculture is the main type of land use inthe study area and the study area is the main agricultural area of Rachaburi andSamut Songkram Provinces as indicated in Table 3.12-10. This consists of

cultivated area, livestock farms and fisheries area. Paddy farrn is the major typeof cultivated area, next to fruit trees and tree crops. From the map these 2 usescover about 818.45 sq.km or 511,531.25 rai and 81.26 % of the study area

respectivelv. Other uses are shown in Table 3. 1-I10.

An analvsis of the cultivated area reveals a verv diverse picture asfollows:

1. Rice fields are dispersed along the Mae Klong river andits tributaries, and the low land area of Amphoe Potaram, Amphoe MuangRatchaburi, Amphoe Bang Pae, and Amphoe Damnoen Saduak. There are no

paddy fields in Amphoe Wat Pleng nor Amphoe Bang Kontee. From the map

about 471.40 sq.km or 294,625.00 rai or 46.80 per cent of the study area is

devoted to paddy. The size of farms ranges from 1.0-70.0 rai or an average of20.4 rai per household (N=85). The farmers use their land holdings to grow ricefor many reasons namely: tradition ( this is the predominant reason given ), ricecan be used for their own consumption or sold ; the land is unsuitable forcrowing other crops ; the farmers have more skill at growing rice than other

3-169

I~~~ I

LIST OF TAMBONT NAKORN PAIHOM

1. OON SAT POIARAM

2. SAM RUEN BANG PAE

3. PIKUN THONG

4. BANG PA CHOM BUNG

5. KUNG KRAIIITH zMNOEN)

6. 'KONG NAMWON f 0 KWWG WAMWGW / | C 5 B 4 X \ ~~~~~~~~~SAMUT SAKORNN

7. SEE MOEN RTHBR

8. PANG POUI7

9. BAN RAT

10. THA NUT BANG KONT_E

11. DAMNOEN SADUAK A

12. KHUN PITAK PAX IOR

13. SRI SURAI SAMUT SONGKRAM

14. DON PAI

* POWER PLANT SITE

/ , ~ |=| STUDY AREA WITIIIN 15 K.M. RADIUS FROM THE POWER P'LANT

FICURE 3.12-1 LOCATION OF TAMBONS WIIERE INTI ERVIEWS WERE CARRIED OU) l

FT r 3LI12i2~Ž3

g I R1CE FIELP C[A | LIVESIOCK fARM

- AIA

jc Co CONTtRV .F CSs

. o _E.

~~o fo I ~~JFT FT>

I __

0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~rfk - RAI

FA~

OT ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~F

COMMtvUNiTY

fE:]RICE FIFLP D L-IVF-5IDCI( FARMFUTTRrES/ TRFPE CROPS

Co COCONUT GR~OVE iPI 12 P$

km.~~~~li

FIGIUIE3.12-2 iLANOUSEw MAJ,F1WSFI)' II . ii

4 Aa,

tT v:��,Zll- 2;I'

Z.

'p, Iv.- 'I zp��'ot- p.

X - 7 -Z-

%%.

94- -9 iD 0 2.-- - - - - - - - - -

I.V --- - - - - - - - - - ---

�k-q-.N J4J-! - - - - - -

N- 7,r i�

co -4

- - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - --

7

0 pelineRaw \,Na'e' Pt

a1srn' - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Ratchaburi Power Plan, Project- - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - --

. . . . . . . . . . . . . -- - - - - - -

�a!:... N].Fz, ":",l '2 T

S, Jr

c- 7 ........... .........Pumpin

... . . ......... ........ .t..........-

...... . ......

............ .

.... .. .....r17'

......... ..

d

......

.................. ...

3ft".. .. .....

..................................

.. . ......................

FIGURE 2-8 THE PIPELM TO THE ONSITE FOR USE AS THE PPJaklARY

7- -4PLANT WATER SUPPLY SOURCE

. ......... ... . ...........

........ ..

Mae Klong R .........

TABLE 3.12-1 MAJOR TYPES OF LAND USE IN THE STUDY AREA

Land Sq.Km Ral % ofthe

study area

1. Community: Com 128.80 80,500.00 12.79

2. Agricultural area 818.45 511,531.25 81.26

- Rice field: Rl 471.40 294,625.00 46.80- Fruit trees and tree crops : FT 320.40 200,250.00 31.81

- Upland crops : UP 1.00 625.00 0.10

- Shrimp and fish pond: SP 2.20 1,375.00 0.22

- Other 23.45 14,656.25 2.33

t 3. Forest: FO 18.00 11,250.00 1.79

4. Other: i.e. river, unclassified 42.00 26,250.00 4.17

area: OT

Total 1,007.25 629,531.25 100.00

Source: Interpretation from Aerial Photograph taken in November 1991.and Field Survey Checked in September, 1994.

TABLE 3.12-2 NUMBER OF FACTORIES BY AMPHOE IN 1992

Amphoe Factories Per cent Labour Percent

Ratchaburi 1,319 100.0 24,448 100.0Muang Ratchaburi 415 31.5 6,830 28Potaram 158 12.0 4,179 17Ban Pae 34 2.6 262 1Damnoen Saduak 72 5.5 415 2Wat Pleng 13 1.0 50 0Total 692 52.5 11,736 48.0

Samut Songkram 168 100.0 2,650 100.0Bang Kon Tee 18 10.8 181 7

Grand Total 710 47.7 11,917 44.0

Source: Ratchaburi Commercial Office and Samut Songkram Factory Office, 1992

TABLE 3.12-3 NUMBER OF FACTORIES AND DENSITY IN EACH AMPHOE

.IN 1992

Amphoe No. of Factories Amphoe's area Density(Rai, (No. per rai)

Muang Ratchaburi 415 268,936 1: 648Potaram 158 260,631 1: 1,642Bang Pae 34 107,873 1: 3,172Darnnoen Saduak 72 131,419 1: 1,825WatPleng 13 23,682 1: 1,822Bang Kontee 18 48,125 1: 2,674

Total 710 840,666 1: 1,484

Source : Ratchaburi Commercial Office and Samut Songkram Factory Office, 1992.

3-173

TABLE 3.12-4 NUMBER OF MAJOR FACTORIES BY AMPIIOE IN 1992

Amphoe Rice mill Food Textile Wood Other Total Per centproducts products products

Muang Ratchaburi 47 12 28 23 277 387 57.2

Potaram 55 45 5 I 9 30 154 22.7Bang Pae 17 2 - 3 9 31 4.6

Damneon Saduak 10 13 - 15 36 74 10.9

Wat Pleng 5 1 - 2 5 13 1.9Bang Kontee - 3 - 9 6 18 2.7

Total 134 76 33 71 363 677 100

Per cent 19.8 11.2 4.9 10.5 53.6 100

Source: Ratchabui-i and Samut Songkram Factory Offices, 1992.

TABLE 3.12-5 NUMBER OF RICE MILLS AND ENTERPRISES IN 1992.

Amphoe R Rice Mill Total Barn Enterprises

Big Medium Small

Ratchaburi 11 69 20 100 4 104

1. Muang Ratchaburi 2 22 3 27 2 29

2. Potaram 3 18 6 27 - 27

3. B3ang Pae 2 4 1 7 2 9

4. Damnoen Saduak - 2 - 2 - 2

5. Wat Pleng 1 2 - 3 - 3

Total 8 48 10 66 4 70

% of the province 72.7 69.6 50.0 66.0 100.0 67.3

Sainut Songkram - - 1 -

6. Bang Kontee% of the province - 0.0

Source Ratchaburi Administration Office, 1994: p.5 1.Samut Songkram Factory Office, 1993: p.98 .

TABLE 3.12-6 NUMBER OF EDUCATIONAL PLACES BY DEPENDENT OFFICES

IN EACH AMPIIOE IN 1993.

____ 7_________ ___- 'D ependent offices _ Office of Depart- Private Municipal Department College Total

Amphoe National ment of school school of ofPrimary Educa- Vocational Nursing

Education tion Training

Muang Ratchaburi 58 4 14 5 2 1 84

Potaram 56 4 7 2 2 - 71

Bang Pae 24 .2 - - - - 26

Damnoen Saduak 27 4 6 - - - 37

Wat Pleng 8 1 1 - - - 10

Bang Kontee 26 3 3 - - - 32

Total 199 18 31 7 4 . 1 260

Percent 76.5 6.9 11.9 2.7 1.6 0.4 100.0

Source: Ratchaburi Educational Officc and Bang Kontec Administration Office (Personal Communication), 1994.

TABLE 3.12-7 NUMBER OF TEMPLES AND RELIGIOUS PLACESBY AMPHOE IN 1993.

|Temple |Church |Mosque )Monks'Aphoe Residence Tol

Muang Ratchaburi 90 2 1 14 107Potaram 65 - - 4 69Bang Pae 29 - - 29Damnnoen Saduak 25 2 - 27Wat Pleng 7 1 - 8Bang Kontee 25 1 - - 26

Total 241 6 1 1 8 266Percent 90.6 2.2 0.4 6.8 100.0

Source: Ratchaburi Education Office and Bang Kontee Adninistration Office, 19944.

TABLE 3.12-8NUMBER OF HOSPITALS, PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICES AND

PRIVATE CLINICS IN EACH AMPHOE IN 1993.

PublicAmphoe Hospitals bealth Clinics Total

services

Muang Ratchaburi 12 23 48 83Potaramn 2 31 27 60Bang Pae 1 17 8 26Darnoen Saduak 3 47 14 64Wat Pleng 1 3 - 4Bang Kontee 1 12 N.A 13

Total 20 133 97 250Percent 8.0 53.2 38.8 100.0

Source: Ratchaburi Administration Office. 1994: p.47

and Bang Kontee Admintration Office(Personal Community), 1994.

3-177

TABLE 3.12-9 NUMBER OF BANKS IN EACII AMPIIOE IN 1993

Commercial Saving Banks Agricultural and Total

Amphoe Banks Cooperatives_ __ __ _Banks

Muang Ratchaburi 13 1 1 15

Potaram 7 1 8

Bang Pae ] I

Damnoen Saduak 8 1 9

Wat Pleng -

Bang Kontee 1 1 2

Total 30 4 1 35

Percent 85.7 11.4 2.9 100.0

Source: Ratchaburi Commercial Office and Samut Songkram Administration Office, 1994.

TABLE 3.12-10 AGRICULTURAL LAND HOLDINGS BY AMPHOE IN 1993

Paddy Upland Fruit tree/ Vcgetables Flowers &

Armphoe field crops tree Dccorative

crops plants

Ratchaburi 497,976 710,798 148,762 66,602 861

1. Muang Ratchaburi 87,866 30,337 27,614 10,007 315

2. Potaram 90,624 92,i76 5,492 4,284

3. Bang Pae 80,054 2,644 2,951 3,378 309

4. Damnoen Saduak 21,225 270 57,219 25,619 180

5. Wat Pleng 6,830 - 7,513 4,980 e

Total 286,599 125,427 100,789 48,268 804 -

% of the province 57.5 17.6 67.7 72.5 93.4 n

Samut Songkram6. Bang Kontee 0.0 0.0 39,957 2,441 0.0

% of the province's area 0.0 0.0 15.3 0.9 0.0

Grar.d Total 286,599 125,427 140,746 50,709 804

Source: Ratchaburi and Bang Kontee Agricultural Offices (Personal community), 1994.

cropS; it is an occupation suitable for the whole household ; there are sufficient

water supplies, etc.(see Table 3.12-1 1).

The interviews revealed that every household in the samplepopulation grows rice only once a year. In addition 84.4 per cent of them growrice as the single crop due to insufficient water supply in the dry season, eventhough their land is in an irrigation area as shown in Table 3.12-12 and Figure3.12-3. Only a small portion of their rice fields are rotated with other crops(usually vegetables) after harvesting, Moreover, households in some areas cannot grow rice every year because of irregular weather, especially flooding anddrought.

2. Fruit trees and tree crops are abundant in AmphoeMuang Ratchaburi, Damnoen Saduak, Wat Pleng and Bang Kontee. Theyconsist of mangoes, papaya, coconut, banana, betal nut, pomelo, guava, grape,lemon, lychee, etc. They are mostly grown in a mixed pattern, except in someareas of Amphoe Damnoen Saduak and Wat Pleng and most areas of AmphoeBang Kontee, where the pattern of growing has changed over the years and isnow dominated by coconut. Son Pradipa (Casauriria ghuhmg htiie.) A le f do

are also included in tree crops rather than forest area in this study because it isgrown in the same area as cash crops and after harvesteing the area is usuallyconverted to another cash crop again. Total area of fruit trees and tree crops inthe study area is 320.40 sq.km or 200,250 rai or 31.81 % of the total study area.

The population in the study area usually grows fruit treesbehind and around their homes. Farm size for commercial farms is from 0.5 -300 rais, or and average of 18.82 rais (N = 65). Field survey investigation foundthat there are 4 main reasons for the farmers to use their land for fruit trees

namely, it is the tradition of the area (this is the predominant reason), suitabletopography, land types, climate and water conditionss, does not need intensive

labour and there is a good market demand see Table 3.12-14.

The main sources of water supplies are irrigation system and MaeKlong River.Usually farmers make ditches in order to drain water in and out oftheir farm land.

3. Vegetables. Even though vegetables are also recorded asa principal crop in Amphoe Damnoen Saduak (25,619 rai) and Amphoe MuangRatchaburi (10,007 rai), its area is not shown on the map due to 3 reasons: togrow vegetables as a monocrop requires a very small plot of land (less than 1-25rais or an average of 10.38 rai, N=19 or 36.8 % of the interviewees), farmners

3-180

usually grow vegetables intercropped with fruit trees namely papaya, rose apple,

sapodilla etc., and always rotate with other crops, especially with rice.

Motivations for growing vegetables are mainly: they

provide higher income and are faster growing than other crops (this is thepredominant reason) ; sufficient water suppliesa mre s'killed atvegetable growing than other crops; and there is a good market demand. The

major source of water supplies are natural water bodies such as marshes andcanals and irrigation systems.

4. Upland Crops, for reasons similar to those given in thesection on vegetables, do not appear as much as rice and fruit trees in the studyarea map ; moreover, the soil types in the study area are unsuitable for growingupland crops as shown in Figure 3.12-4.

The field survey found only 8 households growing uplandcrops namlely maize, sugar cane, yam bean and cassava. The planted area rangesfrom I - 45 rai per household. Therefore, details of this are are not presented inthis study.

5. Livestock farming. The study area, especially AmphoePotaram and Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi is the main area for livestock rearingin Ratchaburi province as shown in Table 3.12-15. The principal livestock arechicken, beef cattle, duck and swine. Most of them are raised in the householdarea including below the house. Some medium size farms are found in thecommunity area. Some beef cattle farms are raised not only in household area,

but also in the rice fields after harvesting. The average area used for livestock

raising is 4.85 rais per household.

According to the survey there are 5 major reasons for thefarmers raising livestock commercially: It offers a rich experience (this is the

dominant reason) ; it does not require intensive labour, it requires a smaller area

than crops; they have more skill in animal rearing and prefer it to cultivation,and there are no market problems.

6. Fish and shrimp pondsThe fish in the study area are the fresh water type from

aquaculture and natural water sources. Table 3.12-16 showns that AmnhoeMuang Ratchaburi, Bang Pae and Damnoen Saduak are the principal fisheryareas of the study area, and figure 3.12-2 shows that beside the boundary of theplant site to the south is the main fisheries area in the study area. The total area

3-181

is about 1,375 rai or 0.22 per cent of the whole study area. The main sourceof water supply for fisheries in the study area is irrigation water. Data frominterviews revealed that most ponds are 2-10 years old. They were originallyconverted from rice fields and vegetable areas. The farmers gave manv reasonsfor using their land for fisheries, namely, they are more skilled at thisoccupation than cultivation and livestock farming; it brings higher income;previously they were unsuccessfil in cultivation; they adopted it after seeingtheir neighbours practice it ; land unsuitable for cultivation etc. The major fishwhich are cultured are snake head fish, cat fish, local carp, tilapia, and

macrobracium.

iii) Forest areaThe study area has some forest area along the western part. There

is natural forest on limestone hills, namely Khao Kwang, Khao Krachai, KhaoKhok, Khao Tham Salika etc. The total area is about 18.0 sq.km or 11,250 raisor 1.74 per cent of the study area. Since some hills are the sites of stone mines,they are likely to be deforested.

iv) Others

This includes water body, stone mining, rifle range, andunclassified area etc. The total area amounts to 42.0 sq.km or 26,250 rais or4.17 per cent of the study area. - -

LANDUSE IN THE HOUSEHOLD LEVEL

Regarding land use at the household level, the study revealed thateach household head has a living area of less than 1 rai on average. Some

households have swidden areas as shown in Table 3.12-17.

AT THE PLANT SITE

At the plant site, there is no community or any building. There arerice fields and shrimp ponds in the south. The Town and City Planning Office

has designated this area as an intensive agricultural area in the year 2001.

3-182

:AN PONG

} 1 1 9 wANE~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~N PAE i

w I 9 j ) < ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~DAMNOEII SADUAK

00MUNW ( ~~~~~~~~SUAN PHUENG 9'Y-

. / X t ~~~~~~PAK TOR

. 0 n_ l ) < 2 ~~~~~~I RR IGATED AREA

FIGURE 3.12-3 IRRIGATION AREA IN RATCIHABUJR[ PROVINCE

SOURCE OFFICE OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS, AGRICULTURAL ECONOMIC ZONE 16, 1993 : p. 11.

\ | ,_ \ BANG --/ SAMT SOGKR\

A A MURIATED ARE

FGR 3.12 IRIATO ARAI SAMUT SONGKRAM PRVIC

s f / , r~~318

PADDY~~~~ ~ ~ ~ SOIL

. ..-s t UPLMAND|j COP' SAMOIL

AP PT * R AMI BUDUARY

*~~~FGR 3.1t ,25 LAN TPE OF WATCBR PLEE6 h E

<~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ UPAN CRO SO A K

. ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ T PLLOLSOEI

E MOUNT~~~~PA KT N

AMPH()E BOUNDARY

F SOURCE :Office of Agricultural Economics, Agricultur-al Economic

Zone 16, 1993 : p. ?.

FIGURE 3.12-5 LAND TYPES OF8RATCHBURI5PROVCE

3-i85

TABLE 3.12-11 REASONS FOR USING LAND FOR RICE GROWINGIN THE STUDY AREA

Item Percent_(N=85)

Has subsistence or comnmercial value 18.5Have more skill at growing rice than other crops 3.1Tradition 56.9Land not suitable for other crops 12.3Availability of sufficient water 7.7Suitable occupation for all household members 1.5

Total 100.0

Source: Field Survey Investigation, 1994.

TABLE 3.12-12 RICE FIELD LAND USE PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

Item Percent

(N=85)

Grow rice as monocrop every year 84.4Rotate with other crops such as vegetables 4.7Some years grow rice but some years grow other crops 3.1Grow only rice but not every year 4.7Feed livestocks after harvesting rice 3.1

Total 100.0


3-186

TABLE 3.12-13 IRRIGATED AREA IN EACH AMPHOE INCLUDED

IN THE STUDY AREA

Amphoe [ Irrigation Project Irrigation area (rai)

Muang Ratchaburi Tha Maka 85,830Rachaburi (Right hand side) 16,500Weir 6,900Reservoir 9,000Irrigation Pump 1,790

Total 120,020Potaram Tha Maka 101,400

Nakhon Chume 12,800Rachaburi (Left hand side) 59,700

Total 173,900Bang Pae Nakhon Chum 58,000

Rachaburi (Left hand side) 40,000Total 98,000

Damnoen Saduak Nakhon Chume 33,300Rachaburi (Left hand side) 75,000

Total 108,300Wat Pleng Rachaburi (Right hand side) 23,070Bang Kontee Rachaburi (Right hand side) 20,000

Total 543,290

Sources: Rachaburi Commercial Office, 1992: pp. 11, 12.Rachaburi Administration Office, 1994: p.56

Agri-economic zone 17, 1994: p.32.

3-187

TABLE 3.12-14 REASONS FOIZ GRIOWING FRUIT.TREES ON TIlE FARMERS'L AND

Items Number Per cent

The market demand is good 1 2 14.1

Tradition 22 25.9

Promotion by the government 5 5.9

Intensive labor is not needed 13 15.3

Higher income than other crops 9 10.6

Suitable for topography , weather, land and

water conditions 18 21.2

Can use land efficiently 3 3.5

Others 3 3.5

To1tal 85 100

00

(Respondents could give more than one reason)Source: Field Survey Investigation, 1994.

TABLE 3.12-15 FRESHWATER FISHERIES AREA, PRODUCTION ANDNUMBER OF FARMERS IN 1993.

Amphoe Area Production Farmer(rai) (ton) (cases)

Ratchaburi 8,847.6 3,594.5 1, J 841. Muang Ratchaburi 1,244.0 1,843.2 4772. Potaram 299.0 103.2 1273. Bang Pae 1,167.0 1,403.8 1904. Damnoen Saduak 1,699.0 107.3 2145. WatPleng 24.5 31.5 27Samut Songkram 241.3 1,600.0 916. Bang Kontee 95.3 150.0 78 00

Source Ratchaburi and Sarmut Songkram Fishery Office, 1994.

TABLE 3.12-16 FISIIERY PRODUCTION BY TYPE AND AREA IN 1993

NaturalAmphoe Aquaculture waterways Total

(ton) (ion) (ton)

Ratchaburi 3594.5 554.6 4,149.1

1. Muang Ratchaburi 1843.2 204.8 2,048.0

2. Potaram 103.2 25.8 129.0

3. Bang Pae 1403.8 247.7 1,651.54. Damnoen Saduak 107.3 26.8 134.15.WatPleng 31.5 3.5 35.0

Total 7,083.5 1063.2 8,146.7

Samuet Songkram 1,600.0 766.4 2366.46. Bang Kontee 150.0 203.0 353.0

Source': Ratcliaburi and Sainut Songkram Agricultural Offices(Personal Communication), 1994.

TABLE 3.12-17 LAND UTILIZATION AT HOUSEHIOLD LEVEL

IN THE STUDY AREA

Type Average Maximum Minimum N(rai)

Living area 0.95 8.75 0.01 219

Rice field 20.40 70.0 1.0 85

Vegetable 10.38 25.0 1.0 19

Fruit trees & tree crops 18.82 300.0 0.5 65

Upland crops 12.19 45.0 1.0 8

Fish pond 28.63 120.0 0.75 6

Shrimp pond 22.95 68.0 5.0 16

Animal raising 4.85 40.0 0.01 30

Others 4.25 7.5 1.0 2

Swidden area 8.83 35.0 0.5 10

Source Field Survey Investigation,1994

3.13 Agriculture

3.131 Introduction

Agriculture is the main source of income of the population in thestudy area. The introduction of a large scale development project such as apower plant project will impact agriculture during both construction andoperation periods. Careful assessment is therefore required.

3.13.2 Methodology

To conduct the study on agriculture the consultant focused onthe same 6 amphoes as the landuse study. The following steps were carriedout:

1. The boundary of the study area was defined on a mapscale 1: 50,000.

2. The various types of agriculture in the study area werestudied rougllly.

3.Basic information on the main types of agriculturalactivities and the areas under agriculture was collected from the AmphoeAgricultural Office.

4. Amphoes and tambons were selected for field study ofeach type of agriculture activity on the basis of the land use map and basicinformation supplied by each Amphoe Agricultural Office. Three amphoeswere selected: Amphoe Potaram for a study of rice field farming andlivestock rearing ; Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi and Amphoe Damnoen Saduakfor a study of agricultural activities and Amphoe Bang Kontee for a study offruit trees farming.

5. A simple random sample of the population in eachTambon was interviewed to obtain the required information.

The size of the population in each category was as followsRice farmers 85 casesFruit trees and tree crops farmers 65 casesVegetable farmers 19 casesLivestock rearing farmers 21 casesFishermen 21 cases

3-192


Agricultural activities in the study area consist of cultivation,livestock farming and fisheries. The major types of cultivation are ricegrowing, fruit tree and tree erop faxl-llilig, and vegetable gardeniLng. In factagricultural households are predominant in each amphoe although theproportions are not the same, as can be seen from tables 3.13-1 and 3.13-2.Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi has the lowest proportion of agriculturalhouseholds while Amphoe Bang Kontee has the highest proportion.Nevertheless, the agricultural area in the study area manages to produceenough agricultural products to supply the relatively large population withinthe study area itself, and some are sent to Bangkok and Nakhon Pathomprovince (see table 3.13.-3).

i) Cultivtion

Details of each major cultivation activity are as follows:1. Rice farming.The study area is the main rice growing area of

Ratchaburi. It is grown in the low lands of Amphoe Potaram, Amphoe MuangRatchaburi and Amphoe Damnoen Saduak. Usually only one major rice crop(broadcast type) is grown due to insufficient water in the dry season. The wellknown varieties grown in the area are "Lueng Pa Tiu" and "Ko Kho 7".Native varieties are also grown by a small group of farmers. The main watersupplies (other than the rain) are irrigation systems and the Mae Klong river.It is reported that in crop year 1991/92 irrigated rice fields in Ratchaburiprovince amounted to 57.09 % of the total.

Farm size per household found in this study ranges from1-70 rai or an average of 20.40 rai per household. About 53 % of the farmershave a farm less than 15 rai in size. But the biggest group 31.8 % hold 26-50rai (Table 3.13.-4) . Regarding legal title to land, 76.2 % of the farmers areland owners, the remainder are tenants (20.2 %) and others (3.6%). Thelabor force for rice farming generally consists of household members andhired labor. On average 2.8 persons from the farming households and 8.3hired persons make up the work force . Both types of farming practicetraLsplaiteU andiU bUroadUcast are carLied out, but broadUcast Lype pireULiIiLates

(87%) due to topography, water and labor conditions. Most of the farmerssurveyed seldom use fertilizer on their fields because the area is alwaysflooded in the rainy season, but some used about 57 kg/rai. Field survey

3-193

TABLE 3.13-1 TOTAL NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS AND AGRICULTURALHOIJSEHOLDS IN 1993

Amphoe Total households Agricultural households Per cent

Ratchaburi 163,912 75,109 45.81. Muang Ratchaburi 25,097 9,266 36.92. Potaram 23,484 12,202 51.93. Bang Pae 9,755 5,508 56.54. Damnoen Saduak 19,124 9,671 50.65. Wat Pleng 2,412 1,935 80.2Total 79,872 38,582 48.3Samut Songkram 37,954 28,849 76.06. Bang Kontee 7,312 7,180 98.2

Source: Provincial Agriculture Offices of Ratchaburi and Samut Songkram.(Personal communication), 1994.

TABLE 3il3-2 NUTMBER OF FARMERS AND FISHERY PRODUCTION IN 1993.

Amphoe Farmers (Cases) Freshwater FisheriesProduction (Ton)

Ratchaburi 1,184 3,594.51. Muang Ratchaburi 477 1,843.22. Potaram 127 103.23. Bang Pae 190 1,403.84. Damnoen Saduak 214 107.35. Wat Pleng 27 31.5Total 1,035 3,489.0Samut Songkram 91 1,600.06. Bang Kontee 78 150.0

Source: Provincial Fisheries Offices of Ratchaburi and Samut Songkram(Personal Communication), 1994.

3-194

TABLE, 3.13-3 PLANTED AREA OF MAJOR CROPS IN EACII AMPHOE IN 1993 (RAI.)

Crop Muang Potaram Bangpae Damnoen Wat Bang Total

Ratchaburi Saduak Pleng Kontee

Rice 107,172 125,946 80,398 20,535 - - 334,051

- Transplant 49,932 25,539 3,238 1,360 - - 30,069

- Broaclcast 41,665 51,086 76,930 19,175 - - 188,856

- Nam i:om 15,575 49,267 230 - - - 65,072

Upland crop- Mung bean 2,492 6,638 1,669 - 12 - 10,811

- Cassava 14,215 4,765 - - - 18,980

- Sugas cane 3,560 29,662 70 - - 33,292

- Water melon 425 297 1,490 - - 2,212

- Corn (fresh) 435 176 65 969 1,645

Vegetable- Chili 539 689 10 2,059 90 - 3,387

- Bird pepper 438 172 115 587 1,000 1,275 3,587

- Big egg plant 267 - - 55 20 - 342

- Long egg plant 220 - 347 10 - 577

- Young corn 915 1,302 615 31,560 - - 34,392

- Cucumber 906 382 86 4,212 208 1,255 7,049

- Long cucumber 303 - - 40 - - 343

- Luffa 377 306 - 421 - - 1,104

- Yard long Bean 1,419 673 159 14,574 324 110 17,259

- Shallot 170 1,075 10 383 - - 1,638

TABLE 3.13-3 (Cont.)



- Taro 70 71 15 500 20 33 709

- Lettuce 1,300 7 - - - 1,307

- Chinese Cabbage 110 - 35 - 145

- Chinese kale 74 89 60 - 223

- Lettuce 415 - - 10 - 425

- Cauliflower 345 15 - - - 360

- Water spinach 56 - 2 85 - 143

- Asparagus 7 53 - 1,135 - - 1,195

- Wax gourd - - - - - 960 960

- Fruil trees & Tree crops- Mango 1,536 624 3(0 8,666 1,411 3,030 15,567

- Spodilia 150 - 20 5,254 - - 5,424

- Paraya - 50 3,014 920 - 3,984

- Banana 200 20 150 410 600 9,375 10,755

- Jujub 505 50 2,736 25 - 3,316

- Guava - - 2,327 14 - 2,341

- Grape 456 234 9,805 - 10,495

- Tamarind - 55 25 19 - 99

- Jack fruit - 43 - - 43

- Tangerine - - - 2,095 25 - 2,120

-Coconut 5,676 1,512 1,250 11,139 4,111 27,034 50,722




Old coconut - - - - 19,139 19,139

- Young coconut - - - - 2,109 2,109- Sugar coconut - - - - - 5,786 5,786- Rose apple - 20 10 1,008 - - 1,038

- Lemon 28 - 5 1,601 43 - 1,677

- Lychee - - - - 4,606 4,606

- Pomelo - - - - 3,560 3,560

- Cacao - - - - 425 425

Source Ratchaburi and Samut Songkram Agricultural Offices, 1994.

TABLE 3.13-4 CHARACTERISTICS OF RICE FARMING IN THE STUDY AREA.

Item Percent Accumulated(N=85) Percentage

Farm size (Rai)1-5 18.8 18.86-10 22.3 41.111-15 11.8 52.916-20 10.6 63.521-50 31.8 95.351-70 4.7 100.0

TenureSelf owned 76.2Rented 20.2Other 3. 6

Type of rice farningTransplanted 9.4Broadcast 87.1Both 3.5

VarietiesLueng Pa Tiu 78.8Ko Kho 7. 3.5Various native varieties 17.7

Reasons for selecting these varietiesHigher yield 18.8Suitable for topography, 42.5Land and water conditions

Popular in the locality 14.1Promotion from government

agencies 5.9Market demand 16.5Good price 2.4

Sources of water supply other than rainMae Klong River 8.3Irrigation system 63.5

3-198



Natural canals and marshes 28.2

Fertilizer applicationNot used 62.4Used 34.1Don't know 3.5


3-199

investigation indicated that many rice farmers in the inner zone (5 km. radiusfrom the plant site) of Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi and Potaram had beenunable to grow rice for up to 1-3 crop years consecutively due to flooding.

The cash expense for rice production comprises seeds,hire of labor for land preparation, wage labours, fertilizer, insecticides, fuels,irrigation fees, electricity and water bills, equipments, transportation,threshing, land utilization and rent, interest on loans and others. The expense

for electricity is minimal because almost all of the farmers in the study areause fuel for pumping water for their rice field. A report from the RatchaburiAgricultural Office revealed that total cost of primary rice production inRatchaburi province in crop year 1993 was 1,170 baht/rai and for a secondrice crop it was 1,536 baht per rai, The yields for the primary rice crop andthe second rice crop were 510 and 642 kg./rai respectively.

However, the average rice yield from field survey was346 kg/rai. About 5% of rice production will be used for householdconsumption and breeding. The remainder will be sold at the farm to themarket within and outside the province especially Bangkok as shown in Figure3.13-1

S Agricultural E Arcal consum ics ZCooperatives

FIGrmer31- IEAKTN NieTWR OF RACHBU ROiNClema

3-\200in the area

Loa tradee man

Lin Bnkok

Source : Office of Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Economics Zone 16,1993: p. 56

FIGURE 3.13-1 RICE MARtKETING NETWORK OF RATCHABURI PROVINCE

3-200

Income from rice farming ranges from 300-83,000baht/household, or an average of 22,647 baht/household. Moreover, 56% of

the farmers have an income of less than 20,000 baht / household per year and

86% have income less than 40,000 baht / household / year as indicated in

I aD¶e J. -1 n.

Rice farming in the study area has many problems, the

most important one being insufficient water. About 25 % of the farmers stated

they faced this problem. The other problems are: flooding in the rainy

season; labor shortage; high price of wage labor (100 baht/day); outbreak of

pest and insects, namely rice wonns and rats etc. Over the last 5 years the

rice farms of the farmers surveyed suffered damage due to : drought (49.4%);

flooding (21.2%); and water pollution from uncertain sources (11.8%) such as

factories, livestock farms, shrimp farms etc. Only 17.6 % of the farmers had

never suffered such damages (Table 3.13-6).Despite such a situation regarding land holdings, income

and problems of rice farming, most of the farmers (61 %) said they would

continue rice farming at least in the short term, and 21 % of the farmers

expressed uncertainty . The remainder claimed they would change to other

types of landuse such as fish and shrimp ponds and rent out or sell their rice

fields as shown in Table 3.13-7.

2. Fruit trees and other tree growingFruit trees and other trees are the-t second major type of crop

in the study area. The major types are coconut, papaya, mango, guava, grape,

lychee, rose apple, spodilla, banana etc. Orchard size per household ranges from

1-300 rai or about 19 rai on average. Growers always make ditches in their

orchards to circulate water in and out and some are used to raise fishes. The

labor force comes from two main sources: within the grower household and

wage labor ( an average of 2.8 and 4.5 persons, respectively). The most

important source of water supply is an irrigation system especially Klong

Damnoen Saduak and tributaries which can support not only the area in

Amphoe Damnoen Saduak, but also Amphoe Bang Kontee. The most important

factors influencing whether the land will be used for tree growing, according

for the field survey, are following : tradition; its suitability in terms oftopography, soil and vater conditions; the fact that is not a bulrden to take care

of; and there is a market demand.

3-201

TABLE 3.13-5 INCOME FROM RICE FARMING (BAHT/HOUSEHOLD!YEAR).


Less than 10,000 29.4 29.410,001-20,000 27.0 56.420,001-40,000 29.4 85.840,001-60,000 7.1 92.960,001-80,000 7.1 100.0Average 22,647Maximum 83,000Minimum 300

Source; Field Survey Investigation, 1994.

3-202

TAILE 3.1-3-6 PkOBLEMtS 0) RiCE ._i_ iG-

1 ter.l crc ent

F l) od ng 1 4. 4VL ater 2- 4. ag 1.

11i i. p ,, or ae labor 11.0l.1,(:)\N- 'ifol(i 10.2

''.0C iY1 9eir, e 0. 0-

i l Jr (if Z!?.'1oCi< c.5:perie.!7Ced ibl liJC 1)08/.5 9 CUF(4S

0rouht 4I9 4

Floodin 2). 21.261 7.6

.,ource: F it .. S.urvey !nveslu-gatiolt, 1 09<.-

tI,t')-s,E,.13-7 RtCE FA':f.IP t >< x;\s-. USI-' T'-FIv.R I-.z N

IN TiHE iNEXTi - 'E RS

i ,kc Per Cent(ior; ti~ a: . .I'-r iijln 6- .1

Cl-an-e to ish or sh!rimp nonds 2.4Will seil ianid to EGAT 9.4Will rent oult 2A4Will sell land to others 3.

Don't kfOv 21.2

Source: lField Survev Investication, 1994.

3-203

Ratchaburi Agricultural Office and Office of Agricultural

Extension have studied the yield of each type of tree and the results are

presented in Table 3.13-8 and 3.13-9.Regarding household income, the study found that revenue

from the growing of fruit trees and tree crops ranged from 500-5,050,000

baht/household/year or an average of 190,298 baht/household/year. Moreover

about 61 % of the growers earned less than 50,000 baht/household/year and

86% earned less 250,000 baht/household/year (Table 3.13-10). The major

markets for fruit trees and tree crops is Pak Klong Tlad in Bangkok, Nakhon

Pathom and within Ratchaburi itself.During the past 5 years ago most growers (71 %) said they

experienced problems of water pollution from uncertain sources, flooding,water shortage, outbreak of pests and insects etc. But the most serious problem

was reported to be an outbreak of pests and insects (25.3%), followed by water

shortage (15.2%) and then flooding (12.7%) (Table 3.13-11).

Even though they had experienced such problems, whenasked what they would do with their land in the next five years most of them

(72.3%) said they would continue with the same size of orchard, 9.2 % of the

growers who had very old orchards (more than 30 years old on average) said

they would change to other crops, 1.6 % said they would increase their farm

size. Some of them (16.9 %) said they want to sell their land.

3. Vegetatable growing.

Rachaburi province is the main vegetables production area

for supplying to Bangkok and adjacent areas. They are concentrated in Amphoe

Muang Ratchaburi and Damnoen Saduak as these areas have a good water

supply. The field study found that vegetable farmers had different groiwing

patterns namely, growing vegetables as a monocrop the whole year, growing

only vegetables but not every year, growing vegetables and intercropping withrice and fruit trees, rotating with other crops and growing vegetables while

raising fishes in the ditches. Labor force for vegetable growing are from two

sources, within the farm household and hiring from the local area (on average

3.3 and 5.7 persons per farm respectively). Growing vegetables requireds

greater application of fertilizer than rice, about 50-325 kg/rai of chemical

fertilizer in addition to manure and compost. The cost of growing depends on

the type and location, e.g. 3,970-6,850 baht/rai for yard long bean, 1,270-1,500

baht/rai for young corn, 6,855 baht/rai for tomatoes, and 25,090-29,555 bahtlrai

3-204

TABLE 3.13-8 YIELD AND COST OF PRODUCTION OTF FRUIlT TREKSp

INITHIiE STUDY ARE\A IN 1990-iS93.

Ratchaburi [ Bangi ConteeCrops Yield Cost Y nield C C" o

1-VI lzo 1,399 4,700 69° N.A.-Ki;w Sawei 1,550 N.A. 400 N.A.

-NSTamnXD1.1kmai 810 N.A. 750 N. A.,-,NangK,lan-wan 1,510 N.A. 740 NA.

O-Ck Roiig 1,450 N.A. 700 NTA.- Thong Dam 1,054 N.A. 6( \ NA.

-Fa 260 N.A. 3§j N.A.-Kaew N.A. NA. 700! N A.- Raed 730 N.A. N. A. N.A.

1"mIsen Prieo 850 N.A. N.A. NA.

-Tl1ong Ek N.A. N.A. 3001 N A.Coconut N A. N A. 981 N.A.-Old coconut 1,817 2,62 1 1,0621 NA.

Youn- coconui 793 4,260 1,450j N. A.

> -uoar coconut N.A. N.A. 6851 NA."

l(irape ! 3,019 8,700 1,425 N.APapaya I 4,510 5,200 N.A NA.Ju jube 2,757 4,260 4,500 N.A.Guava 3,72- 9,489 .A. N. A.Pomelo 1,114 5,930 1,270 N.A.Jacakfruit 1 ,920 2,400 2,104 N..

Sweet orange 2. 20 6,800 N.A. N.A.Spodilia 2, 173 2,500 1,184 N.A.Rose apple 1,997 3,400 1,200 NA.Lemon 484 4,000 N.A. N.A.

7+ :nhuo shoot 1,18 7 2,422 N.A. NA.

sanana n%Thul'i 2,155 2,000 1,962 N.A.

Banana na"QE;Ilj 2,695 5,500 3,186 N.A

Source: Ratchaburi and Bang Kontee Agricultural Offices,1994.

3-205

TABLE 3.13 - 9FRUIT CROPS AND TREE CROPS PRODUCTIONIN RATCHABURI PROVINCE CROP YEAR 1990/91

Varieties Production (Kg./ ree/year)4-6 years 7-20 years >20 years Average

1. Mango 29 53.7 75.1 52.6

Raed 29 61 88 59.3

Kieo Sawei 21 50 59 43.3

Nong San, 24 37 56 39.0

Nam Dok Mai 23 47 61 43.7

Pimsen Prieo 33 63 94 63.3

Ok Rong 41 61 89 63.7

Kaeo 33 58 93 61.3

Nang Klangwan 22 41 67 43.3

Thong Dam 24 50 69 47.7

2. Pomnelo 36 69 61 55.7

Khao Thongdee 46 65 65 58.7

Khao Puang 46 82 94 74.0

Khao Pan 46 82 94 74.0

Khao Narmpueng 32 49 76 52.3

Khao Taengkua NA. NA. NA. NA.

Tha Koi 29 33 34 32.0

Khao Yai 39 124 66 76.3

Khao Hom 17 50 0 22.3

3. Jack Fruit 81 124 16 73.5

Native 80 80 80 80

Champa Kraub 113 300 NA. 137.7

Thong Sudchai 58 NA. NA. 19.3

Fa Thalom 77 240 NA. 105.7

Ta Boui 75 NA. NA. 75

4. Sapodilla 58 65 89 70.2

Makok 49 64 99 70

Krasoui 66 65 NA. 43.7

Kai Han NA. NA. 167 167

5. Sweet Orange 41 51 85 59

6. Lychee 34.2 55.3 74.4 54.6

Hong Houi 49 69 78 65.3

0-Hia 33 75 90 66

Kim Jeng 21 57 85 54.3

Chakrapat 46 58 70 58

Kom 22 33 49 34.7

Kalok NA. 40 NA. 40

3-206


Varieties Production (Kg./trz:e/>'ear)

3-4 years 15-20 years >20 yeaxs Average

7. CoconutYou!g Coconut 108 187 u 147.5

O d Cocoiiut NA. NA. INA. N.

8. BeilA1 Nut' 0 _ 36 15 2551-2 yev. s >? vear Average

9. Papaya 43.8 43.8Kaek Dam 45 45

Kaek Nual 40 40Koko 50 50Sai Nuinpueng 40 40

10. Banana 5

Horn Thongn 5

2-5 years >5 years Average

11. Guava 51 40 47.5

Lorn Sali 5 1 40 4 5.5

12. Jujub.De 36.8 24 30.4

l,ian Thong 27 24 25.5

Bombav 38 24 31

Bomb Apple 41 20 30 5

Chedee Seethong 41 28 34.51-, vears 4-5 years Average

13. Grape 17.5 17 17.25Whlite Malacca 26 25 25.5

Cardinal 9 _ 9 9

Source: Department of Agricultural Extension, 1990.

3-207

TABLE 3.13-10 INCOME FROM FRUIT TREE AND TREE CROP FARMING(BAHT/HOUSEHOLD/YEAR)

Item Per cent Accumulated(N=65) Percentage

500-10,000 20.3 20.310,00-25,000 20.3 40.625,001-50,000 20.3 60.950,001-100,000 14.1 75.0100,001-250,000 10.9 85.9250,001-750,000 10.9 96.8750,001 and over 3.2 100.0Average 190,298Maximum 5,050,000Minimum 500

Source: Field Survey investigation, 1994.

3-208

TABLE 3.13-11PERCENTAGE OF FARMERS WHO HAVE EXPERIENCED DAMAGE

TO THEIR FRUIT TREES IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS

Item Per cent(N=65)

Damage experience in the past 5 yearsWater pollution 11.4Flooding 12.7Water shortage and drought 15.2Saline water inr-usionOutbreak of pest 25.3Others 2.5No damage 29.1

Source Field Survey Investigation, 1994.

3-209

for asparagus etc. (Table 3.13-12). Revenue from vegetable farming rangesfrom 1,000 more than 300,000 baht/household/year. (Table 3.13-13).

The major markets are Muang Ratchaburi, Nakhon Pathom

and Bangkok.The major problems facing vegetable farmers are outbreaks

of pests and insects, high cost, water shortage and water pollution in the dryseason. and labor shortage. Most of the farms had experienced such problemsduring the past 5 years . Given these conditions, and looking 5 years ahead , 6

farmers (about 32 %) of the sample population said they would continue togrow vegetables, another 32 % want to change to grow fruit trees and tree crops,5 (about 26 %) are uncertain about their future and the remainder want tochange to grow rice.

ii) Livestock rearingThe study area is also the major location of livestock farming in

Ratchaburi .province. Livestock farming in Ratchaburi plays a crucial role inthe agricultural sector because of many reasons : there are plenty ofagricultural products to produce animal feed ; the location of Ratchaburi isclose to Bangkok which is the largest market ; and it is close to Nakhon

Pathom where livestock farming has exceeded the carrying capacity of waterresources. The major types of livestock reared are chickens, ducks, cattle andswine. The farm sizes in the field study are presented in Table 3.13-4.

There are various motivations for the farmers to carry onlivestock farming in the study area namely: it is a fullfilling experience ; it

does not need intensive labor ; it requires a smaller area than cultivation; andhas no marketing problem etc. Revenue from livestock farming found in the

area ranges from 450-8,190,000 baht/year. The large farms have an averageincome of 498,000 baht/year including income from the sale of dung.

Electricity is essential for livestock farming where it is used forlighting, heating and for protecting the animal against insects .

The main problems for the farms are pests, high cost andirregular and declining price. Some farms are troubled with water pollution.However, in the next 5 years, a large proportion of farmers confirmed that

they will continue to rear livestock

iii) Fisheri-s

Fresh water fisheries in the study area consist of fishes andmacrobracium. The fishes include both fish for eating and fancy fishes for

3-210

TABLE 3.13-12 AGRiCULTURAL PRODUCTION, COST AND INCOME

LN THE STUDY AREA IN 1993.

Crops Yield Cost Remark(Ku/gRai) (Baht/Rai)

Chilli 1,004 8,830

Bird pepper 835 8,300Water melon 2,157 6,200

Cucumber 1,454 2,950

Long cucumber 2,282 1,725Lufta 1,273 4,066

Big egg pl: nt 3,348 16,137

Yard long bean 1,327 6.850 (3,970*)

Bitter gourd 1,215 8.133 (5.832*)

Lettuce 2,822 2,090O,A) 1 bz1 y7)*I oung con,1 94 1.500 (1,272*)

Asparagus 578 29,555 (25,090*)

Okra 1,229 14,620

Corn (for eating) 2,557 2,130Multiply onion 1,488 17,022

Pumpkin 2,211 1.875

Cauliflower 2,110 8, 1 43

Long egg plant 1,786 9,820Chinese kale 1,708 2,070

7nBf1-1L?'JrJ 3,571 6,830

Chinese-spinach 764 1,470

Source Ratchaburi and Damnoen Saduak Agricultural Offices, 1994.Remark: * Figures for Damnoen Saduak

3-211

TABLE 3.13-13 CHARACTERISTICS OF VEGETABLE GROWING IN THE STUDY AREA

Item Percent AccummulatedPercentage

Farm size (rai)1-5 31.6 31.66-10 3 1.6 63.211-15 15.8 79.016-25 21.0 100.0

TenureSelf owned 47.5Rented 52.6

Landuse patternGrow only vegetable, all year 36.8Intercrop with other crops 21.0Rotate with other crops 31.6Others 10.6

Reason for growing vegetables (Respondent could give more than 1 reason)Higher income 27.6Have more skill in growing

this type of crop 13.8Sufficient water supply 20.7Market demand 13.8Others 24.1

Sources of water supply other than the rainMae Klong river 5.3Irrigation system 42.1Natural canal and marsh 47.3Shallow well 5.3

Labor forces (person)Within the household

Average 3.3Range 1-10

Hired LaborAverage 5.7Range 4-10

3-212


Item Percent Accummulatedfercentage

Income (baht/household/year)Less than 10,000 26.2 26.210,001-25,000 21.1 4- 325,001-50,000 21.1 68.450,001-150,000 21.1 89.5150,001 and more 10.5 100.0Average 64,959Maximum 335,385Minimum 1,000

Problems of growing vegetables (Respondents can give more than I problem)High cost 25.0

Water shortage in the dry season 10.0Outbreak of pest and insect 45.0Water pollution 10.0Labor shortage 10.0

Damage in past 5 years (Respondents can give more than 1 cause of damage)Water pollution 21.1Flooding 8.7Drought 8.7Outbreak of pest and insect 39.2No damage 21.7

Farmers' intended landuse in the next 5 yearsContinue growing vegetables 31.6Will change to rice 10.5Will change to fruit trees 31.6Don't know 26.3

Source: Field Survev Investigation, 1994.

3-213

export. Fisheries also plays a crucial role in the agricultural sector ofRatchaburi and Samut Songkram in terms of cost and revenue, especiallymacrobracium. Table 3.13-15 shows the number of farms and the fresh waterfisheries production and Table 3.13-16 shows the production by type offishery in each Amphoe in the study area. The field study found that the costof macrobrobacium farming is rather high, about 67,858 baht/rai as can beseen in Table 3.13-17.

The market for macrobacium is at Mahachai, Samut SakornProvince. Most farms surveyed had no electricity ; if they did have it the costwas very low.

During the previous 5 years, 9 out of 10 farms faced theproblem of water pollution from nearby farms, fermented grass in irrigationcanals and unknown sources, and 5 out of 10 farms faced water shortage andanimal disease. Income and the ability to overcome problems with the fisherybusiness are the main determinants of whether any farm will continue. Thestudy suggested that 5 out of 10 macrobacium farmers will continue with thesame size of farm, 2 will extend their farms, and 1 farmer will reduce thefarm size. The remaining 2 are uncertain of their future.

3-214

TABLE 3.13-14 NUMBER OF LIVESTIOC'K BY TYPE IN TIlE STUDY AREA (IIEAD).

Typz Average Maximum Minimulm No. of

farm

Chicken 1,868 5,000 70 6- Meat Chicken 3,357 5,000 70 3- Egg Clicken 2,233 - 3,000 900 3

Duck 8,253 20,000 12 4Cattle 14 50 I 20Swine 259 2,400 1 19

Source Field Survey Investigation, 1994.

TABLE 3.13-15 FRESHIWATER FISIIERIES AREA., PRODUCTION ANDNUMBER OF FARMERS IN 1993.

Amphoe Area Production Farmer(lrai) (ton) (cases)

Ratchaburi 8,847.6 3,594.5 1,1841. Muang Ratcliaburi 1,244.0 1,843.2 4772. Potaram 299.0 103.2 1273. Bang Pae 1,167.0 1,403.8 1904. Damnoen Saduak 1,699.0 107.3 2145. WatPleng 24.5 31.5 27Samut Songkram 241.3 1,600.0 916. BangKontee 95.3 150.0 78

Source Ratchaburi and Samut Songkram Fishery Office , 1994

TABLE 3.13-16 PRODUCTION OF FRESII WATER FAUNA OF RATCHABURI PROVINCE IN 1993.

_ izu 1ijauf dfnwjt ai:lynu iJllrt i j ih4l ~nlKflfl iJnvu ia-flnmL iiwa)u 1 144niii 4 4IAu tEi I u' 'Wu

District Sliaike- Cat Climbing Local Tilapia Corin- Scpat Cat Swamp Othler Macro Shrimps Othier Total

1lead Fish Perch Carp iimon Siaiii Fish Ell Food Bracium Kinds

Fish Carp Fish

Ratchaburi 179,800 433,200 47,200 394,000 593,000 29,000 433,300 74,700 16,450 112,300 3,746,500 21,250 29,100 6,109,800

- Muang Ratchaburi 100,000 274,200 18,500 249,000 328,00() 15,000 70,000 60,000 12,000 74,000 I ,130,000 12,000 13,500 2,356,200

- Potarain 1,000 21,000 4,000 25,000 27,000 7,000 500 3,000 1,500 5,000 7,000 500 7,500 110,000

- Bang Pae 45,000 100,000 22,500 80,000 100,000 5,000 360,000 5,000 2,000 20,000 2,525,600 7,000 5,000 3,277,100

- Daiiinoen Saduak 10,300 14,000 300 18,500 20,500 300 500 4,200 250 2,500 68,000 1,200 300 140,850

- Wat Pleng 1,500 2,000 100 4,000 3,000 1(0 600 100 100 2,000 1,000 100 300 14,900

'Total 157,800 411,200 45,400 376,500 478,500 27,400 43 1,600 72,300 15,850 103,500 3,731,600 20,800 26,600 5,899,050

% of wlhole provinice: 87.8 94.9 96.2 95.6 80.7 94.5 99.6 96.8 96.4 92.2 99.6 97.9 91.4 96.6

Samut Songkramii 70,300 10,100 28,775 42,200 41,010 700 426,800 300 5,900 21,500 60,100 2,200 56,500 766,385

- Bang Kontee NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

% of whole province NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

Source: Provincial Fisheries Offices of Ratchaburi and Sarnut Songkram ,1994

TABLE 3.13-17 COST OF MACROBRACIUM FARMING (BAHT/RAI/YEAR)

(8 crops/ year)Item Baht Per cent

1. Land 437 0.72. Land preparation 381 0.63. Breeding 2,774 4.14. Food 5,218 7.75. Medicine 932 1.46. Equipment 797 1.27. Chemical 480 0.78. Fuel 6,799 10.09. Electricity 100 0.010. Transportation 1,380 2.011. Labor 38,401 56.612. Intereston loan 10,179 15.0

Total 67,858 100.0

Production 1,311 Kg/raiCost 52 Baht/kgFarm price 105 Baht/kgIncome 138,050 BahtlraiProfit 70,192 Baht/rai or 103.4%

53 Baht/kg


3-218

3.14 Housing

3.14.1 Introduction

Housing change caused by the project during botu theconstruction and operation phases may affect the pattern of use of localhousing facilities and housing demand. The impact assessment study focusedon classifying type and identifying level of impacts. Also, mitigationmeasures are recommended .

3.14.2 Methodology

(1) Related records from agencies concerned and localauthorities have been collected

(2) Field suriey been carried out thTouQh direct

observations and interviews with local key persons(3) Information on the existing situation has been analyzed and

presented . Housing and population changes in the next 10 years assuming a'

without project' scenario have been projected by regression model.

(4) available project description was utilized as key infornationin assessing type and degree of impacts for both construction and operation

phases


i) Population and housing stock ,distribution and density

The area within 15 km. radius of the site covers approximately707.14 sq.km.and contained 289,072 inhabitants and 63,699 houses in 1993.

The population density was 408.79 persons per sq.km. and 90.08 houses per

sq.kn. This area covers 8 administrative areas in 2 provinces which includes

4 amphurs with 2 municipal areas in Ratchaburi province and 2 amphurs in

Sarnut Songkram province. The highest population and housing densities

amnong the 8 administrative areas are in Ratchaburi urban municipality with

5,278.85 persons per sq.km. and 1,590.23 houses per sq.krn. The second

highest population and housing densities were Potharam district munucipality

with 5,278.85 persons per sq.km. and 1590.23 houses per sq.km. The lowest

density was Ampawa with 236.59 and 50.62 for population and housing

densities, respectively.

3-219

ii) Housing situation of the communities adjacent to the siteThe comrnmunities adjacent to the site are located approximately

1 kilometer west of the site. They are composed of 3 villages namely Ban

Moo 4, 5 and 6 of Phikun Thong district. Their housing distribution shows amixed pattern between cluster and line settlements along the main local road.

Most houses have been constructed in rural Thai style with woodenstructure, raised floor and using various kinds of roof material.Totalpopulation of the communities is 1,716 persons with 326 houses or 5.3

persons per house.

Concerning basic community facilities, the main local road ofthe communities which links the main access road to the site (Petchakasem-Damnoensaduak road) and highway No.4 at km. 90 is approximately 8kilometers long, of which 95% has been upgraded and is constructed ofasphalt . Only 300 meters of the remainder of the road is lateritic. Electricityis available to all the comnmunities . Most residents of the communities usegroundwater as a source of water supply. Some of them still use surface

water from local canals, namely Klong Bang Pla Nai. Groundwater supply,however, is tending to replace canal water use because the authority

concerned has been extending this service.

With regard to the local attitude regarding housing induced bythe power plant project, all 3 village heads of the comrnmunities were

interviewed. They believed that housing growth during the operation phasewould bring prosperity to their conmnunities in terms of positive impact.

When considering negative impact, one of the three village heads interveiwedexpected that problems might occur because of the larger population

although he couldn't say what types of problems he expected . The tworemaining heads expected that there would be a less negative result. Also,they all believed that temporary housing during construction phase would

be less of a problem because it would most likely to located away from theconmmunities .

iii) Population and housing trendsStatistical records of population and housing between 1989-

1993 within 15 km. radius of the site were utilized to forecast housing andpopulation trends. With regard to the "without project" scenario, population

and housing growth are expected to change from 289,072 persons and 63,699houses in 1993 to 309,104 persons and 88,003 houses in 2003. Similarly,the

densities are expected to change from 408.79 persons per sq.km. and 90.08

3-220

houses per sq.km. in 1993 to 437.12 persons per sq.km. and 124.45 housesper sq.km. in 2003. However, different growth rates of both indicators which

are 0.64% per year for population change and 3.30% per year for housingchange imply that extended families will tend to be replaced by nuclear

families.

3-221

TABLE 3.14 -1

DISTRIBUTION OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE AREAS, AND

APPROXIMATE HOUSING AND POPULATION DENSITIES WITI-IN 15 KM.

RADIUS FROM WAT PHIKUN TIHONG SITE ( 1993 )

Administrative areas Area Housing density Population density

(amphur / municipality) (sq.km.) (ho,use / sq.km.) (person/ sq.km.)

Ratchaburi urban municipality 8.7 1,590.23 5,578.85

Potharam district municipality 2.6 1,132.69 4,700.38

Muang Ratchaburi 238.32 65.57 317.36

Potharam 166.21 63.51 263.56

Daninoensaduak 165.81 79.13 456.59

Bangpae 92.02 49.02 243.11

Bangkhonthi 20.55 91.35 369.37

Ampawa (Samut Songkhram) 12.93 50.62 236.59

Total area within 15 km. radius 707.14 90,08 408.79

from Phikun Thong Site

TABLE 3.14 - 2

POPULATION AND HOUSING TRENDS WITHIN 15 KM.RADIUS FROM THE SITE

Population Housingi- CahNulluDri Ninmber I Density

(persons) (person/sq.kmn.) (houses) (house/sq. km.)1989 282,776 399.89 54,101 76.51

1990 283,008 400.21 55,836 78.96

1991 285,155 403.25 57,910 81.89

1992 289,715 409.70 61,187 86.53

1993 289,072 408.79 63,699 90.08

1994 291,735 412.56 65,911 93.21

1995 293,665 415.29 68,366 96.68

1996 295,594 418.01 70,820 100.15

1997 297,524 420.74 73,275 103.62

1998 299,454 423.47 75,730 107.09

1999 301,384 426.20 78,184 110.56

2000 303,314 428.93 80,639 114.04

2001 305,244 431.66 83,094 117.51

2002 307,174 434.39 85,548 120.98

2003 309,104 437.12 88,003 124.45

Average population growth rate 0.64 % per year

Average housing growth rate = 3.30 % per year

Source: Compiled from population and housing records during 1989 - 1993and forecasted by linear regression deriving population and housing

forecast equations as Yp = 1,929.9 X - 3,556,486 (R = 0.86049 )

and Yh = 2,454.7 X - 4,828,761 (R = 0.98723 ): Yp and Yh take

values of number of population and housing respectively in the

year ( A.D.), X is the year (A.D.)

3-223

TABLE 3.14 - 3

POPULATION AND HOUSING DISTRIBUTION OF THE COMMUNITIES ADJACENT TO THE

PROJECT SITE, MAY 1994

Administrative villages Population Housing Average

(Phikun Thong district) Male Female Total (houses) (person/house)

(persons) (persons) (persons)

Ban Moo 4 223 216 439 72 6.1

Ban Moo 5 346 362 708 137 5.2

Ban Moo 6 277 292 469 117 4.0

Total 846 870 1,716 326 5.3

Source Village Heads Records, May 1994.

3-224

3.15 Transportation

3.15.1 Introduction

+4 ~.--.A T~i,vr%,c ,nfthkp nrnA-r~t a h (lDur1ng oosuun aund oprfo pe.d offi poec, ha

volume of construction materials, construction equipment, equipment for the

power plant and fuel oil will have to be transported to the site. This will create

traffic congestion both at the site and in the surrounding area because at present

the only possible access to the project site is via road. To alleviate such trafficcongestion, appropriate measures should be established. The objective of thisstudy is to identify appropriate measures to alleviate the adverse effects ofproject construction and operation on road transportation, railway services and

navigation .

3.15.2 Methodoloev

(1) Road transportationIt was necessary to estimate the present and past trend of

the traffic volume on the main roads surrounding the Wat Phikum Thong site.

This was based on both statistical traffic count data recorded by theDepartment of Highway (DOH) during the past 5 years and an actual field data

traffic count conducted by the consultant. The projection of both types of

traffic count data was evaluated and used to predict the traffic volume of the

main roads during the period of construction and operation of the project.

Comparison was made between the available road capacity and the traffic

volume forcasted . Appropriate mitigation measures are recommended.

(2) Rail transportation

To examine whether the railway system has sufficient capacity

to carry more trains both during the construction and operation phases of the

project, the data on rail traffic volume such as type of commodity including

passengers, its origin and destination and number of trains per day on the route

was collected by field survey at designated railway stations and from the

statistical traffic data recorded by the State Railway of Thailand (SRT).

(3) NavigationThe data on existing navigation channel, traffic volume, traffic

flow on the Mae Klong River and canals surrounding the project area was

3-225

exarined. Field observation was made and also statistical data recorded by the

Harbour Departrnent (HD) was collected in order to evaluate the effect of theproject both during the construction and operation periods.


(1) Road NetworkFigure 3.15-1 shows the existing road network surrounding the

project area. Highway no 4, which is the main highway to the south, runs veryclose to the project site. It has a very high standard of four lanes with anasphaltic concrete surface. The capacity of highway no. 4 is suitable for atraffic volume up to 60,000 VPD (vehicles per day). The access road from

highway no. 4 to Wat Phikun Thong site is Petchakaseam-Damnoensaduakroad which is the municipality road under the responsibility of Ratchaburiprovince. This road intersects highway no. 4 at km 98+570. It is a very low

standard road with 2 lanes of asphaltic surface 6 meters wide and with irregularsurface condition. At present the Public Works Department is reconstructingthe surface and shoulder of this road to upgrade it . The length of +"ts road is26.300 km and the reconstruction work started on April 19, 1994 and isexpected to be completed on January 29, 1995. The cost of reconstruction is

18.7 million Baht. The distance from highway no. 4 to Wat Phikun Thong siteis approximately 5 km.

(2) Road Transportation

Table 3.15-1 shows the traffic volume on highway no. 4 recordedat the station km no 93+580 for the years 1989-1993. This traffic count data isrecorded by DOH and classified by category of vehicle such as car & taxi, light

bus, heavy bus, light truck, medium truck and heavy truck. Percentage of

heavy vehicle means percentage of heavy bus, medium truck and heavy truck

compared to total figure. Bi-tri cycle and motorcycle are classified separately.

This traffic volume data is derived from a mechanical automatic countingmachine which operates throughout the year and manual counts which count 4periods a year one day for each period and 12 hours per day during Tuesday toThursday from 7.00 am to 7.00 pm. After collection the data was analysed

and estimates made of AADT (Average Annual Daily Traffic).The traffic count conducted by the consultant was carried out at

the main and access roads nearby the Wat Phikun Thong site. There were threetraffic count stations. The first location is on highway no. 4 at km 98+570

3-226

This is where highway no. 4 intersects with the access road to Wat PhikunThong (Petchakasaem - Damnoensakuak road). The second location is on theaccess road to Wat Phikun Thong site at km no. 0+500. The last location is onthe access road to Ban Kluai railway station at km 0+500. Ban Kluai railwaystation is the nleairest railway taition to the Wat Phikun Thong site. Thisrailway station can be used as an intermode station for transporting materialand equipment between road and rail. Figure 3.15-5 shows the location of thetraffic count stations. The traffic count was carried out for 2 days, one duringthe week and the other during the weekend. The counts were carried out from6 am. to 6 pm. The result of the traffic count was transformed into AverageDaily Traffic (ADT). Table 3.15-2, 3.15-3 and 3.15-4 shows the result of fieldtraffic volume data recorded by the consultant on May 27 1994 (Friday) andMay 28, 1994 (Saturday) at those three locations. The data were recorded bytype of vehicle for 12 hours from 6.00 am to 6.00 pm and transformed intoADT by multiplying the conversion factor of 1.5235 to get an average dailytraffic count for each day. Then these two ADTs were transformed into asingle ADT for each station. When the result of the ADT for highway no. 4 asshown in table 3.15-2 was compared with the ADT recorded by DOH as shownin table 3.15-1 it proved to be slightly lower than that of 1993. This may bebecause the sample size is lower. But anyway it can be assumed that theresult of the field traffic counts recorded by the consultant for those threelocation are acceptable.

(3) Rail network

The southern Railway line runs in parallel along the west side ofhighway no. 4 at a distance of approximately 500 m. apart. This railway lineintersects highway no. 4 at about km 100+000 or about 1.5 km from theintersection of the access road to the Wat Phikun Thong site. The nearestrailway station to Wat Phikum Thong site is Ban Kluai Station which is about 9km by road as shown in Figure 3.15-2. This station is a very small stationcompared to Ratchaburi Railway Station which is 10 km away from the WatPhikun Thong site by road.

(4) Rail TransportationTahle 3.15-5 shows the statistical data recorded by the State

Railways of Thailand (SRT) on the number of trains passing throughRatchaburi Railway station in both directions per day from 1988-1992. Wecan conclude that the number of passenger trains per day is decreasing because

3-227

SRT has discontinued some unprofitable trains. But the number of freighttrains remains the same . When considering the amount of freight transportedthrough Ratchaburi Railway Station we can see that the total amournt of freighthas slightly increased. The amount of freight south bound (from Bangkok) ismuch higher than that north bound (to Bangkok). As for the no. of passengerstransported through Ratchaburi Railway Station, the table shows that thenumber is increasing every year and the number of north bound passengers (to

Bangkok) is slightly lower than the number of south bound passengers (from

Bangkok).

(5) NavigationThe Mae Klong River runs along the southwest direction from

the Wat Phikun Thong site. The distance from the Mae Klong river to the siteis about 6 km. Figure 3.15-3 shows the rivers, canals and navigation locks inthe project area. Figure 3.15-4 shows the river and canal network in the centralpart of Thailand.

Figure 3.15-6 shows the location of irrigation locks where theinland water LatrspotL statistics at Bgnokkvack irri'a"non lock from 1990-1992 were recorded by the Royal Irrigation Department of the Ministry of

Agriculture and Cooperatives. From this table we can see that the number of

ships passing through the irrigation lock in both directions is decreasing andthe amount of freight carried is also decreasing. From this statistic we cancalculate the capacity of the ships using the irrigation lock. The result shows

that they are quite small ships which have the capacity of up to 26 tons and thecarrying distance of about 40-50 km. This means that in this area there isshallow water but it is still sufficient for water transport. Table 3.14-7 showsthe inland water transport statistics at Bangyang irrigation lock from 1990-1992

recorded by the Royal Irrigation Department . From this table we can see thatthe number of ships passing through the irrigation lock in both directions isdecreasing and the amount of freight carried is also decreasing. From this

statistic we can calculate the capacity of the ships using the irrigation lock.The result shows that they are very small ships which have the capacity up to10 tons and the carrying distance of about 100 lan.This means that the water in

this area is shallow but it is still be used to transport various goods.

3-228

TABLE 3.15 - 1 TRAFFIC VOLUME RECORDS ,1989 - 1993

____. Average Daily Traffic by Type _

Route Year Terminal Station Car Light Heavy Light Medium Heavy Total Heavy Bi - Tri Motor

no. km Taxi Bus Bus Truck Truck Truck Vehicle cycle cycle

4 1989 By pass 93 + 580 2858 239 382 4178 1286 3618 12501 42.08 36 2414

1990 from Kn 93 + 930 3258 359 359 2881 1185 2735 10699 39.99 44 1657

1991 to Km 106 + 189 2868 578 578 2664 1045 2706 10237 42.29 16 1458

199.2 4224 814 848 6386 2029 5503 19804 42.31 87 2818

1993 5808 652 759 6844 2364 6419 22843 41.77 116 3332

Source Department of Highways

TABLE 3.15 - 2 FIELD TRAFFIC VOLUME DATA RECORDED (1st STATION)

Average Daily Traffic by Type =_%__-

Year Terminal Station Car Light Heavy Light Medium Heavy Total Heavy Bi - Tri Motor

km Taxi Bus Bus Truck Truck Truck Vehicle cycle cycle

27 May 94 At Highway No. 4 98 + 570 5620 632 698 6751 2111 6320 22132 41.24 136 3220

(Friday) intersecting with

Petchakasem -

Damnoensaduak

road

28 May 94 At Highway No. 4 98 + 570 5820 641 720 6831 2015 6412 22421 40.79 142 3201

(Saturday ) intersecting with

Petchakasem -

Damnoensaduak

road

1994 ADT 98 + 570 5711 637 709 6791 2063 6366 22277 41.02 139 3211

TABLE 3.15 - 3 FIELD TRAFFIC VOLUME DATA RECORDED ( 2nd STATION)

Average Daily Trafirc by Typc %

Route Year Terminal Station Car Light Heavy Light Medium Heavy Total icavy Bi - Tri Motor

no. km Taxi Bus Bus Truck Truck Truck Vehicle cycle cycle

Petchakasem - 27 May 94 Access road to 0 + 500 199 21 17 1774 275 414 2700 26.15 86 1121

Dannoensaduak (Friday ) Wat Phikun ThoiNg

Petchakasem - 28 May 94 Access road to 0 + 500 216 17 13 1569 277 536 2628 31.43 52 920

Damnoensaduak (Saturday) Wat Phiku iniorig

PetclVakasen - 1994 ADT 0 + 500 208 19 15 1671 276 475 2664 28.79 69 1021

DamnDensaduak

TABLE 3.15 - 4 FIELD TRAFFIC VOLUME DATA RECORDED (3rd STATION)

-Average Daily Traffic by Type %

Route Year Terminal Station Car Light Heavy Light Medium Heavy Total Heavy Bi - Tri Motor

no. km Taxi Bus Bus Truck Truck Truck Vchicle cycle cycle

Junction to 27 May 94 Access road to 0 + 500 397 95 38 1383 131 264 2308 18.76 291 2087

Ban Kluai (Friday ) Ban Kluai

Railway Station

Junction to 28 May 94 Access road to 0 + 500 363 70 17 1237 124 296 2107 20.74 275 2260

Ban Kluai (Saturday) Ban Kluai

ui .Railway Station

Junction to 1994 ADT 0 + 500 380 83 27 1310 128 280 2208 19.75 283 2174

Ban Kluai

TABLE 3.15 - 5

NO. OF TRAINS, TONS OF FREIGHT AND NO. OF PASSENGERS

USING IIATCIIABURI RAILWAY STATION

Year 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992

Iteni

No. of trains passing through Ratchaburi (No.)

Freiglht Train 28 28 28 30 28

Passenger 'Train 20 18 20 18 14

Total 48 46 48 48 42

Amount of Freight transported through Ratchaburi (Ton)

North bounid 2,902.14 802.70 608.62 2,350.07 981.01 ^

Southi bowud 26,676.84 32,312.67 35,984.93 49,336.41 37,469.78

Total 29,578.98 33,115.37 36,593.55 51,686.48 38,450.79

No. of passengers transported through Ratchabwui (No.)

North bound 96,214 96,246 103,639 118,098 127,697

South bound 155,079 165,674 162,012 180,133 192,374

Total J 251,320 261,920 265,651 298,231 320,071

Source State Railways of Thailand

TABLE 3.15 - 6 INLAND WATER TRANSPORTATION STATISTICS AT

BANGNOKKVACK IRRIGATION LOCK

Year No. of Ships Freight

Ton Ton - kms.

1990 5,383 149,285.11 8,206,825.66

1991 5,450 145,114.98 5,892,915.50

1992 4,328 113,776.36 4,551,684.64

Source: Royal Irrigation Departnent

TABLE 3.15-7 INLAND WATER TRANSPORTATION STATISTICSAT BANYANG IRRIGATION LOCK

Year No. of Ships Freight

Ton Ton - kms.

1990 19,134 188,362.64 20,164,697.21

1991 15,594 142,149.65 15,828,663.41

1992 12,866 149,994.97 13,837,255.34

Source Royal Irrigation Department

3-234

\~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Nu -t Laksk- -3

1S..S XWa;'; e0 Ng Mt'~~'.<> < v e ge *51 ,,^ - X ¢ s. ;- ,=: eS - -- ^_ ;}s> ;f',fL~~~~~DwL., f

W S, wmX.~~~~__^ .,, tf;, ., X >>, ^ . ;^;.Jf.>~~~~~~~~~~W~ chJs| L,,;. * .J^' E^..--,

., _ , ^ , <- ^ s ; S ^ A~~~~~~~ullAp.

8 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~\ a' PROJEC sITE <; *A* P_X ^^i<gg..........

. _ .,_z % 9T , '^ .,t£. ,, . w , !ch,1

vast^^ Ne t >Ea ^^ h. sv^ ^*................................ t | yt)siU.:n

-NU! 'A n;;v, . . : ; : j - '

WW , m, r$,v°fa :S ................................. -n

.1Et!5-:^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~a ;Tx u;.ogX,. nIrxo *- .., :: -::.:--:'.'i,:I

u*@ly t . E. z ' .'B.nAhl th,-.'-o rwaflna K .,Wj@v.:*|.,;;

S_l. .-- t - 's,'kong. ,\-\ ......f *,i

l $. ton +x ee. l ................ .. E bi- ........... FIGURE3.15-] EMSTATGR0. .. ... ... . .

v - ' 3~~~~~~~~~~A t' *.( ' N£0

4~A .hk I, T i3-235

/- { q Khlongrn Pho C4 )en/ ,' .

* k- . ;j. E ; gY , *. *Y .EBan Chuk Ma hrao

i < Bn Kar W ' | / Ak | si! 14. a an Nai Khu

:Ban Ba*'nw F2) . x,i.

an'KI..,\ B (7 . Ban Samn

* an Khlong K iamen < \ .- X

BAN KLUAI STATION an

K n lian 50n Ba n M khem ~. an ; < _.p_3). ,n Bang Song R i,

3 .- \ a. j*, * * , \ ang Li aroen Tham Ba` Bang Da Nai .

Ban hok Khing . . . .; Jf,~ Ban Ba g Song Roi g L.

. ( . * ,, , :!'s'B ' S g ~an Ei g Li ,

7-an 'hlap Phi . *.' 1,__..,'____Unaran UIK ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -/Ban

u li . t Wit CbS en Tha n Wit,hoya : ' . _-

4 . f 11 V ' \; t1 ! } ; I ' t , B an Lum iV11~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4

Ban Mo- M '7) _2

ar ia arata Mu ThL u ho Khae MBon .\ 1- 3 i4ian Th* Ci,ae 11 tn/ _

L * ~~~~6 \/ ,t li1; * . 1-|Ban Khlon

Wat Tan~a .~ a PoRa urn

in\Rong ha g C,) 4Ba K T'*k Bun Phg S aa

; * .~ * * lW di Hgl ; Ban h g Tn Khae

> 4; .anl z K sg KWat Plo Rat Bur ina

¢1~~~~~~ &/e !t}il :-r 1.9=tS RATCH,ABURI STATION Ve ,,>o

a,, Ban~~~~~~~~OCTONO RAILWA STNaTi

3-236ar Khao Wall9 1 5iiiS18 t i | tsr,l Ban Kh i ng 7;ci|!'- '' ri'' C s ?§ Wat DXTako | l~~~~~~~% Rai45 Wat.h3 Wi,'o| ,

I ,,;ar I ,ts,n,.,.,J,\ I ...RATCHABURI STATIO

hi"-Chan Chinese S'tOnN an Dob Taito ** l Wa

t{^v iiSl'yit ~~~~~~um, | u ,tin ; .§| l(OCi 0 )1¢

k | . . j~~~~~~an. Don Chaseng 8\i0

M@;. / .--6 ,/lan: .Fs,u ts i 1 \ -- e ~~~~Sca,le ini ?etars

1 \ ' *' ,g' :_ ?"@ 1 9 ~~~~~FIGURE, 3.15-2

|wuu;tL E¢a,n Ma| ,; ~~' tg 1 \LOCATION OF RAILWAY STATIC

3-236

<//r , '>^:.; / ; tfsC r -S- ̂ [g :"7L| - ~ j *. -~ - t ~' 1 _\ b,:''' Ltiw 7 firLk

R l .... ; , . . Z ~~~~~ : \ .. <- e\ _\ ._-t~ i

X0\t:i! ,',,i 5':,.. i 1i.S5Q1' Ft --

t -PH AH ,r

>, . ,/>;. :>;)^J;1 )h =;_.1-' ~~~~~~~~~~~- . ~~s ,

/--tr >X 9~ '-..os CleDlBVA RC-N.L_->< -7 1'' 1!, NKo ^He Rv

- ;<NG;| *;-__<2t 1 Ls . -- 4 _Kv.~~;__u- ,

\E 1", ft '- < ,. /riPAT, ),-H. .6, , ''l ' 'T i'

's'-- ~ ~ ~ ~ 4AW Tz' ... I UkA £T C: i 't

AAJ B U R ' ; - STRrONG KAMr4GUTsANRG "L

*s ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ P7JC AX1 < pi K K REA.I< *.S-',-

/~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ASR TRA e-T( gLh- BANK ,'),,

r k; !\ t t , O z; l\t; i, 1 1W; g S TPLACp.-~ ~~~IA KQ A 9- /SAMUT/

LiChzxltDJ~~~~~~ ~ NOCJL . KWI' Re . X4!~~~~~~~~~~~ C' RAM,,.r'£

Ir .$/_ -1 ': ''i

, < j<3-~~3237 ,

FIG'UR-E 3.15-3 RIVTR, CANAL NAVIGATION LOCKS IN THE PROJ-ECT AREA

'4 , , ^, > 5t , / fa) ~~~~~~~~~~NAIq lVf ttNIV Ai NRIE

s~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A KIN ( ''! VRIVE

/ Q~~~~I S AO RIVE'ARVE

lI~.1O 4^ .'l101lX 41 111 0 St N9 A N R IV E L R V

CANAL

'K> I (~~~~~~~~~~~~~~) ~~~ANOLSASANAPILAN (;ANAL,( A) NNS .. lVLLAYUNSAI iCARAL

1., J1101 oOlrlIlIlw )@ () 1OKWASAWlLANG CANAL.

I ® SOL~~~~~~~~~0,1SEBLJNI) CLANAL® SANSA CANAL.

400 11 A i.A (06 PRAUNGGI lALYANUCl I CANAL IBoo ioo .400 (!) L1ANGiAN NAFLK CANAtl

.404 00444l40W41 ® |:,rlaI^i IOKNAK I L,NNuANKEr CAIAL,

®9 PRAVAJL3ULRNUM CANAlS

.( PNNG-VRAJNG CAAN LA

® CIIAWJEL -LANGYLEL ollCANAL,., 5 .iojoow , ', /gArllllA

®3 HA(lAAI CAtiAL.

Y 2~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RY B(J#) SO.,oUE CAAI,

\ PRAUDLLOM CANAL

.d k.

(D. PRAPIMON CANALo MAI IASAWAVr CANAtI

- DAMNOEN SADUAL< CAILIAL

® PfL IASI CtLAROEN CANAIL

* ', 444001401(EftL0 ( SANAMCIIAI-MAIIAC:lAI CANAL.

0MsrlrSLiAIT41AN

C1 @ SUPPASAM\tf CANMAl

2 ,ANG BAU I1 IONG CANAL 1

WY 0 4 I@; MAE KlONG CANAL

f lflIl4 T .NEMARKLS

9Fh S ,.'A - Lr'IMPROVE) IRRIGArION CIIANNL

\ 0141IliX UAoiflE X DRE()GING

1000 . 10414410 .' "" L-L4'L.YDROLOGICAL. SURVEY 13OO

FEASIBt.lITY STULY

eA 11~~~~$1 0111

GMlAClfUK MA 1YC M I 1PHAPUl0IABAIDMCHE 0Ef 00ll16-RACi14

0410

40 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ 004144 r o,10lIIII 41410011 1110 , 04

0..~~~~~-'Hl : I III, 41144 11 0S0 A

some,.J~. ,~I

: UlIUUI 'I

.1 j00144I0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~E h l '; 6 ~ ~~~ ~~~~1010 VI / I T1I 0110414

411111K

P 111O0;;1IIAll^l4NI)Nl rAAI G I BINO AEt e / ) t } A3SU OTIIA iY BI R1-} | t IR| ¢ G

I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I LAMLUAKA ,()Y3 s111 PlIII -4O'11401 IllW lI l( 141114

04 4.110 La

I X 7 &<l~ ~~~~10444444A11 $1 IA IG6II8# 14 O K44| IT1(344

RAICIIaUhl M B t 014014141 -- f50C1II4

NC.Gv0 W 1!

'

®L40140 . /'

I4

lllOII

I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~f O I I5 0 lI KWJ . ; II. F . 7J11 44 1 A 0 I0 lI1001401400

11

I aO| I (S ~~~~~~~~~~~~pSfcY[f gcrol^fl|IA

041041fi 04lA.AM

-3.011 0 f15 MAILAN

---~~--- IG1CIJBI1 3.15-4 IIIVInIANI)(CANAI NI,,'t'W()llKIN(CIEN'I'ItAI. IkIi'CION

~~11 Wat Don Talu)g~:~ !aron < Wat Don Talu . _ _ _ . _ \ -- N\isang gLi aroen Tham BajE Bang a Na' . ; a

Ban hok Khlng ,, an

n Khlong Luang Ban Ba g Song R'o( (2) -

s: :-s. . .' (1 . .......... , *; ss~~~~an I Li," .B~~~~~~~~~~~~~~BnL

t______ ________ '1 *Baa Jl an Phlap Phi L" .U/BnLt Ban Wong Chok a WiaeTi,.a Lun La+I L ~~'ean Lum -in

s :u ' * * -. ; v,1Ban hoV Mo (2)

.. Ban Nonc s C g ._

8 ;,4 .- Bar Prafv Muang- >J -E3a k Mo I)o

Ban Thung Po Bon - \Ban lh Cae

1-/,', 'jJ¢'-4 *6 \ * t . ,-'. Ba haya Bai - Ean Khlong K

W \\ ~ ~Bi Chedi Hak at - C Tan /._

**-~~, ~ .- Ban Khlong TI~4i Muang

Po g _a an Wat Thai Rnuanlan Kh-ong Khae 9

-- k Wa x -5 Wat Pho Rat Bur na

p ti i -, Ron !(2-/aV> giE b ' ........... - t;sst-Jts *-2 -s Ban Phong Sa a'i

t Ban 'Thung T} 3'; A . . . .

Gat'thM ATR* C ; V; r .1000 500 0 10(X) 2000

BiBn K.,ao.b oli a tzrg1ethi s6t/t -Smz Ratchal uri Statio W 0E .-Scale in Meters

FIGURE 3.15-5 TRAFFIC COUNT LOCATIONS

3.16 Power / Transmission System

3.16.1 Introduction

EGAT's total powei genera,Ing capaci has been steadilyincreasing but, due to the rapid growth of the demand for power in the country,more and timely power developments are needed.

As of September 1993, EGAT's total installed capacity was12,178.26 MW, of which 2,429.16 MW (about 20 %) was from oil/gas andlignite-fired thermal/plants 3,423.6 MW (about 28%) was from combined cyclepower plants and 224.0 MW (about 2%) was from gas turbine power plants.

The length of high-tension transmission lines of 500, 230,115 and69 KV. were 1,201, 7,617, 10,844 and 343 circuit-kilometers respectively

The total number of high voltage sub-stations was 8 of 69 KV,122 of 115 K5V, 40 of 230 KV and 3 of 500 KV. The total installed

transformer capacity, excluding station service and generator unit transformer,was 26,351 MVA.

3.16.2 Methodology

The area for the power and transmission line study covers theentire Central region. The following steps were carried out:

1) Data Collection(a) Review of power development plans for the Central region

Pertinent information was obtained from EGAT and PEA, including- Records of power demands and supplies- EGAT's development programs undertaken in the past 5 years- EGAT's staged plan for future development- EGAT's projections of power and energy requirements- PEA's development programs undertaken in the past- PEA's projection of power requirement(b) Review of power shortage in Central region and the attendant

problems.(c) Re-view oh veriui and Eighth Natioenal Develonment

Plans for power development in Central Thailand

3-240

2) Assessment

The information obtained was analysed and assessed in order toidentify the proable effects of the construction of the power plant on the power /transmission system.


1) Service RegionsThe existing EGAT power system consists of different types of

power plants, high-voltage transmission lines, and sub-stations, which areinterconnected to form a nationwide grid system. Supply of electrical power tocustomers is made through the Metropolitan Electricity Authority (MEA),theProvincial Electricity Authority (PEA), and directly to some large industrial

factories ,etc .EGAT has divided its service areas into 4 main regions,includingRegion 1: Responsible for 24 provinces in the Central

regionRegion 2: Responsible for 17 provinces in the Northeast

region

Region 3: Responsible for 14 provinces in the Southernregion

Region 4: Responsible for 18 provinces in the Northernregion

2) Power Generating SystemEGAT's power generating system consists of thermal power plants

and combined-cycle plants which are operated for base load generation. Hydro-power plants and gas turbine plants are generated for peak load demands. As ofSep 1993, EGAT's existing installed capacity of 12,178.26 MW was dividedaccording to the major types of power plant as follows:

Power Plant Total Installed Percent

Capacity ( MW )Hydro-power 2,429.16 20Thermal 6,101.5 50

Combined cycle 3,423.6 28Gas turbine 224.0 2

Total 12,178.26 100.0

3-241

The major characteristic of these power plants are sumnmanrzed in

table 3.16-1

3) Power consumptionEGAT supplies electriity for retinc.ulation by the Provincial

Electricity Authority (PEA) and the Metropolitan Electricity Authority

(MEA), the latter authority being responsible for electricity supply in the

Bangkok area. The Bangkok area accounts for nearly 46.7 percent of the

country's clectricity consumption while the Central region accounts for only

29.2 percent.

Region Electricity Consumed, Percent

GWh

Bangkok area 22,946 46.7

North 39658 7.5

Northeast 3,753 7.6

Central 14,358 29.2

South 4,380 9.0

Total 49,096 100

4) Transmission System

EGAT's existing power transmission system comprises high-

voltage transmission lines interconnecting all power plants and sub-stations

within the 4 regions. The power and energy generated by EGAT are transmitted

to MEA and PEA before being further distributed to customers. In addition, the

EGAT system is connected with the Malaysian system in the South and with the

Laos PDR's system in the North-east. The existing EGAT transmission system

total line length of 20,005 circuit-kilometers, comprises 173 sub-stations and

transformers with the total capacity of 26,351 megavolt-ampere (MVA). This is

summarized in Table 3.16-2

5) Present Power Demands

EGAT's major customers and their shares of power consumption

in 1993 can be summarized as follows:

(1) Metropolitan Electricity Autnoriy (MEA): Respontsible flr

supplying electricity within Bangkok Metropolis, Samut Prakarn, and

Nonthaburi. The total demand, including its own consumption, accounted for

about 43 percent of the total national demand.

3-242

(2) Provirlcial Electricity Authority (PEA): Responsible forsupplying electricity for other provinces outside MEA's area. The total demand,

including its own consumption , accounted for about 54 percent of the total

national demand.

(3) Large industrial factories and other direct customers accountedfor about 4 percent of the total demand.

In addition, EGAT imports a part of the electrical powergenerated from Nam Ngum dam in Laos PDR and exchanges electrical power

with Malaysia at amphoe Sadao, Songkhla province'.

In fiscal year 1993, EGAT sold power as follows:

Customer Power Demands Electrical Energy Sold

MW __% GWH %MEA 3,993 43 22,946 45

PEA 4,962 54 26,150 51.5

Industries & Direct Customers 295 3 1,693 3.5

Total 9,250 100 50,789 100

6) Power Shortage in the Central region

According to an energy conservation study of 10 industries inthe Central region by the Faculty of Engineering Mahidol University their

production lines were interrupted an average 4-5 -times in the month.

7) Future Power Demand

As a result of the country's econornic recovery and lower oil price,several economic sectors, such as industry, business and commerce and tourism

industry have been developed extensively in the last few years. As a result,

rapid increase in power demand is unavoidable. The power and energy

demands in 1993 increased by about 9.61 percent and 11.02 percent,

respectively, from the 1992 levels and these increasing rates were higher than

those predicted earlier. Therefore, the previous power demand forecast needs to

be revised to conform with the present and future situation. The latest version

of the Power Development Plan (PDP), issued in Sep 1993, is presented in table

3.15-3. The forecast shows that peak power demands in 1994-2006 will

increase at an average rate of 7.38 % per year and the peak energy demand will

increase at an average rate of 7.65 % per year. In other words, the peak power

demand forecast will increase from 9,730 MVW in 1993 to 23,365 MW in 2006,

averaging 1,049 MW annually.

3-243

TABLE 3.16 - 1

EGAT'S EXISTING INSTALLED GENERATING CAPACITY AS OF JULY 1988

Plant Type Number of Capacity (MW) Average Energy

Units Installed Ultimate Capacity

A. Hydroelectric Plant

Bhumibol 7 535.0 710.0 950.0

Sirikit 3 375.0 500.0 550.0

Ubolratana 3 25.2 25.2 56.0

Sirindhorn 3 36.0 36.0 86.0

Chulabhorn 2 40.0 40.0 95.0

Kang Kracharn 1 17.5 17.5 78.0

Nam Pung 2 6.0 6.0 15.0

Srinagarind 5 720.0 720.0 1,158.0

Bang Lang 3 72.0 72.0 200.0

ThaThungNa 2 38,0 38.0 165.0

Khao Laem 3 300.0 300.0 760.0

Huai Kum 1 1.06 1.06 2.0

Ban Santi 1 1.275 1.275 6.0

Mae Ngat 2 9.0 9.0 29.0

Khiridharn 2 12.7 12.7 .27.0

Rajjaprabha 3 240.0 240.0 300.0

Miscellaneous 7 0.428 0.428 1.0

Total 50 2,429.16 2,729.16 4,478.0

3-244

TABLE 3.16 -1 (CONT.)

Plant Type Number of Capacity (MW) Average Energy

Units Installed Ultimate Capacity

B. Thermal Power Plant

North Bangkok 3 237.5 1,250.0

South Bangkok 5 1,330.0 9,320.0

Mae Moh 11 2,025.0 13,310.0

Krabi 2 34.0 180.0

Surat Thani 1 25.0 170.0

Khanom 2 150.0 1,050.0

Bang Pakong 4 2,300.0 16,118.0

Total 28 6,101.5 41,398.0

C. Combined Cycle

Power Plant

Bang Pakong

- Blocks 1 & 2 10 760.6 5,330.0

-Blocks 3 & 4 6 614.0 4,303.0

Rayong

- Blocks I - 4 12 1,232.0 8,634.0

Nam Phong

- Block 1 3 355.0 2,488.0

- Block 2 (GT) 2 242.0 1,698.0

South Bangkok

- Block 1 (GT) 2 220.0 1,540.0

Total 35 3,423.6 23,991.0

D. Gas Turbine Power Plant.

Udon Thani 1 14.0 31.0

Hat Yai 3 42.0 92.0

Surat Thani 2 28.0 62.0

Lan Krabu 8 140.0 858.0

Total 14 224.0 1,043.0

Grand Total 127 12,178.26 70,910.0

Note: a / Excluding Diesel Plants of 13.6 MW.

3-?45

TABLE 3.16-2

EXISTING INSTALLED TRANSMISSION LINES AND SUBSTATIONS

(AS OF SEPTEMBER 1993 )

Substations I Transmission Lines

R eglnn Anti | (Circuit - Kilometers)

System Voltage Number Transformer Double - Circuit Single - Circuit Total

Capacity (MVA)

Region 1

500 KV 1 1,200 26 132 158

230 KV 23 11,027 3,241 42 3,283

115 KV 48 3,479 792 1,488 2,280

69 KV 2 59 0 66 66

Total 74 15,765 4,059 1,728 5,787

Region 2

230 KV 5 1,600 802 0 802

115 KV 30 1,899 2,400 1,674 4,074

69 KV 4 66 0 248 248

Total 39 3,565 3,202 1,922 5,124

Region 3

230 KV 6 1,000 1,274 0 1,274

115 KV 19 1,490 1,173 1,173 2,310

Total 25 2,490 2,447 1,137 3,584

Region 4

500 KV 2 1,800 668 375 1,043

230 KV 6 1,083 2,040 218 2,258

115 KV 25 1,582 1,023 1,157 2,180

69 KV 2 66 0 29 29

Total 35 4,531 3,731 1,779 5,510

All Regions

500 KV 3 3,000 694 507 1,201

230 KV 40 14,710 7,357 260 7,617

115 KV 120 8,450 5,388 5,456 10,844

69 KV 8 191 0 343 343

Total EGAT 173 26,351 13,439 6,566 20,005

Notes: a/ Station service and generator unit transformers are excluded.

b/ Presently energized at 115 KV ( 230 circuit - kmi)

c/ Including 9 circuit - km of 132 KV transmission line.

3-246

TABLE 3.16 = 3

TOTAL EGAT GENERATION REQUIREMENT

(1991 LFWG FORECAST)

Peak Generation Energy Generation

Fiscal Year MW Increase GWh Increa,se

MW % GWh %

Actual1983 3,204.30 366.30 12.91 19,066.30 2,184.35 12.941984 3,547.30 343.00 10.70 21,066.44 2,000.14 10.491985 3,878.40 331.10 9.33 23,356.57 2,290.13 10.871986 4,180.90 302.50 7.80 24,779.53 1,422.96 6.091987 4,733.90 553.00 13.23 28,193.16 3,413.63 13.781988 5,444.00 710.10 15.00 31,996.94 3,803.78 13.491989 6,32.9 70 78870 14.49 36,457.09 4,460.15 13.991990 7,093.70 861.00 13.81 43,188.79 6,731.70 18.46

1991 8,045.00 951.30 13.41 49,225.03 6,036.24 13.98

1992 8,876.90 831.90 10.34 56,006.44 6,781.41 13.781993 9,730.00 853.10 9.61 62,179.73 6,173.29 11.02

Average Growth

1983 - 1993 - 652.57 11.75 4,311.34 12.55

3-247

TABLE 3.16 - 3 (CONT.)

I .Pea neration Energy Generation

Fiscal Year MW Increase GWh Increase Load Factor

MA' % GWh % %

Forecas;t

1994 10,892.00 1,162.00 11.94 69,407.00 7,227.27 11.62 72.74

1995 11,946.00 1,045.00 9.68 74,342.00 4,935.00 7.11 71.041996 13,075.00 1,129.00 9.45 81,681.00 7.339.00 9.87 71.311997 14,205.00 1,130.00 8.64 88,677.00 6,996.00 8.57 71.26

1998 15,354.00 1,149.00 8.09 95,961.00 7,284.00 8.21 71.351999 16,531.00 1,177.00 7.67 104,229.00 8,268.00 8.62 71.982000 17,765.00 1,234.00 7.46 112,593.00 8,364.00 8.02 72.35

2001 19 000.00 1.235.00 6.95 121.023.00 8.430.00 7.49 72.712002 20,219.00 1,219.00 6.42 129,395.00 8.372.00 6.92 73.062003 21,482.00 1,263.00 6.25 138,379.00 8,984.00 6.94 73.532004 22,795.00 1,313.00 6.11 147,683.00 9,304.00 6.72 73.962005 24,150.00 1,355.00 5.94 157,311.00 9,628.00 6.52 74.362006 25,515.00 1,365.00 5.65 167,173.00 9,862.00 6.27 74.79

Average Growth

1982- 1986 318.44 10.66 - 1,763.91 9.20

1987- 1991 772.82 13.99 - 4,889.10 14.71

1992- 1996 - 1,006.00 10.20 - 6,491.19 10.66 -

1997 - 2001 - 1,185.00 7.76 - 7,868.40 8.182002 - 2006 - 1,303.00 7.76 - 9,230.00 6.67

Reference: Working Group Load Forecast

September 1991

3-248

3.17 Industry

3.17.1 Introduction

The environmental impact assessment of the power plant onindustry will cover 2 items: the impact of the power plant project on the qualityof the environment, and the impact of the environment on the power plant. InRatchaburi , there are various kinds of industrial factories (which are consideredto constitute the pre-project environment). Some of these factories havedisposed of their untreated waste materials to the environment. This wastemight influence or cause an effect to the project either directly or indirectly.

3.17.2 Methodology

1. To categorize the industrial factories in order to identify thosesites which may affect the project.

2. To study the characteristics of pollutants disposed of to theenvironment in the form of gas or wastewater.

3. To study the distance between the source of pollutants andthe project by mapping the sites of industrial factories which dispose of relevantpollutants.

4. To assess probable effects on both construction and operationperiods based on a comparative study of the existing environment and theproduction process of the project.


i) The Industrial Situation in Ratchaburi

Decentralization of industry into the regions has been an importantelement of the Seventh National Economic and Social Development Plan. It hasdesignated 9 provinces nationwide to act as the industrial centers for each regionand Ratchaburi is designated as the industrial center for the Western region.

In Ratchaburi, most factories are densely located in certain areas,mostly along the main roads such as Petchakasam Road, the connectionsbetween Amphoe Muang - Amphoe Ban Pong and between Amphoe Muang -Amphoe Pak-Thor. The way along the Mae-Klong river provides a convenientmeans of transportation and communication with Bangkok either by car or by

3-249

train. This way is also well linked with the provinces in Southern Thailand. In

addition, it also has access to the Westem region which lies on the road linkingAmphoe Ban Pong and Kanchanaburi Province.

Originally, industrial production in Ratchaburi consisted offactories producing eartien jars ergraved wi,4 a dragon desipn (ong-mang-korn), pulp and paper, bodies of passenger car and trucks, and rock blasting and

lime. At present, new lines of industry have been transferred into the area such

as fruit canning, vegetable and fruit drying and dairy products. As Ratchaburi is

in the vicinity of Bangkok coupled with the fact that it is an area facingproblems of pollution , it has been granted privileges for operating the bleaching

and dyeing industry as well.

Industrial factories in Rachaburi can be categorized into the

following:1. Tapioca Pellets Factory 5. Fish Sauce Factory

2. Rice Mill 6. Car Bodies Factory3. Grinding Mill 7. Textile Factory4. Ceramic Factory 8. Limestone and Lime

With regard to the environmental impacts resulting from industrialwaste disposal, a study on the particular types of industry which have atendency to create an impact on environment in terrns of air and water quality

classified the polluting types of industry as follows:1. Lime Manufacture

2. Textile Manufacture (bleaching and dyeing)

The study revealed that there were 10 lime factories in the study

area (15 kilometers radius from the proposed power plant site) and 3 bleaching

and dyeing factories. The location of lime factories mostly covered two

Tambons (sub-districts) in Amphoe Muang, Moo 2 of Tambon Loomdin and

Moo 5 of Tambon Chedi-Hak. There were 4 factories in Tambon Chedi-Hak

and II factories in Tambon Loomdin, 5 of which were located out the of study

area. Raw materials used in the production was limestone and fuel (coal and

firewood). Approximately, 70% of fuel used in lime production were coal, the

remaining lime factories still use firewood. Coal use rate by factories varied

from 300-3,000 m3/year, approximetely and was transported from Amphoe Lee,

Lamphoon Province. The rate of coal usage for lime production was 80 tons per

100 tons of lime. The waste em-itted From production proc.ess were dust and

sulphur dioxide. These emissions were then diluted in the air.

3-250

In Amphoe Muang Ratchaburi, there are 3 textile factories, 2

small-scale ones at Tambon Na-Muang and 1 large-scaleone at Tambon Kung-Krathin, which use chemicals in the bleaching and dyeing process. These threefactories might discharge their waste water into the Mae Klong river.

ii) Power Plant and Industrial Development in Ratchaburi

As mentioned previously, Ratchaburi is an appropriate place forthe location of industrial factories due to its proximity to Bangkok. It isgeographically an appropriate site for industrial estates, which may be expandedfrom industrial communities in Anphoe Ban Pong and Amphoe Bhothararn,Amphoe Muang and there is a great deal of available land in the western side ofthe province. If the power plant is established it will bring great benefit andincentives to the growth of certain types of industry because they can be linkedup with the adjacent electricity network which would ultimately reduce thecost of transportation and communications. According to the industrialexpansion, it is estimated that 70% of total electricity use will be in theindustrial sector. Consequently, the growth oLf ;_A-us i-n Rnthhlri P

will also be activated by the project.

3-251

-~~~~~~~( - /

W \ II'IE CENIENT FACT'ORV' O 1 2 3 4 h.

F* 1,ARGEFSCALE l'EXl'll.,E FA(-I'OItN'

0 SNIALL SCALE TEXTII.E FACT'ORY

FIGURE 3.17-1 MAiP SHOWING RELATED INDUTRIES 9.1ITII PROPOSED POWER

PLANT PROJ-ECT AND TRANSPORTATION NETWORK

WITHIN A 15 KM. RADIUS OF SITE

3-252

3.18 Water Management and Water Use

3.18.1 Introduction

The Mae Klong river basin covers a drainage area ofapproximately 27,660 sq.km., excluding the flood plain lying downstream.There are two major rivers in the basin, ie: Khwae Yai and Khwae Noi whichjoin together at Kanchanaburi to form the Mae Klong river which flowsdownwards to the Gulf of Thailand. The upper basin, which has a catchmentarea of about 25,440 sq.km. is mostly mountainous terrain ranging from 700 m.to 2000 m. elevations. Within the upper basin the rivers are confined to thesteep valleys and there is no flood plain.

The lower portion below the confluence of the basin is a lowlying flood plain. The total length of the Mae Klong river from the confluenceto the sea is 130 km. During the period of high flow in the months from Augustto October, overbank flow occurs and inundates the area on either side of theriver.

The Greater Mae Klong irrigation Project is situated in thc floodplain on both sides of the river and has the project area of 2.981 million rai. Inorder to protect the irrigation area from flooding, a dike along the left bank fromthe north of Photharam to Ratchaburi has been constructed. Moreover, thebanks of the irrigation canal have also been designed as flood protecting dikes.

Water resources development projects in the Mae Klong basinhave been implemented since 1980 when the Sinagarindh dam and reservoirwere constructed on Khwae Yai and later on Khao Laem dam was constructedon the Khwae Noi in 1985. These projects are multipurpose projects for hydro-power generation, irrigation, domestic water uses, navigation and also floodcontrol.

3.18.2 Objectives

I) To determine the water availability for the proposed powerplant project.

2) To estimate an appropriate amount of water for use by thepower plant which will not have an adverse impact on the existing water users.

3-253

3.18.3 Methodology

The method used was to apply HEC-3 to the simulation study.

The inputs were inflow of the two reservoirs (Table B-8 and B-9 in Appendix

JD), Ule water equir,emcn .t t,i A water use,the V -um-Team

constraint for salinity control, etc. For the irrigation requirement, the

theoretical water demands were computed at the potential level of the project

area.

(a) Irrigation Demand

Data on crop growing activities, including, land preparation,transplantation and harvesting, along with the area of rice growing and othercrops areas were used as a guideline for setting up cropping patterns for both

wet and dry seasons. The irrigation water requirement was calculated by using

the information of crop water demand or consumptive use effective rainfall and

irrigation efficiency. The consumptive use was deternnined by the Modified

Penman method and the results are shown in Table B-6 in Appendix B.

(b) Domestic Water Use

The domestic water use in the area was collected from the records

and forecasts were made.

(c) Industrial Water Use and Others.

The existing water requirement of industrial and other water uses

in the entire basin acted as the baseline information for estimating future

requirnents. The estimated water requirement was based on an assumption of

the Industrial Estates Authority of Thailand or related agencies.

(id) Sinmulation2 StudyTo inspect the water balance in the river system, a simulation

study which employed the hydrologic mathemetical mode] (HEC-3) was

carried out. Water resources development projects, both existino and planned

projects were also taken into account.

The HEC-3 model was used to simulate the operation of the

water resources system (reservoir river, irrimation etc.) on a month by month

basis. The computations in the HEC-3 model are based on1 the principle of

continuity and an accounting procedure which simply accounts for the

movement of water through the system.

3-254


Like other river basins in Thailand, the main water demand madeon the Mae Klong river is from agriculture with the current annual average ofabout 4,385 MCM. However, the demand is increasing yearly due to theexpansion of the irrigable area in the Greater Mae Klong irrigation project.

In this study, the irrgable demands were computed based on thetotal potential irrigable area and the acceptable method of crop waterrequirements. (Evapotranspiration in section 3. 1.3 (5)).

1) Irrigation Water DemandsThe irrigation area in the Greater Mae Klong Irrigation Project

comprises a total area of about 2.981 mil. rai in the 10 sub-projects . Normallythe farmers grow rice in the wet season and cover about 1.2 mil. rai and theremainder is used for perennial crops such as sugar cane and for orchardplantations . In the dry season there is second rice area of about 0.6 mil. rai andan area used for growing vegetable of about 0. 1 riml. rai . Based on the abovementioned crop area, the irrigation water demands were estimfated to bc anaverage annual of about 4,385 MCM.( Table B-13 in appendix B)

2) Domestic Water UseDomestic water uses and industrial uses are rather small compared

to the large abundant volume of water in the river basin . The domestic wateruse by the Provincial Waterworks Authority of Thailand at Ratchaburi andSamutsongkram Province is 8 MCM. and 3 MCM. per annum, respectively.

3) Salinity ControlThe Mae Klong river drains into the sea at Samutsongkrarn

Province. The estuary area is partly used for orchard plantation, shrimp farmsand salt farms. An attempt at salinity control so as to render it harmless to theplantations has been carried out in the relevant part of Mae Klong river. Thissalinity control project was studied by AIT in 1978 ( Salinity intrusion in theChao Phraya and Mae Klong rivers) and it was found that the minimumVajiralongkorn dam release requirement to control salinity content at the controlpoint (Damnem Sadauk) was not then met. However the salinity control hasbeen perforrmed successfully (salinity degree less than 2,000 ppm ) since 1985as shown in Table 3.18-1 which shows the monthly average , downstreamn

3-255

release at Vajiralongkorn dam versus average salinity degree at DamTnernSadauk.

4) Transbasin DiversionBeFcause of water deficiency in the Chao Phraya river basin, RID

and EGAT agreed to divert water from the Mae Kiong river basin to the ThaChin river for the purpose of meeting the requirement of salinity control at theTha Chin river mouth and for the irrigation demand in the west bank area of theChao Phraya irrigation project.

The diversion was supplied through Tha Sam-Bang Pla, adrainage canal and artificial canal connected to Jorrakhae Sampan which furtheraugmented flows into Tha Chin river. The RID 's water diversion scheme isconsidered to be 100 cms. in the dry season of 6 months from January, throughJune. It could be noted that the diversion volume may not meet the desired flow,100 cms. The diversion volume will depend on the water available in the tworeserviors each year. This means the diversion volume will vary yearly, up tothe maximum desired flow of 100 cms only when it is possible.

Moreover, BMWA plans to divert water from the Mae Klong riverbasin as a raw water source for the Bangkok Metropolitan Water WorksAuthoritv at the rate of 45 cms, all year round.

At present, the water diversion to Tha Chin river is an average of724 MCM per year as shown in Table B-14 in appendix B.

5) Otfler Water UsesGolf Course

Most of the golf courses use water from an impoundment on thecourse site . There are 5 golf courses in Ratchaburi Province downstream of theproject which consists of a total area of approximately 3500 rai and require only3.8 MCM. of w2ter per annum.

6) Simulation Stud1'The study was carried out by using the inflow to Srinagarind and

Khao Laem reservoirs, irrigation requirements, salinity control requirments, andtransbasin demands based on the operation criteria and operating rule curves.The water simulation has been based on the basin configuration shown inFigure 3.18-1.

The simulation consists of the following cases in accordance withthe demands

3-256

C_se I (Ba7se Case or Existing Condition)- Potential lrri2ation Demand (1.2 M.Rai wet paddy. 0.6 M.Raidry paddy and 0.9 M.Rai upland crop)

- Downstream release of Vajiralongkorn dam for salinity control40 cms. minimum

- Diversion for MWWA; 45 cms. all year round

- Average of actual diversion to the Tha Chin view as desired byRID

Case II

- Case I demands and- Downstream demand of 3 cms. for RPP or downstream release

of Vajiralongkom dam is 43 cms.Case III

- Case IV the demand as case II, expected the diversion to theTha Chin River are changed to be 40, 60, 80 and 100 cms.respectively.

The result of the simulation using data records f0r a period froom1965-1993, shows that the water shortage for the "with" and "without" Projectwill occur only when the diversion to the Tha Chin River exceed 80 cms.Generally it could be concluded that the desired demands as mentioned abovewill not cause any problem of water utility in the Mae Kiong river basin. Asummary of the results are shown in Table 3.18-2.

3-257

Khoo Loem Darm Srinogorind Dorn

Cop 300 MW. Cop 720 MW.

Effective Storage 5,848 MCM Effective Storage 7,480 MCM.

Tho Thung Na Dom

Cap 38 MW

Pumping irrigolion

52,500 roi

Vajiralongkorn Dom

Grealer Moe Kiong

Irrigation Projec1

2.98] M.rai \ < -. ( 8 Diversion for

Tho Chin in

dry Season40, 60, 89. 1 00 cms

(full scheme)Diversion for MWWA

Release for Domestic uses 45 crrs

and Salinity Control / i,77-

(and EGAT Power PlantGult o1 Thailand

and Others, 43 cms)

FIGURE 3.18-1 SCHEMATIC DIA1GRAM OF WATER USED IN MAE KLONG BASIN

3-258

TABLE 3.18-1IRRIGATION DEMAND OF MAEKLONG IRRIGATION PROJECT (MCM)

YEAR Al'R. MAY JUN JUI. AUJGi SEP OCT NOV DIC JAN 1-111 MAR ANNUAIL

1965 571 828 279 622 540 265 480 320 139 109 308 589 4,506

1966 605 275 221 359 210 182 261 310 119 79 319 597 3,536

1967 487 414 319 453 985 299 368 360 145 79 328 570 4,808

1968 460 509 153 542 842 302 344 341 146 69 321 517 4,543

1969 611 512 151 462 527 318 319 260 146 78 306 525 4,215

1970 519 494 74 327 570 239 471 305 101 76 312 485 3,972

1971 488 424 201 527 439 230 309 374 136 79 347 493 4,048

1972 381 657 23 799 231 305 164 109 79 321 538 4,263

1973 667 518 126 496 805 119 476 291 145 79 320 465 4,508

1974 329 573 199 333 613 202 234 259 144 44 320 589 3,840

1975 545 355 194 491 588 112 213 212 123 78 339 501 3,750

1976 586 430 287 349 369 373 181 190 146 79 314 549 3,853

1977 493 *375 231 460 676 288 497 343 137 50 291 591 4,431

1978 488 413 170 238 938 215 426 390 146 78 313 595 4,411

1979 573 629 113 551 872 256 722 391 146 79 343 579 5,254

1980 664 522 70 442 512 301 262 261 146 79 307 566 4,132

1981 527 338 268 262 625 263 508 112 146 79 311 578 4,017

1982 363 541 190 454 800 411 354 297 142 79 321 592 4,544

1983 683 539 196 204 255 216 249 129 142 68 324 498 3,503

1984 600 567 262 426 1142 207 476 356 144 68 315 580 5,134

1985 532 386 290 381 779 185 318 237 145 79 320 597 4,249

1986 633 517 219 350 852 286 215 270 137 79 315 594 4,466

1987 522 591 245 668 941 330 287 104 140 79 326 592 4,825

1988 506 547 231 284 566 247 316 415 146 64 310 539 4,172

1989 662 560 119 477 679 289 429 319 146 79 321 517 4,596

1990 630 499 289 572 942 292 227 277 144 56 265 463 4,624

1991 559 683 278 574 677 238 212 394 85 76 331 596 4,703

1992 580 430 350 480 625 370 635 420 218 79 330 595 5,112

1993 630 543 289 410 675 265 720 612 280 79 291 485 5,279

AVG 548 487 212 438 683 259 372 300 145 75 316 550 4,385

Source: Royal Irrigation Department, 1 993

TABLE 3.18-2 SIMULATION RESULT'S OF THIE MAEKLONG RIVEIR BASIN (1965-1993)

ITI'EMI J F M A M J i A S 0 N I) Rcjiiaiks

I Avcrage lcservoir Volunme (MCM) Cases ol Study

I S1nilakaril l)anm Case I - EXiiing Conditioni

Case 1 16,791 16,543 16,244 16,045 15,707 15,500 15,528 15,96 I 16,531 17,0 11 17,017 16,928 (Wet padday 1 2 M lRai,

16,785 16,536 16,234 16,036 15,699 15,494 15,521 15,954 16,523 17,004 17,010 16,921 Dry paddy 0. 6 M. Rai,

III 16,749 16,491 16,178 15,970 15,631 15,439 15,460 15,896 16,467 16,959 16,976 16,887 Upland crop O.) M.Rai

IV 16,689 16,427 16,102 15,892 15,547 15,381 15,401 15,380 16,402 16,898 16,926 16,837 exit - 'f hachiii l)iv. and

V 16,550 16,286 15,953 15,704 15,382 15,214 15,249 15,683 16,254 16,763 16,808 16,722 Vajiralongkoni Release of 40 cms.

VI 16,402 16,135 15,806 15,603 15,229 15,052 15,160 15,551 16,127 16,642 16,692 16,606 min

1 2 Khao Laem Dam Case 1 = Case I + deimand of

Case 1 8,168 7,867 7,276 6,697 6,359 6,450 6,691 7,576 8,140 8,466 8,419 8,310 RXPP (3 cms)

11 8,145 7,840 7,249 6,676 6,335 6,428 6,675 7,558 8,123 8,448 8,398 8,287 Case RI = Case 11 -t TC. )iv of'

III 8,105 7,772 7,173 6,593 6,211 6,311 6,606 7,495 8,086 8,419 8,369 8,258 40 CiiiS.

IV 8,007 7,642 7,030 6,464 6,054 6,144 6,470 6,381 7,994 8,338 8,288 8,177 Case IV = Case 11 + IC. Div. olf

V 7,850 7,452 6,811 65,257 5,822 5,910 6,264 7,208 7,854 8,197 8,148 8,036 60 cms

VI 7,716 7,291 6,621 5,076 5,624 5,704 6,081 7,062 7,726 8,071 8,023 7,911 Case V = Case 11 IC Div of

. Average Waler Damoaid (MCM) 80 clns

2 1 Irrigalioni 28 131 206 211 182 82 164 256 100 139 116 54 Case VI = Case 11t IC.l)jv. of

2 2 MWWA (45 cns) 120 109 120 117 120 117 120 120 117 120 117 120 10) cims.

2.3 Vajiraiongkorn Release (40 cios) 107 97 107 104 107 104 107 107 104 107 104 107

2.4 1haclhin Diversion

Casc I - Exiting Condiion 50 87 115 82 61 57 , - - -

11- Exiling + 3cmns of RPP 50 87 115 82 61 57

111 40 cms + 3 cins" 107 97 107 104 107 104 _ _ _ _

TABLE 3.18-2 (CONTINUED)

ITEM J F M A M J J A S 0 N _ Reiiarks

IV- 60 cms + 3 cnu ofRPP 160 145 160 156 160 156 Addcd 3 cms at Vajiralongkorn

V- 80 cms + 214 193 214 207 214 207 - Release for RPP throujghout

VI-100cnus+ 268 242 268 259 268 259 - a year.

3. Max Water Shortage (MCM)

3.1 MWWA - - - - NONE

3.2 Vajiralongkom Release NONE

3.3 Ratchaburi Power Plant NONE

3.4 Irrigation ICase I NONE

IV NONE

III NONE'

IV NONE

VI 161 117 Shortage in 19X1

3.5 Thachin Diversion

Case!I NONE

If NONE

III NONE

IV NONe

V-- - 6 Shortage in 1981

VI 134 130 134 Shortage in 1981

3.19 Flood Control and Drainage Svstem

3.19.1 Introduction

The Mae Klong river has a flow characteristic like other riverbasins in Thailand. The discharge increases when the rainy season starts,and reaches its maximum in September or October. Flooding of the MaeKlong river is mainly caused by the river flow of Khwae Yai and KhwaeNoi joining together at Amphoe Muang, Kanchanaburi, upstream of theVajiralongkom Dam. However, it can be noted that the flood peak of theKhwae Yai and Khwae Noi do not occur at the same time, so the flood inthe Mae Klong river is not as bad it could be. Besides, after theconstruction of the two impounding dams on Khwae Yai and Khwae Noi,the flood flow is captured in the reservoirs and the flood peak in the MaeKlong river has been reduced significantly. Generally, Sninagarind andKhao Laem reservoirs play an important role in flooud mitigation of the

downstream area.The objective of the study was to analyse the, incidence of

flooding in the Mae Kiong river. downstream of the Vajiralongkorn dam.The output was used to yield the flood magnitude related to theperiod of occurance.

3.19.2 Methodology

1. To analyse the incidence of flooding, the floodfrequencymethod of analysis was applied by the Gumble Distribution method.

2. Investigation of the watershed area. flood pattern andflood control measure was performed by the existing water impoundmentprojects.


1) Flood control and DrainageThe Mae Klong river has a conveyance capacity at the

downstream of Vajiralongkorn dam ( K.11 station ) of about 2,500 cms.Discharge exceeding this capacity will spill over the river barnk and spread intothe cultivated land. After the construction of the irrigation system in the MaeKlong Project, a dike along the irrigation canal was designed to function as a

3-262

flood protecting dike. Moreover, the flood flows are also diverted to thedrainage system, such as Tha Sam, Tha Rua, Tha Pa canals, to reduce theflood discharge downstream. Besides, the records of floods shows that afterthe completion of the two storage dams and reservoirs on Khwae Yai andKhwae Noi, flooding seldom occured. . This suggests that the reservoirs cancontrol flooding at the downstream area quite significantly.

Flooding of the project area, which is located downstream of the

Vajiralongkom Dam, may be caused by the overbank flow of the Mae Klongriver and the rain water within the project area itself. The drains waterfrom the project area to the river will not make any change of discharge,especially during the flooding period. So there will be no adverseimpact on flooding to the surrounding area. On the contrary , theflood from the overbank flow may cause some difficulty to the project area.However, a flood protecting scheme based on engineering consideration such aspolder, land filling together with drainage system could solve the problem.

2) Flood RecordsFlooding in the Mae Kiong river was contributed by the river

flow. of the two main tributaries, Khwae Yai and Khwae Noi. Themaximum flood discharge so far recorded was 3,592 cms. in August21,1974. Table 3.19-1 and Figure 3.19-1 show the momentary flood peak atWang Kanai station ( K 11) , downstream of the Vajiralongkorn Dam. Afterthe completion of the dam and reservoir on Khwae Yai and Kwae Noi, theflood peak discharge was reduced due to the reservoir regulation, having themaximum of 1,735 cms. in October 20,1988. The annual flood peaks at thestation downstream of Vajiralongkom dam (K. 11) are given in Table 3.19-2 andTable 3.19-3 for the periods of before and after the operations the dam . Figure

3.19-1 shows the flood peak discharge at the station k I1, Wang Khanai. It can

be clearly seen that the annual maximum peak discharge during the period of1965-1984 is 1956 cms. while from 1985-1991 the value has decreased due to

the regulation of the two reservoirs and has a mean value of 941 cms.

Considering to the Project area, which is located in the plain area,the innundation occurs resulting in the heavy rainfall. The innundation depth of

about 30-50 cms. in the paddy field nearby the Project are observed in some

year.

3-263

3) Flood Frequency Analysis

The statistical flood frequency analysis of station K. I 1 records issummarized in Table 3.19-4 and Table 3.19-5. The results show that the riverbank full flow (approximately 2500 cms.) occured only once in five years andonce only in two hundred years in the pre and post reservoirs regulation

periods period respectively.

4) Drainage Condition at the Project Site

The project area is composed of irrigated area, paddy field

and shrimp ponds. All of the irrigation canals are managed by the

Ratchaburi Irrigation project. Terrain of the project site is full of naturaland man-made canals which links it to the Mae Klong river as shown in Figure3.19-2. That is, the canal network of the study area used as the drainagesystem. So that the drainage condition of the Project Site can be manageproperly.

3-264

TABLE 3.19-1 MOMENTARY FLOOD PEAK "WANG KHANAI" (K.11)

YEAR MOMENTARY PEAK DATE

(m3Is)1965 2038 JUN, 30

1966 2209 SEP, 14

1967 1852 AUG,22

1968 1494 AUG, 18

1669 2841 AUG, 14

1970 1362 JUN, 19

1971 2367 JUN, 20

1972 2990 JUN, 19

1973 1982 JUN, 21

1974 3592 AUG, 21

1975 1488 AUG, 17

1976 1825 SEP, 9

1977 1316 SEP, 14

1978 1898 AUG, 18

1979 1715 AUG, 13

1980 791 SEP,5

1981 2361 AUG, 16

1982 2435 AUG, 26

1983 1784 OCT, 22

1984 786 JUN, 20

1985 1252 OCT, 15

1986 1033 OCT, 9

1987 614 JUN,25

1988 1735 OCT,20

1989 542.8 JUL, 2

1990 661.6 OCT, 12

1991 1096.9 AUG,22

Source The Royal Irrigation Departnent, 1992.

3-265

TABLE 3.19-2 ANNUAL FLOOD PEAK DOWNSTREAM OF VAJIRALONGKORN DAM (ICI ) BEFORE OPERATIONOF UPSTREAM RESERVOIRS.

ANNUAL FLOOD PEAK DATAYEAR DAILY FLOOD P K MOMENTARY FLOOD PEAK MOMENTARY PEAK |ILD MOMENTARY FLOOD STAGE

(CMS) (CMS) (CMS/SQ.KM) (M.MSL)1965 2038.00 2038.00 0.07705 2 0n3g 001966 2209.00 2209.00 0.08352 2209.001967 1852.00 1852.00 0.07002 1852.001968 1494.00 1494.00 0.05649 ]494.001969 2841.00 2841.00 0.10741 2841.001970 1362.00 1362.00 0.05150 1362.001971 2367.00 2367.00 0.08949 2367.001972 2990.00 2990.00 0.11305 2990.001973 1982.00 1982.00 0.07494 1982.001974 3592.00 3592.00 0.13581 3592.001975 1488.00 1488.00 0.05626 1488.001976 1825.00 1825.00 0.06900 1825.001977 1316.00 1316.00 0.04976 1316.001978 1898.00 1898.00 0.07176 1898.001979 1715.00 1715.00 0.06484 1715.001980 791.00 791.00 0.02991 791.001981 2361.00 2361.00 0.08927 2361.001982 2435.00 2435.00 0.09206 2435.001983 1784.00 1784.00 0.06745 1784.001984 786.00 786.00 0.029772 786.00mean 1956.3 1956.3 0.07396 1956.30std 695.95 695.95 0.02631 695.95

max 3592.00 3592.00 0.13581 3592.00min 786.000 786.00 0.029772 786.00

Source Royal Irrigaion Department, 1984.

3-266

TABLE 3.19-3 ANNUAL FLOOD PEAK OF DOWNSTR,AM OF VAJIRALONGKOR-N DAM (Kll)AFTER OPERATION OF UPSTREAM RESERVOIRS

ANtNUAL FLOOD PEAK DATA

YEAR DAILY FLOOD PEAK :NtOENTARY FLOOD PEA.; MOMENTARY PEAK YIE MOMENTARY FLOOD STAGE

(CMS) (CMS) (CMS/SQ.KM) (M.MSL)1985 1252.00 1252.00 0.04734 1252.001986 1033.00 1033.00 0.03906 1033.001987 614.00 614.00 0.02321 614.001988 1735.00 1735.00 0.06560 1735.001989 542.80 542.80 0.02052 542.801990 661.60 661.60 0.02501 661.601991 1096.00 1096.00 0.04144 1096.001992 601.00 601.00 0.02272 601.00mean 941.92 941.92 0.03561 941.92std 417.27 417.27 0.01578 417.27max 1735.00 1735.00 0.06560 1735.00min 542.80 542.80 0.02052 542.80

Source Royal Irrigation Department, 1992

3-267

'TABLE 3.19-4FLOOD FREQUENCY ANALYSIS (MOMENTARY PEAK BASIS) BEFORE OPERATION OF

UPSTREAM RESERVOIRS

FLOOD FREQENCY ANALYSISI - l(MOMENTARY PEAK BASIS)

RETURN PERIOD PEAK DISCHARGE PEAK DISCHARGE RATIO (QTRJQ2.33)(YEAR) MOMENT MAX LIKELIHOOD TO MEAN

2.0 1842.08 1852.43 0.942 0.9352.3 1957120 19SI.59 I.000 1.0005.0 2457.35 2542.70 1.256 1.28310.0 2864.72 2999.72 1.464 1.51420.0 3255.47 3438.11 1.664 1.73525.0 3379.43 3577.17 1.727 1.80550.0 3761.27 4005.55 1.923 2.021

100.00 4140.29 4430.77 2.116 2.236200.0 4517.92 4854.44 2.309 2.450500.0 5016.15 5413.39 2.564 2.7321000.0 5392.69 5835.83 2.757 2.94510000.0 6642.79 7238.30 3.396 3.653

Source: Royal Irrigaion Department, 1984.

3-268

TABLE 3.19-5FLOOD FREQUENCY ANALYSIS (MOMENTARY PEAK BASIS) AFTER OPERATION OF

UPSTREAM RESERVOIRS

FLOOD FREQENCY ANALYSIS(MOMENTARY PEAK BASIS)

RETURN PERIOD PEAK DISCHARGE PEAK DISCHARGE RATIO (QTR/Q2.33)(YEAR) MOMENT MAX LIKELIHOOD TO MEAN

2.0 873.44 868.24 0.927 0.9352.3 942.47 928.48 1.001 1.0005.0 1242.34 1190.18 1.319 1.28210.0 1486.58 1403.34 1.578 1.51120.0 1720.86 1607.81 1.827 1.73225.0 1975.18 1672.67 1.906 1.802'0.0 2024.12 1872.47 2.149 2.017100.0 2251.36 2070.79 2.390 2.230200.0 2477.78 2268.39 2.631 2.443500.0 2766.50 2529.09 2.948 2.7241000.0 3002.26 2726.12 3.187 2.93610000.0 3751.7777 3380.24 3.983 3.641

Source Royal Imigaion Departrnent, 1992.

3-269

4

2~3.5

3

2.5

~ 1.5 xE {\g \It\m

m LI Q-~PI ":

0 I . 1- 5 1 1 i'---T-I -- 1 -m

1965 1969 1973 19771981 1985 1891967 1971 1975 1979 1983 1987 1991

FIGURE 3.19-1 MOMENTARY FLOOD PEAK " WANG KLANAI" (KllI)

Source : Royal Imrgation Departnent, 1992.

3-270

/ . -~~~~M.#~~~*W ~IRRIGATION CANAL.

NJ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~NATIURAL CANAL

/ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RAJEURI RIVER

/ M~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'AIN ROAD

4 .. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RAILWAY

e ILk S ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SCALF 1:50.000

CANA~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

3.20 Socio-Economics

3.20.1 Introduction

The consultants adopted the social impact assessment (SIA)process outlined in Taylor et al, 1990. The first step was to conduct apreliminary or reconnaissance survey to identify relevant issues, define thefocus of the SIA, select key variables for analysis and make an initialdescription of likely areas of impact and study boundaries. This also involvedthe identification of community members to be involved in the publicconsultation process. The next step (profiling) involved analyzing and makingan overview of the relevant communities' current social contexts and historicaltrends. This acted as a baseline for estimating the effects of change. It alsoincluded a needs assessment of the study area which helped to determine theproposed project's compatibility with the study area and was used to formulatemeasures to redistribute the project's social costs and benefits. The third step(formulation of alternatives) involved investigating alternative courses of actionthat emerged from available project details an-wd information obtained dLring thetwo previous stages. Two options were considered :"With Project" and "Without Project". The fourth step (projection and estimation of effects)involved determining the scale, intensity, duration and probability of effects.The fifth step (formulation of mitigation measures) involved identifying theneed for mitigating potential adverse project impacts and suggesting appropriatemitigation measures. This also involved measures to help redistribute theproject's social costs and benefits. The final step (monitoring) involvedsuggesting a monitoring plan which will help to identify important discrepanciesbetween expected and actual effects of the project and help to deterrmine whereand when mitigation measures should be applied.

3.20.2 Methodology

The study utilized both primary and secondary data. Secondarydata was collected at regional, provincial, amphoe, tambon and village level.This enabled the consultants to describe or characterize the socio economicsetting of the proposed project at various scales. It was also used to helppredict the socio economic effects of the proposed project. At the higher levels(regional and provincial), the data collection emphasized general characteristicsand trends in population and in the economy. More socio economic factors

3-272

were investigated using secondary data at amphoe, tambon and village level inorder to gain a more detailed characterization of the local socio econormicsetting of the project.

The social impact assessment literature was also reviewed toidentify relevant concepts/tneories which couid be useu to ill-uminate 'Ule datacollected and enrich the data analysis and interpretation. Three majorconcepts/theories emerged to be of particular relevance: the social perception ofrisk; the social process of risk communication; and the concept of a paradigmshift in the way in which conmmunities perceive the relationship betweentechnology and cormmunity welfare.

An issues-oriented questionnaire survey at village level focusedon identifying and describing local residents' knowledge of the proposed project(and similar projects), attitudes towards the proposed project and perceptions ofthe possible effects of the project on the natural environment, social life, theeconomy, and comm-unitv health Ansrt from these issues basic demoTranhicdata were collected.

Interviews and the questionnaire survey were also used to collectdata in relation to a needs assessment. As states earlier the needs assessmentwas conducted to help to determine the proposed project's compatibility withthe local communities in the study area and to help identify measures whichcould, in effect, contribute towards a better distribution of the social costs andbenefits of the proposed power plant.

Focus group sessions were held with separate groups ofhousehold heads, women, and community leaders. The focus groups acted as acomplementary data collection procedure.* The non-directive, open-endedcharacter of focus group interviewing enabled the researchers to identifyperceptions, feelings and the manner of thinking of the focus group participants(for example, the focus group enabled the researchers to explore some of thedeterminants and colorings of participants' perceptions of, and feelings towards,the proposed project).

* The use of quantitative (questionnaire survey) and

qualitative (focus group) methods is known in the social

research literature as "methods triangulation" and can help to

overcome single-method bias and give a deeper perspective on

the issues under investigation.

3-273

The pnmary socio economic study (consisting of focus groupdiscussions and questionnaire survey) was largely.confined to villages within 2kms. distance of the proposed project site and villages which had beenidentified as sensitive receptor sites by the air quality monitoring team. It wasfelt that these villages were the most socially relevant as they were likely toreceive the bulk of any adverse effects of the power plant during theconstruction and operating periods. However, a few villages at a greaterdistance from the site were also surveyed (although in less detail) . More detailsof the selection methods for the. focus groups and questionnaire survey arepresented in each of the sections dealing with these topics.


3.20.3.1 Focus Groups

Four focus groups were conducted between June 17 and18, 1994, by the socio-economic team at the Tambon Information Center, BanPhikun Thong (Mu 3). One of the mairn p-urposes of usi.ng the focus groupmethod in the study was to see how local people reacted to the power plantproject proposed by EGAT. This section presents a summary of the results ofthe focus group discussions. A full report of these discussions can be found inthe Interim Report.

- Group Participants and Procedures

Participants of the focus group discussion were drawn from 5 villages within a1-2 km grid (3 tambons in 2 amphoes) adjacent to the proposed site: Ban Dongand Ban Samruan, Tambon Samruan, Amphoe Muang; Ban Lad Patak and BanKok Ooy, Tambon Phikun Thong, Amphoe Muang and: Ban Hua Sanun,Tambon Ban Rai Chaonua, Amphoe Damnoen Saduak. Each group comprised:

Group 1: 8 participants, i.e. 2 kamnan, 4 school principals, and2 health workers;

Group 2: 8 participants, i.e. 3 head monks, and 5 head villagers;Group 3: 9 housewives; andGroup 4: 10 heads-of-household (2 each from 5 villages, all males).

3-274

all 4 focus groups shared a common procedure: Before discussion started, a

map showing the project site as well as a set of 2 photographs showing Rayong

power plant were introduced to all participants. This helped to give the

participants some ideas of location and the physical look and scale of the plant.

In addition to 8-10 participants, each discussion group had a moderator and 2

note takers.

- Villagers' Feelings about Life in their Community

Participants in all 4 groups reported that local people lived together peacefully

and were mutually supportive. They also expressed much affection for their

community.

Asked what they disliked in their conrmunity, almost all participants answered

poverty", unemployment and polluted canal water. Local people shared a

sirnilar way of life as farmers and laborers, two important occupations in the

area. Farrming, however, was said to be declining. Drought within the last 3-4

years seemed to be one of the most important factors contributing to this

decline. Vegetable and fruit gardening was also declinining due to polluted

water caused by textile factories in the nearby area of Pho Tharam (as pointed

out by many participants). Water in canals (such as Klong Samruan), which

once played a very important role for local people, was so bad that it could not

be used for any purposes: feeding animals, or watering vegetables or fruit trees.

Piped water was thus necessary for raising pigs and cows, popular livestock in

the area. Bad and unpredictable prices of agricultural produce as well as poor

soil and low productivity were identified as other important factors aggravating

the problem of local agriculture.

The decline in agricultural activities caused a problem of unemployment in the

area. A lot of people, especially young women, worked as factory workers in "

far away" areas, such as Mahachai in Samut Sakhon province. Young men,

however, found it more difficult to get jobs. Most of them were involved in

construction work which was often far from home.

"Accidents" were also included in their dislikes. Commuting to work was seen

as hazardous as there has been an increasing rate of car accidents killing or

injuring many workers, both men and women. This was why some participants

suggested that it would be a good idea to have a factory or factories in their

3-275

areas. Thus, local people could get jobs without risking their lives commuting.

The participants did not express a preference for any particular type of factoryas long as the factories could absorb local labor.

Participants had difficulty in giving a list of "what they like" about their

community. A few of them (mostly housewives), however, expressed that

"community integrity" was what they were most proud of and wanted to

preserve.

- Changes in Community

Asked about the changes they would like to take place in their community

participants said they would like to see an improved standard of living. A "better life", according to the participants, depended heavily on better

employment opportunities. Some participants believed that one effective way

of upgrading the quality of life in their community was to introduce a large

factory or factories which could absorb local labor. Other participantssuggested that minor roads in tuleir villages needed improvement. It was

obvious that participants expected government support and even initiative inorder that 'improvement" in their village would take place.

- Anticipated Impacts of Proposed Power Plant

A few participants had heard about other large projects, especially those withnegative impacts on local people. Mae Moh Project was the most cited.

Participants were so concerned about the adverse effects of such a project thatthey wanted to make sure that the proposed power plant in their community

would not trouble them in the future. Most of the participants claimed that they

learned about other projects from TV and newspapers. Some of the

participants, however, reported that they heard about troublesome factories

closer to home (in Mahachai, and Samphran, for example) from family members

or neighbors working in the factories. Participants, especially the better in

formed such as kannan, heads villager, and school principals, discussed these

impacts seriously. Toxic gas, smoke, smell, and polluted water were the focus

of their discussion. They accepted that impacts from a large-scale power plant

project could be very serious and even life threatening. One example in their

own community was water pollution from textile factories in Pho Tharam.

3-276

Participants were uncertain of how problems, such as those of Mae Moh plant,

and other factories in Mahachai, and Samphran, were solved. A few of them,

however, believed that the problems could be solved by the government. For

example, if problems were serious enough the plants would be closed. In lessserious cases, the goveneii-riert mushg reques.L i-ipprovements ^r tile -lant's

pollution treatment process. They gave as examples, a factory polluting the Tha

Chin river, a propane gas factory near the town of Ratchaburi, and an iron

smelting factory also in Ratchaburi all of which were closed because of

pollution problems. The last two cases caused serious problems to nearby

communities due to a bad odor from the production processes. In short,

participants believed that the government would take care of any problems.

How local people feel about Ban Phikun Thong being selected as a plant site,was another issue in the focus group discussion. Most participants shared

similar responses in that they did not mind the plant being built at PhikunThong, as long as it did not bring pollution problems to the community. The

plant, they suggested, could even bring "development" to the area, such as

better roads, improved water supply services, and more importantly,

employment opportunities. If pollution problems could be avoided, some

participants believed, the power plant would have a benign influence on

communities.

However, others said "Your never know until it is here". Although some

participants expected job opportunities associated with the plant, they were alsorealistic. Some mentioned low wages because only low-level jobs would be

available for local people due to their low level of education. Others doubted

that only short-term jobs would be available during the construction period, but

not in the operation period. They thought that only better educated people

would get long-term jobs in the plant. Most participants realized that local

people did not have that much education. Some participants were anticipating

better road and telephone networks introduced by EGAT after the plant was in

operation.

For some participants, there was only a vague sense that the proposed powerplantL r.-ht some-ow a-fPect+ anr.cn,ltrp in the areaP. But o)the-r Ttiripants were

quite specific: lower production due to pollution, and loss of farming land were

mentioned as the effects of having the plant in their community. They feared

that the plant would somehow speed up urbanization in the area. Buildings

3-277

would replace existing farming land. Some participants were suspicious about

how well EGAT would run the plant after a few years of operation. Theythought that it might be alright in the beginning, but when the plant becarne old,nobody knew what would happen. In short, it is clear that some participantswere ambivalent about the effects of the proposed power plant. Thus, accurateinformation about the project should be supplied to local people in order thatthey can have a clearer idea of the plant's effect on their way of life.

Most participants were very positive towards the government in handling theproposed power plant project. They saw EGAT as a government unit, thus,they believed that the EGAT would not bring such a project to the area if itwould be harmful to local people. In case of problems, the participantsbelieved that either the government or EGAT would take charge to help peopleaffected by the project.

Some cautious participants, however, wanted EGAT to ensure that the projectwould be free of pollution of any kind. If any problems did arise as a result ofthe operation of the power plant, they suggest that EGAT sho-uld spend as mucheffort as possible to help people affected by the project and perhaps compensate

them financially.

Various responses were given by participants when the question " What shouldbe done by EGAT or the government to ensure that the proposed project would

bring as much benefit as possible to the surrounding communities?" was asked.

Kamnan, head villagers, and abbots focused on infrastructure, such as roads,

telephone and water supply services. A monk also suggested having a primaryschool built and run by EGAT in the community. Others suggested a park. Thepark would serve for both health and recreational purposes. A police station(instead of the present police booth) was also suggested by the teacher who also

claimed that half of his village had no access to power. He was still usingkerosene lamps as a light source at night. Additionally, the teacher added thattwo more important things EGAT should seriously consider are a community

hospital and grants for school children in order that they could finish at leastMS 3 because that was the lowest education required by most firms. Heelaborated that even though there was a tendency for more local children to

complete MS 3, many still dropped out after Prathom 6.

3-278

It is noteworthy that participants in general were concerned about job

opportunities from the power plant project. They suggested that EGAT should

give first priority to local people for jobs available in the plant both in

construction and operation periods.

A kamnan suggested that the government or EGAT should focus on cleaning up

ponds and canals for reservoir and fish culture purposes. Career training and

promotion were suggested by a housewife.

- Summary

Whilst not wishing to idealize the picture of a unified community portrayed by

the focus group participants, clearly there is a recognition shared by the

participants that they are part of a larger group whose fate they share. This

shared fate has in their eyes taken a tum for the worse in recent years, most

apparently in the decline in their traditional occupation of agricultural

production and the negative train of events this has brought in its wake.

Presumably, the participants of the focus groups, and this is likely to be true of

other local people as well, have little or no knowledge of the technical and other

siting requirements which have led to Phikun Thong being designated the

preferred site for the electricity generating project. Neither are they likel' to be

familiar with the statistical intricacies of the nation's burgeoning electricity

demand and its supply shortfall which lie behind the project's existence in the

first place. These are not their concerns. Their concems are jobs. stable happy

families and a safe and healthy environment. Their having a positive attitude

toward the proposed project is predicated on their perceptions of the plant

having a positive impact on these concerns.

At present many of the participants do share the perception that the proposed

power plant, on the whole will bring positive changes to the area. They also

share a perception or belief that the government and EGAT will not do anything

that would harn them.

3-279

3.20.3.2 Questiornaire Survev

Part I Demograhics and Socio-economics

After pre-testing, the questionnaires (See Appendix) were

slightly adapted and the questionnaire survey was conducted by fully trainedenumerators accompanied by two field supervisors. As in the case of the focus

groups, prior to the questions on the potential impacts of the power plant,pictures of the Rayong Power Plant and a map of the Phikun Thong site wereshown to the repondents to give them some idea of project scale and inform

them of its location. Questionnaires were later analysed with the help of

SPSS/PC+ software.

The following communities were surveyed:

1. COMMUNITIES ADJACENT TO PROJECT SITE (Map I)

Five mubans or villages, namely Ban Dong, Ban Sam Ruan, Ban Lad

Patak, Ban Kok Ooi, and Ban Hua Sanun which lie within a 2 km. radi-us i-orn

the periphery of the proposed plant site, were selected for the household survey.Fifty households fiom each muban were randomly sampled using a village map

as the sampling frame and this made up a total of 250 households (Table G-1 in

appendix G). Total population for each muban is presented in Table G-2.

All of the comnunities surveyed are within 2 km. grid around theperiphery of the proposed plant site. Ban Dong, Ban Sam Ruan, Ban Lat Patak,and Ban Kok Ooi are located tothe south west of the site and Ban Hua Sanun is

located to the east. All of these villages are predominantly rice-growing

communities.

I. I Demographic and socio-economic conditions of the survey

population

Information from the interviews showed that the average household size of the

sampled household in villages adjacent to the project site was 5 persons,

ranging from 1 to 13 persons per household. The number of males and females

in sampled households was about equal. The number of those aged between 16

to 40 years was slightly higher than the number of children and young teens

(<15 years) or 46 per cent versus 31 per cent. Elderly people accounted for 9

3-280

per cent of the total and those in the 41-60 age range accounted for 15 per cent

(see Table G-3 in appendix G). Dependency ratio was 65.8.

1.2 Characteristics of the Respondents

Household data primarily came from the interviews with household heads (80

per cent) or their spouses (15 per cent), and the rest from their sons or

daughters or in-laws. The average age of the respondents was 50 years old.

Regarding educational attainment, almost two-thirds had completed primary

school (72 per cent). About 10 per cent either had never attended school or

had never completed primary school. Approximately 6 per cent had completed

secondary school or high school and only 1 per cent had a bachelor's degree.

The majority of the respondents were of local origin (91 per cent). Another 7

per cent were born in an other muban, tambon, or amphoe. Only 2 per cent had

moved to their present place of residence from other provinces (see Table G-4

in appendix G).

1.3 Economic Status

In terms of occupation, unskilled work. such as driving and construction

laboring (23 per cent), and farming (22 per cent) were common. Housewives

and those in retirement accounted for 18.8 per cent. Some of these in retirement

were still able to earn some income by renting out small pieces of land.

Approximately 13 per cent engaged in trading. Some eamed their living as self-

employed handicraft producers (9 per cent). And 6 per cent were engaged in

raising prawns, pigs, cows, or chickens. Another 6 per cent were farm laborers.

Very few worked as factory workers or government officials (see Table G-5 in

appendix G). It is noticeable that more than half of the respondents stated that

they did not have a supplementary occupation (69 per cent); however, two

prominent supplementary occupations were unskilled work and farm labor

which accounted for less than 10 per cent.

1.4 IncomeI and ExpenditurAe

The average annual total household income was 86,200 baht (Table G-6). The

majority of the households (42 per cent) earned more than 100,000 baht but less

than I million baht per year. Thirty six per cent fell into the category of more

than 50.000 baht but less than 100,000 baht per year. while 2 1 per cent earned

3-281

less tha,n 50,000 baht. A small number of the households, 2 per cent, eamed

more than 10 million baht per year. They were owners of large pig or duckfarms and there was one household which owned a gas station.

The average monthly household expenditure on food, beverage, gas, water andelectricity was approximately 3,200 baht, while expenditure related tooccupation, such as fuel, fertilizer, pesticides, animal feed, labor cost, or landrent averaged 5,400 baht per month. Other miscellaneous expenses such aschildren's education, transportation, recreation, medical care, and religion andsocial tax ranged widely from 25 baht to 15,000 baht, or an average of 2,350baht per month. In sum, total household expenditure was an average of 10,700

baht per month (Table G-7).

When the average monthly income is compared to the average monthlyexpenditures, it can be seen that in general households have expenditures higher

than income, equal to 3,517 baht or 49%.

1.5 Savings2 , Loans3 , and Debts

At the time of interviewing, 29 per cent of households reported having some

savings, while only 4 per cent had loaned out money, and 36 per cent wereindebted (Table G-8). The average amount of savings was 25,000 baht, rangingfrom 200 baht to 3 million baht. The amount of money on loan ranged from

1,000 baht to 500,000 baht or an average of 40,000 baht. As for debt, theaverage amount was 30,000 baht, ranging from 2,000 baht to more than 1million baht.

1, 2, 3, 4 This variable, and a number of others (identified by a superscript), has extreme values

which would affect the magnitude of the mean thus distorting the central tendency of the

distribution. In other words, these extreme values would give a misleading impression of the

average value for income, expenditure or savings, for example. In such cases the median is used

as it avoids these extreme values.

3-282

1. 6 Land Holdings and Uses

With respect to the size of land holdings, approximately 10 per cent had no land

and 39 percent owned no more than one rai (Table G-9). Twenty five per cent

of the households owned more than one rai but less than 10 rai and about 20 per

cent owned more than ten rai up to fifty rai. The average size of landholdings

was about 13 rai. Only 6 per cent of households owned more than fifty rai. As

for land uses, 42 per cent used their land for housing only, while 26 per cent

cultivated it for rice (Table G-10). Very few rented out (4 per cent), or used it

for prawn culture, fish culture or raising pigs (3 per cent), and for gardening-

horticulture (2 per cent). The average size of land use was 13.5 rai. The average

size of rented land was 17 rai (Table G-l 1). However, there were also some

idle land, averaging 15.4 rai. The reasons why the land was left idle were

because of flooding, no water, no money to invest in land development, no

household labor, and the land was used for grazing (Table G-12).

1. 7 Household Possessions

Interview data showed that motorcycles were widely owned (72 per cent of

households), but only 12 per cent of households owned a pickup truck, and

only 2 per cent had a sedan. Three per cent of households owned a truck(lorry), 88 per cent had a small tractor, and 36 per cent had a water pump. As

for household appliances, most households owned TVs (84 per cent), portable

stereos (54 per cent), and refrigerators (56 per cent). Only 2 per cent of

households had air conditioners (Table G-13).

1.8 Characteristics of Houses and Facilities

The vast majority of houses were raised on piles (62 per cent). One-storey and

one-storey houses with a slightly raised floor accounted for 24 per cent, while

two-storey houses were 14 per cent. Houses were constructed of wood (53 per

cent), half-wood and half-concrete (20 per cent), concrete (16 per cent), and

bamboo wall (15 per cent). Tiles and galvanized sheets and tiles were widely

used for roofing material (48 and 42 per cent). Most walls were unpainted (55

per cent) while lacquered and painted walls accounted for 26 and 18 per cent of

all houses respectively. As many as 94 per cent of all households had inside

toilets and 97 per cent had electricity (Table G-14).

3-283

2. SENSITIVE RECEPTOR SITES (Map 2)

Fifty households from 4 mubans, which were air quality monitoring sites,namely Ban Bang Krado, Ban Khlong Khae, Ban Don Mot Tanoi, and BanChao Nua, were randomly selected using the village maps as sampling frames.This gave a total of 200 households (Table G-15). Total population for each

muban is presented in Table G-16.Ban Bang Krado is a relatively large community located 5-6 km. to the

north east of the proposed site. It is a semi-rural community stretched out alonga light surface road which branches in a south easterly direction from thePetchakasem highway. Many pigs farms (both large and small) are found in thisarea. Ban Chao Nua is located 2-3 km. east from the plant site. It is a rural arealocated along both sides of a light surface road linking amphoe Damnoensaduak with amphoe Muang Ratchaburi. Large parts of this area are devoted torice farming and to fish or shirmp farms. Ban Mot Tanoi is a rural communitylocated 5 km. east of the plant site. The area has a large Christian conmmunity

and the main agricultural activity is fruit and vegetable growing. Ban Klong Kaeis located 5-6 km. to the south east of the proposed site . It is tne closest of allthe sites to Thesaban Muang Ratchaburi and lies at the outer edge of thesuburban area, along the north bank of the Mae Klong River.

2.1 Demographic and Socio-economic Conditions of the Survey

Population

Average household size was 4.6 ranging from 1 to 10 persons and the number of

females was slightly higher than the number of males. In terms of age structurechildren aged under fifteen years was the second largest group (33 per cent)

while the 16-40 age group comprised 42.5 per cent, the 41-60 age group

comprised 14 per cent, and the elderly accounted for 11 per cent Dependency

ratio was 77.3 (Table G- 17).

2.2 Characteristics of the Respondents

Half of the respondents were household heads and 34 per cent consisted of their

spouses (Table G-18). A very few were household heads' brothers, sisters, or

nephews. The majority of respondents had at least completed primary school(73 per cent) and 17 per cent had completed secondary school.The average agewas 48 years and most were born where they currently resided (84 per cent).

3-284

2.3 Economic Status

Farning was the most commnon occupation (24 per cent). Retired or housewife

accounted for 19 per cent while unskilled work and trading each accounted for16 per cent. Of the 23 per cent wbo had a secondaiy occupatiori, doing

unskilled work, raising prawns-cows-pigs or chickens, and farming were the

most conmmon (Table G-19).

2.4 Income- and Expenditure

Almost half of all households earned from more than 100,000 to less than Imillion baht per year (Table G-20). Average annual total household incomewas 95,000 baht. Average monthly household expenditure was 7,738 baht with

household consumption accounting for approximately 3,400 baht, expensesrelated to occupation 2,000 baht and miscellaneous expenses accounted for

2,300 baht (Table G-21). When the average monthly income is compared to the

average monthly expenditure, it can be seen that in general households have

income higher than expenditulres, equal to 179 baht or 2.3 per cent.

2.5 Savings6 , Debts7 and Loans8

Information on savings showed that 35 per cent of the respondents claimed that

they had some savings. The average amount was 30,000 baht. Thirty-six percent

of respondents claimed to be indebted which the average debt being 20,000

baht, while 5 per cent of respondents said that they had loaned out sums

amounting to 10,000 baht (see Table G-22).

2.6 Land Holding and Uses

Half of the respondents (52 per cent) owned at least 1 rai of land (Table G-23).

Thirty per cent owned more than one rai to ten rai and 17 per cent owned not

more than fiftv rai. Only one person owned more than fifty rai. The average

size of landholdings was 6.5 rai. Most respondents had such a small piece of

5,6,7,8 See note 1

3-285

land that they used it for housing only (44 per cent). Nineteen per cent of therespondents used their land for nce farming, 9 percent for gardening and

horticulture, and 4 per cent for retail shop-house. The average amount of landused was 8.4 rai (Table G-24). In addition, 7 per cent had rented land out forhousing. Some rented out for gardening or horticulture, rice farm and prawn orfish farm (Table G-25). The average amount of rented out land was 8.8 rai.The average amount of idle land was 14.7 rai and main reasons why the land

was idle were flooding and no household labor (Table G-25).

2.7 Household Possessions

Data on household possessions (Table G-27) revealed that 71 per cent of therespondents had a motorcycle and 20 per cent owned pickups while only 2 percent had sedans. Nearly all of the respondents (92 per cent) had television setsand 60 per cent had portable stereos. Seventy seven per cent had refrigerators

while only 2 per cent had air conditioners.

2.8 Characteristics Gf Houses and Facilitiies

Regarding types of housing, 45 per cent of the respondents' houses were raisedon piles and more than half were wood with galvanized sheets or tiles forroofing material. Almost all of the respondents (99.5%/6) had electricity and an

inside toilet (see Table G-28).

3. PERIPHERAL COMMUNITIES (Map 3)

Two peripheral communities which were within a radius between 5 to 10

kilometers from the project site were selected for study: Ban Khlong Khud and

Ban Kao (Table G-29). Two hundred households were interviewed. Fewer

variables were covered in the questionnaire survey of these communities as they

were considered to be less at risk from the potential adverse effects of the power

plant.

Ban Klong Kud is located 4-5 km. to the south of the proposed site. It isa small, rice growing community. Ban Kao is located 8 km. north of the

proposed site stretching along both sides of a light surface road which branches

east from the Petchakasem highway. Total population for each muban is

presented in Table G-30.

3-286

3. 1 Demographic and Socio-economic Conditions

Average household size in these communities was 4.4 persons, ranging from I

person to 10 persons. Children and young teens (up to 15 years old) accounted

for 32 per cent of all household members, but the largest age group was the 16-

40 years group which accounted for 39 per cent. Persons age 41-60 comprised

12 per cent and the sixties and over age group accounted for 10 per cent.

Females outnumbered males. Dependency ratio was 73.9 (Table G-3 1).

3.2 Characleristics of the Respondents

Household information was gathered mostly from household heads (48 per cent)

and their spouses (35 per cent). Sixty two per cent had completed primary

school only. Thirteen per cent had never attended primary or had not completed

primary school. Eighteen per cent had attended secondary school. The average

age of the respondents was 48 years. The majority of them (90 per cent) were

born in the village in which they currently reside (Table G-32).

3.3 Economic Status

In terms of occupation, they comprised unskilled worker, farmer, prawn farmer.

and retired or housewife (21, 16, 15, and 13 per cent respectively). Farn

laborers and government officials both consisted of 10 per cent. Very few were

factory workers (2 per cent). Like respondents in other communities, most of

them reported that they did not have a secondary occupation. But some did

raise prawns, do unskilled work, and trading to supplement their main jobs (see

Table G-33).

3.4 Income9

Over a half of the households (55 per cent) stated that they earned less than

50,000 baht a year (Table G-314). Very few had an annual income exceeding 1

million baht (2 per cent). The average annual income was 42,600 baht.

9 See note 1

3-287

3.5 Land Holding ard Uses

In terms of land holdings, 47 per cent owned 2 rai or less (Table G-3 5). Thirtyfive per cent owned 2 to 10 rai and 12 per cent 11-50 rai. Only 1 per cent hadmore than 50 rai. Land was generally used for gardening or horticulture,prawn, fish, or pig fanning as well as rice farming. The average size of landused was 6.4 rai (Table G-36). Very few of the households had rented land andthe average size of rented land was 2 rai (Table G-37). There was also idleland averaging 13 rai. Many reasons for the land lying idle were given, forexarnple, because of no household labor, no water and no money, flooding, andtoo sandy for planting (Table G-38).

3.6 Summary

Average household size in all three types of comnmunities was slightly higherthan the provincial average of 4.3 persons with the "Adjacent" communities

having the highest average of 5. Average dependency ratio in all three types ofcommunities was 72.3 which is higher than the provincial depenudency rate of60.4. '° Most respondents were of local origin, usually from the village in whichthey currently resided or from another village in the same tambon. This reflectsthe generally low rate of migration into the province. Among all therespondents the most common occupations were unskilled work such as driving

and construction laboring, and fanning. Very few of the respondents wereemployed as factory workers and farming never accounted for more than 24 percent of respondents' occupations in any of the three types of community

studied. This differs somewhat from the province as a whole as at this level onefinds about 60 per cent of the working age population still engaged in theagricultural sector.

The local employment situation seems to reflect the general provincial shift

away from agricultural employment, the particularly poor condition ofagricultural land and local water resources in the study area and the small size

of land holdings. The relatively poor level of education (although the literacyrate is high) ensures that most former agriculturists end up doing unskilledwork, often of a temporary nature and with poor remuneration.

10 This and all other provincial level data in this section come from the "PreliminaryReport of the 1992 Household Socio-Economic Survey", National Statistical Office,Office of Prime Minister.

3-288

The average monthly household income in "Adjacent" communities was 7,183baht or an average per capita monthly income of 1,436 baht. But 21 per centearned less than 4,167 baht per month or an average per capita monthly incomeof only 833 baht. In terms of average per capita monthly income, the figure forthe Whole Kingdom i. 15775 baht and for the Central Region (excluding

Bangkok Metropolis, Nonthaburi, Pathumn Thani and SaTnut Prakan) the averageper capital monthly income is 1,827 baht. Even the Northeast region has anaverage per capita monthly income of 1.501 baht! With regard to "SensitiveReceptor" communities, the figures are slightly higher whereas for 'Peripheral"communities the figures are even lower. The large majority of respondents inall three types of community had less than 10 rai of land with considerablenumbers owning no more than 1 rai of land. Very few people in all types ofcommunity had land holdings of more than 50 rai.

In general then we can see that the communities studied are characterized bylow incomes, small landholdings and unskilled employment. Households stillengaged in farmning face numerous obstacles such as flooding, water shortages,water pollution and poor soil.

3-289

Part 2: Attitudes, Opinion, and Knowledge

Based on data gained from the questionnaire survey, thissection exarmines people's knowledge about and attitude towards the proposedpower plant at Ban Pikhun Thong.

- Anticipated Effects of the Proposed PlantIn all three types of community the number of respondents who believed thatthe power plant would create positive impacts in their area was higher than thenumber who believed the impact would be negative. Respondents in the "Peripheral" comrnmunities in general showed the most positive attitude (35 %, 42% and 56 % in "Adjacent", "Sensitive Receptor" and "Peripheral" comrnmunities,respectively). But quite large numbers of respondents in each type ofcommunity appear to be undecided or ambivalent about the effects. Thisaccounted for 41 %, 40 % and 37 % in the "Adjacent", "Sensitive receptor" and"Peripheral" communities respectively. "Development" was cited as a goodimpact of the plant by most respondents who responded positively. In terms ofnegative impacts, more respondents in the "adjacennt" cornmununities were

concerned about noise and polluted water compared to the other 2 types ofcommunity. Polluted water from the plant, however, seemed to be a commonconcern of respondents in all three types of community (see Table G-39).

Although many respondents could not tell from where they had learned aboutthe anticipated effects of the plant, it is noteworthy that a few of them said they

had leamed from their fellow villagers and land brokers (see Table G-339).

While many of the respondents in all three types of community were unable tosay whether their families and fellow villagers would have any benefits ordisbenefits from the project, a majority of them anticipated some benefit to theirfamilies (44 %, 45 % and 44 % in "Adjacent", "Sensitive Receptors" andPeripheral" communities, respectively) and some benefit to their fellowvillagers (57 %, 54 % and 54 % in "Adjacent", "Sensitive Receptors" and "Peripheral" communities, respectively). For those who saw some benefit eitherfor their own family or their neighbours, ensuring a more stable supply ofelectricity and increasing employment opportunities seemed to be the mostcommon benefits. Respondents saw chances of getting both temporary andpermanent jobs from having the power plant in their area. More than 20 % ofrespondents in the "Adjacent" communities, however, expected that their fellow

3-290

villagers might be able to sell land to EGAT for the project site (see Table G-

40).

Results of asking about anticipated irritating effects to the community duringeither the construction or operation of the plant confirmed those of the focus

groups. The majority of respondents in the 3 types of community did not expect

any bad effects at all, even those villagers living close to the plant site. But

respondents in "Adjacent" communities expressed more concern about negative

impacts during either construction or operation of the project compared to those

in "Sensitive receptors" and "Peripheral" communities (23) %, 14 % and 10 %,respectively, during construction; and 28 %, 15 % and 16 %, respectively,

during operation (see Table G-41). Some respondents were concerned aboutdust and noise dunrng the construction of the plant. In terns of impacts during

the plant operation, respondents living farther from the plant site seemed to beconcerried about som-e kinds of pollution (air, water, or heat) that rmnight harm

their crop, thus, lower their income from farming, compared to those in "

Adjacent" communities (13 %, 62 % and 81 % in "Adjacent", "Sensitive" and "

Peripheral" communities, respectively).

In terns of how to control problems caused by both construction and operation

of the power plant, most of the respondents had no idea. Some of them.

however, suggested that EGAT or the government should employ the latest

safety/pollution-protection and monitoring measures and full-time specialists to

take care of any kind of pollution caused by the operation of the plant (see

Table G-41).

In the narrower context of environmental impacts of the plant, almost half of all

respondents in the 3 types of community expected adverse effects to the

environment. Air and water pollution and noise seemed to concern respondents.

It is noteworthy that no respondents in the "Adjacent" comrnmunities were

concerned about how waste water from the plant would be disposed of, while

some respondents in "Sensitive Receptor" and "Peripheral" communities

expressed concern. Although a few respondents, especially in the "Adjacent"

and "Peripheral" communities could not identify any reason why the plant

would not cause any harmful effects, some believed that the governmenu'ELGUA

would not bring any harmful projects to their area. Some said that power plants

elsewhere did not harrn anything, so the proposed plant should not be hannful

either. Some respondents said that without information on the project, they

3-291

could not be certain about negative impacts, while some said that nobody knewwhat would happen until the plant was actually constructed and operating (see

Table G-42).

- People's Knowvledge of Other Powver Plants

Most of the respondents (up to 73 % in the "Sensitive Receptor" communities)had never heard of any other power plants. Mae Moh, however, was cited bymost of the people who said they had heard about other plants before (74 %, 80% and 65 % in "Adjacent", "Sensitive Receptor" and "Peripheral" communities,respectively. Even though TV was mentioned by a majority of theserespondents as a source of information about the plants elsewhere (58 %, 48 %and 53 % in "Adjacent", "Sensitive Receptors" and "Peripheral" communities,respectively), some people referred to their fellow villagers, newspaper andradio as a source of such infornation as well (see Table G-43).

WArhat respondents had heard about power plants elsewhere might be animportant factor affecting their attitude to the proposed project at Pikhun

Thong. A majority of the sample who had hearu about other projects said thatthey had heard about very bad impacts, especially those related to air and water

pollution (88 %, 70 % and 86 % in "Adjacent", "Sensitive Receptor" and "Peripheral" communities, respectively. It is noteworthy, however, that evenwith this knowledge, respondents seemed to be positive to the proposed projectat Ban Pikhun Thong. This can be seen from their positive responses regardingthe effects of the project on their family, neighbours, and environmental

impacts of the project (see Table G-43).

- People's Knowledge Regarding the Construction and

Operation of the plantKnowledge of local people regarding any project, especially prior to the

construction period, is important. Without sufficient and accurate information,social acceptance of the project might be at great risk. In the case of the powerplant at Ban Pikhun Thong, it was obvious that villagers had no clear idea of

the proposed power plant. Ninety-four and 98 % of the sample in the "Adjacent" and "Sensitive Receptor" communities did not know when the

construction of the plant would begin. A similar response was received when

asked about the commissioning of the project. Almost all of the people in

3-292

Adjacent" and "Sensitive Receptor" communities had no idea about that (see

Table G-44).

Over 90 % of respondents in both "Adjacent" and "Sensitive Receptor"

communities said "don't know" to such questions as "'W7bat kind of fuel will be

used in the plant?", "Where will waste water be disposed of?", "What kind of

gas will be emitted from the plant during operation?", and "Who will be the

main beneficiary of the power generated" (see Table G-7). These results

confirm that local people need to be better informed about the project. Without

sufficient information, rumours could spread which might affect the project's

acceptance. In-depth interviews showed that a few villagers claimed that they

had been cheated by land brokers who gave distorted information to take

advantage of the local land owners. For example, they were told that if they did

not sell their land (at a comparatively low price) their land would beconfiscated, or that they should sell their land at whatever price offered because

the proposed plant would cause so much damaging pollution that they would

not be able to farm any more. This distorted information might not only cause

the villagers to be cheated, but could also create a bad feeling against EGAT.

People's Images of the Governnment EGA T

People's image of the government was reflected in their answer to the question

Will the government look after the interests of the local people? Over half of

respondents in each type of community replied positively to the question. Most

of them believed that the govermment would be conscientious in planning and

introducing the plant to the area, that they would not do anything harmful and

that they always thought of the people's welfare (see Table G-45).

- Community Cohesion

Sixty and 46 percent of respondents in the "Adjacent" and "Sensitive Receptor"

communities. respectively, did not belong to any formal associations in their

village. Two popular associations, however, in both types of community x'ere

the Cremation Fund Association (Chapanakij) and the Co-operative

Association. More respondents in the "Adjacent" communities belonged to the

Temple Board in their village (see Table G-46) compared to the other types of

community.

Respondents in the 3 types of community studied expressed considerable

attachment to their communities. Almost all (97 %) of the respondents stated

3-293

that they had never thought of moNing out of their villages. Asked whv, almosthalf of all respondents gave the reasons that they were born there, while some

said because they owned land in their village. The few who thought of movingsaid that this was because they did not own any land in the village or becausethey wanted to move to live with family (see Table G-46).

Asked if they wanted their children to continue to live in the village once theyhad reached adulthood, more than half of the respondents in the "Adjacent" and"Sensitive Receptor" communities and almost half of respondents in the "Peripheral" conmnunities said yes, giving 2 major reasons: their children wereborn in the village and they had everything there, and they could help eachother if they lived together in the village. Those who replied negatively to thequestion said that their children should go wherever they could find good work.(see Table G-46).

- Community ProblemsThis section explores what kinds of problems the three types of communitieswere confronted with. The most important problem seemed to be pollutedwater. More than 80 % of respondents in the "Adjacent" communities claimedthat they had problems with polluted water in public water ways. The causes ofthe problems were identified by the respondents as waste water from prawnfarms, rotting water hyacinth, waste from pig farms and from other factoriesupstream. Fewer people in the "Sensitive Receptor" communities said that theyhad problems with polluted water but where this problem was identified themost important cause of polluted water was identified as waste from pig farms

in the area (see Table G-47).

Although more than half of all respondents did not know how to solve theproblem of polluted water, some suggested that waste water treatment should be

required for those farms and factories causing the problems. Other solutionswere identified as government assistance, and clearing/cleaning water ways

clogged with water hyacinth (see Table G-47).

Compared to polluted water ways, drinking water, water for other uses in thehousehold, and water for farming seemed to be minor problems in thecommunities under study. Some claiming to have problems with drinking watersaid that they did not have enough rain water for drinking all year round.

3-294

Polluted water also caused problems to households in that it affected the water

for other uses in the household and for use in farming.

Other problems, such as drug abuse and theft seemed to be niinor in the three

types of communities under study. Although some respondents claimed that

drug abuse existed in their area, not many claimed that the problem wasprevalent. Nevertheless, results from the focus group study revealed that drug

abuse seemed to be increasing in some villages. Adolescents, it was claimed,

were most involved in the problem (see Table G-47). In termns of theft, less than

10 % of respondents in both "Adjacent" communities and 'Sensitive Receptor"

communities said that such problems existed in their villages. The best way to

solve the problem, as identified by respondents seemed to be to report the

problem to police (see Table G-47).

- Sum marn

The number of people in all the communities surveved who thought the

proposed plant would be beneficial was higher than the number who thought it

would be harmful. But relatively large numbers were undecided or ambivalent.

Those who viewed the plant positively tended to see it stimulating further

development or directly bringing jobs to the area. Noise. air pollution and water

pollution were mentioned most frequentlv by those who viewed the plant

negativelv. Most respondents had little or no knowledge of the proposed plant.

or indeed of other plants, so their evaluation appears to be more related to their

hopes and fears rather than based on a consideration of facts.

Most respondents believed that the government and EGAT would act

responsibly and would not do anything that was harmful.

The communities surveyed were quite homogenous, there was very little in-

migration over the year and most people expressed considerable attachment to

their communities even although participation in formal organizations was low.

The most comnrmonly mentioned problem affecting the communities was

polluted water canals.

3-295

Wat mm- ed .4nSan, 0lO~~'1I .* It ~~~~~~~~~~None //Y

Wit Komphanng T3 ,k n**,0 9 it 0 wat Bang Bana Hat K ,o

N.n, Hsk ~ ~ Rnn Pt Ong Rion Wat,.! 9 do. Ke

- I.....~~anD.

j Ban Sant~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~ ;Ai

// Bitt~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~an ;q rd

/ / ~ ~ ~ ~~ No, -,;.C Wit Ban Mai Ta, B.,ppharam i,t A M Nun

:,'.Ban No, M~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~nai TatHeL

Ban Oon S&, TC ~2 9 '~~~94 i9S 6 :7. 90

96 ~ ~~~~~~~Wat R., Ch9 Ram Ben

Ban Tha M,khem '/ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R.;' R, Wet JBa

Makh"n / ... / .a

aon Khok Kh,am, Ban1 Saphan, Dam

-~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~Ban luoau . e ng Prachan (2)

'..B1n Chuk Ma,hranovtCa e

B, n Mae Khu I * - t (

SITE 1.Ba

~~~JRanSamRuan I 1' ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Ban Don Mot Tano,

~Ban Dong qWit Kh# h. c0o

Ban Lad Patak Ba___I:_......

(~Ban Kok Ooi I an Khiong uCharter (2)

Al ______~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t I1C tin9;tu (2 .

B.Xt Bane a Not a*. Wt k-t~ The ..q

-Ban Suar Luang Bin Thi RuAl(I) .

___________ __________ Ban~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~6 t hong Pu Chart.r (I)(Ban La o.. S an C R,Naa' I a heta *(m I ongn. I

* *'.. \:~~~~~~~'- -~~~ReigBam Ban B o.g Ks. itt

W It Ri Stttmathiet B k-Khlong, iar Ban Nong Ka, Ka.*.~~ mvj.~~~~tA~~~ . Ml'~ j - a 'n t:

Ban Tha tAu. (2) . Ban Lam Rang

~~ en ~~ - iI~~~~~~~Ii 99~~~ ...t Ba n:~ 5dah 9 t, .,.. a... ......Ban Khon Wi Phne it1 a Dn M I a ua u

Ban Kit Te~~~at C LtM-hn.2. Bn amRun .M ... a.anMun

,ang DtCt . Ba Lad atPh Mun5 Ph"iku hnunT mWtrnt 6 6 4.Ba~~~~~~~n KhokOPhi(M6 hknhn un

enl h Bat, Du, I aIFIUE .2-IMPioDJCETC MUI

AT I *Bne

/ DBan Bang Krado ,

/ Bet~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~ i~~~~~wat B,, Msi Jai Buent'. Nu.

W .. I LA,.i

______~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~7 A. RAI4 _____ _____ _____ ____ ____

,/ ') - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Wet RAI C -. %e.

BnTh.R ikhin 7 N- Wet S.

r - . .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~b. .u

e.3n Rhouk Mtae,h. '

*iRt~n . *~~~***' ;.*..~ Ban Chao Niia

~~ae ~~~~~ / . ] (~~~~~~~I Ban Don ModtanoiB.. S- Ln~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-I

Bn Li k Pet.k . _ _ _ _-_ e

fl.n Rhiek ~~~~~~~~~~~~~B,~Kh. (CuI Ben RhIOnB e Ch.,e.n (~~2)

-..Befn Suen Lu.nc, Bein Trhe R

A Be~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~N innB P. Ch.,", 11)

L. w.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Nt Th. R., ~ ,l .. rjIL `: III

4 ft.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Rng R.-n Ben N eg KAIR.

- *, ~~~~~~~~~~~ .~ Wet Mai Ret Satth.thAtil B#Ron .. Ben Nonn Re. Kee.

Ben) Th. R.. (2): RenLe' eeBeti Annen3 r '12. Rhek Kheh

Ben Khtenn .......

Stin Khok PRhn heei Pee

( We' ~~~~~~~~4ekhhentn, e~~~~~~~~~~~~n, .7D Ban Khlong Khae .

Wet Ph. e n R. nBenP 2) - qRen Rein Wit Nikkthinm, i'.. e h n h., 5 1be ItW~~~~tVt?, , ). ,~~~~~~~~~ ~~~4, '"T' 1 "VT

1' )e~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t Ben Rhlen§ Lel '~~~~~t

s, AnB '.Pnnn- tIKh'ndP 3ing

G.n Phw S. -1et h.,

'et$ehen 3 . . SBn Kh) ng Tn,ei Legend

NnRe()Wt 45Wht *. Muban Tamibon Amiphoe'~~~~ ''I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~.. ~~~Kh 6. Ban Bang Krado (Mu 1) Ban Sing Photaram.e'.URne. 2.~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ , ~7. Ban KhIong Kbiae (M )PogSa iTH (u )Phn awiMuano______o,; 8. Ban Don Modtanoi (Mu 6) Phacng Phauy Damiioen Saduak-

.2 .~~~~j ~9. Ban Chao Nua (Mu 7) Ban Rai Chao Nua Daninoen Saduake.n ReAI e snCe

FIGURE 3.20-2 MAP 2: SENSITIVE RECEPTOR COMMUNITIE

:>.l ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~an to Thang

B. Mail an r.8 N atn 4 af K Yin.

Ze , / , Sanzn tsn . . , . _ Wat 8n Mai 8uccha am, t 8;,t tSa Nus~~~~~Nan la ell IfSan hol ye

4 i , . ) Baii _Ka ', - t it)

7hfJrfffs .' ', n! Pt.. pi! Mhn PSt t

On ' l~ Khon *s .]| *1| « t7P-

7 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1,' ho. S. a Pat N M v halt |, p

. ~ ~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~~ ~ .i !.I -. I i

I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~a _brth /7 1td Sant j0-.r.- - i T-

B.., Ost S.nn.n,k3~~~~~~ ~~ ~ Nan. H.N* tNang.

-U~~~~~~~~~~~~o

. ,,,, . . , W'|-- t | ' is Satthat M T k ilo ntWtKat,p...s r.

N e 'p eno

Wat Tit K|al . at K t

. \ / \ ;~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ntil' ' * f l K9)tn8iXfsfhs |K*-it..o ufi *1t1,2i>

B anKhlongRKhudi s

.... 1. . _ 0 , -*M~ ::~ 1- .nE''1.r.

Son Ch-(g S--'FTi3) S n No. Hor Ds. ^, , ,. ,; ,Legend

i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~T1luootil sl:, . .'.!|-, - V

ut Thl +4U ngSin khtoA.WKet M -. Msuban . Tambon Anm

'i~~ ~~ W-Zt -.ah55a+ |'t"8g¢2_e* 11l Ban Kao (Mu 5) Ban Khong Phot

*_S '.;1.|'nnSt tZi.; :WiP oil--; FIGURE 3.20-3 MAP 3: PEUIPHEIIAL CQMMITh

eonao 1(1.

3-298

3.21 Archaeology

3.21.1 Introduction

Ratchaburi Province is rich in archaeological evidence dated back

to pre-historic period. The existing provincial archaeological condition

especially at and around the proposed power plant site, must be studied so that

the anticipated impact from the project can be assessed and mitigated

accordingly.

3.21.2 Methodology

Literature review, field visits, interviews with related officials

and questionaire survey of local residents about 1.5 kilometer distance from the

project site were undertaken.


i) Cultural and Archaeological Evidence in Ratchaburi

Province

Ratchaburi Province is situated in the central region of Thailand

about 100 ki]ometers from Bangkok, in the fertile lower Mae-Klong River

Basin. The river has her origin at the top of the mountain along Thai-Burma

border at Um-Phang District in Tak Province and flows into Kanchanaburi

Province. This same river flows past Ta Muang District and Ta Maka Distric

of Ratchaburi. Then it flows to Bang Konti District, Samut-Songkram

Province and on to the Gulf of Thailand. Its length is 520 kilometers. This

river is called Kwae Yai or Mae Nam Srisawat when it passes Kanchanaburi

Province, and is called Mae Nam Mae-Klong when it passess Samut Songkram

Province. When it flows past Rachaburi Province it is known as Mae Nam

Ratchaburi.

"Chaya-Racha-Puri" was the ancient name as found in the

ancient Khmer Stone Inscription before it appeared as "Rachaburi" in the

Sukhothai Stone Inscription No.1. It was important as a front-line city

throughout Ayuddhaya Period.

Ratchaburi has a history of contact with towns in teh same

region, such as Suwannaphum, Phetchaburi and Nakhon Sri Thammarat. This

relationship was mentioned in the Sukhothai Stone Inscription No.1 and has

3-299

continued to this day. Throughout the long history of Ratchanuri numerousobjects of art and monuments were created and many are still in existence. Thepresent population is a mixture of various peoples, those stemming from theoriginal inhabitants plus the Thai, Karen, Thai Yuan, Song or Thai Song Dam,Lao Wieng or Lao Tee who were forcibly moved there from other areas, andthe Mon and Chinese who settled in Ratchaburi in the early Bangkok Period.Despite their diversity the people of Ratchabunr have established an identity

particularly their own.The Ratchaburi area is rich in archaeological evidences and can

be presented as the following-summarized details and as shown in figure 3.21-1

and 3.22-1.

- Prehistoric PeriodPrehistoric society evolved from being "hunting" society

to "agricultural" society. Geographical setting dictated the settlement area of

man during this period. Therefore archaeologist would always study thegeographical setting prior to investigation of prehistoric archaeologicalevidences. Raichab-uri geographical seti.Ig is ve el suitable for the settlementof man in the prehistoric period.

The first archaeological investigation in Ratchaburi wascarried out in 1932 by Prof.Fritz Sarasin who found stone tools at Rusee Cave,Khao Ngu, Tambon Plab Pla, Muang District. The investigating team named

those stone tools as "Sianmian".In 1966, a Thai-Denmark investigation team found the

burial place and 6 house-post holes at Baan Nong Chae Sao, Tambon HinKong, Muang District which believed to be the settlement area during theperiod of the "agricultural" society.

In 1978, at Ban Kok Plab, Tambon Pho Hak, Bang PhaeDistrict, prehistoric burials sites were excavated and skeletons along with stoneimplements and pottery were discovered. One skeleton is now on display at

the Ratchaburi National Museum.

From these three important a fore-mentionedinvestigations, it was confirmed that Ratchaburi area had been the settled byprehistoric man both during the "hunting" society-middle to new stone age,about 10,000 to 4,000 years ago and during the "agricultural" society-about

3,500 to 1,700 years ago.

These prehistorical archaeological findings led to widerinvestigations later on and prehistoric archaeological sites were found in

3-300

* 7x x-$ wlnn>i1A;ffi{tffiE NM KHAo f(RACo4CM)

( J-~ t *Ao LUAMA * A 'PUAo ..

91sSov<v$> IA'AMSA us7wm Ap4 2 /HA1 0 7HA 0

i < / tmmr7n: ¢7LAR oh6 e4P Ct° * 7eT<)< AoA P 7IrfA,Q;rA,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I ""</A/ TA .sf k , *A A H O c rttWA ^A A nLJ Y1~ "1U,4N&( LUNC,51,( 7?9A-U 4' ll'Vl 17 f-PA M NIAO 1W RV4wl/9

mj)ZXh607-1NAA jv re K9JAO 10VA ' ,t & L\

:'A MKUAir P/ I4N I&WA / cA T p1o0 6 17)M p19 16AA . ,4f//i (g

) , P ui- A wjr P>BL&~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- 7rpv-AA-

sy4\~ t,~v?)7~ ,A4 CR4rAb?v&HA TyA'kAo * AAfPA6

A ~~~~~~~~~~AN NV~~~~~~

ui~~ f ,_-_ -_,, eL1 wAp P#L/Apvf5

Al7T PAk Th'o

' {z>roV44wn l ' ~~~~~~~~~LE-G5/D/ | a \P~~hUAl SUAN 1't L P9n2JE-cT 5/7g

f;~~~~~~~~5t 0- fROXC -\ \* 5f1P,r6OC- ® ,~~~~~~~~~~~~4TP-CH41PLRl PQ~OVfr\C4

4... _ _ A p R oH/S R/c AZHArQ4w GI/ 41- 3/17

FIGUJRE 3.21-1 TIIE MAIN ARCIIAEOLOCICAI, SITES DURING TIIF PREIIISTORIC 1ERIOD

Souircc National Mtscums Divisions. The lilnc Art Department, Ratchabuiri, 1991 :p.69

i) Suan Phung District around Tanaosri Range; ii) Chom Bueng District; and iii)Baan Pong, Photharam, Bang Phae and Muang Districts around fertile flat plain

of Mae Klong River.These prehistoric communities were believed to have

steadily evolved their own technological until about 1,400 years ago when theycame into contact with Indian and Far East merchats who travelled through this

area to china. This first contact with outside conumunities shaped their lifestyle

and culture and brought them into the historical peirods.

- Historical Periods

1) Suwanaphum and Fu-nan Periods

(6 th - I th Centuries B.E.)

Since the 6th Century B.E., the progress in sailing andtrading between India and China had expanded leading to the migration ofIndians into the South East Asia which they called "Swannaphum" meaing "

golden land rich with natural resources". The migrated Indians brought with

them administration religion, culture, and art and shared these city-life stylewith the local people. it was believeu tuat "Rachaburi" was int ohis

Suwanaphum" area as well as "Old Muang Nakon-Pathom" and "Muang La-towo"

"Chinese Note", mentions a "Fu-nan Empire" as a port-empire situated between China and India.

2) Tawvaramadee Period

(II th - 16 th Centuries B.E.)

Many "Tawarawadee style" archaeological evidences werefound along the banks of Mae Kong River in Ratchaburi Province. The

important evidences are

Muang Boran Khu-BuaThe ancient city of Baan Khu Bua is in Tambon Khu Bua,

Muang District. It has rectangle shape which is approximately 800 - meter

width and 2,000 - meter long .

At present, this ancient town appears as an elevated plot of

earth rising about 5 meters from sea level and is surrounded by a moat and

earthen city wall.

Archaeological investigation at Ban Khu Bue was carriedout in 1957, 1960 and 1961. The evidences found were of Tawarawadee

3-302

Period comprise of sculpture remains of mostly stupa bases and some were of

vihara, a Buddha image as same style as the one found at Rusee Cave-Khao

Ngu, and Buddha relics in golden casket. There are altogether 44

archaeological remains both inside and outside the city wall.The Tawarawadee style archaeological evidences found at

Baan Khu Bua indicated that Buddhism has flourished in Thailand for about

1,400 years.

Most of these archaeological materials were displayed atthe Ratchaburi National Museum while some pieces are kept at Wat Klong

Suwankiri, Tambon Khu Bua, Muang District.

Archaeological sculpture at Khao Ngn RangeKhao Ngu range is in Tambon Plab Pla,Muang Distnct

about 14 kilometers from the ancient city at Khu Bua. It consits of 4 caveswhich are decorated with carving stone and stucco bas reliefs on walls

depicting the life of Lord Buddha. The 4 caves are as follows: i) Ru-see cave:at the cave entrance, there is a carved Buddha image in preaching position,

seated in european manner. At the base of this Buddha image there is a 1 Ith -

1 2 th centuries B.E. inscription of Palava letters but Sansacrit language reading

"Pra Sri Samadhi Gupta" ; ii) Jeen cave, situated on the hill slope about 60

meters above the ground. there are 2 stucco bas reliefs of Buddha images onthe wall. They are believed to have been carved during 12 th - 13 th centuries

B.E.; iii) Jam cave : situated west of Jeen cave. There is carved stone featuringthe Lord Buddha with the Great Miracle at Wawatti City and a Reclining

Buddha believed to be the oldest one ever found in Thailand; and iv) Fatho

cave : situated about 250 meters west of Ru-see cave. The most important

carving depicts the Parinirvana scene. The carving style in this cave is very

similar to the work in Asanta cave in India during 12 th century B.E.

Besides ancient cities at Baan Khu Bua and KhaoNgu, several other Tawarawadee style archaeological remains were found. The

most interesting Place is Wat Mahathat where the lowest base of the south

stupa consists of Tawarawadee period bricks Buddha image face shows

Tawarawadee style.

Tawarawadee culture flourished in Ratchaburi areafor aount 500 years .Ad slowvly demins1hed arond late l 5th century B.E. When

the Khmer culture started to develop stongly in the central part of Thailand.

Ancient city at Baan Khu Bua was deserted and the Ratchaburi town was

moved to the west bank of Mae Klong River around early 16 th century B.E.

3-303

3) Khmer-influenced Period

(16 th - 18th centuries B.E.)The Khmer Empire expanded to Chao Phya Basin

between 1 6th - 18 th centuries B.E. Some evidences of this empire are:

King Suriyaworaman the First Period

(about 1545 - 1593 B.E.)

An inscription was found at Muang District, LopburiProvince, consisting of his order prohibiting the disturbance of religiousplaces. It showed his power over Lopburi Province.

King Surivawaraman the Second Period(about 1656 - 1688 B.E.)

The most powerful King in Khmer history who built theGreat Nakorn Wat. Chinese records stated that King Suriyaworaman's territoryexpanded to cover Pukam area of Burma to the West, and to the South to coverEast Coast of Malaya peninsula meaning that Chao Phya Basin area that usedto be the center of Tawarawadee culture was also under his control.

King Chaiworaman the Seventh Period(about 1724 - 1769 B.E.)

Another powerful King who built Nakorn Tom (Ba-Yon)and expanded his control over the Chao Phya Basin again after Chasing theCHAM group from the area. He was a great devout Buddhist who promotedBuddhism by presenting Buddha immage titled "Pra Chai-putta-mahanart" to23 cities that the Khmer had relationship with. As shown in the inscirption atPrasat Pra-kan there were six cities in Chao Phya Basin that received thisKhmer Style Buddha image namely: i) " La-wo-ta-ya-pura" or Muang La-woor present Lopburi Province where many Khmer style archaeological evidencewere found; ii) " Suwan-pura" assumed to be an ancient community in presentSupanburi Province; iii) "Sam-pug-pattana" assumed to be Kosinarai ancientcity in Tambon Ta-Pa, Muang District, prestn Ratchaburi Province; iv) "Chaya-

racha-puri" believed to be present Ratchaburi province having Wat Mahathat as

center of the town ; v) "Sri-chai-singha-buri" assumed to be Muang Singha inpresent Kanchanaburi Province; and vi) "Sri-chai-watchara-puri" believed to bepresent Petchaburi Province.

3-304

Among these 6 cities, "Saam-pug-pattana" and "Chaya-

racha-puri" are believed to be present Ratchaburi Province and it was the first

time that the word "Racha-puri" appeared in recorded history.

Khmer-influenced archaeological evidences in Ratchanuri

are:

AMuang Rachaburi "Racha-puri"

Situated on the west bank of Mae Klong river on

the same side as ancient city at Baan Khu-Bua about 5 and 8 kilometers from

Khu-Bua and Khao Ngu Range respectively with and area of approximately

750 meters width and 2,250 - meters length. The city was surrounded by three

walls in the north, south and west (at present, these three walls have been

almost completely destroyed ) while the east side was the Mae Klong river that

served as a natural moat and transportation channel. Within the city, there is

Wat Mahathat situated alniost at the center of the town. Wat Mahathat is

assumed to have been built dunrng Tawarawadee Period about 15 th - 16 th

centuries B.E. and later on the Khmer style religious place called "Prasat or

Prang" was built on top around early 1 8th century B.E. During Aynthaya

Period, new stupa was built on top of this Khmer style "Prasat". Wat Mahathat

walls and serveral other sculptures are of Khmer style culture.

Muanz Kosi-naria "Sam-puz-'patIana"

Situated at the east bank-of Mae Klong river in

Tambon Ta-pa, Baan Pong District, as square shape with an area of

approximately 960 - meter width each side. The east, north and south city

walls are of compacted earth rise about 60 centimeters high and 10 - meters

wide while the western wall was destroyed during the construction of rail-way

to Kanchanaburi Province during the World War 2 period. Outside the city

wall in the north, there is a pond , 200 x 400 meters, called "Kosi-naria Pond"

which is believed to be a sacred pond. Within.the city, many Khmer style

ruins and sculptures were found, the most improtant ones are : i) Jon? Prasat

ancient place; ii) Pra Po-ti-satava-Au-wa-lo-ki-tae-suan is classified as a very

important sculpture with 155 centimeter high. "Pra Po-ti-satava-Au-wa-lo-ki-

tae-suan" was believed as the Great God of the Universe and received thehighest worship during the reign of King Chai-woraman the Seventh; and iii)

Parts of Pra Po-ti-Satava, Standing Buddha immage at pratan-tam position and

Pra Ae-suan at Maha-Ra-see position.

3-305

Besides Khmer-imnfluenced culture, Chinese-influenced culture during 16th - 18 th centuries B.E. was also found mostly as

bowls in Sung and Yuan Dynasties - at the bottom of Mae Klong river in front

of Muang Ratchaburi area. It is belived that Ratchaburi was an important port

in the west and local people must established clolse relationship with Chinese

merchants providing opportunities for many Chineses to migrate and settle in

the area.

The influence of Khmer culture existed about 300

years and diminished around late 1 7th century B.E. at the end of the reign of

King Chai-woraman the Seventh.

iv) Thai culture Period

(18th century B.E. upto present)Early 18 th century B.E., without strong Khmer power

after the death of King Chai-woraman the Seventh, eads of states in Chao PhyaBasin united and developed local cultural identity combining theTawarawadee, Khmer and local traditions/beliefs to create their own Thaiculture around late 18 th - ear-h en es B.E and flourish up to present.

U-Thong period:

The important states which were united into onecommon state with its own sovereignty were : Yoan (Pink State) and P-Yao inthe upper north, Sukhothai and Sri-Sachanalai in the lower north, La-wo and

Suwannaphum in the central plain, and Tam-pon-link (Nakom-Sri tarnimarat) inthe south.

In Early 19th century, Sukothai State became more

powerful than the others and expanded itself to become "Por-Kun-Ram-Kam-

Hoeng" the Great empire during 1822-1842 B.E. having all other States,including Ratchaburi, under her control as indicated in the stone inscription no.1.

Many U-thong style archaeological sculptures,

were found such as the pagoda at Wat Jaedee-hak, Muang District; Stucco bas

Buddha inmage on Jeen cave wall at Khao Ngu and many red sand-stone

Buddha Imrage scttered around temples in Muang District.

3-306

Avutthava period(1893-23 10 B.E.)

Somdej Pra Chao U-thong announced Ayutthaya as

capital city of the Sri Ayutthaya Empire in the year 1893 B.E. and Ratchabunr

was annexed as a coloni-y repoLeu d:ectly to te Roya! CrLt.

Throughout Ayutthaya Era, the war between

Thailand and Burma prevailed along with the growing trade with foreign

merchants making Ayutthaya Empire an important overseas trading center in

South East Asia as is evidenced by the records of Dutch and French merchantswho came to trade in Ayutthaya during the regigns of Somdej Pra Ae-Ka-

tosarot up to Somdej Pra-Narai the Great. The records indicated that Mae

Klong River was used as transportation channel to deliver goods through

Rachaburi to Ayutthaya and vice versa. During the war with Burma,Ratchaburi served as an important border area and adja cent town to the capitaln-i1-v

Ayutthaya period sculptures in Ratchaburi area,

Muang, District, are: i) present Pra Prangs (stupa) at Wat Mahathat which is

believed to have been built on top of the forner ones around the 2 0 th - 21 st

centuries B.E., ii) Jae-dee (Pagoda) Mum-mai-Sib-song at Wat Khao-lua,

Tanbon Jaedee-hak; v) Wat Lum-din at Tambon Lum-din; and vi) Wat Kog-

moh at Tambon Kog-moh.

Tonburi period

(2310 - 2325 B.E.)

The war with Burma dominated this period and

Ratchaburi served as a very important border or front line city causing it to

become the battle field for several battles especially the so-called "Bang Kaew

battle" at Bang Klaew (in Po-tha-ram District at present) in 2317 B.E. Somdej

Pra-chao Krung Tonburi (King Tak-sin the Great) came to Ratchaburi to

handle this battle himself along with several other prominent Thai warriors

namely Chao-phraya-chakri and Chao-phraya-Surasri. This "Bang Kaew

battle" lasted almost two months before the Burmese troops were defeated and

driven away.

The intense of wars in this period assumed to be a

m-ajor factor causing the drastic decrease in international trading through

Rachaburi port which flourish during Ayutthaya period. After each victory, the

Thai troops gathered war-prisoners and settled them in various towns including

Ratchabunr making ethnic mix greater than before.

3-307

Tattanakosin period

(2325 B1E. upto present)

Somdej Pra-Putta-Yod-fa-Ju-la-lok the Great whofounded Chakri Dynasty announced Krung Rattanakosin as capital city in theyear 2325 B.E. Three years later a war between Thailand and Burma broke outonce more (Kao Tap battle) when Pra Chao Padung, the Burmese King, moved

nine troops to fight with the Thais through the west side of Thai border. Thisforced Rachaburi to serve as a batle field again. The Thai toops were finallyable to defeat the Burmese.

It is believed that Ratchaburi was annexed withKanchanaburi and called the "West Southern City" in the reign of King Ramathe first of the Chakri Dynasty.

In the reign of King Rama the Second, CentralRatchaburi town was moved to the left bank of Mae Klong River (PanurangsriCamp at present) for strategic reasons. In the reign of King Rama the Fifth inthe year 2440 B.E., the central Provincial Office was moved from the area inthe left bank oI Mae "iog river to the righ.t bank of the river again.

Throughout a period of 200 years of the ChakriDynasty up to present time, Ratchaburi has been the beneficiary of continuousinterest and support from both the Royal Court and the Governments enablingher to develop a great deal and to become a modern yet peaceful and culturallyrich province.

The sculpture in Rattanakosin period in Ratchaburiare: i) Wat Kong-ka-ram in Pho-ta-ram District, is an old Mon (of Burmese-origin) temple believed to be built during the late Ayutthaya period. The templearchitecture shows the beauty of Rattanakosin style wooden carving ; Thefamous mural at this temple is a very intricated design and was painted in theearly Rattanakosin Dynasty. The painting tells about the Lord Buddha indifferent parts of his life. ii) Wat Yai Angthong in Tambon Angthong, MuangDistrict, beautiful wooden work temple built in the year 2450 B.E. - the reignof King Rama the Fifth; iii) Wat Sai-Aree, Wat Baan Kong, Wat Baan Luag,Wat Don Krabuang, and Wat Ka-non at Pho-ta-ram District. At Wat Ka-non,around 330 Nang-yai (puppets) are well-preserved here. Nang-Yai is an old

form of entertainment which gathers many kinds of arts.

3-308

ii) Archaeological evidences near the Project siteArchaeological places within 5, 10 and 15 kilometers distance

from the project site are shown in Figure 3.22-2.

iii) Registered archaeological places

The registered archaeological places in Ratchaburi Province are

shown in Table 3.21-1.

iv) InterviewsAccording to an interview with Mr. Wises Pelpradab, Chief of

the Ratchaburi National Museum , limited budget and number of caretakers

have caused problems of restoring the existing ruins and made it difficult to

prevent villagers expanding their agricultural land into the protected

archaeological places. Further archaeological investigation is also impossible.Petchaburi is becoming an industrialized province, a situation

which is approved of by both the general public and the local administrators.The Governor, Mr. Kamloon-thep Tevakul , has expressed his support for

industrial growth in the province an a plan to have an industrial estateconstructed is being implemented. Yet, the Governor has also announced his

strong policy to protect and enhance culture, archaeological evidences, naturalresources and environmental quality as indicated clearly in the Provincial Plan.

Therefore, industrial growth will definitely continue in

Ratchaburi Province and impacts on culture and archaeology to some extentappear to be unavoidable.

v) Questionnaire Survey

Five villages adjacent to proposed project site were surveyed,

namely: i) Ban Dong ; ii) Ban Sam Ruan ; iii) Ban Lad Patak ; iv) Ban Kok

Ooi of Tambol Phikun Thong and ; v) Ban Hua Sanun of Tambol Ban Rai

Chaow Nua. The first four villages are in Muang District while the fifth village

is in Damnern Saduak District. These five villages lie within a 2 km. radius

from the proposed plant site. Fifty households from each village were

randomly sampled using a village map as a sampling frame and this made up a

total of 250 households.

The auestionnaires (see appendix A) were conducted along with

the socio-economic survey.

3-309

The result from questionnaire survey showing socio-economicprofile of the studied villages is presented in Socio-economic parameter sectiorn

from page 3.20-9 to 3.20-12.It is important to emphasize that the majority of the respondents

were of local origin (91 per cent). Another 7 per cent were born in othervillages, tambols or districts. Only 2 per cent had moved to their present placeof residence from other provinces. Therefore, the majority of the respondentsare assumed to have reliable knowledge and information of their villages'

histories and important cultural places.The results from questionnaire survey concerning archaeology

are as follows:Most of respondents (75 per cent) indicated that there are no

archaeological places within about 1.5 km. around their villages, while theremainder (25 per cent) mentioned a few local temples where villagers go forreligious and cultural activities. There are no specially important history ofthese temples told by the villagers (see Table 3.21-1). The response alsoshowed that within about 1.5 km. around their villages there is no story toldabout archaeological ruins or buried ancient places and there is at present noexcavating activity by anyone or any team.

3-310

'TABLE 3.21-1

REGISTERED ARCI-IAEOLOGICAI, PLACES IN RATCIIABURI

No. Name of the place Tambol Amphoe Announced in the Royal Goveirnment GazetteVol. Part Date/year (B. E.)

1 Wat Mahathat Woravihara Na-inuang Muang 52 75 8 March 2478

2 Ru-see Cave Khao Ngu Kohl Plab Pla Muang 52 75 8 March 2478

3 K.hao Pra Cave Don Sri Pho-ta-ramii 52 75 8 March 2478

4 Wat Klong Khu Bua Muang 79 97 30 October 2505

5 Ra-kang Cave Koh Plab l'la Muang 87 116 15 December 2513

6 Fa-tho, Jam and Jeen Caves Koh Plab Pla Muang 91 174 15 October 2517 _

7 Wat Kong-ka-ram Klong ta-kot Pho-ta-ram 92 136 21 July 2518 ^

8 Old Central Provincial Office Na-muang Muang 94 39 10 May 2520

9 Provincial Court Office Na-muang Muang 94 39 10 May 2520

10 Ko-si-na-rai Pond Ta Pa Ban Pong 96 167 25 September 2522

and city wall line

Source Archaeological Division, the Fine Arts Department, Ministry of Education , 1990

TABLE 3.21-2 ARCHAEOLOGICAL OR RELIGIOUS PLACES WITHINABOUT 1.5 KM. FROM THE VILLAGE.

Name of places Frequency Per cent

None 187 74.8Wat Kau 3 1.2Wat Po 42 16.8Wat Phi-kun-Thong 3 1.2Wat Ban Rai Chao Nua 14 5.6San Chao Por 1 0.4(Spirit House)

Total 250 100.0

3-312

3.22 Tourism/Recreation and Aesthetics

3.22.1 Introduction

The tourism industry has become an important source of nationalincome and its development is supported by national policy. Ratchaburi

Province has also given clear directions to promote it. The impacts of the

proposed project on the provincial tourism situation must be determined and

negative impacts mitigated and positive impacts enhanced.

3.22.2 Methodology

* Tourism/Recreation

a) Data/information on tourist volume and trends, type oftourists, and tourism development plan of Ratchaburi Province particularlythose related to the project area and its vicinity were collected. Informationwas collected from the Tourism Authority of Thailand (TAT), the local TAT

office and related offices in Ratchaburi Province. This provides information onthe current status of tourism development, the future demand, marketing andpotential development.

b) Field Investigation:Field visits to major tourist sites and proposed project site were

conducted to gain information on site conditions.

During the field visits, interviews were made with the Governor

and other Provincial tourism related officials.Questionaire survey with local

residents within 1 km. distance from the project site was undertaken to gather

more detailed information.

* A esthetics

An assessment of the following items was carried out:

a) Land and man-made objects:

Impairment of present scenic qualities through project siting or

facilities design

b) Atmosphere:

Eff_ct on visIal nualities by the generation of dust of the

discharge of particles.

3-313

c) Water:

Change in appearance of a watercourse with reduction in

attactiveness.d) Composition:Drastic alteration of an area's aesthetic appeal through

modification of one or serveral of its elements.


Ratchaburi is one of the provinces in the west of the central partof Thailand. Its climate resembles that of Bangkok : not too hot in the hotseason and not too cold in the cool season. It rains most in September which isin the rainy season. The average temperature is 27.7 C. The distance is onlyabout 100 kilometers from Bangkok. Ethnic groups of Ratchaburi comprise

central Thai people, Chinese, Mon, Lawa, Laotian and Karen. The majority ofthe population is engaged in agriculture , trading comes second, followed byindustry and labour respectively. Ratchaburi offers many places of interestsnatural places arnu places ofruins and cullture

i) National and Provincial Tourism Development PlanRatchaburi Province has a long history dating back to the

prehistoric period and thus has many archaeological sites , important fortourism . Ratchaburi also has beautiful natural, cultural and man-madeattractions including varieties of fruits that are nationally renowned.Ratchaburi, therefore, has a high potential for tourism development and thegovernment designated Ratchaburi as a tourist attraction province in 1984.

According to the Tourism Development Plan in the 7th NationalEconomic and Social Development Plan (1992 - 1996) of the TourismAuthority of Thailand, provincial areas are divided into a "very high potential"group where the areas are ready for national and international tourists, rich intourism resources that need conserving and restoring and a "high potential" andmid-level potential group where the areas are designated for a development ofinfrastructure and tourist facilities. Ratchaburi falls within the third prioritymid-level potential" group.

At the provincial level, the Govemor's Office has the policy topromote tourism development in accordance with the national policy and hasset up a "Ratchaburi Province Tourism Development Plan for 1991-1996" withthe follwing policy guideline

3-314

"Tourism is to be developed in order to promote jobs and income

generation for local people while the natural resources and good environmental

quality must be conserved and restored" with operational guidelines aiming at:

i) development of service; ii) promotion of marketing; iii) tourism industrv

organizational improvement; and iv) promotion of snecial annual tourism -

related activities.

ii) Tourist AttractionsAs shown in figure 3.22-1

- Natural Tourist Attractions

1. Khao WangSituated at Tambon Don Tako, Muang Ratchaburi District about

three kilometers from the downtown area. Its fonrier name was Kao Sattanat.

Later on in 1871 when a palace was built for King Rama IV Khao Wang

became a well known term for local people. The palace itself is still in perfect

condition. The view around it is really spectacular. The palace is accessible by

car.

2. Khao Kaen ChanIt is by the Petkasem roadside about two kilometers from town.

A statue of King Rama I was placed there to commemorate the fighting

between Thai and Burmese at Ban Bang Kaew. The area around the statue is

nicely arranged for recreation.

From the foot of Khao Kaen Chan about 1.6 kilometers to the top

of the hill is the house for the image of the Lord Buddha called Pra Buddha

Nirarokantarai Chaiwat Chaturatit or Pra See Moom Muang. This is one of the

four images of the Lord Buddha presented by the present King to the four

provinces in the four corners of the kingdom namely ; Ratchaburi, Lampang,

Saraburi and Pattalung Provinces. From the top of Khao Kaen Chan, a

panoramic view of Ratchaburi town can be enjoyed.

Luang Paw Kaen Chan is a sacred image of the Lord Buddha at

Wat Chonglom in the downtown area of Ratchaburi. Legend has it that this

Image was floating along the tide until it reached Ratchaburi. People then

invited the image and placed it in Wat Chonglom. It is not certain when this

happened. As it is now, people from Ratchaburi or nearby provinces always

come to ask for a blessing from Luang Paw Kaen Chan.

3-315

N

CPAN6 WAr KAC/ANCaI I 7NA01

*-~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~0,011aC - -MNGt

r 7 S ll fft S^ c*4sst4;^"^~~~~~~~~~~~NA7MAWOMPHNO i4R |C5AARo N 6

AAIt.jI/'2141yg4h-

( 1v6 47~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~AHM 47t& TCVAVR1(C14#6 hlUl74 S4TMU7-AkhtP [

HH{w~~~~~~~~~3oI1tN LS J~ ~~ I~ fflk /tb74w6 ?iY5'

G w C1 1 / \ // wvn9Za;an:FA21 *

fVAv / MaS/syJwf P 7ho\ i4 Sh6 UAAMJ 44AP SAZ4j

N6 S4DV4K~~~~~~~~oCIM "A AUT& fli)

i. BAfV PO'v6 KkTf/i/fv6 IAA/VG KTYR4

(JIAN&L AVAT f41rTC4,4IBVP1

* PkofCT SMf1 2ATC//ABUVIZ/

*N : NATL/LAPVL T-VAUi3T,4f71?4§T,C

A ARP ARCHACObGl&CAL 7VUFIST A TrrQC7i-C1V

I C : CUTUWR4L 7ZOR/ST 7T ICrkW-I0A .4IINP

m4SN AO) 4,2-007-195

Nl ISllI g A ll illllRll l g iI l l Ill

h3VJ W.,l-- W.1 Mulu.1.16111 WIX.- .,l" lSae1u

NO lUldOiilwllXl l:nb Ct 'i'll 'll 'l'' .llll',l'giWl 8

N4 tfII;llsrijll II-K NI:. 3*.,, ... Kh- Nvd,s,i ils11 111 ICl ioilwi AIIU muit1m,ir1C. l .- Cll k Ch. l

N-71I.1 32I tO N ISg Y,' W ATM-AUlO s ...... A- I II I .ICA. srbs.Affidl. Srghily All- w... iUa'j't"Hill C.l' liiilaiiiHeJe;md

N6f5 [tl* u M.l fill C.i, tWy 1l¢,N Ar.r . ..........d

Ph"sgysKp AR4 C*g>adlliiiil'l ',~ irmwmiiii

NO llla lSa W.1 1,1-h rsJM1u IVI IJ 12ss

II. K)(u-g 1. ll ft le4r Altr 'U h1')liilr Irr l a w; .:}iD11 ..:1

N7 FlU1r11iiitjml7K- rl^ ...... 1 rV-;iltill

M.. N." M-kci Ali? iii0Ririlillind;a) l--jllNl

N8 miljainlsvU il-lt lirlul;d

Ki-o Cl,.rW.1:aw cql '

()1RA TCHADJ' 1 ',II)"tI§UlMVN{8l'

3. Tham KhaobinThis is 20 kilometers from the downtown area. The cave is

located two kilometers from the main road. Inside the cave there are rows ofstalagmites and stalactites all over the area of more than five rai (2.5 rai = Iacre). Beside these stalagmites and stalactites there is a mineral pondcontaining water all year round. Local people believe it to be a magic pond.

The cave is accessible by an asphalt road.

4. Tham ChompolThis is 30 kilometers from the downtown area. It is situated at

Chombeung District. Stalagmites and stalactites in different shapes dominatethe scenery inside the cave. Outside the cave a flower garden is beautifullyarranged. Apart from the beauty and luscious nature, the place is a sanctuaryfor monkeys which can be seen everywhere. This cave is easily accessible by

car.

5. Pong YoopThis is a beautiful canyon-like-natural occurence of the land

which has shrunk - with an area of appro.rimately 10 rai-and the phenomenon isstill continuing. It is in Suan Peung District.

6. Baw Kleung Hot SpringThis is located at Suan Peung District. It is about 15 kilometers

from Suang Peung District. The stream itself is a natual stream flowing from

the Tranaosri Ranges. Its temperature is always about 120-1350F. Water in

this stream has been analyzed by the Science Department and was found to besafe for skin treatment. It is believed that a bath in this stream can help retainyouthfulness. Now a private company has set up a resort for recreation and for

the tourists who come for a bath. It is the nearest hot spring to Bangkok.

7. Mae Nam Pachee Wildlife SanctuaryThis has an area of 305,820 rai, it is situated in Suan Peung

District. The forest is of the tropical monsoon forest and dry evergreen foresttypes. The Wildlife Sanctuary Division offers a guide service for jungle trail

hiking.

3-317

8. Khao Chongpran, Tham Pra and Tham KangkaoThis is situated at Tamnbon Taopoon, Pothararmn District about 17

kilometers from the downtown area. Tharn Pra and Khao Chong-pran Temple

house all sorts of images of the Lord Buddha and a large number of bats live

in Tham Kangkao. At6. 600V p.m,. everyr day an, endless stream of bats comes out

of the cave in search for food miles away. It creates a beautiful picture

against the sky and lasts about three hours. This cave is also accessible by car.

- Archaeological Tourist Attractions

1. Wat Prasri Rattana Mahathat Worawihan

Situated in Ratchaburi Municipality. It is commonly called WatNa-Pra-that. The most important element in the Wat is Pra Prang (an old stupa)made of laterite and bricks during the Khmer Era which still in perfectcondition The images of the Lord Buddha in Iavaravadee, Lopburi and

Ayuya Periods are placed around this Pra Prang. It is believed that this used to

be a religious site. When the Khmer empire fell and Buddhism arrived in

Thailand, this place was then converted into a Buddhist temple.

2. Pra Puttachai Tham Rue-see Khao Ngu

Situated at Tambon Koh Plab Pla, Muang Ratchaburi District. It

is about eight kilometers from town. On a stone wall at Rue-see Cave, a

picture of the Lord Buddha's first sermon (Pra Putachiai) was carved there by a

sculptor of the Gupta Dynasty in India. This is a protected Buddha well

revered and respected by the people of Ratchaburi and those from nearby

provinces. A religious festival is held in the eleventh month on the first day of

the waxing moon. Close to this cave is the place where relied footprint of the

Lord Buddha was made from laterite. The footprint is 128 meters in height.

The date of its creation is still unknown .

3. Nang Yai Wat Kanon

Nang Yai or shadow theatre is an old form of entertainment

which combines many kinds of arts, for example Thai designs, carving, plus

music, mask play and Thai literature. Each year Ratchaburi province organizes

a Nang Yai perorm.ance for tourists. There are about 330 Nang Yai puppets all

of which are still in perfect condition to be shown on screen. Wat Kanon is

situated at Po Thararm District about 22 kilometers from town. The place is

accessible by car.

3-318

4. Muang Boran Koo BuaThis is located at Tambon Koo Bua, Ratchaburi District. It is

about five kilometers to the south. This is an old city dating back to theTavaravadee Period. It has an area of 1,687,500 square kilometers with a moaton each side of the city. Within the moat, there are at least 44 places of ruins.

5. The Mural at Wat KongkararmWat Kongkararm is a Mon temple (Mon = of Burmese origin)

which is situated at Tambon Klong Takot, Po Thararm District about 22kilometers from town. The painting is a very inticate design and was paintedin the early Rattanakosin Dynasty. The painting tells the story of Lord Buddha. The place is accessible by car.

6. Kosinarai PondIn the old days, it was believed that the water from this pond was

sacred and could cure all sicknesses. This pond is part of the ancient city. TheFine Arts Department found a remaining 3-sided earth city wall of about 1kilometer long here.

Kosinarai Pond has the area of about 50 rai and is situated only 4kilometers from Ban Pong District. It now serves as an important recreationarea for people of Ban Pong District.

7. National Museum of RatchaburiThis is in the municipality of Ratchaburi. The building is the old

Central Provincial Office registered as an archaeological place. The museumhouses all kinds of ancient items such as skeletons of ancient people andancient implements. Information is provided for each item on display.

-Cultural Tourist Attractions and Man-made Activities

1. Rai Sai-NgamThis is situated in Suan Peung District. It is a private recreation

area with a lodging service. The place offers several natural recreation

activities and beautiful views including a visit to a Karen village.

3-319

2. Damnern Saduak Floating MarketIt is in Damnnern Saduak district about 105 kilometers from

Bangkok. The floating market represents the way of life of local people who

depend on the canal. It is the meeting place for buying and selling

SoometLimes goods are exchanged at this nlace. The busy time is from earlymorning to nearly noon. This tradition has been passed on from their ancestors.

The floating market now is one of the symbols of tourism of Thailand and is

internationally famous.Damnern Saduak was made by the Royal Command of King

Rama IV who assigned Somdej Phraya Maha Srisuriyawong (Chuang Bunnak)to head the process in 1866. It was meant to be a short cut, (thus receiving thename 'Damnern Saduak', connecting the Ta-Chine River at Tambon Bang

Yang, Ban Paew District, Samutsongkram Province.

3. Handicraft CenterThis has been famous for a long time. At present there are more

than 20 weaving factories, and brass factories which have been making bells,

buffalo bells, dolls, plates, bowls, kettles for more than 100 years. They are

located at Ban Khao Loi Munko. Ampur Muang Ratchaburi about 80

kilometers from town. There is also a center about 15 kilometers from town for

producing household items from vines, such as grape vines, reeds, grasses of

various genera, coconut leaves, rattan. This was established by the people of

Pongsayai District, Ampur Muang Ratchaburi. A center for weaving Teen-

Chok design is located at Ban Hau Na, Koo Bua, Ratchaburi Muang District

about 13 kilometers from town. It is believed to be the last center for Teen-

Chok weaving which produces a complicated work of art.

4. Wat Nong - Hoi

This is in Tambon Koh Plab Pla, Muang District, about 13

kilometers from Ratchaburi town. It is temple built on the hill having a chinese

Goddess "Chao-Mae Gouan-Im (Kwan Yin)" image as its main attraction.

5. Sarn Chao Paw Lak MuangSituated about two kilometers from town. This is the city pillar

erected in the reign of King Rama I.

3-320

6. Khao Pratapch2ngr and Suan Preuksasart

Wannakadee Pak KlangThis is at Chom Beung District and Muang District

approximately 20 kilometers from town, opposite the Khaobin cave. It is anhistorical place where King Rama V once made a Royal visit and King RamaVI spent one evening here when he led his troop through this area. At present,the Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives has made a garden with an area of1,267 rai at the foot of Khao Pratapchang named "Suan PreuksasartWannakadee Pak Klang" which is full of trees mentioned in Thai literature. Itis an excellent place for recreation.

7. Songkran (Lunar New Year) Festival at Mon Village.The place is Po Thararm District, Ban Pong District. This is a

traditional festival. Games which are usually played during the festival areSaba Mon (Mon Bowling), Yon Luk Chuang, Mon Sonpaa. There are alsospirits calling (Pee Kala, Pee Kadong, Pee Moddaeng, Pee Ling etc.) Pee refersto a spirit of a ghost. Normally it takes three days and nights for the peoplehere to celebrate Songkran Festival. Tourists are welcome to join this fesi.val.

8. Sweet Grapes FairThis is held on the first Saturday of April to advertise agricultural

products of the people of Thailand. Grapes grown in Damnern Daduak are saidto be the sweetest in Thailand.

9. Wua Larn Tradition ContestThis contest is held after the harvest, from the fourth to the sixth

month from early night till early morning in rural areas. About 25 cows aredrive'n to run around a pole in the middle of a village green. The cow whichcan run the most wins the game. On the floor sheaves of rice are placed aroundthe pole. When the cows run they unavoidably step on these sheaves causingrice grains to fall on the floor.

iii) Tourist characteristics

Tourist here means both visitors who stay overnight and visitorswho do not stay overnight .

In 1987, according to a TAT report, Ratchaburi had 67,789visitors with 603,748 Thais and the rest foreigners.

3-321

About 37 percent of Thai visitors were from Bangkok and about

29 percent from the Westem region followed by Southern, Northern, Central,

North-East and Eastern regions respectively.

Visitors stayed at hotels, houses of relatives or friends and other

types of lodging service includig temples . Average visit duration was 2 6

days with expenditure about 524 baht/day/person.

The purpose of Thai visitors were mainly for business and touringfor pleasure/recreation was secondary. The numbers of male Thai visitors was

twice that of females. The main age was between 15-24 and 25-34 years.

For foreign visitors, the main purpose of the visit was fortouring/recreation/pleasure and with more or less equal number between male

and female.

In January 1993,according to a report of Ratchaburi Province,

the number of tourists was as follows:

Tourist attraction Average number oftourists per dav

Dam.nern Saduak Floating Market 2,000

Tham Khaobin 800

Thamn Kangkao Khao Chong-pran 150

Baw Kleung Hot Spring 50

Wat Nong-Hoi 200

Tham Rue-see Khao-Ngu 500

Other 200

Approximately 4, 000 tourists per day

iv) Provincial Tourism Development Problems

The problems are indicated by Mr.Chawaikrit Rattanakupta,

Director of the Tourism Authority of Thailand Office Region 2 responsible for

Ratchaburi, Petchaburi and Pra-Chuab-Kirikan Provinces, as follows; i)

shortage of budget to provide proper caretaking and maintenance of the existing

tourist attractions ; ii) lack of standard hotel to accomodate the tourists; and iii)

ineffective public relations. However, he anticipates tan increase in the number

of tro,i,, Ctc3

3-322

v) Tourist attractions at the project site and its vicinity

Within the project boundary and within 10 kilometers from the

site, there is no tourist attraction. The tounrst attractions are shown in Figure3.22-2.

According to the interview with the Ratchaburi ProvincialGovernor and other provincial tourism development-related officials, there isno plan to develop Wat Pikhunthong area and its vicinity to be a touristattraction which is confirmed by the Provincial Development Plan whichindicates no specific tourist attraction development program in the area - onlyimprovements in various aspects of the existing tourist attractions were

mentioned.

v) Questionnaire survey

The questionaire survey was conducted along with Socio-economic and Archaeological study as detail in page 3.20-9 to page 3.20-12 ofSocio-economic part and page 3.20-11 to page 3.20-12 of Archaeologicalstudy. The response from questionaire survey indicated that:

There is no famous or im,portant toIst attraction within about1.5 kilometers from the proposed project site as shown in table 3.22-1 .

Majority of the residents around 1.5 kilometers away fromthe project site do not take time off for sight seeing or vacation time (64 percent) . The next group take time off once or twice per month (17 per cent and13 per cent respectively) . Their vacation places or places to spend leisure time

are mostly within Ratchaburi town or local temple fair (66 per cent) . Cha-am,Hua Hin, Khao Kri Las, Khao Bin Cave are among vacation places mentioned(15 per cent) while Chieng Mai and Pa Tong Beach are each once mentiond .

See tables 3.22-2 and 3.22-3 .

When asked about preferred recreation places, public park/garden and small zoo comes first (36 per cent) . The next group expressed noidea or stated that any type of recreation place is alhight (32 per cent), another

group indicated that they do not want anything - only natural tranquility ispreferred (26 per cent) while children play-ground, sport field, museum and

reading place/ moving hall were few mentioned. See table 3.22-4.

In terms of preferred distance of recreation place from the village,

majority of respondents want it nrght in the village (69 per cent) . The nextpreferred distance are within 3 kms. (18 per cent, within 5 kms., within 10 kms.and more than 10 kms. from the village (9,3 and 1 per cent respectively) . See

table 3.22-5 .

3-323

3.22.4 Existing Aesthetics Situation

The proposed project site is the vast rice field approximately 5kms. away from the highway No. 4 . There is no big watercourse of outstandingnatural beauty adjacent to the project site . Mae ong ver -is about 8 krns.away .

3.22.5 'Without Project' Scenario

Based on the aforementioned existing tourisrn/recreationsituation, tourism development of Ratchaburi Province has high potential togrow having a clear National and Provincial Tourism Development Plan topromote it.

At the same time, industrial development is also being promotedstrongly . It is assil-med that alreadv having a large number of industrial plantsin the Province has, somehow, sensitized the people of Ratchaburi to acceptnew industrial plants providing that clear explanations of both the benefits andpossible negative impacts with proper mitigation plan are communicated tothem.

3-324

HfAILArW III- Lnl ntii i:'().o cx -- - 1 VA R IIJ-L

' ;.%. ;.;' '-- .+''- ';. ...... ,; .... .l r

....... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~......

TABLE 3.22-1 FAMOUS TOURIST ATTRACTIONS WITHINABOUT 1.5 KMS. FROM THE VILLAGE

Number of tourist Frequency Per centattractionsNone 250 100.0

TABLE 3.22-2 FREQUENCY OF VACATION TIME ORSIGHT SEEING AS TOURIST

Frequency (per month) number Per centresponse

Never 159 63.6I time 42 16.82 times 33 13.23 times 6 2.46 times 1 0.4More than 8 times 9 3.6Total 250 100.0

TABLE 3.22-3 VISITING/ VACATION PLACES

Names of place Frequency of Per centvisiting mentioned

No mention of any place 39 15.6Go to town, temple fair 164 65.5Cha-am 27 10.8Hua hin 7 2.8Khao Krai Las 3 1.2Pa Thong Beach 1 0.4Chieng Mai 1 0.4Khao Bin Cave 2 0.8No specific place 6 2.4

Total 250 100.0

3-326

TABLE 3.22-4 RECREATION PLACES WANTED

Type of recreation places Frequency Per cent1. Public park/garden and 89 35.2

small zoo2. Children's play ground 5 2.0

3. Sport field 5 2.04. Museum 3 1.25. Reading place/ Movie H 3 1.26. Tranquility preferred, 65 26.0

do not want anything7. Anything, no idea, no an 80 32.0

Total 250 100.0

TABLE 3.22-5 PREFERRED DISTANCE OF RECREATION PLACEFROM VILLAGE

Distance (kms.) Frequency Per cent0 (right village) 173 69.2

1 18 7.22 12 4.83 1.4 5.64 1 0.45 21 8.4

10 7 2.8morethan 10 4 1.6

Total 250 100.0

3-327

3.23 Public Health

3.23.1. Introduction

-As far as public health is concerned, the project may bring aboutpotential adverse effects to the community, especially those associated with theair pollutants emitted from the stack of the power plant such as NOx and S02.These pollutants can damage human health.

During the construction phase of the project, migration of peopleto the site is anticipated. A small community is likely to mushroom and theunsanitary conditions and practices may cause outbreaks of infectious diseasesamong workers unless adequate preventive measures are exercised.

The study of existing public health conditions in the project area isabsolutely essential. It will be used for developing a public health plan forcontrolling the adverse effects of the project during both construction andoperation phases. Moreover, the effects of the project on the health of peoplein the comnmunity can only be meaningfully assessed by considering the healthconditions yi-or 'Lo te operation o f e poIwer plant.

3.23.2 Methodology

Information on existing public health conditions, public healthfacilities/personnel and services, including health prevention programs atprovincial and district levels was obtained by:

1) Collecting health statistics for the past 5 years from provincialpublic health office, hospitals, and community health centers, and

2) Field survey and personal interview of local residents living inthe areas possibly affected by the project.


i) Health Statistics and Existing Public Health Situation ofRatchaburi Province

- Health Status of Ratchaburi ProvinceThe data obtained as of December 31, 1992 are illustrated

in Table 3.23-1, 3.23-2, 3.23-3, 3.23-4, 3.23-5, 3.23-6, 3.23-7, 3.23-8, 3.23-9

3-328

and Figure 3.23-1, 3.23-2, 3.23-3, 3.23-4. In surmmary, the health profile of

Ratchaburi population in 1992 is as follows:Birth Rate 15.47/1,000 pop.

Death Rate 5.26/1,000 pop.

Infant Mortality Rate 7.22/1,000 live birthThe health status of the people in all districts in Ratchaburi

Province is given in Table 3.23-1 and Figure 3.23-1.

(1) Deaths and Mortality Rate

Table 3.23-2 shows 12 leading causes of death andmortality rate as of September 30, 1992. It can be concluded that non-

communicable diseases such as carcinoma, heart disease and hypertensivedisease are the prime causes of death in Ratchaburi population. The mortality

rates of these diseases are 53.3, 52.36, an-d 34.72 per 100,000 population,

respectively.

(2) Morbidity RateThe top ten diseases and morbidity rates are illustrated in

Table 3.23-3 and Table 3.23-4. The data given in Table 3.23-3 are for out-

patients, whereas Table 3.23-4 provides the data for in-patients. FoI out-

patients, diseases of the respiratory system had the highest morbidity rate of

165.14/1,000 pop. in 1992. The top ten diseases for in-patients (Table 3.23-4)

are quite different from that of the out-patients showing the highest morbidity

rate of 1956.14 per 100,000 pop. caused by "other diseases". Bronchitis &

asthma and pneumonitis are in 6th and 10th ranking with morbidity rates of

342.4 and 192.33 per 100,000 pop.,respectively.

(3) Morbidity and Mortaliy Rates of Diseases

under Surveillance

The morbidity and mortality rates of diseases under surveillance

for 1992 are summarized in Table 3.23-5 and Figure 3.23-2. It should be noted

that the morbidity rate of diarrhoeal diseases was the highest (1185.74 per

100,000), whereas the highest mortality rates were for pneumonia (1.21 per

100,000) and suicide (1.08 per 100,000).

(4) Foodborne and Waterborne Diseases

Table 3.23-6 and Figure 3.23-3 shows the number of cases

and morbidity rate of foodbome and waterbome diseases from 1988 to 1992.

3-329

The highest morbidity rates for all 5 years were for diarrhoeal disease. The

rates of diarrhoeal diseases, hepatitis, and dysentery (all forms) considerably

decreased, whereas the morbidity rate for severe diarrhoea increased.

(5) Communicable Respiratory Illnesses

The 1988-1992 data of communicable respiratory illnessesare illustrated in Table 3.23-7 and Figure 3.23-4. The number of cases and

morbidity rates for both pneumonia and influenza noticeably increased during

the past 5-year period.

- Public Health Service Facilities

There are 9 armphoes in Ratchaburi Province, all but 3 have

a community hospital. There are several Health Centers in all amphoes. In

addition, there is a military hospital located in Amphoe Muang (Table 3.23-8).

There are also a few private health service facilities as shown in Table 3.23-9.

- Public Health Personnel

The existing nulmber. of public health personnel in

Ratchaburi Province is given in Table 3.23-10. There are 166 physicians with

a physician: population ratio of 1:4476. As for the dentists and pharmacists,

Ratchaburi has 34 and 40 at the ratio of 1:21853 and 1:18575, respectively.

The number of professional nurses is 1,216 which gives the ratio of 1:611.

There are also 222 staff and technical nurses at the ratio of 1:3347.

Compared with the National Ratio, it can be seen that thenumbers of physisians and pharmacists in Ratchaburi are not sufficient, while

the ratio of other medical personnel are similar to the National Ratio.

- Current Health Situation of the Areas Around

Wat Phikul Thong SiteThe data given in Table 3.23-11 report the number of cases

of several diseases under surveillance in all 9 Amphoes in Ratchaburi in 1993.

It should be noted that the number of pneumonia cases was the highest,

especially in Amphoe Muang (605), Ban Pong (716), Photharam (339), and

Damnoen Saduag (287). For other communicable diseases, the highest

number of cases was for conjunctivitis, also in Amphoe Muang (235),

Photharam (243), and Ban Pong (226).

The number of cases of pheumonia and influenza in 3

Amphoes, Muang, Photharam, and Damnoen Saduak, in the proximity to Wat

Phikul Thong Site is reported in Table 3.23-12. This most current data (1993)

3-330

show that the highest number of cases of pneumonia was observed in the

following Tambons: Ban Sing (43), Ban Rai Chao Nua (37), Phong Swai

(27), Don Sai (22), and Phikul Thong (19). Influenza was observed to be mostprevalent in Tambons Ban Rai Chao Nua (25) and Ban Sing (12).

ii) Current Conditions of Local Residents

The aim of this study was to investigate the current healthstatus of local residents living in the vicinity of the project site. The health

conditions of particular concern are respiratory tract symptoms and relatedillnesses as these could be exacerbated with power plant emissions. The results

of the study provide an overview of the people's health status prior to the

construction of the project.The information was obtained by personal interviews of

502 local residents randomly selected from 5 sub-districts (Ban Pang Puai, Ban

Rai, Ban Sing, Ban Pong Swai, and Ban Loom Din). Since the locals of

Tambol Loom Din have been reported to suffer from sulphur dioxide emitted

from some family-owned lime-treating furnaces (see Fig 3.17-1), the following

data are divided into two groups ; Tambol Loom Din, and 4 Tambols aroundthe project area.

General information about the respondents of Tamnbol

Loomdin is given in Table 3.23-13 whereas Table 3.23-14 provides the same

information of those living in the other 4 Tanbols. T-he data given in these two

tables reveal similar information about the respondents and their habits related

to possible risk factors of respiratory illnesses regardless of their residency.

Major differences were noticed concerning the respondents' occupation and

cigarette smoking habit. The percentages of agriculturalist, both males and

females, living in Tambol Loomdin are much lower than those living in the

other 4 Tambols. As cigarette smoking is a prime causative factor associated

with respiratory symptoms, questions were asked about the study subjects' past

and present smoking habits. The precentages of interviewees who never smoke

in Tambol Loomdin were lower for both genders than those living in the other 4

Tambols. In contrast, the portion of those who smoke 1-10 cigarettes/day was

higher in Tambol Loomdin than in the other 4 Tambols. Exposure to cigarette

smoke from household members was reported to be common among all study

subjects.

3-331

The frequency and monthly occurrence of respiratoryillnesses reported by the respondents is given in Table 3.23-15 and 3.23-16.

The majority of study subjects mentioned having the symptoms less than once amonth which is the same for Tambol Loomdin and the other 4 Tambols. Itshould be noted that respiratory symptoms were not observed in TambolLoomdin during July to December ; whereas 76.4% was observed in rainyseason and 12% in winter compared with 6.7% and 2.7 %, respectively, were

observed in residents living in the other 4 Tambols .

The results presented in Table 3.23-17 and 3.23-18illustrate the prevalence of related respiratory symptoms reported by selectedlocals living in Tambol Loomdin and in the other 4 Tambols. Some majordifferences between the two study areas can be noticed. There were lowerprecentages of "Cough with cold" in Tambol Loomdin (50.2%) than in the other4 Tambols (76.4%). But higher percentages for the following symptoms wereobserved in Tambol Loomdin than in the other 4 Tambols:

- Phlegm/with cold/night time- Wheezing/within the past 12 months- Wneezing u-ug/afer excerMa- Rhinitis

- EczemaThe data on health status of local residents obtained

during this study period correspond to the existing levels of ambient air quality.Since the levels of SO, and NOX measured during this time were much lowerthan the NAAQS. therefore low prevalence rate of respiratory symptoms/illnesses should be expected.

3-332

TABLE 3.23 - 1 VITAL STATISTICS OF RATCIIABURI PROVINCE BY DISTRICTS

Birtth Death Natural Increase Infant Mortality =

Amplioe Number Rate Numllber Rate Num-ber Rate Ntumnber Rate

Muang 5,864 32.74 1,373 7.60 4,491 2.51 55 9.38

B3an Pong 1,691 11.88 731 5.14 960 0.67 7 4.14

Photharamn. 1,410 11.70 652 5.41 758 0.63 13 9.22

Damnoen Saduak 1,201 12.48 515 5.35 686 0.71 2 1.67

Bangphae 86 2.07 151 3.63 -65 -0.16 11.63 .

Paktho 307 5.91 2 J8 4.20 89 0.17 1 3.26

Jomnbueng 497 8.51 124 2.12 373 0.64 1 2.01

Wat Phleng 52 4.46 59 5.06 -7 -0.06 1 19.23

Suan Phueng 387 9.38 82 1.99 305 0.74 2 5.17

Total 11,495 15.47 3,905 5.26 7,590 1.02 83 7.22

Note Data as of December 31 , 1992

Birtlh Rate / 1,000 population

Death Rate / 1,000 population

Natural Increase Rate / 1,000 population

Infant Mortality Rate / 1,000 Live birth

Source: Ratchaburi Provinicial Public I-lealth Oflice

TABLE 3.23-2

DEATIh AND MORTALITY RATE (/100,000 POP) OF

RATCIIABURI PROVINCE AND TWELVE LEADING CAUSES OF DEATII

Rank Cause of Death Number Mortality Rate(/100,000 pop.)

I Carcinoma-Total 396 53.3

2 Heart Diseases 389 52.36

3 Hypertension Diseases 258 34.72

4 All Other Accidents 231 31.09

5 Traffic Accident 221 29.74

. 6 Murder, Persecution 209 28.13

7 Septicaemia 122 16.42

8 Disease of Veins and Lymphatics and 114 15.34

Other Diseases of Circulatory System

9 Disease of Respiratory System 112 15.07

1 0 Disease of Liver and Pancreas 95 12.79

11 Nephritis and Nephrosis 89 11.98

12 Tuberculosis- Total 73 9.83

Note: Data as of 30 September 1992

Source: Death Certificate

TABLE 3.23-3

TOP TEN DISEASES FOR OUT-PATIENTS,

RATCIIABURI PROVINCE

Rank Causes of Disease Number Morbidity Rate

._____________________________________ _ . . (/1,000 pop.)

I Diseases of respiratory Systemi 122,698 165.14

2 Symtoms and ill-Defined Conditions 75,428 101.52

3 Diseases of Digestive System 65,761 88.51

4 Accident, Poisoning & Violence 53,270 71.7'a

5 Infectious & Parasitic Diseases 34,611 46.58 ^

6 Diseases of the Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue 29,692 9.96

7 Diseases of the NMusculoskeletal System and 24,301 32.71

Connective Tissue

8 Diseases of the Nervous System and Sense Organs 24,024 32.33

9 Diseases of the Circulatory System 19,172 25.8

10 Endocrine, Nutritional and Metabolic Diseases 18,151 24.43

Note: Data as of December 31, 1992

Source: Report 504 (only pateints residing in Ratchaburi)

TABLE 3.23-4

TOP TEN DISEASES FOR IN-PATIENTS,

RATCIHABURI PROVINCE

Rank Causes of Disease Number Morbidity Rate

(100,000 pop.)

I Other Diseases 14,534 1,956.14

2 Complications of Pregnancy, Child Birth , 10,036 1,350.75

and Puerperium

3 Enteritis and Other Diarrhoeal Diseases 4,410 593.94

4 Symtoms and ill- Defined Conditions 4,119 554.38

5 Motor Vehicles Accidents 2,949 396.91

6 Bronchitis, Emphysema, and Asthma 2,544 342.4

7- PUO (Pyrexia with Unknown Origin) 2,440 328.4

8 All Other Accidents 2,366 318.44

9 Birth Injury, Difficult Labour and Other Anoxi 1,831 246.43

and Hypoxic Conditions

10 Pneumonia 1,429 192.33

Note: Data as of December 31 ,1992

Source: Report 505 (only patients residing in Ratchaburi)

TABLE 3.23.- 5MORBIDITY AND MORTALITY RATES OF DISEASES UNDER

SURVEILLANCE , RATrCIIABURI PROVINCE, 1992

Number of Morbidity Number of Mortality

Rank Diseases cases Rate deaths Rate

_ , ____ (/100,000) (/100,000)

I Diarrhoeal disease 8,810 1185.74 0 0

2 Malaria 3,058 411.58 5 0.67

3 PUO 2,732 367.70 l 0.13

4 STD 1,642 221.00 1 0.13

5 Pneumonia 1,558 209.69 9 1.21 >

6 Conjunctivitis 1,420 191.12 0 0

7 Food - Poisoning 989 133.11 0 0

8 Influenza 927 124.77 0 0

9 Unspecified dysentery 581 78.20 0 0

10 Chickenpox 478 64.33 0 0

1 IHaemorhagic fever 437 58.82 1 0.13

12 Snake bite 308 41.45 0 0

13 Suicide 254 34.19 8 1.08

14 Tuberculosis 231 31.09 2 0.27

15 Hepatitis 168 22.61 0 0

Note Data as of December 31 , 1992

Source Report 506


Number of Morbidity Number of Mortality

Rank Diseases cases Rate deaths Rate

(/100,000) (/100,000)

16 Mumps 131 17.63 0 0

17 Insecticide Poisoning 91 12.25 0 0

18 Enteric Fever 87 11.71 0 0

19 Measles 79 10.63 0 0

20 Typhoid Fever 69 9.29 0 0

21 Allergy to medicinal agents 65 8.75 0 0

22 Bacillary Dysentery 58 7.81 0 0

23 Meningitis 41 5.52 0 0

24 Severe Diarrhoea 23 3.10 0 0

25 Encephalitis 20 2.69 1 0.13

26 Dengue Fever 19 2.56 0 0

27 German Measles 17 2.29 0 0

28 Mushroom Poisoning 16 2.15 0 0

29 Amoebic Dysentery 10 1.35 0 0

30 Whooping Cough 8 1.08 0 0

Note Data as of December 31, 1992

Source Report 506


Nu-mber of Morbidity Number of Mortality

Rank Diseases case Rate deatli Rate

(/100,000) (/100,000)

31 Cerebral Tuberculosis 8 1.08 0 0

32 Adult Tetanus 4 0.54 0 0

33 Leprosy 4 0.54 0 0

34 Rabies 2 0.27 2 0.27

35 Leptospirosis 1 0.13 0 0

36 Newborn Tetanus 1 0.13 I 0.13

37 Meningococcal infection 1 0.13 1 0.13


Source Report 506

TABLE 3.23-6

NUMBER OF CASES AND MORBIDIITY RATE (PER 100,000) OF FOODBORNE AND

WATERBORNE DISEASES, RATCHIABURI PROVINCE YEAR 1988 - 1992

1988 1989 1990 1991 1992

Diseases Number Rate Number Rate Number Rate Number Rate Number Rate

Diarrhoeal 9,315 1,321.80 10,296 1,437.42 10,620 1,461.63 11,035 1,501.73 8,810 1,185.70

disease

Severe Diarrhoea 0 0 7 0.97 30 4.12 36 4.89 23 3.1

Food Poisoning 737 104.58 946 132.07 795 109.41 1,036 140.98 989 133.1

Typhoid Fever 52 7.37 68 9.49 85 11.69 68 9.25 69 9.29

Hepatitis 237 33.63 186 25.96 190 26.14 199 27.08 171 :23.01

Dysentery 1,073 265.12 1,011 141.14 821 112.99 782 106.42 649 87.3

(All forms)

Enteric Fever 57 8 56 7.81 140 19.26 112 15.24 87 11.7

Source: Report 506

TA ItLE 3.23-7NUM13ER OF CASES AND MORBIDITY RATE (PER 10),000) OF' COMMUNICABLE RESPIRATORY ILLNESSES,

RAI'CIIABURI PROVINCE 1988 - 1992

1988 1989 1990 __ 1991 1992

Diseases Number Rate Numiber Rate Nuniber Rate Number Rate Number Rate

Pneumonia 1,172 166.31 1,989 277.69 1,775 244.29 1,951 265.51 1,558 209.69

Influenza 862- 117.21 1,336 186.52 1152 158.55 1,381 187.94 927 124.57


Source Report 506

TABLE 3.23 - 8 PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE FACILITIES IN RATCIIABURI PROVINCE

Maternal Communnity

Regional General Community and Child Military Health Healtlh

Amphoe Moo Ban Tambon Hospital Hospital Hospital Hospital Hospital Center Center

/Bed /Bed /Bed /Bed /Bed

Muang 183 22 1/699 - 1/183 1/90 23 -

Ban Pong 165 15 - 1/368 - - - 20 -

Photharam 144 19 - 1/268 1/10 - - 27 -

Damnoen Saduak 99 1 3 - 1/253 - - - 15 -

Bang Phae 65 7 - - 1/30 - - 8 -

Paktho 79 12 - - 1/30 - - 17

Wat Phleng 28 3 - - 1/30 - - 3 -

Jom Bueng 67 6 - - 1/30 - - 12 1

Suan Phueng 61 7 - - 1/30 - - 13 3

Total 891 104 1/699 3/889 1/160 1/183 1/90 138 5

Source: Ratchaburi Provincial Public Health office

TABLE 3.23 - 9PRIVATE HEALTHI SERVICE FACILITFIES, RATCHIABURI PROVINCE

Ilealtlh Service Facilities Number

1. Medical Care Unit (O.P.D. only)

1 .I Modemn Drug - Division of Medicine 100

- Division of Dentistiy 21

- Division of Nursinig & Midwifery 4

1.2 Traditional Division of Medicine 4 ¢

2. Medical Care Unit ( Admnission)

- Division of Medicine 12

- Division of Nursing & Midwifery 2

3. Drug Store

- Modern Drug 233

- Traditional Drug 24

Note Data as of Decernber 31 , 1992

Source Division of Public Health Pharmacy

TABLE 3.23 - 10RATIO OF PEOPLE AND GOVERNMENT PUBLIC IIEALTH PERSONNEI,

IN RATCIIABURI PROVINCE

Personuel Number Ratio National Ratio*

Physiciani 166 1:4,476 1: 4,295

Dentist 34 1:21,853 1: 21,561

Phannacist 40 1:18,575 1:12,462

Professional Nurse 1,216 1:611 1:884

Staff and Technical Nurse 222 1:3,347 1: 5,354

Note : Data as of September 30, 1992

Source : Ptblic Health Resources Report Fiscal Year 1992

* Source: Public Health Statistics 1992.

TABLE 3.23 - I1

NUMBER OF CASES OF DISEASES UNDEIR SURVEILLANCE IN RAT'CIIABURI PROVINCE BY DISTRICT, 1993

Diseases Muang Joni Bueng Suaii Pliueng Damnocni Saduaka Ban Pong Bang Pliae Potharam Pak} Thlo Wat Phlieng Total

Diseases of Respiratory

SystemPnecuionia 605 176 198 287 116 121 339 237 49 2,728

Influenza 89 164 96 78 75 137 112 137 8 896

Ollher ConuniuLicable

Diseases

PUO 210 48 56 101 219 42 200 194 3 1,064

Mumps 19 10 30 2 8 1(0 8 8 3 98

Chickienpox 64 57 62 27 64 14 65 24 9 386

Conjunctivitis 235 138 73 48 226 94 243 47 3 1,10)7

Insecticide poisoning I 1 2 0 36 16 3 9 5 1 83

Snake Bite 124 1 1 2 25 62 19 69 17 0 329

Meningitis 14 1 1 3 9 2 4 3 0 37

Suicide 52 15 3 32 76 7 78 9 2 274

Adverse Effects of 3 0 0 1 29 3 25 0 0 61

Medicinal Agents

Cerebral Tuberculosis 8 0 0 0 1 0 3 1 0 13Source Ratchaburi Provincial Public Health Office

Source: Ratchaburi Provincial Public Health Oflfice

TABLE 3.23 - 12NUMBER OF CASES OF THE DISEASES UNDER SURVEILLANCE

(DISEASES OF RESPIRATORY SYSTEM)

IN THE AREAS AROUND WAT PIIIKUN TIIONG SITE, 1993

Amplhoe Tambon Diseases of Respiratory System

Influenza Pneumonia

Muang Phikun Thong 3 19

Som Ruan 3 12

Koak Mor 3 15

Bang Pa 4 15

Phong Swai 3 27

Tha Rap 3 14

Photharam Ban Sing 12 43

Don Sai 2 22

Chet Samian 1 15

Damnoen Saduak Ban Rai Chao Nua 25 27

Pheang Phoye 5 17

Source: Ratchaburi Provincial Public HJealth Office

TABLE 3.23-13 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE STUDY St. ECTSIN TAMBOL LOOMDIN

Characteristics Male Female| | (n = 70) (Dn= 144)

Number 38 % 62 %Age (average-yr) 45.5 43.8Height (average-cm) 164.3 157.0Weight (average-kg) 58.5 56.6Occupation- Wage worker 45.7 % 35.0 %-Agriculturalist 4.2 % 3.5 %-Merchant 15.7 % 22.6 %-Government Employee 5.7 % 3.5 %-Housewife 28.9 %-Others 28.5 % 6.1 %

Cigarette smoking-Never smoke 31.8 % 88.5 %-1-10 Cigarettes/day 43.4 % 7.0 %-11-20 Cigarettes/day 18.8 %-2 1-30 Cigarettes/day-over30 Cigarettes/day 0.8 %-Past smoker 5.7 % 3.5 %

Exposure to cigarette smoke-From household 28.5 % 46.0 %-From workplace 15.7 %-Both 7.1 % 0.8 %'O

3-347

TABLE 3.23-14 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE STUDY SUBJECTSIN 4 TAMBOLS AROUND THE PROJECT AREA

Characteristics Male Female(n = 427) (n = 315)

Number 57.5 % 42.5 %Age (average-yr) 45.0 43.4Height (average-cm) 164.0 157.1Weight (average-kg) 59.8 55.8Occupation-Wage worker 37.8 % 37.0 %-Agriculturalist 37.8 % 27.7 %-Merchant 13.0 % 14.5 %-Government Employee 2.8 % 1.6 %-House wife 18.0 %-Others 8.3 % 3.5 %

Cigarette smoking-Never smoke 48.5 % 97.1 %

-1-10 Cigarettes/day 11.9 % 0.9 %-11-20 Cigarettes/day 35.7 % 1.2 %-21-30 Cigarettes/day-Over3O Cigarettes/day 0.3 %

-Past smoker 3.8 %Exposure to cigarette smoke-From household 38.9 % 41.6 %-From workplace 16.3 % 3.5-Both 2.8 % 0.6

3-348

TABLE 3.23-15EQUENCY AND MONTHLY OCCURRENCE OF RESPIRATORY ILLNESSES-ZEPORTED AMONG STUDY SUBJECTS IN TAMBOL LOOMDIN (n 184)

Respiratory Illnesses l Percentage

Frequency 87.9-Less thsn once a month 9.8-1-2 times/month 2.1

- 3 times and up/month

Period-Jan-Feb-Mar-Apr 4.4-May 2.2-Jun 4.4- July-Aug-Sept-Oct-Nov-Dec

Rainy Season -76.4Winter 12.3

3-349

TABLE 3.23-16FREQUENCY AND MONTHLY OCCURRENCE OF RESPIRATORY ILLNESSES

REPORTED AMONG STUDY SUBJECTS IN 4 TAMBOLSAROUND THE PROJECT AREA (n = 742)

Respiratory Illnesses Percentage

Frequency-Less thsn once a month 88.7-1-2 times/month 7.3- 3 times and up/month 3.9

Period-Jan 9.2-Feb 0.4-Mar 0.4-Apr 4.5-May 2.9-Jun 18.5- July 13 7

-Aug 11.5-Sept 11.9-Oct 3.3-Nov 1.8-Dec 11.9

Rainy Season 6.7Winter 2.7

3-350

TABLE 3.23-17PREVALENCE OF RELATED RESPIRATORY SYMPTOMS REPORTED

AMONG STUDY SUBJECTS IN TAMBOL LOOMDIN (n = 184)

Svmptoms Percentage

CoughWith cold 50.2Without cold 23.9

PhlegmWith cold -day time 37.5

-night time 12.5-both 17.9

Without cold -day time 3. 2-night time 3.2-both 1.6

Wheezing & AsthmaWheezing/whistling in the chest 9.7Wheezing/within the past 12 months 12.5Asthma 3.8Wheezing during/after excerise 21.1Dry cough without cold

-day time 3.8-night time 4.8-both 2.1

RhinitisSneezing/runny/blocked nose

-Without cold 49.4-Without cold in the past 12 months 39.6-Without cold in the past 12 monthsaccompanied by itchy-watery eyes 16.8

Diagnosed rhinitis 20.1

3-351


Symptoms PercentageEczemaAn itchy rash 24.4Anitchy rash in the past 12 months 22.8Itchy rash affecting various parts of the 21.7

bodyDiagnosed Eczema 13.0OthersDiagnosed Bronchitis/Pneumonia 4. 3Diagnosed Whooping Cough 1.6Diagnosed Sinusitis 4.8History of Pulmonary Diseases 6.5Allergy to Medical Drugs 4.3Irritation in eyes 12.5Irritation in nose 8.1Irritation in throat 8.6

3-352

TABLE 3.23-18PREVAILENCE OF RELATED RESPIRATORY SYMPTOMS REPORTED

AMONG STUDY SUBJJECTS Yl- 4 TAMBOLS AROUND THE PRO.JECT AREA

S'ymptoms I Percentage l

CoughWith cold 76.4Without cold 13.2

PhlegmWith cold -day time 33.7

-night time 5.0-both 35.9

Without cold -day time 2.5-night time 1.6-both 3.9

Wheezing & AsthmaWheezing/whistling in the chest 6.6Wheezing/within the past 12 months 7.0Asthma 3.3Wheezing during/after excercise 3.9Dry cough without cold

-day time 1.2-night time 2.0-both 1.4

RhinitisSneezing/runny/blocked nose

-Without cold 15.0-Without cold in the past 12 months 27.0-Without cold in the past 12 monthsaccompanied by itchy-watery eyes 10.4

Diagnosed rhinitis 8.1EczemaAn itchy rash 11.0An itchy rash in the past 12 months 19.8Itchy rash affecting various parts of the 10.5

bodyDiagnosed Eczema 5.5

3-353


Symtoms PrecentageOthersDiagnosed Bronchitis/Pneumonia 8.6Diagnosed Whooping Cough 1.7Diagnosed Sinusitis 5.8History of Pulmonary Diseases 2.1Allergy to Medical Drugs 3.6Irritation in eyes 13.8Irritation in nose 14.5Irritation in throat 12.9

3-354

4n.,1..~ ~ ~..................................... .... . ......----

l ' i; i; la ... ... .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . .. . .

JO;'''' \ + #~~ ....................................... ____.............. ............. ........ . .. ..... ..........I 1 '

2C~~~~~~. . . .. . . . . ... ... ... ... ------------c 3- .-------.- ---.- ------.- ------- ..........--

20 C\i

IC)~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~C

5 I00 l

§ _ "' = S = ~~~~~............................... It . .,i- ..

O z I Pe C e _ .=_. _~~~~~~~LOcr

/ / I ___,,_,,____ __

czi

Muang Ban Pong Photaram Damnoen Bangphae Paictho Jombueng Wat Suan

plaeng Phueng

. ......- r

L Em Naturai increase Rate Lii Death Rate Li Rate

FIGURE 3.23-1 VITAL CHART OF RATCHABURI PROVINCE BY DISTRICTS 1992

3-355

/ I a ~~~~~~~~Morbidity

1200 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~Rt

/00 . per 100,000

I qGO / . .. ~~~~~~~~~............ .... ... . '......... .......

l00 .4

600 4v.. i.: . .

00 - 2 ------------------.-

200 13.-

0Diaivhoea Malaria PUO STD Pnuemonia Conjuctivuti: Food Influenza Dysentery Chickenpox

Poisoning

FIGUR-E 3.23-2 MORB3TIITY RATES OF DISEASES UNDER SURVEILLANCE

RATCHABURI PROVINCE, 1992.

3-356

/ 12 1988 0 1989 1990

10000 Dis 1991 0 1992

100 3

21 '

0 .I . ....

Diarrhoeal Acute Food Poisoning Typhoid HePatitis Dysentely Enteric Fever

disease Diarrhoea Fever ( all forms )

FIGURE 3.23-3 NUMBER OFt CASES AND MORBIDITY RATE (PER 100,000)

OF FOODBORNE AND WATERBORNE DISEASES,

RATCHABURI, 1988-1992.

3-357

1988 0 1989 ,- 1990

3DO ....................... 1 991 1992

0)~ ~ L

300 | .. _ n . ..... ......................... ........ ....

250 _6 i.. . . .... .-.

zoo: C R. ..: I .. ........C".! ~ LC

100

-. I ...........

10

150 As +4-;| ' ,,'' s#---^-ts¢rtr

Pnuemonia Influenza

FIGURE 3.23-4 NUMBER OF CASES AND MORBIDITY RATE (PER 100,000)

OF COMMUNICABLE RESPIRATORY ILLNESSES,

RATCHABURI,1988-1992.

3-358

3.24 Sanitation and Waste Handling

3.24.1 Introduction

The development of the project may introduce both short term andlong terrn problems concerning environmental sanitation to the area. As thecommunity enlarges by having a power plant in the area, it must be assured thatsanitary facilities will be sufficient to meet the new situation. Solid wastes,domestic wastewater, and construction wastes generated during the constructionphase of the project may cause adverse effects to the nearby communities.Similarly, during the operation phase, domestic wastes generated from the officeand housing areas within the plant may also cause impacts to the surroundingenvironmernt and comnmunities. Sanitary conditions within the project site mustbe well maintained and properly managed to prevent such adverse effects.The review of +the existing environmental sanitation conditions will provideimportant information to help in determining future plans for mitigative actions.

3.24.2 Methodology

1) Review the environmental sanitation conditions of thecommunity based on the secondary and primary sources of information such asliterature review, site visit, interviews, etc. Existing information was obtainedfrom local agencies such as Rachaburi Provincial Health Office, RachaburiMunicipality, District Health Offices and Com.munity Health Offices.

2) Predict the impact of the project based on the projectdescription.

3) Reconmnend measures to prevent and mitigate the adverseeffects .


i) Sanitary Latrines

At the end of September 1992, 88.36% of households inRatchaburi had sanitary latrines (Table 3.24-1). This is slightly below the 95%expected coverage set by the end of the 7th National Development Plan. Two ofthe nine Amphoes have achieved this goal, Amphoe Wat Phelng (100%) andAmphoe Ban Pong (98.3%). There are 6 tambons with 100% coverage of

3-359

sanitary latrines. Ainphoe Suan Phueng has the lowest coverage of sanitarylatrines (65.06%) due to its mountainous topography and scarcity of water.

ii) Household Refuse DisposalAll amphoes in Ratchaburi have achieved the goal set by the 7 th

National Development Plan. At the end of September 1992, the goal was set for

75% but the coverage rate in Ratchaburi was 91.72% (Table 3.24-1). AmphoeWat Phleng, again, has the coverage rate for household refuse disposal of 100%.

iii) Adequacy of Clean Drinking WaterThe data provided in Table 3.24-2 show that the household

coverage rate for clean drinking water in 1992 was 85.65%, slightly lower thanthe 95% goal set by the 7 th National Development Plan. The 3 Amphoes with

coverage rates higher than the goal are: Wat Phleng (100%), Ban Pong

(98.34%), and Bang Phae (96.03%). There were only 45 villages in Ratchaburi(5.05%) which had village water supply systems in 1992. But systems wereproposed for 33 more villages in 1993.

In 1992, 32 samples of potable water taken from 7 an^ph.oe wereanalyzed (Table 3.24-3). Only 31.25% of the 32 potable water samples met the

WHO Drinking Water Standard. Of the 32 samples analyzed, most were taken

from Amphoe Muang (14) and Amphoe Ban Pong (9). Only 50% of the

Amphoe Muang samples met the WHO standard whereas none of the Ban Pong

samples did.

Of the 34 samples taken from the Mae Klong River for analysis,

only 41.18% met the Surface Water Standard set by the Ministry of Science,

Technology and Environment.

iv) Food SanitationIn controlling food sanitation, the Municipal Office has set a

standard for all restaurants and regularly inspects and provides suggestions to

the restaurants in meeting the standard. As of September 1992, 39 of 298

restaurants in Ratchaburi (13.09%/6) met the standard (Table 3.24-4). As for

school cafeterias, only 15 of 67 cafeterias (22.38%) met the standard. There is

also a program for surveillance of food sanitation in restaurants and school

cafeterias. Food samples and utensil swabs are regularly inspected using the

standard set for each category. However, this program has not been launched inall amphoes as shown in Table 3.24-4. It has been carried out in only 4 of the

amphoes, Muang, Ban Pong, Photharam, and Suan Phueng.

3-360

TABLE 3.24 - 1 EXISTING ENVIRONMENT.AL SANITATION CONDITIONS OF RATCIIABURI (1992)

Number of Villages

Number of Household Refuse Disposal Sanitary Latrines Numnber of with 100 % of

Amphoe Households Villages Sanitary Latrines

Household % Hlousehold % Village %

Muang 22,082 19,928 90.25 20,867 92.23 183 1 0.55

Ban Pong 19,596 18,189 92.82 19,277 98.37 165 10 6.06

Pliotliaram 18,438 15,933 86.41 16,313 88.47 144 29 20.14

Damoen Saduak 14,410 13,617 94.50 12,437 86.31 99 2 2.02

Bang Phae 7,306 6,943 95.03 6,787 92.90 65 5 7.69

Wat Phleng 2,021 2,021 100.00 2,021 100.00 28 28 100.00

Paktlio 10,053 9,935 98.83 7,898 78.56 79 2 2.53

Jombueng 8,840 7,384 83.53 7,310 82.69 67 -

Suan Phueng 6,964 6,674 95.83 4,531 65.06 61 -

Total 109,710 100,624 91.72 96,941 88.36 891 77 8.64

Note Data as of September 30, 1992

Source Division of Sanitation and Environmental Health

TABLE 3.24 - 2AVAILABILITY OF CLEAN DRINKING WATER AND WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM IN RATCIIABURI

Number of Adequecy of Clean Number of Villages with Water

Amphoe Households Drinking Water Villages Supply System

Household Village %

Muang 22,082 19,853 89.91 183 10 5.46

Ban Pong 19,596 19,271 98.34 165 2 1.21

Photaram 18,438 16,412 89.01 144 15 10.42

Damnoen Saduak 14,410 13,366 92.76 99 8 8.08

Bang Phae 7,306 7,016 96.03 65 4 6.15

Wat Phleng 2,021 2,021 100.00 28 - 0.00

Paktho 10,053 6,277 62.44 79 1 1.26

Jombueng 8,840 6,793 76.84 67 5 7.46

Suan Phueng 6,954 2,960 42.50 61 - 0.00

Total 109,710 93,969 85.65 891 45 5.05

Note Data as of September 30, 1992Source Division of Sanitation and Environmental Health

TABLE 3.24 - 3

WATFER QUALITY ANALYSIS: POTABLE WATER AND RIVER WATER IN RATCHABURI

Surveillance of Potable Surveillance of River

Water Quality Water Quality

Amphoe Number of Meetinlg Standard Number of Meeting Sta ndard

Samples Samples a/o Samples Samples %

Muang 14 7 50.00 12 6 50.00

Ban Pong 9 - - 6 2 33.33

Photharamn 3 1 33.33 12 6 50.00

Damnoen Saduak 2 1 50.00 4 -

Bang Phae 2 1 50.00

Wat Phleng - - - -

Paktho -

Jombueng 1 -

Suan Phuieng I - - -

Total 32 10 31.25 34 14 41.18

Note Data as of September 30, 1992

Source Division of Sanitation and Environmental Health

TABLE 3.24 - 4 FOOD SANITATION CONTROL IN RATCIIABURI PROVINCE

Restaurants School Cafeteria Surveillance of Food Sanitation in Restaurant / School Cafeteria

Number of Restaurants % Meeting Number of Schools % Mecting Food Samples % Meeting Utensil Samples % Meeting

Amphoe Restaurants Meeting Standard Cafeterias Meeting Standarcl Samples Meeting Standard Swabs Meeting Standard

Standard Standard _ Standard Standard

Muang 130 23 17.69 20 3 15.00 10 8 80.00 22 13 59.09

Ban Pong 92 4 4.35 18 4 22.22 13 12 92.30 22 9 40.90

Photharam 29 4 13.79 6 2 33.33 6 2 33.33 12 5 41.66

Damoen Saduak 10 3 30.00 4 - - - - - - - -

Bang Phae 11 - 0.00 8 1 12.50

w Wat Phleng 4 2 50.00 4 3 75.00

Paktho I I 100.00 2 - - -

Jombueng 8 1 12.50 2 - - - - - 2 -

Saun Phueng 13 1 7.69 3 2 66.66 3 3 100.00 4 3 75.00

Total 298 39 13.09 67 15 22.38 32 25 70.12 62 30 48.39

Note Data as of September 30 1992Source Division of Sanitation and Environmental Health

3.25 Occupational Health and Safety

3.25.1 Introduction

The substandard practices of' workinig people and substandard

working conditions/environment are considered to be the main causes of

accidents, illnesses and work-related diseases. Identification of potentialoccupational accidents and health hazards arising from the working conditions

and enviromnent play a key role in assessing the potential safety and healthrisks to the people working in the electricity generating plant. It will also enablepreventive and control measures to be designed.

3.25.2 Methodology

As it ic ir.n.p-cihbp to crollect information on the proposed project

information was collected from an existing power project as it was assumed that

there would be a significant similarity.1) Existing information related to substandard practices,

substandard conditions and hazardous working environment during construction

phase were obtained from a preliminary survey and industrial hygiene survey at

Bangpakong power plant which was conducted in 1983.

2) An industrial hygiene survey of the Rayong power plant was

conducted during the operation phase by a team of four experienced industrial

hygienists. Air contaminant, illumination levels were measured in various

sections of the plant. Existing infornation related to noise was obtained from

EGAT Medical and Health Department.

3) Data related to injury, work-related illness/disease

during construction phase and operation phase were collected from both

Bangpakong and Rayong power plants.


A. CONSTRUCTION PHASE

1) Existing informa.tiOn related to substandard

practices, substandard conditions and environment

This is based on a 1983 preliminary industrial hygiene

survey conducted by the Department of Occupational Health, Faculty of Public

3-365

Health, Manidol University. The poten.tial sfetv, health and environmentincluding existing control measures were observed during construction in

thermal plant units I and II, electrical shop, maintenance workshop, mechanical

workshop and sandblasting section. Detailed relevant information is presentedin table H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 in appendix H and can be summarized as

follows

- Nature of work

During the construction phase, each worker had to perform

some of the activities shown in table H-6 in appendix H.

- Substandard practices included:

(1) Using unsafe equipment and hand tools(2) Using equipment without regard to safety

(3) Safety rules not strictly complied with byworkers

(4) Working in the manner of unsafeposture, improper lifting

(5) Repairing machinery in motion(6) Horseplay (teasing or abusing)(7) Failure to use safe personal

protective equipment

- substandard working conditions and

environments included:

(1) Defective equipment, hand tools and

power hand tools

(2) Unguarded or improper machine guarding

(3) Poor housekeeping and hazardous

arrangement, piling and storage

(4) Hazardous working environment (dusty,

noisy, poor illumination)

(5) Improper ventilation

(6) Flammable and combustible liquids

and combustible waste material (oily

rugs, etc)(7) Fire extinguishers were not available

in some hazardous locations.

3-366

2) Existing imformation related to industrial working

environment hazards in construction site

- Potential chemical and physical hazards

The potential chemical and physical hazards in the

various types of work during the construction phase were observed at

Bangpakong Power plant (Table H-7 in appendix H). Welding fumes which

consist of oxide of manganese, lead, cadmium ferrous oxide and other metal

oxides including Ultraviolet (UV) and Infrared (IR) rays could be observed

during welding operations, In piping insulation, talc dust (calcium silicate,

asbestos), fibre glass and epoxy resin vapours were recognized. Acetylene gaswas used in gas cutting works and carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, fumes of

manganese oxide, ferrous oxide and lead oxide including other physical

hazards (UV, IR) were present in the working environment. Regarding othertypes of work such as sand blasting, silica dust and metal dust played the major

potential health hazards. Regarding potential physical hazards, noise problems

could be observed in gas cutting, grinding, drilling, sand blasting and lathework.Illumination and vibration were considered not to be serious health hazards in

this construction project.

- Workers' exposure to noise at the construction site

Table H-8 in appendix H showed that, gas turbine

combined cycle Block I presented a hazardous noise level ranging from 93 - 104

dBA. Main noise sources were a generator (96 dBA), turbine duct (103 dBA)

and boiler feed pump 104 dBA. During construction of gas turbine combined

cycle block II and thermal plant units I and II, workers' exposure to noise

exceeded the noise standard (>90 dBA) eg. grinding (94 - 104 dBA), welding

(85 - 95 dBA), sand blast (85 - 99 dBA), circular saw, wood cutting (102 dBA),

wood shaping (108 dBA) and jack hanmmer (115 dBA). Workers exposed to

such hazardous noise levels might suffer from hearing loss impairment.

- Workers' exposure to heat in construction site

During the construction period, most of the workers did not

suffer much regarding heat problems. Table H-10 in appendix H showed that

based on NIOSH recommended standard almost every worker was exposed to

heat not exceeding WBGT, ET and ETCR standards. However this survey was

taken on January and February, it is possible that heat would be a problem

during the summer season,

3-367

- Workers' exposure to air contaminants in the

construction places

Thirty air contaminant samples were collected fromworkers exposed to wood dust, free silica welding fumes, vapour solvent andpaint spray mist (Table H-II in appensdix H). The analysis showed that theconcentration of almost all air samples did not exceed the threshold limit values(TLV) except for sand blasting workers who were exposed to dust up to 2.6 -18.01 mg/m3 (TLV 0.26 - 0.68 mg/m3 )

- Problems with working conditions in Bangpakong

power plant during construction phase

Safety inspection was conducted throughout the thermalplant, gas turbine combined cycle and various workshop.Manyunsafe working conditions were found and are summarized in tableH-12 in appendix H.

- Accident report during construction phaseThe 1982 EGAT accident report showed that the injury

frequency rate (IFR) for accidents in Bangpakong power plant was 35 cases per

1,000,000 working man-hours. Most of the accidents occurred in mechanicalworks (60 cases /1,000,000 working man-hour). The causes of accident weredue to being struck against, caught in and between equipment (55.86%);

struck by flying objects, sliding and falling (25.17%) falling from a height(9.66%); coming into contact with hazardous conditions and electric current(5.86%) and others (3.45%) .

B OPERATING PHASE

1) Existing information related to working environment

- Characteristics of workers' noise exposure

Information related to noise exposure was obtained fromthe 1985 noise measurement report, EGAT Medical and Health Department.

Sound pressure level at combined cycle blocks I and II, gas turbine blocks I and1I, diesel engine and HRSG unit of the Bangpakong power plant was reported.

Table H- 13 in appendix H shows that sound pressure levelat combined cycle I and II at ground floor, mezzanine floor and operating floorall exceeded 85 dBA (recommended standard for hearing conservation program)

3-368

except those workers performing job activities in the operator room, the controlroom and the instrumental laboratory who were exposed to a noise level below85 dBA. Regarding loading, by pass load se-ems to give highest sound pressurelevel while other loads gave lower sound pressure level.

Workers perform ing activities in Gas turbine block I and IIwere also exposed to high noise level (>90 dBA) except those employeesworking in the control room which had a noise level <80 dBA) (Table H-14).

Table H-15 in appendix H shows that sound pressure levelexisting in the diesel engine & generator and control room presented a veryhazardous condition (noise level exceeded 90 dBA) while noise level in heatrecovery steam generator (HRSG) gave a very low noise level (<80 dBA).However, when using noise dosimeter to measure the equivalent continuoussound level (Leq), gas turbine operators and ground floor combined cycleoperators were exposed to noise level not exceeding the standard (< 85 dBA)while the mezzanine and operating floor operators were exposed to noise levelsgreater than 85 dBA (Table H-16 in appendix H).

- Characteristics of workers' heat exposureHeat exposure assessment was conducted in the gas turbine

area of Rayong power plant during the operation phase. Table H-17 inappendix H shows that most of the workers were exposed to heat not exceedingthe NIOSH recommended heat standard (WBGT < 32.20C), especially thoseworkers perforning their activities in turbine compartment (ground floor),steam turbine (second floor) and condensate (third floor) .

Illumination level

Illumination survey measured various locations of theRayong power plant. The measured illumination level complied with theillumination standard.

Table H-118 in appendix H shows that the illuminationlevels in almost every location met the relevant of illumnination standard.

- Dust concentration

Air contaminants (dust,fume) were observed and collectedthrough many operations in the mechanical workshop and water treatment

plant. After analysis the results showed that the concentration of welding furmesand dust samples in all operations were very low, no dust samples could bedetected. (Table H-19 in appendix H).

3-369

- Existing information related to wvork injuries andillnesses during operation phase

(1) Health status of Rayong power plant's

workers

Based on a 1993 annual physical examination, 140 workers(98.59%) in Rayong power plant were reported to have good physical fitness,

another two workers (1.41%) appeared to have high cholesterol in blood.Percent distribution of illness and accident cases throughout the year 1993

classified by disease are shown in Table H-20 in appendix H.Disease of the respiratory symptoms was the leading

cause of illness.(2) Injuries reportIn 1992, twelve cases of accident were reported, most of

these injuries were minor cases except one case of falling from a heightresulting in a hand fracture (24 days admitted in hospital). In 1993 (January-November) 8 cases of accident were reported. Three resulted in lost work days(a total of 46 days admitted in hospital). Most of the organs affected werefingers, hand and arm, eyes and feet.

3-370

3.26 Public Safety

3.26.1 Introduction

Traffic accident and traffic noise exposure are concidered to betwo main factors in public safety. Increasing the number of traffic vehiclesduring construction and operation may greatly increase the risks of trafficaccidents and the level of noise exposure which could create a nuisance for thecitizens living near or along the transportation routes.

3.26.2 Methodology

The existing traffic accident statistics were collected from theavailable sources of information eg. Ratchaburi Provincial Public HealthOffice. Noise measueIrment was conducted by a team of public health officersled by two industrial hygienists. The noise level along the road passingthrough the project sites was measured. The above mentioned information plusestimated traffic conditions during construction and operation phase served asthe baseline to assess the environmental impact. Guidelines for environmentalimpact ritigation measures are proposed.

3.26.3 Result of the study

(1) Existing traffic accidents statistics in Ratchaburi provinceInformation related to traffic accidents was collected from

Ratchaburi Provincial Public Health Office. Public accident statistics fromother sources (eg. local health center, district and provincial hospital or policestation) were not available at the time of this study.

Table 3.26-1 shows that traffic accidents in Ratchaburi province(1991 - January 1994) were a leading cause of injuries and deaths. Fortythree to forty six percent of all types of accident are traffic accident.while death rate from traffic accidents is twice as high as other types ofaccidents.

Considering the traffic volumes passing along the route fromHighway No. 4 to Wi' Phik un Thri uong, the average traffic volume is 318vehicles per hour and almost fifty percent of the vehicles are cars and taxis.The rest are motorcycles (38.7%) and trucks (11.9%). The number of carspassing during weekday is more than the number at weekends. (Table 3.25-2)

3-371

Trabl, 2ie shows the traffic volume along the Wat PhikunThong road to the construction site, the distribution of traffic volume by typeof vehicle is quite similar to that explained in table 3.26-2.

(2) Existing traffic noise exposureThe main sources of traffic noise exposure are trucks and cars

plus taxis (Table 3.26-2). The mean noise level from trucks is 87 dBA duringweekdays and 88 dBA during weekends, while the mean noise level of car andtaxis is 76 dBA during weekdays and 71 dBA during weekends. The noiselevel above 70 dBA might create a nuisance noise to the people who livealong the route.

Table 3.26-3 gives the clear picture that trucks, cars and taxis arethe main sources of nuisance. Increasing the number of vehicles especiallvheavy trucks for transporting the construction material and equipment to theconstruction site may disturb the daily life of people living in the nearbycommunities.

3-372

TABLE 3.26 - 1NUMBER AND PERCENTAGE OF DEAD AND INJURED PERSONS FROM TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS IN RATCIIABURI PROVINCE

(1991 TO JANUARY 1994)

Year 1991 Year 1992 Year 1993 Year 1994 (January)Causes of accident injured dead injured dead injured dead injured dead

No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %

Traffic accident 16,008 46.32 267 0.37 16,546 44.87 165 0.45 .17,359 43.86 205 0.52 1,479 46.80 23 0.73Other types of 18,549 53.68 120 0.35 20,328 55.13 112 0.30 22,218 56.14 113 0.29 1,681 53.20 6 0.20accident11 otal 34,557 100 387 1.12 36,847 100 277 0.75 39,577 100 318 0.81 3,160 100 29 0.93

Sources : Ratchaburi Provincial Public Hlealth OfficerN

TABLE 3.26 - 2

NUMBER AND PERCENTAGE DISTRIBUTION OF TRAFFIC VOLUMES PER lIOUR AND

MEAN NOISE LEVEL BY TYPES OF VEHICLES OBSEIRVED AT 200 METEIRS FROM INTERSECTI ION

)IIGIIWAY NO. 4 AND ROAD TO WAT PHIIKUN THONG) MAY 1994

Week day Weekend

Traffic volume Mean noise Traffic volume Mean noise Average traffic

Types of vehicles per hour level (dBA) per hour level (dBA) volume per hour

No. % No. % No. %

Truck

(Heavy,Medium, 56 16.6 87 21 7.0 88 38 11.9

Light)

Car and Taxi 160 47.5 76 155 51.3 71 157 49.4

Motorcycle 121 35.9 68 126 41.7 64 123 38.7

Total 337 100.0 - 302 100.0 - 318 100.0

TABLE 3.26 - 3

NIUMBER AND PERCENTAGE DISTRIBUTION OF TRAFFIC VOLUMES PER IIOUR AND

MEAN NOISE LEVEL AT TIHE ROADSIDE TO WAT PIIIKUN TIIONG SITE, MAY 1994

Week day Weekend

Traffic volume Mean noise Traffic volume Mean noise Average traffic

Types of vehicles per hour level (dBA) per hour level (dBA) volume per hour

No. % No. % No. %

Truck 31 13.9 84 27 13.4 85 29 13.6 ,

(Heavy,Medium, l

Light) . _. .. _

Car and Taxi 129 57.8 74 108 53.4 73 118 55.7

Motorcycle 63 28.3 63 67 33.2 63 65 30.7

Total 223 100.0 - 202 100.0 - 212 100.0

TABLE 3.26 - 4

TRAFFIC VOLUME RECORDS IN PROJECT AREA (IIIGIIWAY ROUTE NO.4, STATION 93 KM + 580)

DURING 1991 - 1993

Average daily traffic by type % vehicles increased Heavy

Bus trucks

Trucks as a Bi - Tri Motorcycle

Car Bus Truck Total ( light ,mediumn) Heavy percentage cycle

Year Taxi Car trucks of all

Taxi trucks

a____ Light Heavy Light Medium Heavy

1991 2868 376 578 2664 1045 2706 10237 - - 42.3 16 1453

1992 4224 814 848 6386 2029 5503 19804 73.4 103.4 42.3 87 281 8

1993 5808 652 759 6844 2364 6419 22843 15.3 16.6 41.8 116 3332

Source: Department of Transportation

CHAPTER 4ENVIROiNMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT


Since rainfall pattem , humiditv , evaporation, temperature and

wind in the study area are predominantly influenced by the regional air

streams, the effects of the project on these climatic conditions areconsequently insignificant during both construction and operation periods.

But there could be some minor impacts on surface water hydrology as

discussed below.

4.1.1 Construction Period

The project site will be developed by excavating and filling up

the area. While the work is being done, it is anticipated that minor amounts

of sediment might be deposited into the river.

4.1.2 Operation Period

EGAT aims to divert the water from the Maeklong river at a

location downstream of the Vajiralongkom dam at the rate of 2.38 cms or

about 75 MCM per year . The intake amount is rather small compared to

the water available in the river basin. It may therfore be considered as an

insignificant impact on the flow characteristics of the hydrological regime.

4-1


The probable effects of the proposed power plant on surface water

quality will arise from the plant's construction activities and its operation. The

first type of impact c'ould. for example, arise from the construction of a raw

water system, a wastewater discharging system, onsite construction, and

wastewater discharge during construction. The second type of impact could

anse from the effects of raw water quality of the Mae Klong River on the water

treatrnent for the power plant and the effects of discharging effluent to the Miae

Khlong River.

4.2.1 Effects During Construction Period

i) Effects Related to Raw Water Svstem and WastewaterDisch arein2 System

The raw water system includes an intake structure at the Mae

Klong, River, a 5 km long cast iron pipeline with a diameter of 130-150 cm for

raw water transmission. and a storage pond/reservoir with capacity of about 1million m3 (1,500x200x3 .5 in 3 ) or 5 day storage for the first phase

development. The wastewater discharging system includes a holding pond witha capacity of about 30,000 m3 (125x70x3.5 m3 ) or 1 day detention capacity,

and 5 km long pipeline for transmission of treated wastewater to the Mae

Khlong River.

(1) Effects of Intake Structure Installation

The raw water pumping station will be situated on the river

bank and the intake structure will consist of a suction pipe. The water will be

withdrawn at a depth of 1-2 m from the water surface to minimize effects of

floating materials including debris and bottom materials including muddy

materials, so some deepening of the stream bed may be required. Dredging may

be required over a distance of about 50 m in the upstream and downstreamstretches of the river from the intake station. Due to the muddy river bed, the

dredging will likely cause resuspension of muddy organic and inorganic matters

which can cause decreases of DO, increases of BOD, color, turbidity,

suspended solids, and H-,S. The effects may extend a few km downstream and

upstream from the dredging site because this stretch of the nrver is under tidal

4-2

effect. This could affect aquatic life and water users along the river in the

affected area.The effects could be alleviated by (1) dredging when the

tide is low. This would cause less dispersion and dilution of dredging materials

and (2) providing a suitable site onland for disposing of dredging materials.However, these effects are temporary and recovery will

take place a short time after the completion of the dredging activity.

(2) Effects of Raw Water Pipeline and Treated

Wastewater Pipeline Installation

Excavation and backfilling works for the installation of a 5km long raw water pipeline, and a 5 km long treated wastewater pipeline willcreate soil erosion which could lead to a deterioration in water quality in the

nearbv canals. These effects will be minor and temporary because thick grasses

along the route will absorb and filter sediments generated by dredging and

filling and the grasses will become dense in a short time after completion of the

installation. However, the effects could be alleviated by avoiding excavation

and backfilling in the rainy season.

(3) Effects of Storage Pond/Reservoir and Holding

Pond Construction

Effects of storage pond and holding pond construction onwater quality will be insignificant because the storage pond and holding pond

are not on or near the nrver. However, excavation work will cause soil erosion

which may lead to a deterioration in water quality in the nearby canal.

The effects could be mitigated by the following measures;

(1) avoiding conducting the excavation work in the rainy season (2) cover

vegetation or cover materials could alleviate erosion problems and (3) if

necessary a temporary sedimentation basin should be provided to trap sediment.

These effects are temporary and will disappear when cover

vegetations are dense enough.

ii) Effect of Onsite Construction

The major onsite elements to be constructed are as follows: a raw

water storage pond (1,500x200x3.5 in3), a wastewater holding pond (125

x70x3.5 m3 ), thermal power blocks, combined cycle power blocks, control

center buildings, water treatment buildings, warehouse/maintenance buildings,

4-3

heat recovery steam generators, cooling towers, a substation (500 kV), onsite

housing, road and parking lot.

Some parts of the site area will be filled with soil and compacted.After compaction, excavation will be conducted to construct foundations for

most structures. These activities will degrade the water quality in the nearby

canals i.e. increasing turbidity, color and solids contents. These effects will not

be significant because they are temporary, taking place only during the

construction period. The effects will be more concentrated on aquafic life than

on the water users because there are not many households in that area.

These effects could be mitigated by using construction techniques

to minimize soil erosion/sediment dispersion i.e. avoiding soil filling and

excavation activities in the rainy season and providing a temporary

sedimentation basin to trap sediment.

iii) Effects of Wastewater During Construction

Sewage from the construction workforce may affect surface waterquality in the nearby canals in terms of increasing organic matters, nutrients and

pathogenic bacteria .

These effects could be alleviated by providing sanitary toiletswith septic tanks for the workforce during the first stage of construction. After

completion of installation of the sewage treatment plant for the first thermal

unit, it can be used to serve the construction workforce during construction of

subsequent units.

4.2.2 Effects During Operation Period

i) Effects Raw Water (uality on the Water Treatment for

the Power Plant

Raw water from the Mae Klong River will be stored in a reservoir

and will be treated in the service water treatment plant to produce the required

quality of water suitable for use as circulating water makeup (or cooling water

makeup), potable water and service water, and as the source of water to thecycle makeup treatment system for steam cycle makeup.

Raw water quality can affect costs of treatment for the power

plant. According to the assessment in Section 4.1.4.4, water quality of the Mae

Khlong River is suitable as a source of raw water supply for the power plant.

4-4

The values of pH, color, TS, hardness, NO3 --N, S04- 2 , Cl1, Ca, Mg and heavymetals of raw water are in the ranges of Drinking Water Quality Standards

(Ministry of Industry, 1978) while the values of turbidity, iron, total coliformbacteria and faecal coliform bacteria are higher than the Standards. But theseranges are in the normal ranges of raw water from rivers, so the costs ofconventional treatment should be within an acceptable range.

Circulating water chemical conditioning will consist of shockchlorination for control of bacterial slime and algae, sulfuric acid feed foralkalinity control and inhibitor feed to minimize corrosion and scale deposition.

Since the ranges of alkalinity and hardness (moderately hard) are not high, thecosts of further treatment for circulating water will be in the normal range.

Water for cycle makeup will be the highest quality. Minimumquality requirements for cycle makeup water will be: 0.05 mg/l TDS and 0.01

mg/l SiO2 . Demineralization process will be required to produce water for cyclemakeup. Because TDS, hardness and conductivity are in the normal range and

not high, costs of demineralization will be within an acceptable level.

ii) Effects of Temperature Rise from Circulatine' Water

Blowdown/Cooline' Water Blowdown.

The circulating water system will be a recirculating system usingan open cooling tower for heat dissipation. Makeup will be required for the

circulating water system to replace evaporation, drift and blowdown. Estimnated

circulating water blowdown is about 23835 cuM/day. The circulating water

blowdown will not have any serious temperature rise effects on the receiving

water since the circulating water blowdown temperature after leaving the

cooling tower will be about 360C and it will be in the range of normal

wastewater temperature (28-320 C) after staying in the wastewater holding pond

for 24 hr before being discharged to the Mae Klong River. The discharging

wastewater will have a temperature less than 400 C (temperature of Industrial

Effluent Standards of Thailand) and will not change natural water temperature of

the receiving water.

4-5

iii) Effects of Effluent Discharge to the MVae KhonQ River

According to EGAT's latest information, three kinds of

wastewaters will be discharged to the Mae Khlong River after being held in a

holding pond. The lr-st stream wili consist of chemical wastewater

(demineralizer, condensate polisher, boiler blowdown and laboratory drains)

with an average flow rate of 3,410 cuM/day. The second stream will consist of

circulating water system blowdown (cooling water blowdown) with an average

flow rate of 23,835 cuMlday. The third stream will consist of heater washwater

with an average flow rate of 518 cuM/day. Before draining to a holding pond,

chermical wastewater will be neutralized in a neutralization basin while air

heater washwater will be routed to a lined air heater washwater pond for

detention prior to treatment (pH adjustment, metals reduction and suspended

solids reduction). Before discharging to the Mae Klong River, the wastewater

in the holding pond will meet the 1ndnsetrial Effluent Standards of Thailand.

The major pollutants in cooling water blowdown will be

phosphate (25-30 mg/l) and free chlorine (1.0 mg/I). Free chlorine will be

diluted and dissipated while in the holding pond and then discharged to the Mae

Klong River. This will have no effects on the water quality of the Mae Klong

River. Phosphate content of 25-30 mg/l (or8-10 mg/l phosphorus) is relatively

high compared with the limiting phosphorus level for algae growth of about 0.1

mg/l. This needs at least 6 million cuM/day of river water for dilution.

Therefore,effects of phosphate from the power plant may occur in the dry

season. Quality of discharged wastewater and river water should be closely

monitored in the dry season. If phosphorus content is significantly high, some

mitigation measures such as chemical precipitation of this waste stream may be

necessary.

The other two waste streams from sanitary waste and plant and

equipment drains will be drained into an irrigation basin after treatment by

extended areation activated sludge process with chlorination for sanitary waste,

and oil/water separation for plant and equipment drains. This type of

wastewater will be used for landscape irrigation and therefore will not affect the

water quality.

4-6

iv) Effects of Effluent Discharging to Drainage Canal

(Khtong Bang Pa) of the Irrigation System

In March 1995, EGAT asked the study team to consider the

environmental impacts related to discharging effluent to an alternative ofreceiving water body, namely a drainage canal (Khlong Bang Pa) of the

irrigation system which the Royal Irrigation Department have already

permittedin principle (Appendix C).

A very limited amount of information on the water quality of

Khlong Bang Pa (water quality was measured only in February 1995 by EGAT

as shown in Table 4.2-1 and Figure 4.2-1) suggests that during February/ dry

season, BOD5 of the water in the canal was 10.3 mg/l at Wat Phikun Thong and23.14 mg/l at the junction with Khlong Lat. The water quality in the wet season

(no available water quality information) is expected to be higher than in the dry

season but the quality will become gradually lower and lower after closing of

the check gate at the mouth of the canal and withdrawal of the water to use in

paddy fields, gardens and plantations (September to November).Thedischarging of the effluent (assume: BOD5 20 mg/I, phosphate 25 mg/l) into

Khlong Bang Pa will reduce the canal water quality (which is normially low) in

both dry and wet seasons and will have an adverse affect the users along the

canal. The impact will be more severe in the wet season when the closed check

gate will raise the water level and cause it to become stagnant . The water will

become anaerobic and will have an adverse affect on water users along the

canal, Drainage of anaerobic impounded water into the Mae Klong River will

affect the use of the Mae Klong River near Khlong Bang Pa mouth for a certainperiod of time. It is recommended that information on water quality and

quantity in different seasons of the year be obtained to allow a detailed

assessment to be made before deciding to select this alternative.

To alliviated the problem of discharging high phosphate effluent

into Khlong Bang Pa, non-phosphate inhibitor will be used in circulating water

instead of using phosphate inhibitor.

4-7

TABLE 4.2-1 SURFACE WATER QUALITY OF THE MAE KLONG RIVER

AND ITS TRIBUTARIES ( 9-10 Februarv 1995).

Unit: mg/l

PARAMETERS R2 j R3 |R5 IMK Standards

pH 6.97 7.17 7 5 7.52 5-9

Temperature ( C) - Air 34 33 33 27 -

- Water 28 27.5 27 26

Conductivity (uS/cm) 210 155 150 110

Turbidity(NTU) 17.6 4.44 27.5 7.17 |

Dissolved Oxygen (DO) 5.2 6.89 5.1 6.6 > 4* >3 **

Carbon Dioxide (CO2) 48.4 17.6 18.5 1.04 <30 **

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2 S) 0 0 0 0 0.2

Total Alkalinity 130 120 112 130 <500 #

Total Hardness 160 140 150 110 -

Solids: Total 356 197 192 136

Dissolved 341 172 165 123 <500 #

Suspended 15 25 27 13 <25 **

Total Iron (Fe) 0.26 0.26 2.0 0.34 0.3 **

Total Manganese (Mn) 0.09 0.09 0.45 0.14 <1.0

Chloride (Cl) 58 13 8 6 250 #

Bicarbonate (HCO3 ) 118 110 104 100 -

Sulfate (SO4 ) 42.9 5.7 14.E 4.0 250 #

BOD5 10.3 23.14 9.1 4.4 <4

Total Coliform (MPN/l100ml) 11,000 17,000 11,400 5,000 <20,000

Fecal Coliform (MPN/100ml) 5,000 17,000 7,000 2,400 <4,000

Nitrate (NO3 -N) 0. 22 1.0 0 0.56 <5

Orthophosphate (PO4-P) 3.0 1 8 2.0 1.5 1.0 #

Copper (Cu) trace trace trace trace 0. 1

Zinc (Zn) trace trace trace trace 1.0

Mercury (Hg) 0.002

Cadmium (Cd) trace trace trace trace 0.005,0.05

Chromium (Cr) 0.002 0.001 0.008 none 0.05

Lead (Pb) 0.001 none 0.003 0.002 0.05

Nikel (Ni) trace trace trace trace 0. 1 *

4-8

Remark * Surface Water Qualitv Stardard. Ministrx of Science.

Technology and Environment. 1985

Criteria for Freshwater Organisms. NIFI. Fisheries Department

Criteria for Health and Welfare. CANADA. 1986 & EPA

Note R2 = \at Phikun Thong (Khlong Bang Pa)

R3 = Junction of Khlong Lat and Khlong Bang Pa

R5 = Khlong Talat Khawi

MK= Nlae Klong Riv-er at Sililuk Bridge

Source EGAT

4-9

A>>I

I

t=

-V

t

FIGURE . . .W ATER A',{ .-:' I O E/GAI

/ .- -S /;=D*6d

FIGURE 4.2-1 WATERt QUALITIY SAMPLING STA.TIONS OF EGAT'

4.3 Groundwater Resource

The environmental impact caused by using groundwater during theconstruction and operation period will be measured in terms of groundwater leveland groundwater quality.

The environmental impact was assessed from the available data of the tubewell at Ban Lat Patak. This well tapped water from the unconsolidated aquiferwhich is composed of gravel and sand at the depth of 42.7-48.8 m. The parametersused for estimating the impact are listed as follows:

- Transmissivity 23,295 gpd/ft (obtained from pumping test data as shownin Figure. 4.3-1)

- Storage coefficient 0. 00 1 (estimated from grain size of aquifer material)- Onsite well discharge

- Construction period 300,000 cu.m./vr or 822 cu.m./d(based on 1,700 workers)

- Operation period 1,000 cu.m./d, 2,000 cu.m./d,3,000 cu.m./d, 4,000 cu.m./d


1) Groundwater Level

During the construction period water will be obtained from onsitewells and/or trucked to the site. The estimated water demand during this period is300,000 cu.m./yr or 822 cu.m./d based on 1,700 workers.

The relation between time and drawdown at the onsite well and at thetube well one kilometer away from the onsite well, is shown in Table. 4.3-1. Thedrawdown after 1,000 days pumping at the onsite well is 5.64 m. whereas thedrawdown at the tube well 1 km. away is 1.47 m.

The static water level in this area is 8 m. and the installation of pumpintake of villagers nearby is 15 m. below ground surface. The water level must bemaintained to be above the pump intake level in order to prevent pumIp damage.Therefore, seven meters drawdown is considered as critical drawdown.

The drawdown of 1.47 m. at the well in the nearest conmmunity (1km. from the power plant) is much less than the critical drawdown. Therefore, it isconcluded that there should be no adverse impact on the groundwater level.

4-11

TABLE 4.3-1

RELATION BETWEEN TIME AND D)RAWDOWN AT ON SITE WELL

AND 1,000 M. FROM ON SITE WELL (WELL DISCIIARGE OF 822 CU.M/D.)

Timr Drawdown at on Drawdown at 1,000 m.(day) site well (M.) from on site well lr.M:

1 4.07 0.06 10.002 4.23 0.153 4.32 0.214 4.39 0.26 - 15 4.44 0.30-- __

6 4.48 0.347 4.51 0.378 4.54 0.409 4.57 0.42 1.00 {day)10 4.59 0.4420 4.75 0.59E30 4.84 0.68 40 4.91 0.750 .9 0.79 __

60o 5.00 0.83 170o 5.03 0.87 0.10 Dadw to

s0 5.06 0.90 st el(.90o 5.09 0.92

100 5.11 0.95 0 Drawdown at 1,000 m.200 5.27 1.10 __ . -- from on site well (m.)300 5.36 1.19400 5.43 1.26500 5.48 1.31600 5.52 1.35 0.01 --

700 5.55 1.39 1 10 100 108N0 5.58 1.42900 5.61 1.44 Time Iday)

1000 5.64 1.47 _ .

2) Groundwater Quality

The groundwater contaminants of concern during the construction

period are from domestic sewage and from the construction process.According to the lithologic log of the well at Ban Lat Patak, there is

a thick clay bed of 23 m. overlying the gravel and sand aquifer (Figure 4.3-2).Since the contaminants are effectively adsorbed by clay, it is anticipated that thecontamination from domestic sewage and from the construction process will beminor.

It was reported that the tube well at Wat Phikun Thong yielded saltywater. This indicates that there is a salty water source near the power plant site.Therefore, there is a possibility that the onsite well could also yield salty water.

It is possible that a high discharge rate at the onsite well over a longtime penod could cause saltv water to move towards the well. Therefore,groundwater salinity at the onsite well may increase.


1) Groundwater Level

All parameters used to calculate the drawdown, except for the onsitewell discharge are used to assess the impact of the operation period .

The total anticipated water requirement is 75.03 M.cu.m./yr(205,561.64 cu.m./d) which is extremely high. Therefore, groundwater can beonly used as a supplementary source of water supply . The anticipated drawdownat two different locations (at the onsite well and 1 km. from the onsite well) withthe various well discharges are shown in Table 4.3-2 and 4.3-3.

The static water level in this area is 8 m. and the installation of thepump intake is 15 m. below ground surface. The water level must be maintained tobe above the pump intake level in order to prevent pump damage. Therefore, sevenmeters is considered the critical drawdown which would be caused by onsite welldischarge of 4,000 cu.m./d or higher.

It is concluded there is no adverse impact on groundwater levels inthe nearby village, if the pump discharge rate is less than 4,000 cu.m/d and thepumping period less than 1,000 days.

4-13

TrABLE 4.3-2 IRELATION BE'I'WEEN TIME ANI) I)RAWDOWN AT OPN SI'T'E WELL Wl'I'll VARIOUS WELL DISCIIARGES

Drawdown(inm.) at on site well.rime a 1,000 Q= 2,000 0Q 3,000 a= 4,000(day) m3/d m .3/d m3/d m32d 100.00

1 4.07 8.14 12.21 16.282 4.26 8.52 12.78 17.04 ____

3 4.37 8.74 13.11 17.48 l4 4.45 8.90 13.35 17.80 .Q4_5 4.51 9.02 13.53 18.046 4.56 9.12 13.68 18.24 10007 4.60 9.20 13.80 18.408 4.64 9.28 13.92 18.56 ____

9 4.67 9.34 14.01 18.6810 4.70 9.40 14.10 18.80 E20 4.89 9.78 14.67 19.56

30 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 10.00-40 6.08 10.16 15.24 20.32 - -

50 5.14 10.28 1 5.42 20.56-60 5.19 10.38 1 5.57 20.76 I70 5.24 10.48 15.72 20.96 =10 n80 5.27 10.54 15.B1 21.0890 5.31 10.62 15.93 21.24 __

100 5.33 10.66 15.99 21.32 3=2,Omd

200 5.26 10.52 1 5.78 21.04 -. _ -Q =3,000 un3/d

300 5.64 11.28 16.92 22.56400 5.72 11.44 17.16 22.88

500 5.79 11.58 17.37 23.16600 5.83 11.66 17.49 23.32 10700 5.87 11.74 17.61 23.48 1 1 0 100 00800 5.91 11.82 1 773 23.64 Time (day)900 5.94 1 1.88 17.82 23.761000 5.97 11.94 17.91 23.88 I

'I'ABi,l 4.3-3 RIELATION BETWElEN 'lTIME ANI) I)RAWI)OWN AT 1,0(0 M.

FROM ON SI''E WELl, Wli'l1 VARIOUS WELL D)ISCIIARGES

Drawdown (m.) at i,000 m. from on site well.

Time Q= 1.000 Q= 2,000 0= 3,000 Q= 4,000(day) m3/d m3/d m3/d m3/d 10.00 -i1II~-i' '

I 0.08 0.16 0.24 0.32 - --- - -- Y2 0.18 0.36 0.54 0.72 1 3 0.26 0.52 0.78 1.04 __ - . _ __ _ * 04 0.32 0.64 0.96 1.28 0 -. _ _5 0.37 0.74 1.11 1.48

6 0.41 0.82 1623 1.64

7 0.45 0.90 1.325 1.80 _- 7 j tday8 0.48 0.96 1.44 1.92 10 ---

9 0.51 1.02 1.53 2.0410 0.54 1.08 1.62 2.16 ___

20 0.72 1.44 2.16 2.88- .- ......

30 0.83 1.66 2.49 3.32 . p --.--- .-..---- -

t ~~~ ~~~~40 0.90 1.80 2.70 3.60 350 0.96 1.92 2.88 3.8460 1.01 2.02 3.03 4.0470 1.05 2.10 3.15 4.20 0.10 - ___m3_

80 1.09 2.18 3.27 4.36 . =100mI90 1.12 2.24 3.36 4.48 D__ 0 = 2,000 ni3/d100 1.15 2.30 3.45 4.60 ~.-200 1.34 2.68 4.02 5.36 ---.--- - 0 = 3,000 mn3/d

300 1.45 2.90 4.35 5.80Q=400n3d400 1.53 3.06 4.59 6.12 -04,0r3/

500 1.59 3.18 4.77 6.36 00600 1.64 3.28 4.92 6.56 00700 1.69 3.38 5.07 6,76 1 1 0 100 1000800 1.72 3.44 5.16 6.88 Time (day)900 1.75 3.50 5.25 7.00

1000 1.78 3.56 5.34 7.12 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Project EIA of Ratchaburi Power Plant ProjectOrganization :Mahidol University

Test md491d

Constant Pumping Rate 60.33 [gpm]Distance from Pumping Well = 0.20 [ft]

Type of Aquifer = CONFINEDType of Input Data = LEVELStatic Water Level = 18.35 [ft]

Well Type = STANDARD

JACOB METHOD[ft]

1 10 100 __0

42 ~ ~ ~ A 0460E0

4-16

0~~~~~~~1

United Nations OW Software Time[mTnJ

Transmissivity = 23295. tgpdlftl

Standard Deviation = 0.0973 (ft)AO = 0.426804E+02Al = 0.682409E+00

Number of Points = 32 of 32

FIGURE 4.3-1 PUMPING TEST OF WELL AT BAN LAT PATAK

4-16

EIA of Ratchaburi Power Plant ProjectMahidol University

well No. MD491 Location: Ban Lat Patak. Tambon Pl ikun Thong

Elevation: y

Method of Drilling:

r I11 ing Dates 06/01/1988-06/06/1988Total Depth 51 .80

Comments

W E L L L O GSCPEEN DEPTH LOG LITHOLOGY

Clay,dark grayplastIC

- jClaylellow5 limon itic, plastic

20

- 22 9

25

Sand and Claymedi.m to very

30 coarse 30% clay

35 - 35.1

Sand ,gravel 1 y

4 0

41.2

Gravel .moderately45 .sorted to poorly

sorted

.~48.8

50 Clay,sandy,yellow- ____ 51 .~limonitic

United Nations CW Software

FIGURE 4.3-2 LITHOLOGIC LOG OF WELL AT BAN LAT PATAK

4-17

2) Groundwater quality

During the operation period, all wastewater will be treated until itcomplies with the plant discharge regulations and then discharged by pipeline tothe Mae Kiong River. Therefore wastewater should not effect the groundwater

It is possible that a high discharge rate at the onsite well over a longperiod could cause salty water to move towards the well. Therefore, groundwatersalinity at the onsite well and nearby villages may increase. However, the rate ofsalt water movement depends on the discharge rate and pumping period at theonsite well.

4-18



1. Loss or use of soil will occur during the construction of the powerplant and associated offices, housing, roads, excavated ponds. pond reservoir,

septic tank. pipeline corridor. etc. The amount of soil loss will depend on the

project size and the technology used. These constructions will affect soil/land

quality in the construction sites.

2. Sludge sewages and wastes from the temporaiv office and housingarea (engineers, technicians and labour) may have arn adverse impact on soil/land

quality. It is expected that however that good sanitation management during the

construction will prevent this.3. The occurrence of soil acidity and salinity will increase due to

diiszing the subsoils (marine and brackish deposits) in earthwork fill to elevate theplant site, roads and others above their currently flooded state. The subsoils consist

of pyrites and salts. The oxidation reaction of pyrites forms sulfuric acid and leads

to acid sulfate soils. These will only occur in the construction sites.

4.4.2 Operation period

1. Gaseous emissions such as sulfur dioxide (SO-)), oxides of

nitrogen (NO.) and carbon dioxide (CO?) from the power plant will possiblyincrease soil acidity. This is because of these gases can chemically react with rain

and dew to form acids and move down through the soils by precipitation. In the

long term, the soil acidity will slightly increase . From the EGAT's experience, this

problem can be easily solved. Moreover, as most of the surrounding areas of the

project are located in a flood plain which will receive calcareous alluvium deposits

of the 'Mae Klong river (Breeman. 1976) the soil acidity will be naturally

neutralized.

2. Soil/land quality deterioration will increase according to changes

in of land use such as intensive agriculture, community center, etc.

4-19

4.5 Geomorphology

4.5.1 Contruction Period

The impact on geomorphology can be indentified as anunavoidable adverse impact. During the construction period, land preparation

will begin with demolition of existing structures and grubbing of trees and

bushes. A large amount of cut and fill may be required to level an area of

approximately 2,000 rai for the power unit and associated facilities. Impacts

from the earth moving operations will result in a general smoothing of the

topography . However, this temporary impact on local topography will occur

only during the construction period. This effect is anticipated to end when the

fine landscaping is completed.Moreover, soil erosion is expected to occur temporarily due to the

removal of vegetation. It should reduce to below the original levels when the

construction is finished. This will result from the smoother contours, gentle

slopes and revegetation of the site.


After the power plant and associated facilities have been already

constructed and installed, the pattern of land use will have been changed from

paddy field to power plant installation.

The foundation rocks in the study area are mostly marine clay and

brackish water soil overlying the stiff clay which is strong enough to supportthe power plant anits with little foundation treatment. Therefore, there are no

anticipated significant impacts on the geological setting / geomorphology during

the operation of the power plant nor are there expected. to be geological impacts

on the stability of the plant foundation.

4-20


Due to the fact that there is no evidence to indicate that mineral resources

are deposited at the study area and , also, no active mines are operated nearby

the plant site, the impact of the project on mineral resources is insignificant

both during the construction period and during the operation period.

4-21

4.7 Air Resources

This section presents a relatively detailed analysis of predicted

impacts of the proposed Ratchaburi Power Plant Project (RPPP) on the ambient

air quality of the study site and surrounding area.


Impacts on air quality from the construction of the proposedpower plant project arise from fugitive dust generated by earthmoving activities

and construction traffic, as well as from combustion emissions from

construction vehicles. These impacts are the same as those from the

construction of any large project.Construction activities listed below are the major sauces of

fugitive emissions:- site preparation, ground clearing, cut and fill terracing;

-development of access roads and drainage system;- excavation for major plant structure;

- construction of plant facilities;- dredging, trenching and backfield operations; and

- others.

The quantity of fugitive dust emissions during constructionactivities is difficult of estimate because of variations in concerned parameters

(i.e. soil type, soil moisture, rainfall, wind speed, type and extent of activity,

construction practice and others). Therefore, daily emissions are expected to

vary. However, in the U.S.EPA. publication entitled "Compilation of Air

Pollution Emission Factors (AP-42)", the emission factor of approximately 1.2

tons of particulate per acre per month (which is equal to 0.48 tons/rai-month) is

recommended for heavy construction activities. Fugitive dust emissions

resulting from soil littered on the roadways are also difficult to estimate since

they depend largely on the amount of littered soil materials, soil moisture,

transportation volume and speed. It is evident that for any wet season

construction, fugitive dust will be effectively suppressed. It is also well known

that various effective and easy to operate mitigative measures (see section 5.7)

are available to control this fugitive dust problem to be within acceptable limits.

Motor vehicle transportation to, from, and around the site (i.e.traffic due to employee transportation, service and vender vehicles, delivery of

construction materials and equipment is another source of air pollution.

4-22

Emissions from these trucks are mainlN CO. NOx and particulates. Since thetruck transportation volume during this period is estimated to be approximately60 to 80 vehicles per day; thus. the emissions are not expected to cause asignificant impact to air quality in the area.

Since construction proceeds in several stages. different types ofvehicles are used at different times. In general. the first vear of constructionrequires the maximum use of heavy mechanized equipment (i.e.bulldozers.loaders, graders and other earth moving equipment). These heavv mechanizedconstruction equipment primarily burn diesel fuel which will introduce

particulate and other exhaust gases into the air upon operation. Experienceelsewhere demonstrates that emissions from such construction equipment arecomparable with diesel powered farm equipment which does not producesignificant air quality impact (U.S.EPA).

Construction for RPPP is planned to start in 1997. and activitylasting approximately 3 years. During the period it is unavoidable that local airquality will be temporarv affected by the emissions from construction andrelated activities. However, due to nature of the concerned emission sources theimpact is not expected to be serious and will be minimize to acceptable levelwithout, difficultv. In responsible for this matter, EGAT will closely monitorthat the mitigative measures described in Section 5.7 are followed by the projectconstruction contractor (s).


This section presents a relative detailed analysis of predictedimpact on the ambient air quality of the study area. Impact upon air qualityresulting from the operations of the RPPP is assessed by comparing thepredicted ground level concentration (GLC) of the concerned pollutants withThailand Ambient Air Quality Standards (TAAQS).

Air Quality Mfodelling

Dispersion modelling is a common technique used forsimulating or modelling the pollutant emissions toward ambient air. It ismathematical description of pollutant transport. dispersion and transformationprocesses that occur in the atmosphere.

A suitable atmospheric dispersion model and three sets ofdata are required to perform a modeling study. The three sets of data compriseof:

4-23

- meteorological conditions for the modeling study,

- receptor location. and

- emission sources.

Details of model selection for this study and the concerned

data are discussed as follows.

i) Iodel Selection

The ISCST (Industrial Source Complex Short-term) modelwas chosen for use in modeling the RPPP. In selecting this model as the most

suitable one, the following factors were considered:

1) Emissions from the RPPP arise from various

sources, many of which are spatially separated. ISCST has the capability to

model multiple, separated sources.

2) To demonstrate compliance with air qualitystandards, it is necessary for the model to perform calculations on individual

meteorological data points, then to average these concentrations over i-hour,

24-hours, and annual time periods. The ISCST model has this capability.

3) Individual plumes from the complex can beaffected by nearby buildings. The presence of buildings near a stack can cause

plume downwash, resulting in higher ground level concentrations than would

otherwise be expected. ISCST provides the capability to predict these effects.

4) The ISCST is an advanced guassian plume

model, incroporating the latest knowledge in plume transport and dispersion

theory. Plume rise equations used in the model are based upon empirical

observation of large, bouyant emission sources, such as power plants.

5) The ISCST model has been extensivelyevaluated in the U.S. for continuous, elevated, bouyant point sources such as

power plants.

6) The model is one of the U.S.EPA User's

Network for Applied Modelling for Air Pollution (UNAMAP) system. It is

routinely accepted by U.S. air pollution agencies regulatory analysis, without

requiring site specific model validation.

ii) Meteorological Data Input for Modelling Study

The meteorological data for ISCST program are hourly

weather data including wind direction, wind speed, temperature, mixing height,

and stability class. Details of the data were previously presented in Subsection

3.7.4.

4-24

iii) Receptor Locations

The receptor locations used in modelling emissions fromthe RPPP were chosen to satisfv two conditions. Firstlv, it is desirable to obtaina broad picture of ambient concentrations that can be expected in the generalarea around the RPPP. For this purpose a cartesian receptor grid system of 441receptor points centred (X = 0. Y = 0) at the stack of the No. 1 Thermal PowerUnit was chosen. The receptor roints were placed on a regular grid of 0.5 x 0.5km covering an area of 100 kmn extending from 5 km north to 5 klm south andalso from 5 km east to 5 km west of the center. Secondly. it is useful todetermnine the expected air quality of certain "sensitive receptors" located in theimpacted area. Therefore, the cartesian grid was augmented with individuallyplaced receptor points (known as discrete receptor points in the ISCSTmannual) as presented in Table 4.7.1. The four air quality monitoring sites usedduring the EIA preparation are also included in the group.

iv) Emission Source Data

These are the data about emissions, emission controls, anddispersion characteristics of the sources of air pollution belon-ing to RPPP.The emission sources withini the RPPP are listed as follows.

The 4600 MW (nominal) RPPP consists of four 700 MW(nominal) oil fired thermal units and three 600 MW (nominal) conbined cycleblocks. Each block has two 200 MW (nominal) combustion turbinegenerators/heat recoverv steam generator (HRSG) supplying steam to a 200MW (nominal) steam turbine generator. The combined cycle units will burnnatural gas or diesel oil as fuel.

Based on the above information it can be concluded thatthe RPPP consists of the following emission sources:

I. Thermal Unit no. 1 stack2. Thermal Unit no.2 stack

3. Thermal Unit no.3 stack4. Thermal Unit no.4 stack5. HRSG no. 1 of Combined Cycle Block no. 1 stack6. HRSG no.2 of Combined Cycle Block no. 1 stack

7. HRSG no. 1 of Combined Cycle Block no.2 stack8. HRSG no.2 of Combined Cycle Block no.2 stack9. HRSG no. 1 of Combined Cycle Block no.3 stack

10. HRSG no.2 of Combined Cycle Block no.3 stack

4-25

TABLE 4.7-1NAMES AND LOCATIONS OF THE SENSITIVE RECEPTORS

WITHIN THE IMPACTED AREA.

Coordinates

Name x (m) y(m)

1. Ban Bang Krado (Sampling Site No.1) 2200 65002. Ban Chao Nua (Sampling Site No.2) 2300 4003. Ban Don Mot-Tanoi (Sampling Site No.3) 5000 -2004. Ban Klong Kae (Sampling Site No.4) -3700 -55005. Bang Krado School 1500 72006. Ban Mai Tai 4000 46007. Ban Rai (1) 3700 40008. Wat Ban Rai School 3700 30009. Ban Rai'(2) 4(X00 260010. Ban Hua Sanun 2700 130011. Wat Rai Chana Ram 3800 330012. Wat Tha Rua -2900 -310013. Ban Nong Kai Kaeo School 5000 -320014. Wat Mai Rat Satthatham 2300 -320015. Wat Amphawan -700 -420016. Ban Bang Lang -1200 -280017. Wat Phikun Thong -1500 -190018. Ban Lak Patak -2000 -60019. Ban Sam Ruan -2600 -10020. Ban Nai Khu -2800 70021. Wat Tha Makham -3800 260022. Wat Don Sai -2700 410023. Ban Khok Kham -3000 200024. Ban Chuk Maphrao -3400 1000

4-26

It should be noted that if it is necessarv flue gas can be by-passed into the atmosphere through a turbine generator stack. this is named

open-loop operation.

The parameters listed in Table 4.7-2 and 4.7-3 representemissions, and emission characteristics of a single Thermal Unit and a single

HRSG source. respectively. Emissions from the Thermal Unit stack are listed

for two operating conditions: (1) with 80 percent SO- control efficiency, and

(2) without SO2 control. The control equipment of SO- gas is a lime injection

scrubber which is described in detail in Section 5.7. Emissions from the HRSG

stack are listed for the situations that natural gas or diesel oil are used as fuel for

the turbine generators of the combine cvcle blocks.

Concerning oxides of nitrogen (NOx) emissions, theT.AAQS are set up on the basis of nitrogen dioxide (NO,)) not for NOx. Whileemission rates on NOx are expressed as NO- equivalent, the actual NO,

component of the emission is only 5-10 percent of the stack discharge (refer to

U.S.EPA , June and September; The Combustion Engineering Inc..Combustion, 1981; and the Argonne National Laboratory, March 1983). Theremainder, which has a lower environmental effect and is primarily nitric oxide

(NO). is then gradually oxidized in the atmosphere to NO2 . The reactionbetween NO and Ozone (O3) is generallv the most important means ofconverting NO to NO,) particularly in non-urban areas where the reactionsbetween NO and organic radicals, produced in heavy polluted areas, are notsignificant (Wagner, 1989; and U.S.EPA. June 1980). Thus, to estimate themaximum one hour NO2 concentration caused by the source it is not fair toconservatively assume that NOx emissions are 100 percent N02, particularly

for a large source like the RPPP. This is supported bv the evidences as follows.

- The maximum ground level concentrations (GLC) of

NO- recorded over a long time period at monitoring sites around Map-Ta-Phud

Industrial Estate Area by the Pollution Control Department (PCD) are much

lower than the predicted concentrations which are based on the conservative

assumption that NO\ imissions (from all sources in the complex) are 100

percent NO,.

- Results of the modelling studv indicate that the I-hour

average maximum GLC resulting from the operation of the RPPP is expected at

a distance approximately 1.5 km from the source under a wind speed of 2 rn/s.

This means that it takes only about 25 minutes for the plume after being emitted

from the stack to reach the ground impingement spot where the maximum GLC

4-27

TABLE 4.7-2SOURCE DATA FOR DISPERSION MODELING IN CASE

OF THERBMAL POWER UNIT.*

Pararneter Natural Gas Fuel Oil(Pure CH4 ) (2% S)

- Stack height (m) 150 150- Stack diameter (m) 7.0 7.0- Stack gas temperature (celcius) 129 129- Exhaust gas flow rate (m3 /s) 1.070 1,050- Exhaust gas flow velocity (m/s) 28.0 27.3- SO2 emission (g/s)** - 368- NOx emission as NOz (g/s)*** 220 253- TSP emission (g/s) 5 9- CO emission (g/s) 42 40

Note (*) Values are appropriate for one 700 MW unit.(**) With 80 percent SOz Control efficiency.

(***) Assume NO2 emission constitutes 20% of total NOx emission.

4-28

TABLE 4.7-3SOURCE DATA DISPERSION MODELING IN

CASE OF CONIBINED CYCLE UNIT.*

Parameter Natural Gas Diesel(Pure CH4) (0.25% S)

- Stack height (m) 35 35- Stack diameter (m)

- CTG ** 5.79 5.79- HRSG *** 5.5 5.5

- Stack gas temperature (celcius)- CTG 607 602- HRSG 103 128

- Exhaust gas flow rate (m3/s) 486.48 496.32- Exhaust gas flow velocity (m/s)

- CTG (bypass case) 54.8 57.2- HRSG (normal case) 26.88 29.2

- S02 emission (g/s) - 74.81- NOx emission as NO2 (g/s)**** 76.67 81.86- TSP emission (g/s) 1.9 3.8- CO emission (g/s) 8 11

Note (*) Values are appropriate for one 200 MW Combusion Turbine.(**) CTG = Combustion Turbine Generator.(***) HRSG = Heat Recovery Steam Generator.(****) Assume N02 emission constitutes 20 % of total NOx emission

4-29

taken place. Within such a short period like this the complete conversion of NOto be N0 2 is not expected.

U.S. EPA recognized the over-much conservative nature ofthe assumption of total conversion of NO to N0, and accordingly EPA hassuggested several approaches in past years which result in more realisticestimates of N02 concentration, particulariy for potential (less then 3-houraverages) ambient standards, periodically considered by EPA. These approachesinclude the use of partial conversion, exponential decay, ozone limiting, and theuse of complex relative plume models. Under present conditions. the use of anozone limiting factor seems to hold the most promise for providing morerealistic (less conservative) N02 extimates. The U.S. EPA ozone limitingmethod is conducted as follows:

(1) A standard dispersion model is used to calculate themaximum NOx concentration.

(2) The maximum NOx concentration is separated intotwo components:

a) the portion initially emitted as N02,conservatively assumed to be 10 percent of the maximum NOx concentration.

b) the remaining NO subject to conversion by 03,or 90 percent of the maximum NOx concentration.

(3) If the 03 concentration is greater than the NOconcentration from 2b, then assume that all of the NO is converted to N0O.Then the maximum N02 concentration equals the maximum NOxconcentration.

(4) If the 03 concentration is less than the NOconcentration from 2b, then the maximum N02 concentration equals the 03concentration plus the N02 concentration from 2a.

(5) The N0O concentration calculated above is added tothe background N0O concentration to arrive at the final N02 impact

The Trinity Consultant Inc. (a well known U.S. consultingcompany in air quality modelling) in its "Practical Guide to DispersionModelling', which is a document for a training program, indicates that :(1) ifthe source is located in an urban area it is assumed that 10 percent of NOx isN02 (2) if the source is located in a rural area it should be assumed 20 percentof NOX is N02. The remainder of te calculations are the sarjie as the U..DA

ozone limiting method.

4-30

Based on the above information it is reasonable to modelthe NO-) concentration in the impacted area for RPPP by the U.S. EPA Ozone

Limiting Method with the assumption that 20 (twenty) percent of NOX emissionoccurs as NO- As indicated above. the Ozone Limiting Method requiressome indication of the ambient 03 concentrations in the project vicinity. Sincethe field investigation to determine the existing levels of air pollutants in the

impact area (Section 3.7) had not included ozone in the operation a short-term

(three days) monitoring program was initiated during June 9 to 11 to provide

this information. It was found that the one hour average concentrations of 03

were in a range of non-detectable to 10 u-g/m.

v) Scenariosfor Air Qualint Modelling

In order to predict and assess impact from the proposedRPPP. three different operating scenarios for the power generation facility wereevaluated.

1) Normal Operation of the RPPP. This scenarioconsiders that the thermal units operate with 80 percent SO2 control efficiencvwhile the turbine generators of the combine cycle blocks burn natural gas as

fuel.

2) Abnormal Operation No. 1 of the RPPP: This isthe scenario that the thermal unit(s) operate without flue gas desulfurization

(FGD) svstem (due to the control unit(s) failing to operate) while the combinedcycle blocks operate normallv.

3) Abnormal Operation No.2 of the RPPP: Thisscenario considers that the therrmal units are normallv operated with the FGD

system but the turbine generators of the combined cycle blocks burn diesel oil

(with S content 0.25 percent as fuel).

Modelling Results and Impact Assessment.In order to assess the impact from the operation of the

RPPP the predicted GLC of the primary concerned pollutants (SO- and N02 )

were compared with the TAAQS. However, it is important to note that all

concentrations obtained from the prediction based on modeling are above

ambient. This means that when comparing the results to the TAAQS,

background values should first be added to the predicted concentrations. As

discussed previously the assessment of NO, by the Ozone Limiting Method

also needs data of background concentration of 03.

4-31

In keeping with a bounding calculation. the highesiobserved background measured in the impacted area (Subsection 3.7.4) shouldbe used as background concentration. The background concentrations of SO:.NO? and 03 used in this impact assessment are listed in Table 4.7-4

TABLE 4.7-4BACKGROUND LENVELS OF S02, N02 AND 03 WITHIN

THE IMPACTED AREA AROUND THE RPPP

Pollutant Background Level (ug/m3r) l1-h Avg. 24-h Avg. I -yr Avg.

SOz. 17.7* 15.2** 6.2***NOz 21 .2** - -

03 10.0****

Note: * Estimated value obtained from multiplying the maximum observed 24-h averageconcentration by the ratio of (Max.N02 1-h average)/ (Max. N02 24-h average)

observed in the 8-month field monitoring.** . Maximum observed value in the 8-month field monitoring.

*** Average value from 8-month field monitoring data.

*8** Maximum observed value from the short-term field study.

4-32

I) Impacts During Normal Operation of the RPPP

Comparisons of the primarv concerned poliutant

concentrations to the Reference Thai Ambient Air Qualitv Standards (TAAQS)

for normal plant operation are illustrated in Table 4.7-5. Discussions on the

major points of the findings are as follows:

1.1 Sulfur Dioxides Gas (S0)The highest and the second highest 1-h average

ground level concentrations (GLC) of SO- gas are predicted to be 766.56

,Ig/m3 and 740.13 IAg/im3 respectively. Thev are expected at the same area

which is 1.5 km. in the east of the reference point (the No. 1 thermal power unit

stack). Since the 1-h average background concentration of SO- is 17.7 pig/m3

therefore, the maximum 1-h average of total SO- is 784.26 ug/m3 and the

second highest 1-h average of total SO- is 757.83 ug/m3 . It is noted that the

maximum GLC is a little bit higher than the interim TAAQS for SO? at I-h

average (780.0 pig/m3 ). However, conclusions shall be based on the U.S EPA

practice that an ambient air quality standards is not violated if the standard shall

not be exceeded more than once a year. Since the second highest 1-h average

GLC of total SO2 gas (757.83 ug/m3) is lower than the corresponding

standard (780.0 .Lg/m3). it can be concluded that for S02 1-h average

concentrations violation of the TAAQS does not occur.

The 24-h average maximum GLC of SO-

contributed by the proposed RPPP is 86.0 j.g/m3 expected at a distance about

3.0 km. in the north. While the maximum annual average GLC of the gas is

predicted to be 12.89 .tg/m3 occurred at approximately 3.53 km. in the north.

The figures when combined with the corresponding background concentrations

of 15.22 ptg/m3 and 6.2 ptg/m3 give the expected total concentrations of 101.2 At

g/m3 for 24-h average, and 19.09 ug/m3 for annual average. These

concentrations when gauged against the TAAQS (300 ug/m3 for 24-h average.

and 100 pLg/m3 for annual average) they are approximately 33.7 and 19.1

percent of the standards.

Concentrations of SO-2 expected at the 24 discrete

sensitive receptors are listed in Table 4.7-6, it is noted that they are well below

the TAAQS.

Thus it can be concluded that in respect to SO2 gas

the air quality impact caused by the proposed RPPP during normal operation

with maximum production capacity is at on acceptable level.

4-33

TABLE 4.7-5

COMPARISONS OF S02 AND N02 CONCENTRATIONS TO TIIE

REFEIRENCE TIIAI AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

Concentration (_g/m3)Item S02 Gas N02 Gas

I -h Avg. 24-h Avg. I-yr Avg. I-h Avg.

Normal Operation- 1'redicte(d Max GlC 766.56 86.00 12.89 148.53

- Max. Backgrounldl GLC 17.70 15.20 6.20 21.20

- Total Gl C 784.26 101.20 19.09 169.73

- 1AAQS 780.00 300.00 100.00 320.00

Abnorimial Operation No.1- 1'redicted Max GLC 1629.50* N.P.** N.P.** 148.53

- Max. Background GLC 17.70 15.20 6.20 21.20

- Total GLC 1647.20 - 169.73

- TAAQS 780.00 300.00 100.00 320.00

Abnormal Operation No.2

- I'redicted Max GLC 976.46 122.33 N.P.** 151.46

- Max. Background GLC 17.70 15.20 6.20 21.20

- Total GLC 994.16 137.53 172.66

-TIAAQS 780.00 300.00 100.00 320.00

Note * Predictioln in case of failure of FGD systemIl of one themilial power unit.

** N.P. = No I'rediction

TABLE 4.7-6r'n-%NTrr-lrr'- n m -nl-'aCONCENRAT -1 I 0NS O F I' SO2 GYAS EXP E CTE D A T

DISCRETE SENSITIVE RECEPTORS

Receptors Name Location (m) Predicted Concentration (.sg/m3)X Y I1-h Avg. 24-h Avg. 1-yr. Avg.

1 Ban bang Krado* 2300 6500 247.1 31.8 5.62. Ban Chao Nua** 2300 400 358.6 40.1 2.13. Ban Don Mot-Tanoi*** 5000 -200 279.2 48.6 3.64. Ban Kiong Kae**** -3700 -5500 234.7 34.1 3.55. Bang Krado School 1400 7200 299.3 43.8 6.46. Ban Mai Tai 4000 4600 263.4 41.4 3.97. Ban Rai-l 3700 4000 269.2 47.9 4.28. Wat Ban Rai School 3700 3000 309.2 85.4 5.09. Ban Rai-2 4000 2600 261.9 56.4 4.310. Ban Hua Sanun 2700 1300 332.6 54.9 3. 411 Wat Rai Chana Ram 380 3300 286.7 78.1 4.812. Wat Tha Rua -2900 -3100 243.9 42.1 3.513. Ban Nong Kai Kao School 5000 -3200 185.5 22.4 0.314. Wat mai Rat Satthatharn 2300 -3200 271.0 28.1 0.6

15. Wat Amphawan -700 -4200 316.7 61.4 2.216. Ban Bang Lang -1200 -2800 483.1 56.6 3.517. wat Phikun Thong -1500 -1900 369.9 42.5 3.518. Ban Lak Patak -2000 -600 541.5 51.3 2.019. Ban Sam Ruan -2600 -100 340.6 43 6 2.620. ban Nai Khu -2800 700 312.5 25.5 1.121. Wat Tha Makham -3800 2600 242.2 30.6 1.022. Wat Don Sai -2700 4100 244.5 37.0 2.123. Ban Khok Khram -3000 2000 298.1 36.5 1.124. Ban Chuk Maphrao -3400 1000 262.8 25.3 0.9Note: * Air Quality Sampling Site No. I

Air Quality Sampling Site No. 2



4-35

The concentration contoured as isopleths are shownin Figures 4.7-1, 4.7-2 and 4.7-3 for 1-h average, 24-h average and annual

average, respectively. ISCST printout of the detailed results are provided in

Appendix I.

1.2 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2 )

The proposed project shall cause the increasing ofN0 2 levels within the area as much as 148.53 Igg/m3 for 1-h average. When

combined with the background concentration of 21.2 Atg/m3 the resulting totalconcentration is 169.73 Aig/m3. The maximum total concentration is

approximately 53 per cent of the TAAQS for N0 2 (320 [Lg/m3). Concentrations

of the gas predicted at 24 discrete sensitive receptors are shown in Table 4.7-7.

Based on the fimdings it is believed that the impactto air quality due to N0 2 contributed by the RPPP during normal operation with

full-load is also acceptable.

Plotted in Figure 4.7-4 are the isopleths of NO2 inthe affected area. Detailed results in the form of ISCST printouts are also

provided in Appendix I.

2) Impact During Abnormal Operation No.] of the RPPP

In this scenario it is assumed that the thermal power unit(s)is operated without an FGD system. Thus, the concerned pollutant in the

situation is SO2 only. Four simulation experiments were conducted to

investigate the SO2 concentrations within the affected area if one, two, three,

or four FGD system (s) would stop finctioning.

Results of the study are summarized in Table 4.7-8 below.

TABLE 4.7-8 PREDICTED MAXIMUM GLC OF S0 2 IN AFFECTED AREA

DURING ABNORMAL OPERATION NO.1 OF RPPP

Failure of FGD system occur to Max. GLC 1-h Avg. ( tg/m3 )

1. one thermal power unit. 1629.5

2. two thermal power units. 2483.0

3. three thermal power units. 3191.04 four thermal nower units. 3827.1

Note FGD = Flue Gas Desulfurization

The findings reveal that if the FGD system of only a single

thermal power unit would fail to perform, the maximum GLC of the gas in the

4-36

iD Dv IT 0L

v Ct - E . o . o ,, , o 1_

Wet nS

ElWai Bin

WaL Tba Makhim

/~~~~~~4 ' *5 * * 97 * 9.10IWl la

FIGURE 4.7-2 PREDICTED MAX.GLC OF SO2 24-El AVERAGE IN

AFFECTED AREA CAUSED BY NORMAL OPERATION OF

THLE RPPP

4-38

9 2~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~ >

07 Banht,

06 xD We Bbt <3> XW Chan'a.

* I~~~

Wat ITh / aLham

)~~~~~ / fuk 1 ' l ' *9

04

.~~~~lu / 6// phmh+n w

L~~~~ :l< 0 L. 1 7@99

FIGURE 4.7-3 PREDICTED MAX.GLC OF SO2 AlNNUAL AVERAGE TN

AFFECTED AREA CAUSED BY NTORMIAL OPERATION OF

THE RPPP

4-39

*X ;2 : 3 ' BUII7A< XM -07 / /\\ BzLn M;hz Wat Lon SarX / / / \ \ 4 /:

-06

f~~~~: aMphrao * |I1\\/ I :

W9a / eyXifh nka01~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\ > / t ! /\tMiFta un \ ng

, < 6 | e \/ BLswanA \ / l |an

22

FIGURE 4.7-4 PREDICTED MAX.GLC OF N02 1-H AVERAGE IN

AFFECTED AREA CAUSED BY NORNIAL OPERATION OF

THE RPPP

4-40

TABLE 4.7-7fClO NC E Nf T RA T iONS F' T .GA S E,Y'P E CTrE'D A

DISCRETFE SENSITIVE RECEPTORS

Receptors Name Location (m) Predicted Concentration (,&g/m3)X Y I-h Average

1. Ban bang Krado* 2300 6500 50.98

2. Ban Chao Nua** 2300 400 76.433. Ban Don Mot-Tanoi*** 5000 -200 56.454. Ban Klong Kae* * * -3700 -5500 52.82

5. Bang Krado School 1400 7200 57.056. Ban Mai Tai 4000 4600 49.797. Ban Rai- 1 3700 4000 49.318. Wat Ban Rai School 3700 3000 60.669. Ban Rai-2 4000 2600 50 7110. Ban Hua Sanun 2700 1300 61.1211. Wat Rai Chana Ram 380 3300 58.0512. Wat Tha Rua -2900 -3100 52.5013. Ban Nong Kai Kao School 5000 -3200 44.9314. Wat rnai Rat Satthatham 2300 -3200 44.3615. Wat Amphawan -700 -4200 60.9116. Ban Bang Lang -1200 -2800 78.1617. wat Phikun Thong -1500 -1900 100.4418. Ban Lak Patak -2000 -600 12S.6119 Ban Sam Ruan -2600 -100 79.6620. ban Nai Khu -2800 700 60.6421. Wat Tha Makham -3800 2600 45.9722. Wat Don Sai -2700 4100 53.8623. Ban Khok Kh-am -3000 2000 51.2624. Ban Chuk Mlaphrao -3400 1000 59.26Note: * Air Quality Sampling Site No. I

** Air Quality Sampling Site No. 2

tAir Quality Sampling Site No.


4-41

affected area could exceed the interim 1-h average standard (780.0

tg/m3). Thus, in order to prevent significant impact to air quality, it is

necessary to shut down that thermal power plant unit soon after its FGD system

stopped functioning.Iol-2fS conraelons withi he area dnn

failure of the FGD system of the thermal power unit are illustrated in Figure

4.7-5. ISCST printout for the case are provided in Appendix I.

3) Impact During Abnormal Operation No. 2 of the RPPP

As mentioned previously, this scenario considers that

thermnal power units are normally operated with the FGD systems. But the

turbine generators of the combined cycle blocks bum diesel oil which has sulfur

content 0.25 per cent as flue instead of natural gas. It can be seen that under this

operating situation SO2 emission from the HRSG stacks increase from trace to

74.81 g/s, while NOx emissions are from 76.67 Lig/rn3 to 81.86 gis.The simulation runs demonstrate that the predicted 1-h,

and 24-h averages max. GLC of SO- are 976.46 jLg/mi3 and 112.33 jiglm3,

respectively. The predicted maximum 1-h average concentration of NO2 is

151.56 jig/m3 which is only about 2 per cent higher than the max. GLC under

the normal operation of RPPP. Based on the findings conclusion can be made

that the abnormal operation no.2 causes violation of short- term (1-h average)

standard for S0 2 (780.0 jig/m 3 ). While the 24-h average max. GLC of S0 2 and

the 1-h average max.GLC of NO2 are well below their TAAQS (300

jig/m3 for S02 and 320 jig/rn3 for N0 2 ).

Isopleths of S02 concentrations for the case are plotted in

Figure 4.7-6. Detailed of the prediction results in the form of ISCST printout

are presented in Appendix I.

Simulation experiments were attempted to solve this

problem. It was found that in order to keep the 1-h average max.GLC of SO2

within the TAAQS (780.0 jig/mr3 ) under this abnormnal operation, one of the

thermnal units must be shut down throughout the period. This is a trade off

between 700 MW of electricity lost from the shut down of a thermal power unit

with the 1800 MW gained from the three combined cycle blocks.

4-42

T 2 / 9 4 5 1a \ ' 99

Ban Mai TM

07 Don S07 \\

/ / / \ \ +4i ~~~~~~~~Chana Ram

-06 0\\

4? Wa±B /Rai School

aT'ha Makham

$4 04~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4

Ban Cu N4aphr.

.0 V\94 ol-oo~~~~~a Na xh /J aX

-00~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0

-00 l; WS Mss Rat Slhalhtn T

g~~~~~ g/ Lan' 99T

52 t 5 /X\8 99 9T / 91~~~81 59

FIGURE 4.7-5 ISOPLETHS OF MAXIMUM GLC OF S02 WITHIN THE AREA DURING

ABNORMAL OPERATION NO.1 OF THE RPPP

4-42/1

27 / 5 / / X / = \ X~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Wal Rai Chana,

4 , g % t X B11s5XLn . °!~~~~~~~~Bn Ri

W at T" 0 0t>\\;-

01 ( \ * At- /N iiKh

t t \ 520 mhiku Tbong

oc \1 Iz1 vAo-

99 < / - b0/\ / s /* [ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~99-> f ;s/ \^tai Rt~~~~~~~RmSatthfuJ

. R | \\/ ~~~~~Wei Amphaw ;\|

0 | < / t\ _/|K~~~~~~~M| 2KM 3M

FIGURE 4.7-6 ISOPLETHS OF MAXIMUM GLC OF S02 WITIHIN THE AREA DURING

ABNORM-AL OPERATION NO.2 OF THE RPPP

4-42/2

4.8 Environmental Noise


During the construction period it is expected that there wvill be 2major groups of noise sources: the construction processes. and setting and

testing of the plant machinery. The impact assessment for each group isdescribed as follows

4.8.1.1 Noise from Construction ProcessesThe majoritv of noise sources xvill be from the site equipment such

as piling equipment , bulldozer. crane. compressor. generator, drills, saws.

concrete breaker. hand tools. etc. These can produce noise levels in the range of75-140 dBA dependind on the type of equipment used. The noise level fromthese sources is estimated from equation 4.8.1 and the results are shown tn table4.8. 1.

rp2= Lpn -20 log R2 . 1

where Lpi = noise level at distance R2 (im.) (dBA)

Lpl noise level at distance R1 (m.) (dBA)

TABLE 4.8.1 MAXIMUNI NOISE LEVEL AT VARIOUS DISTANCESFROM THE CONSTRUCTION AREA

Distance from noise source in Noise level (dBA)construction process (km.)

1.0 80

1.8 75

3.2 705.6 65

10.0 60

17.8 55

The impact assessment of the construction works suggests that itmav cause a direct negative impact to the people who reside within the radius ofI km. from the plant site (Ban Moo 4, 5 and 6 of Phikun Thong district). At adistance greater than the radius of 5.6 km. from noise sources, the maximum

4-43

noise level is not expected to be significant due to the homogenization of the

existing noise.

Another noise source from the construction work is the pipe

clearing which is a necessary step in the later phase of construction. The pipe-

clearing activities can release noise levels of more than 15 ] dBA (reference

from Figure 4.8-1). The noise is discontinuously released over a 15 days period,

approximately. However, if the proper "silencer" is used in this process, an

adverse impact should not occur.

4.8.1.2 Setting and Testing of the Plant MachineryThe significant noise sources are derived from the releasing of the

valves. The noise level varies with pressure level. For instance at the Thermal

Plant of Bangpakong Power Plant, the noise level is in the range 109 to 116

dBA according to the pressure of 195 to 213 bar respectively (50 m. from

source).

Using the equation 4.8.1. it is found that the receptors within theradius of 3.1 km. from the plant site may receive a noise level more than 80

dBA, and the receptors at the distance of 3.1 km. to. 5.6 km. may receive a noise

level ranging from 75-80 dBA. However, the valve release process will occur

over a short period of 3 to 5 minutes per time only. Thus. the proper social

measures should be the best way to mitigate the impact in this case.


- In general, the operation period should not create an adverse noiseimpact to the environment. The engineering design specifies that the noise level

at 1 m. from generator is 85 dBA according to the international standard. Thus.

using equation 4.8.1, it is shown that the noise level is estimated to be 55 dBA

at 32 m. from the source. Besides this, the isobel value (dBA) of both the

thermal plant and the combined cycle units of Ratchaburi Power Plant that was

estimated by Black & Veatch (1994) is not more than 65 dBA at 1.0 km. around

the center of the plant site area. Therefore, the noise impact is not significant.

However "blowdown" in the process shouldn't be ignored. For

instance, a noise level higher than 105 dBA (50 m. from source) was released

from the thernal plant of Bangpakong Powver Plant during the process of

blowdown" and could also occur at the Ratchaburi Power Plant. According to

equation 4.8.1. the receivers within the radius of 0.9 km. from the plant site may

receive a noise level higher than 80 dBA and may be considered an adverse

4-44

impact. Nevertheless, the process of blowdown does not occur all the time . It

occurs only in the earlier step of establishing the power plant or in the case of

the quality of water in boiler not meeting the required level, and the noise level

is not extremely high. Good relations with the people around the plant site is

extremely important to solve this problem.

Besides these, loud noise can be released from soot blow process.

So, it may cause noise impact to the receptor too.

4-45

~3120~i115

- l

110105

95a-..90

-E 85c:3 80

Cl) 75CM CD 0) N- L~O~ 00 1 ~ (- ) i C N fLO

- - - N N N °'1 nm C

TIME ( minutes

FIGURE 4.8-1 NOISE LEVEL OF COMBINED CYCLE UNITS OF KANORM POWER PLANTIN CLEARING PIPE PROCESS (45 MINUTES, LOW PRESSURE)

(DATA WERE COLLECTED ON SEPTEMBER. 1994)

4-46

4.9 Seismology


Due to the fact that almost all of the earthquakes are naturally

occurring, no one knows when the earthquakes will occur. Therefore, it is very

difficult to identify the impacts of seismology on the project. However, it can

be anticipacted that the impacts of shock waves and vibrations from seismicactivity to the project during the construction period are insignificant to lowbecause there is no potential earthquake zone nearby to cause a hazard to the

plant foundations.


The results from present available geological date and surfacegeology investigation indicated that the area for the proposed plant site isconsiderably stable and has a strong enough foundation to support the

constnrction and o-eration of the power plant and associated facitities. In

addition, no zone of moderate to large scale fault of any potential for structural

failure by slumping or sliding has been observed within this area.

However, the stability of the foundations may be subject to

external factors, such as shock waves and vibrations from major seismic

activity. Even though there has been no seismic epicenter located in Thailand,

shock waves and vibrations generated from epicenters outside the country may

activate weak zones of the foundations and cause failure.

From the data currently available, the frequency of the number of

occurrences and each magnitude of earthquakes occurring in Thailand are

shown in Table 3.9-1 and Table 3.9-2. Nearly 90% of historical earthquakes

recorded in Thailand had a magnitude of less than 4. The largest quake

instrumentally recorded occurred on 15 and 22 April 1983 at Kanchanaburi

province. Its Richter magnitude was 5.8. It caused widespread panic and some

damage to buildings in several sections of the felt area situated

4-47

in the central plain of Thailand. However, there was no any record of any large

earthquake causing severe damage and causalties in this area before. The

closest epicenter of an earthquake event ever recorded was approximately 200

kilometers from the study area. Therefore, it can be concluded that the impacts

of seismiology on the project might be in the range of I-VII (slight damage to

buildings ) of the Modified Mercalli Scale.

However, the bedding structures and the power plant materials has

been designed for retaining the earthquake of the first zone (Zone 1) as

standardization requirement.

4-48

4.10 Aquatic Ecology and Fisheries


The project site is located about 5 km from the Mae Klong River.and thus direct impact on the river will be minimal. Construction activities maycause some short-term impacts on inland water qualitv. However, domesticwastewater from contruction camps will be treated by septic system pnor toseepa,ge through the soil or drainage into the canals and stream. It is anticipatedthat the pretreated wastewater will prevent contamination of pathogens,nutrients and chemicals into the waterway.


1) 7hermal Polluition: The temperature of the cooling water willbe raised 8-1IOC in the power plant cooling system, but after being passedthrough the cooling tower the temperature of the water will be reduced to about36 0C. The water from the cooling tower will flow to the water reservoir forfurther temperature reduction for recycling in the power plant. Approximately

28.000 cu.mn/d of coolihg water will be discharged into the Mae Khlong River.The discharged water, which is to be passed through the cooling tower and thewater reservoir, will have a temperature close to the natural water and withinthe maximum allowable limit of the industrial standard. The impact of thermalpollution of the power plant discharge into the aquatic biological system of theMae Khlong River can be considered to be mimimal.

2) Yastei'ater Polluiuon: According to the EGAT's plan, allhousehold wastewater and discharged effuent from the power plant will bepretreated by neutralization of acidic and/or alkaline wastewaters and by septicsvstem. Thus. the quality of the wastewaters discharged into the naturalwaterway will meet the industrial effluent standard.

3) Direct Impact to the Biological System in the Vfae Klong RiverEGAT plans to extract about 2.38 m3 /sec. of water from the Mae Khlong

River for power plant cooling system. Water extraction will certainly entrainsome planktonic organisms and young or larvae of aquatic animals. From ourstudv, the density of planktonic organisms in the Miae Khlong River is between23.17-158.6 x 108 cell/m3 , thus only a small proportion of planktonic

4-49

organisms in the river will be affected by the cooling system (Table 3.10-8).

Moreover, the planktonic organisms have a very short reproduction penrod. thus

the lost population will be replaced within a short penrod of time providing that

the quality of water remains unchanged.

In order to prevent young or larvae of the aquatic animals from

being entrained into the water cooling system, we suggest that water should notbe extracted directly from the river. and that an iron net. with mesh size 0.5 cm

or less, should be used to prevent young or small animals to be sucked into the

water pipe. With all these findings and preventive measures we anticipate thatthe impact on aquatic biology in the Mae Klong River wil probably be minimal.

4-50

4.11 Forest and Wildlife

Without the project. it is assumed that the present conditions of plantsand animals will continue to slowly degrade as a result of the gradual increasein the number of business places and roads. It is not expected that the humanpopulation will increase in the area significantly, but the amount of land filledwill probably increase. Tree cover should stay the same or increase. Waterquality will be degraded near heavily used roadways and industrialized areas.especiallv south of the site, due to oil and household waste pollution. In areasnot directly impacted by industrialization, however, there is no reason for thenumber of birds and other animals to decrease, providing there are no greatchanges in land use in the area. The birds that occur in the area are typical ofopen field and marsh habitats, and also of ponds and canals. The two largeheron species. however. are somewhat shv of humans and could decline if thelarge open fields north and east of Wat Pikun Thong are converted to moreintensive use or are encroached upon. We should not expect the streams andcanals to become more polluted than they now are. At present, these streamsare somewhat eutrophic (overproductive with aquatic weeds and floatingvegetation) and harbor many species of birds.

In assessing the impacts of the project, these will be divided into thefollowing categories:

(1) direct loss of habitat due to plant construction(2) disturbance of wildlife (primarity birds) near the plant due to

normal project activity

(3) effects of gaseous emissions on plants and wildlife(4) effects of thermal and other aquatic pollution, which will

indirectly affect birds which live on waterways

(5), effects of increase in human settlement and supportingindustry around the site. This needs to be projected in order to evaluatesurrounding environmental effects.

In assessing the probable effects of the project, the following

assumptions will be made.(1) Approximately 1 km2 of the site will be filled or otherwise

destroyed due to plant construction, access roads, parking, etc.(2) The remaining area of the site will retain its vegetative cover

and soil, and will not be directly impacted physically except for new accessroads. It will be affected by the sight and sounds caused by the plant, andcould have its water drainage pattern altered.

4-51

(3) No severe water pollution will be caused by the plant itself.

Pollutants will not be released directlv into the small streams draining the site.

(4) Chemical air pollution (i.e., sulfur oxides) will not be severe,

but if not completely controlled, could kill some vegetation downwind of the

site.(5) The most far-reaching, environmental impacts may not be

due to the plant itself, but to the growth of the local population of workers and

service personnel within a 5-km radius of the site. This general development

will cause degradation of the present rural character of the Pikun Thong area

and will result in gradual loss of habitats for animals, and pollution of aquatic

environments. Unless the population changes in the area as a consequence of

plant development can be predicted, it will be difficult to carry out an accurate

impact assessment.


The construction of the Ratchaburi Power Plant Project will

produce a number of adverse effects on wildlife in the project area, as follows:

a) Increase vehicular traffic. This will cause increased noise and

ground vibrations around the site, and some increase in air pollution. The noise

will probably be the most disturbing factor for wildlife - primarily birds - in the

area. The effect of this will be temporary.

b) Noise and vibrations from construction. This may at times be

severe, but will also be temporary. Noise will scare large birds and drive them

several hundred meters farther away. Small birds will probably not be affected.

c) Construction of access roads. Such roads will cross the outer

"buffer zone" and its marshes, and may impede or prevent natural water flow.

This could affect the natural water level and drainage patterns of the marsh.

d) Incidental pollution. Possible spills of fuel, oil from

machinery, cleaning agents, etc., could damage life in the waterways and

marshes around the project site.

4-52


a) Increase in human population resident near the site. The

villages may expand and new developments will exist around the site. adding to

all types of disturbance of the habitats.b) Noise from plant operation. This will not be as severe as

during the construction period, but may prevent large sensitive species of birds

from using the buffer zone for feeding and nesting.

c) Roadways impeding nonnal flow or drainage of water in

surrounding marshes and canals.d) Pollution due to discharge of fuels, cleaning agents or other

chemicals into marshes and canals around the site.

Summary of ImpactsOverall, the project will eliminate some good open field and

marsh habitat utilized by several large and colorful bird species and disturb the

birds in the surrounding area. These species are not yet endangered, but their

habitats are becoming more disturbed and uncommon in the Central Plain.They included, especially:

Little CormorantGrav HeronPurple Heron

Intermediate Egret

Eastern Marsh-HarrierPied Harrier

Blue-breasted Quail

Watercock

Bronze-winged Jacana

Black-winged Stilt

These species prefer mostly large open areas that are relatively

free of houses and human work sites.

It should be emphasized that the most important or rare birds on

the site are not of species living in shrubs or trees, or in canals, but species of

large open fields and marshes. Therefore, an effort should be made to conserve

such habitat. The field/marsh habitats also have the greatest diversity of

species in the area. There are no species, however, which are endangered and

which would be greatly threatened by implementation of project, so far as is

known at present.

4-53

4.12 Landuse


There are 6 main components of the power plant construction:

pipeline, road transmission line, raw water pipeline. wastewater pipeline and the

plant building. The potential impacts on landuse are that the 6 components of

the project will permanently replace the present landuse tvpes , namely rice

fields, shrimp farms and others. The communities nearby the plant site and

along the pipe line and paved road will have 3 major impacts: noise. vibration

and dust diffusion.Moreover, the areas nearby the power plant, paved road and pipe

line, especially within a radius of 5 km. may have indirect impacts in terms ofthe increasing or decreasing land prices in the case that the project induces otherdevelopment to the area or on the contrary induces negative impacts to the area.

Those positive or negative impacts will lead to changes in the size, location and

density of the communities in the study area and also in the land price. Theplant site has been zoned by the Department of Town and Country Planning as

an intensive agricultural area in the year 2001. but it may be impossible to

enforce this.


Electricity is essential source of energy for the communities and

economic activities in the study area. When the field study was conducted, the

electricity network covered every tambon in the study area but did not cover

every household. Moreover, the electricity service is frequently interruptedwhen it rains or when strong winds blow. Therefore, when the power plant

begins operating the supply of electricity to the communities should improve.

On the other hand, when the power plant starts to operate, it may

cause air and water pollution, secondary development of the local economy and

infrastructure, and resource depletion.

Air pollution is mainly caused bv NOx and S02 emissions which

will lead to acid deposition in the area. Water pollution is mainly caused by

chemicals in the waste water and by thermal discharges. Air and water pollution

may reduce the quality of life of the peopie in the communities and cause

damage to the forest as well as agricultural products in the area. However,

4-54

EGAT has already established a plan to control emission of those toxic gases

and was[e water.Development of the local economv and infrastructure mav cause

an increase in the number of factories and communities and lead to shortagees oflabor in the agricultural sector.

Resource depletion in the area could include water shortage andintrusion of saline water especially in the dry season which will lead to crop

failure. To solve this problem EGAT xvill collect site rainfall runoff . However.

the studv on the wvater consumption of the power plant revealed that the

operation of the poxver plant wvill not cause a water shortage.

4-55

4.13 Agriculture


With the construction of the nplnt site, the exnanded road, and the

pipe line some of the agricultural areas will be replaced permanently. The

disappearance of these rice fields in the project site will not greatly effect thetotal rice production of Ratchaburi. since this area naturally is often flooded andhas a low yield. However., it is expected that the construction activities willrequire water amounting to I MCM per year or 2,740 CM/day equal to 228times the annual irrigation demand of Mae Klong irrigation project. If all thewater requirement is supplied bv the Mae Klong River it will affect theagricultural area including the fisherv area at the south of the plant site wherethere is a large group of macrobacium farms. These farms will have to move outor give up the business. Moreover. filling up the land for the construction willcause damage to the nearby agricultural area as well as water supply as a result

of erosion and sedimentation.

Besides. the project construction may have an indirect impact onagricultural landuse. as the land price nearbv the three components of theproject will probablv rise and the land will be then sold for other purposes.


When the plant is being operated, air and water pollutionincluding thermal pollution might effect nearbv agricultural production . The

major air pullutants are NOx and SO which will cause acidity in the soil,

atmosphere and water resources. The degree of hazard depends on the

concentration of the gases. Experience from Mae Moh shows that damage fromthe pollution also depends on the type of vegetation: grass and herbs are more

sensitive than the large trees because of the shorter root and sensitive leaves andskin. In the case of fruit trees and tree crops in the study area especially SonPradipat (Casaurinajunghuhina, Miq) these will tend to suffer less damage, not

only because of the longer root but also because its density will help to reducethe concentration and diffusion of the gases. However, the project will use adifferent kind of fuel from Mae Moh composed of much lower sulfur content

and natural gas . Also, the geographic and atmospheric differences between

Mae Moh valley in the north and the flood plain terrain of the project site in thecentral region are other important conditions to distinguish degree of impact.

4-56

Thus. it is expected that any emitted gases from the project will cause much lessda to the. Q Irr mA;oundin- , egetation.

Thermal water from the plant will probably effect the downstream farms. not only the rice fields but also vegetable. fisherv and fruit treefarms. The areas which will suffer the most damage are the areas where fruit

trees and tree crops and macrobacium farms are located.However. EGAT will establish a management plan to control air

and water pollution. as well as cooling tower and holding pond will beconstructed to cool the processed water before release to the receiving water.

This should prevent adverse impacts.

Moreover, there mav be problems of water shortage and intrusionof saline water into the farmns since the major sources of water of the farms arethe irrigation system connected to the Mae Klong river as well as the MaeKlong river directly. When the poxver plant pumps the water from Mae Klongriver to process the plant. it will effect the water supply of the farms and maycause saline water intrusion as has occurred in the dry years. Many kinds ofcrops are sensitive to such problems namely grapes, spodilla, guava etc., andthere are also some kinds of fruit trees which can resist such problems, namely,coconut. But heavv damage could still be intlicted due to the intensive use of

land. However. EGAT plans to collect rainfall to reduce the river waterrequirement. Therefore. the problem will only occur if there is severe and

continuous drought such as the vear before 1985. Good management and

administration of water resources will help to avoid of water shortages when the

plant begins operation.

Regarding the positive impact of the power plant on agriculturalactivities, if the power plant can solve the problem of power shut downs which

adverselv effect vineyards and livestock farms this will help to boost

production.

4-57

4.14 Housing


The construction camp and field construction office are expected

to be located outside the project site as this is the current policy of EGAT. The

construction office is also expected to be located close to the entrance, while the

chosen location of the construction camp is expected to be as close to the project

site as possible. Thus, the construction camp site will probably be settled on

rented land within 1 kilometer somewhere around the site boundary. This will

depend on negotiation between land owners and subcontractors. However, the

camp site is expected to be outside the municipal area and away from any

existing community within 15 km. radius of the project site because of cheaper

rental land price. Approximately 1,000 - 1,700 unskilled laborers during 3.5

years of construction phase would require 300-600 small units of housing. This

kind of housing wiii probably take the form of row- houses comprising many

small units. It is also expected that a sufficient number of larger housing unitswvill be provided for higher level staff on such a large- scale project. Besides,

engineers and other related staff of both EGAT and subcontractors are expectedto stay (on a temporary basis) in existing accommodation such as rental houses

and hotels etc. Therefore, the housing impacts of the construction phase of the

project can be identified as follows:

1) As the construction camp is expected to be located away from

the existing community, its impact on the existing housing stock is considered to

be quite minor. However, the housing density of the effected area will increase

slightly due to the construction of new housing units. According to the tentative

time schedule of civil work for the 4 x 700 power plant units and combined

cycle plants, during 1996-1998, approximately 600 temporary housing units

will be constructed and will affect existing housing density within a 15 km.

radius of the project site as shown in table 4. 14-1

4-58

TABLE 4.14-1

COM,APR,IVSON OF HOUSING DENSITY TREsNDS BETWEEN WITH AND

WITHOUT PROJECT SCENARIO IN THE AREAS STUDIED.

house/sq. km.

year without project with project

1996 1100.15 101.001997 103.62 104.471998 107.09 107.94

2) Construction materials could possibly be washed intosurrounding canals by heavy rainfall . This could lead mainly to a deteriorationof the local drainage system due to increased shallowness.


According to the official policy of EGAT, the number ofpermanent housing units to be constructed will be small and will compriseresidences for a few guests and some operators only. This kind of residence is

expected to locate away from the power plant building within the project site.Regarding transferred officers, expenses for rental houses will be given . Also,local qualified persons will be employed by the power plant as.a first priority.

Therefore, the housing impact caused by the project can be considered

insignificant. However, houses for rent and small commercial units will tend tobe established, particularly in Pikunthong community and the area adjacent to

the project site.

4-59

4.15 Transportation


The construction period of Ratchaburi Power Plant estimated bvBlack & Veatch International is about 3 1/2 years (starting from 1st of May1995 and ending on 1st of January 1999). During this period the estimatedamount of construction equipment, construction material and plant equipment

which has to be transported to the site is approximately 453,900 tons.

This amount is composed of 395,290 tons of constructionequipment and construction material and 24,160 tons of plant equipment for 4 x700 MW thermal units and 12,581 tons of construction material and 21,869tons of plant equipment for 3 x 600 MW combined cycle units.

The construction -equipment and construction material willnormally come from nearby provinces such as Ratchaburi, Nakorn Pathom orBangkok and will be transported to the site by truck using highway no.4 and

Petchakaseam-Damnoensaduak road. Rail transportation is not recommendedfor construction equipment and construction material unless a rail spur isprovided.

Since the estimated amount of construction equipment andconstruction material used for the whole project is 407,871 tons and a 10 wheel

truck can carry a maximum allowable load of 13 tons per truck, the number of

trucks which will be used during the whole construciton period of 3 1/2 year

(1278 days) is 31,375 trucks or an average of 25 trucks per day. However, the

truck utilization will not be equally distributed through out the construction

period. So, it is assumed to be distributed at the rate of 70-100 trucks per day.

Plant equipment has to be transported from Bangkok to the site.The amount of plant equipment is estimated at 46,029 tons. Of this amount,

there are at least 10 extremely larges pieces which are unusual in weight and

dimension. The largest piece of equipment is the the transformer which is 9.4

meters long 6.1, meter high, 3.7 meters wide, and weighing 431 tons. Thisweight and these dimensions could not possibly be accomrmodated by a normal

sized road or rail vehicle nor could it pass under any rail bridge or flyover. So

the only possible mode to transport for this plant equipment is by barge, usingthe Mae Klong River and landino at Wat Tham. Wirot south of Ratchaburi

province which is the nearest landing area to the site and then continuing to the

site by local road as shown on figure 4. 1. The barge used for transporting theplant equipment belongs to the Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand.

4-60

The size of the barge is 49.5 meters long 13 meters wide and 3.5 meter depth.

wneii cari-yiUng loads I up, tons +,-Is barge wi have - drawof. meter

which makes it suitable for use on Mae Klong River.

During the construction period there will be about 1700

nonskilled labourers and 200 engineers from EGAT working on the site. Theseworkers will have to travel to and from the site everyday. So to avoid increase

in traffic volume it is recommended that EGAT and the construction contractor

provide a construction carnp site as close as possible to of the project site and

also provide appropriate transportation for their staff.The earth material which will be used to fill up land for site

preparation and flood protection will come from the excavated material from

the raw water storage reservoir located on site, so no transportation is required

for this material.In summary, during the project construction period, trucks

carrying equipment, material and labour to the site will increase traffic on therelated highway of about 100 heavy truck per day. However, from the standard

design of highway, highway no.4 which 4 lane divided highway has an average

road capacity of about 60,000 vehicles per day while Petchakasem-Damneon

Saduak Road, which is 2 lane highway has an average capacity of about 4,000vehicle per day. Therefore. when campared the road capacity with the present

traffic volume (from traffic count on May 1994) which now called "Without

Project" and traffic volume during the construction period which now called

With Project". The road capacity of those 2 highway still have an exceed

capacityto carry more traffic as shown in Table 4.15-1. From Table 4.15-1 it

can be summarized that the road capacity of highway no.4 is almost 2 times

higher than the traffic volume of "With Project" while Petchakasem-Damneon

Saduak Road the traffic capacity is almost 20% higher than the traffic volume

of "With Project". So it can concluded that the additional traffic volume of 100

heavy trucks per day is not large enough to create a traffic congestion problem.

But, there may be an increase of traffic accidents and traffic disturbance such as

noise and dust and the villages along the Petchakaseam Damnaensaduak road

will be most affected. Also, falling objects from trucks may cause damage or

injury to villagers.

In case of construction period, the road to the project site and the

concerned way will be improved for site preparation that is such useful for the

local people.

4-60/1


The operation period of the power plant will require at least 1,000operators working on a 24 hours basis. This work force will be divided into 4shifts workirg 8 hors per lu`I 3 shifts a day. So in oruuer to Iiiiiliize tLiIetraffic problem it is recommended to provide transportation from and to the sitefor those operators.

Oil and gases used in the power plant will be transported to thesite through a pipeline.

During the operation period, EGAT plan to use line (CalciumHydroxide) in the process of FGD (Fuel Gas Desulferization) to control andminimize S02. The amount of lime used is about 1,056 tons per day. This limewill come from Kao Ta Klow, Ratchabunr Province. This source located about20 kms. Southwest of the power plant site as as shown in Figure 4.15-1. Intransporting lime to the site, the nearest direction is via highway no.4 andPetchakaseam Damnaensaduak road. If using 10 wheel truck which has themaximum allowable load of 13 tons per truck, the number of truck used to carry1,056 tons of lime to the site is about 82 trucks per day.

When combined the number of truck which used to carryoperators and lime to the site it should not be more than 150 trucks per day.Again using road capacity and traffic volume of "With" and "Without Project"from Table 4.15-l it can be concluded that the additional traffic volume duringthe operation period will not any cause traffic traffic congestion problem butmay increase traffic accident rate.

4-61

TABLE 4.15-4

COMPARISION OF ROAD CAPACITY AND 'I'RAFFIC VOLUMEOF IIIGIIWAY

ON WI'TII AND WITIIOtJT PROJECTTraffic Volume (veliicle per dJay) Traflic Capacity (3)

Route Without Project (1) With Project (2) (vehicle per day)

1996 1996

Highway no.4 (22277) 60,000

26955 27C055

Petchakaseam- (2664)

Damneon Saduak 3223 33:23 4,000

Note: (I) I'he nuitmber in parentlietical is 1994 traffic volimie fiom lraffic cotiunt in May 1994 as sihown in

Table 3.15-2 and Table 3.15-3 and projected 10% for 1995, 1996 to get 1996 figure.

(2) (1) + 100 vehicles per day additional traffic volume during construction

(3) average traffic capacity of the highway

A.021

| v '~* rtW~ -*S-*>'Ml 'T -

K ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ WA

IN v ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '

r on _u1dg@ A, 0 K,

w~~~~ 8-tr ki-a

n Kh-+x i_,W t ^

s' ~~~~~~~ ; 5<

/ / o ''I to ~Ue g

;i. Don E

*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~GWiAT R ATCH'ABUR I )

3, ti A P ) e .'r r. L-

, ,.f, X,< l. .............. * , x, .T.vTr. (,I.l r - 0 -/ I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,

xT. -~.v.-, ~ *y5r:)j

yw.~ ~ ~~~~ YI

Amp~~~~

ko ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ L, , -,

-.. ,-,,,-, ''"'yrr' 'nv,v,.,r nflV ~~4f VIClrn O~, ''yyv-,"flr~r-nnn nf V'C,-

4.16 Power and Transmission Line


Using data from the construction of earlier power plants of thesame type we can conclude that as only 200 KW will be necessary, using atransformer of capacity 200 KVA, the power demand of the project will have nosignificant impact on other power users.


When the power plant is completed, it will deliver 4600 MW intoa nationwide grid system in 1999, around 73. 1 % of load forecast and the highvoltage transmission lines of 500 and 230 KV will increase about 420 and 240circuit-kilometers respectively. This amount of power supply will help to solvethe power demand shortfall in the near future

4-62

4.17 Industry


Approximately 200 KW. of power will be used for theconstruction process. Such power requirement is only 0.005% of the totalpower demand, including the demand of the industrial sector in the centralregion. Also, the grid system of power supply provides a transferable load forthe whole power use of the country. Thus, the power consumption of theproject will not cause any obstacles to existing industrial power uses.

In contrast, some kinds of local industry, especially the limestoneand lime production industries will benefit from the project as their industrialproducts will be used as raw meterials in the construction process. This willmake those industrial activities and related businesses improve productionefficiency and grow.


Regarding industrial sources of SO, emissions, existing limefactories are located approximately 8-13 kilometer from the project site. Thoseare all small-scale factories with stacks, 5-10 meters high. The emitted gases aredispersed and diluted in the air. The probability of a synergystic impact causedby gases emitted from the project mixing with the gases from the factories isexpected to be low due to geographical distance and their different scales ofoperation.

Although the Mae Klong river will be used by the project as asource of fresh water and as a sink for plant wastewater, and although otherindustries also use it for similar purposes the water quality is not expected to besignificantly impacted. The reason for this it that the Department of Industryensures that factory effluent is treated before being discharged and the plantwaste water will also be treated before being discharged. In addition, theexisting water quality of the Mae Klong river in 1994 was shown to be usable.The 4,600 M.W. of power supply generated from the project will not only helpto meet the power supply shortage but will also support the country's industrialdevelopment . Regarding Ratchaburi industrialization, the project will creategreater potential for industrial investment particularly large-scale industrial

4-63

projects which can transmit electricitY from the project directly. It will alsoconvince other industrial investors and related provincial authorities to continueto expand industrial development, including the promotion of industrial estates

by providing supporting infrastructure.

4-64



The construction activities are expected to require about 1 MCM.

of water per year . This amount of water will not cause any adverse impact

to the other water users.


EGAT aims to divert the water from the Maeklong river at thelocation downstream of Vajiralongkorn dam at the rate of 2.38 cms. or about6.25 MCM. per month. To investigate the effect on water utilities in the riverbasin, a water use simulation study was carried out and the results show that in

both cases , with and without the project, a water shortage will not occur if the

diversion to the Tha Chin river is less than 80 cms. As discussed previously, thediversion to Tha Chin river will be made from the water in the two reservoirs . It

is therefore expected that the water utilities in the Mae Klong river basin will notencounter any problems such as water demand for salinity control, irrigation,domestic use and golf yard. The project could be able to take up the desiredamount.

4-65

4.19 Flood Control and Drainage System


The proposed project site is located on a plain where the runoff isnaturally drained into the nearby waterways before flowing into the Mae Klongriver. However, water material, i.e. soil and sand may be deposited in the water

course and obstruct the drainage process. To solve this problem periodicdredging and removal of deposited material is required. Considering that therunoff created by the project area is rather small compared to the whole riverbasin, it should not cause any adverse effect to the surrounding area.


The project area is rather small compared to the surroundingarea and the runoff created by the Project is not likely to cause anyadverse impact to the surrounding area. But flood water from outsidecoming in to the project area will effect the project area. This could be solvedby engineering design for flood protection and a good drainage system , i.e.

dyking with an interception drain and landfilling with the drainage system .

4-66

4.20 Socio- Economics

This section addresses some -of the major issues concerningpreconstruction impacts and construction impacts.

4.20.1 Preconstruction Period

Impacts that could possibly occur or have already occurred, at this

stage concern the following:(1) Land prices and land sales(2) Income of land sellers including changes in lifestyle(3) Threats to the livelihoods of land renters(4) Local residents' attitudes towards the proposed power plant.

(1) Land Prices and Land SalesThe current standard prices (as determined by the Department of

Lands) for the land along the Phikun Thong-Ban Rai Road, along the irrigationcanal, and in all other zones of Tambon Phikun Thong are 400,000 baht,100,000 baht, and 60,000 baht per rai, respectively. However, land prices are

due for re-evaluation in 1995. Interviews with local people suggest that someowners are now asking for as much as 1,000,000 baht for land along the mainroad. The price of land in other areas has also increased. It was explained thatthis was because of news about the proposed power plant. It seems to be a

common opinion that the electricity plant will induce further industrialdevelopment in the area and this expectation has also caused land prices to risethroughout the tambon and in surrounding areas. Some landowners said thatthey would consider selling their land in the proposed site directly to EGAT for

around 500,000 baht per rai.

Land in the site has already changed hands for prices rangingfrom 200,000 - 300,000 baht per rai. The purchasers were land brokers whogave the sellers a non-returnable 10-20 per cent advance and promised theremainder once EGAT bought the land from them. The agreement was that if

the project didn't go ahead or EGAT didn't buy the land from the brokers by

May 1995 then the sale would be annulled.These sellers now feel tricked by the brokers as they say the

brokers convinced them that it was in their best interests to sell at that time incase the project didn't go ahead or in case land would be compulsorilypurchased at a low price. Now of course they realize from their neighbors that

4-67

the land will sell for a much higher price than that agreed with the brokers.

They feel that if they had been better informed they would have dealt directly

with EGAT only. They now suggest that EGAT should not buy any land before

June 1995 so that their agreements with the brokers will be nullified and they

can fully benefit by selling their land directly to EGAT.

(2) Incomes of Land Sellers and Changes in Lifestyles

A major positive preconstruction impact of the proposed power

project is that benefits will accrue to the local landholders in the forrn of

income from the sale of land in the project site.At this stage all landholders of the land which comprises the

proposed site of approximately 2,000 rai have not, as a specific target group,

been interviewed therefore the discussion that follows must necessarily be of a

general nature. A more specific discussion of impacts can only take place onceindividual landowners are interviewed and their intentions with regard to their

rutures ascerLained.According to land registration documents obtained from the

Department of Lands, approximately 52% of landholders out of a total of 109

gave their address as Ban Phikun Thong and 8% as Ban Sai. The remainder

gave other tambons in Ratchaburi Province. Between them, residents from Ban

Phikun Thong and Ban Sai own approximately 60% of the land. Landholdings

ranged from 6-59 rai with the average size of landholdings being 22 rai.

Approximately 125 rai or 5% belong to a land development company.

Clearly, some owners, could earn very large sums of moiiey for

the sale of their land and could, if they choose, adopt quite different lifestyles

from their present ones. This could range from car purchases and new houses

to a complete change of occupation and a move to a quite different location.

Interviews with some local landholders suggest, however, that they are unlikely

to move away from their present muban and it seems likely that their existing

lifestyles are more likely to be modified rather than totally transformed. This

applies even more so to those that have smaller landholdings. So, possibly

existing houses will be modernized rather than new ones built and more

electrical goods will be purchased to make life more comfortable.

A potential loser in the above scenario is the children of the

landowners who would have inherited the land (provided that it had not been

sold for some other purpose). However, if the incomes from the land sales are

managed wisely, the children could inherit money rather than land, or land in

another location could be purchased and passed on.

4-68

(3) Threats to the Livelihoods of Land Renters

Renters who rent land within the site are likely to suffer, at leasttemporarily, from a sale of the land which comprises the site. Although there

are no residences on the site renters are likely to lose their means of livelihood.It is not yet known how many people will be in this situation but it is likely to

be only a few.

(4) Local Residents Attitudes Towards the Proposed Power

Plant

At present local residents are poorly informed about the proposedpower plant. However, those who were aware of the possibility of a powerplant being constructed at Ban Phikun Thong or who became aware as a result

of being interviewed by the consultants generally saw the power plant making apositive contribution to their own lives or to their communities by bringing

development or, more specifically, employment in its train or by enabling some

residents to benefit from the sale of their land to EGAT. Thus, we can

conclude that already the project has had the impact of causing some localresidents to anticipate an improvement in their economic and social

circumstances or the econmic and social circumstances of their neignbors.


(I) Population, Crime, and Social Cohesion

It is a common hypothesis that rapid community growth causes a

disproportionate increase in crime. Where this does occur, it can generally be

explained by an increase in the size of the community as many newcomers

migrate for jobs in the new or greatly expanded industry in the area. The most

typical case is where a small, relatively homogeneous, isolated commumty

doubles (or more) its population. This influx reduces what has been called the "

community's density of acquaintanceship" 1 or in other words decreases the

proportion of people that know each other in the area. This then leads to "the

impairment of informal social controls"2 which is responsible for increases in

1 Freudenberg, W.R. and Jones, R.E. (1991). Criminal Behavior and

Rapid Community Growth: Examinirng the Evidence. Rural Sociology, Vol.

56, No. 4, Winter.2 Ibid.

4-69

crime. But it should be noted that increases in crime, given this scenario, couldbe caused by long term residents as much as by new residents.

In the case of the construction of the proposed Ratchaburi PowerPlant, the majority of newcomers will not join the existing community but willlive temporarily at the construction site. According to official projectdocuments the maximum project construction workforce is not likely to exceed1,700 at any one time and will be significantly lower than this at other times.The overall construction period is likely to be 2.5-3 years. A large number ofthe construction force will probably be from nearby areas and travel to the siteeach day. Thus these temporary workers should not affect the homogeneity ofthe local community nor impair informal social controls. It is thereforeexpected that there will not be a disproportionate increase in the crime rate as aresult of the construction of the power plant. However, this is not to suggestthat there will be no increase in crime at all. It is likely that some of theworkforce at the construction site may commit offences (brawls, theft, drugsetc.) but these should be easily managed by the staff of the constructioncompany and are unlikely to pose any real threat to the local community.

(2) Educational and Health ServicesIt is expected that the temporary construction workforce will

generally not bring children of school age with them therefore there should notbe a demand for educational services. If there should be an increased demandfor health care, the existing health services should be able to meet the increaseas it is not expected to be great. Only in the case of an emergency should therebe any likelihood that existing services will be strained but even in such a casethe situation can be planned for. For example, the need for a large number ofhospital beds can be met in an emergency by distributing people to a number ofhospitals rather than concentrating them a single hospital. The province has agood enough road network to facilitate this.

(3) Local Residents'Attitudes Towards the Proposed PowerPlant

Attitudes towards the proposed plant are, in general, likely toremain positive throughout the construction period as the provision oftemporary construction jobs and the income from land sales will havereinforced or confirmed earlier expectations that it will bring benefits.

4-70

(4) Land SalesA second episode of land purchases may take place durinn the

plant construction period in order to build homes for the workers who willeventually operate the plant. There will probably be about 1,000 skilledworkers who will need to rent or buy modem accomodation either in theRatchaburi urban area or in a new housing estate not too far away from theplant. At present, therefore, a likely scenario is that at least some speculativehousebuilding not too far from the plant site will take place and local

landholders could benefit from this.

(5) Income and EmploymentAs was stated earlier, the significance of agricultural employment

has declined in the study area over the year and is still declining. Constructionindustry labouring and other unskilled work are now important primary sourcesof income for relatively large section of the local communities and are likely toremain so for some years to come . At present factory works appears to be aprimary source of employment for only a small minority of locals.Unfortunately, many of the unskilled jobs currently available to locals arelocated far from home, are poorly remunerated and are only temporary. Thuswhile they do provide income they rarely allow the opportunity to save or to

significantly improve material circumstances. Moreover, they involveconsiderable travel which significantly disrupts normal family and social life. Ifvillagers in the study area are given preferential treatment regarding

employment in the construction workforce for the Ratchaburi Power Plant thefact that the travel time will be considerably reduced should help to improve

family and social life, at least for the duration of the construction work. Wagesand working conditions are also likely to be better as EGAT will ensure that

only a reliable and highly professional construction contractor is engaged toconstruct the power plant. According to official project documents themaximum workforce during the construction phase of the plant is not likely toexeed 1,700 at any one time and will be significantly lower than this at othertimes. The largest proportion of the workforce will always consist of unskilledworkers and thus the project will bring a significant number of employment

opportunities to the local area during the construction period.On the negatives side, it is likely that local agricultural labourers

will find jobs on the construction site thus exacerbating the labour shortage inthe agricultural sector which is already a significant problem in the study areaand, to some extent hastening the sector's decline.

4-71


(1) Population, Crime, and Social CohesionAs stated earlier (with reference to construction impacts), the

rriajority of' piIirlay socio-culural eUU ects In l scal velopJment pj.^. irural areas are associated with population change, especially large influxes of

population to a previously homogenous and isolated community. However,

with regard to the operation of the proposed Ratchaburi Power Plant official

documentation suggests that the operation workforce is not likely to exceed

700-800 persons for the four 700 MW thermal units and 300 persons for the

three 600 MW combined cycle units. Some of these will live in onsite housingand others will live in suitable modem housing elsewhere, most likely in theRatchaburi urban area or in a new housing estate constructed for the operation

workforce to rent or buy. It therefore seems very unlikely that the operationwor:kforce popuiation will affect the social homogeneity and cohesion of

existing communities and therefore there is likely to be no disproportionate

increase in the crime rate as a result of the power plant.

(2) Distribution of Social Costs and Benefits

The major social benefits arising from the operation of the power

plant are likely to be electricity supply and employment. These are in generalmore likely to accrue to non-locals: Most of the jobs will require educational

and skills levels which the locals have not attained and most locals are alreadyconnected to the national power grid. Yet most social costs, due to their being

related to the proximity of the physical plant itself are likely to accrue to locals

e.g. noise, odor, gaseous emmissions, increased traffic, change in landscape

values. Whilst some of the locals will have benefited from the sale of

landholdings it has to be remembered that these will be in a minority.

The questionnaire study suggests that some sections of local

conmunities are characterized by declining agricultural production, poorly

remunerated, unskilled jobs and small landholdings. The focus groups study

suggest that there is some anxiety among locals concerning the future for their

children in particular. Under these circumstances the just and responsible

course of action for EGAT is to attempt to ensure a fairer distribution of project

blene-fits.S

4-72

(3) Attitude Towards the Power PlantWhile about 35-56 per cent of respondents in the three types of

community surveyed considered that the power plant would have a positive

impact on their communities, and only a few considered that it would havenegative impacts (7-21 per cent), it has to be borne in mind that: (a) relativelylarge numbers of respondents (37-41 per cent) appeared to be undecided or

ambivalent about the effect of the plant (Table G-36 in Appendix G). (b) Both

the questionnaire survey and the focus group study in particular reveal that thisanticipation of positive effects is largely predicated on the feeling that the

power plant might provide jobs or induce development which would provide

jobs for the community's residents. (c) Most respondents had no knowledge ofthe power plant prior to being asked to state their opinion. Thus it is probably

better to treat people's attitudes towards the proposed power plant not asobjectively determined and stable but as subjective, ambiguous provisional and

unstable. This suggests that future attitudes are also likely to depend on theirexperience of the project to date. If they do not receive concrete benefits in

their communities they are less likely to view the power plant positively. Thisof course will be even more pronounced if there are problems regarding

dangerous levels of gaseous emissions. At present many of the respondents

also had a positive attitude towards the goverrnment (especially) and EGAT and

saw them as protecting communities from the adverse effects of technologies

and industries. This sense of trust could be eroded if EGAT simply engages in

a public relations campaign focusing only on positive aspects of the plant andthen at a later stage has to explain a situation similar to the one which occurred

at Mae Moh in Lampang. The existing sense of trust should be fostered by

honest, open, two-way communication. It may turn out that:

"....the costs in terms of lost credibility and mistrust brought about

by e.g., avoiding the frank, public recognition of sometimes relatively small

ranges of uncertainty is the consequent assumption on the part of the public of a

far greater sense of harm or risk or uncertainty than there actually is."3

(4) Income and Employment

Official documentation suggests that the operation workforce is

likely to be in the range of 700-800 for the four 700 MW thermal units and 300

persons for the three 600 MW combined cycle units with the largest proportion

being skilled personnel. Local incomes are likely to improve if villagers in the

3Wynne, B. (1980). " technology, risk the participation". In V. Conrad (ed.). Society,

Technology and risk assessment. Iondon: Academic Press.

4-73

study area are employed in the power plant . However, most will be emplovedin unskilled jobs so the number employed and any increment in earnings willnot be that great. At least the jobs will be permanent and close to home and andwill thus be a considerable improvement over the existing situation of manyvillagers. If opportunities for training are made available the number employedand the increment in earnings could be greater and therefore EGAT should giveattention to this-- obviously the greater the benefit the locals receive from theplant the more likely they are to have a positive attitude toward it. It is thereforein EGAT's interest to arrange training programs, where feasible, in certainskilled or semi-skilled occupations.

Improved employment opportunities may also arise from otherfactories which decide to locate close-by the power plant in order to takeadvantage of any infrastructural or other imnprovements associated with it. If thisscenario is realized it will probably, to some extent , hasten the decline ofagricultural employment in the area but will result in higher incomes and moresecure employment for those who do find jobs in this factories. II job

opportunities are not always to be restricted to unskilled work with lower ratesof remuneration, in the long term local youths will have to be convinced of thebenefits of staying on at school in order to enhance their employment prospectsonce they leave school. Educational institutes may also has to adjust theircurricula in order to prepare their students for the changing economiccircumstances.

4-74

4.21 Archaeology

The proposed Ratchaburi Power Plant sites and its vicinity ia a vastricefield with no known important archaeological evidences. The sit(. isapproximately 10 kms. away from the nearest important archaeological !.tacesnamely: Wat Mahathat Worawihan; City Pillar; and Ratchaburi NationalMluseum as dshown in Figure 3.22-2. The site is most likely to be proposed foranother industrail project if the power plant does not get built.

It is strongly supported by the study that Ratchaburi Power Plant will nothave serious adverse impact on any of the archaeological/ historical sites bothduring construction and operation periods since the proposed power plantproject site and its nearby area has no known important archaeological/historical places are quite far from the proposed project site.

4-75

4.22 Tourism/ Recreation and Aesthetics

The potential adverse impact on tourism and aesthetics is negligible bothconstruction and operation periods since the proposed project site is quite farfrom tourist attractions and the actual construction activities are within theproject site area. On the other hand the project area could serve as recreationarea and important educational tourist attraction.

4-76

4.23 Public Health


Migration of a large number of construction workers into theproject site during this phase may result in favorable conditions for somecommunicable diseases such as food-borne, water-borne, and vector-bornediseases. Poor sanitaiy conditions of workers' shacks, drainage, and latrinescan easily become a reservoir for vectors of those diseases. Otherenvironmental conditions within the workers' community i.e. solid wastes andwastewater, if not properly managed, will bring about the same problems. Itmust be assured that environmental conditions of the construction site are wellcontrolled in order to safeguard health effects among workers and their familiesas well as residents of the nearby communities. The need for health careservices and facilities will inevitably increase as construction workers moveinto the area.

4.23.2 Operation Per;on

Since the ambient air quality prediction is within the NAAQSstandards, an increasing trend of respiratory illnesses should not be anticipated.However, local health authorities should be aware of any changes in therespiratory disease patterns which might occur. In this regard, a surveillanceprogram is recommended.

4-77


4.24.1 Solid Wastes

ine area around the plant-site is mostly rice field exccpt for som0eshrimp-ponds. Since the area is beyond either the jurisdiction of both the

municipality and sanitary district there is no solid waste handling facility or

service in the area.

4.24.1.1 Construction Period

During the construction period hundreds of workers will

participate in the construction of the power-plant. Daily wastes generated by

workers can create a problem of environmental health to the community andMay lead to epidenics of nome communicable diseases.

4.24.1.2 Operation Period

The development of the project will bring about an enlargement ofthe community. The amount of domestic wastes generated will increase due to

the increasing number of people who work for the power plant itself and those

who come to perform business with the workers, eg., shops, stores, restaurants,

etc. If the wastes are not collected and disposed of properly they will become a

major environmental health problem. It must be assured that the wastes are

properly collected and disposed of at the Ratchaburi Municipal will be

contracted for solid wastes disposal in the power plant area.

4.24.2 Wastewater

Wastewater of the project comes from different origins:

- Water from the cooling tower will be kept in a holding pond for

reducing the temperature to the natural water before discharge.

- Chemical wastes will be treated by neutralization before being

discharged

- water aoirni plant arid equipment drains have to pass t1ough oil/VVater

separators to prevent pollution problems.

4-78

- Domestic sewage will pass through a sewage treatment

system (activated sludge) composed of communitors, extenueu areationsystems, clarifiers, and chlorine contact chambers. The effluent from thetreatment system has to meet the effluent standard set by the NEB.


During the construction period there will be hundreds of people inthe construction camp-site. Sanitary drains produced may cause unsanitaryconditions in the area.


Since there will be a sewage treatment system for the project thewastewater in the project area will be treated before being discharged into theriver. Unless the sewage treatment system is properly operated the effluent maypollute the river.

Sludge produced from the wastewater treatment system can beused as fertilizer in the green area around the project site. For the long-termmanagement, by hiring private contractor or the municipality, it can be disposedof at the sanitary landfill or can be used for land filling.

4-79



The occupational safetv and health imnact assessment in terns of

employees' health status and employees' health hazards during the constructionphase were assessed through existing information related to substandard

practices, substandard condition, hazardous working environment including

workers' state of health .

Based on the existing information workers had to perform variousjobs eg., welding, cutting, grinding, stamping, lathering, painting, cleaning, sandblasting etc. These workers are prone to have accidents due to their

substandard practices e.g., using unsafe equipment and hand tools, safety rulesnot strictly complied with by workers, working while adopting an unsafeposture, improper lifting, repairing and/or cleaning machines in motion, horseplay, failing to use personal protective equipment.

The working conditions at the construction site presented someharmful conditions which may lead to injuries and/or property damage. Some of

the substandard conditions which are expected in some various locations include

poor houskeeping and sanitation, poor piling and storage, floor openingwithout proper protection, improper hand rail and guard rail, electrical hazards,

unguarded machine, fire hazards.

The 1982 accident statistics of Bangpakong power plant show that

the injury frequency rate (IFR) was 35 cases per 1,000,000 working man-hours

and most of the accidents occured in mechanical shops.

The above information supports the view that without good safety

management practices, the construction workers will be at risk of injuries.These potential accident/injury hazards observed from the

working conditions and environment of two existing EGAT power plants can beused to project the possible causes of accidental health hazards in the new

plant. These potential accident/injury hazards include the following:

(1) Housekeeping, control of waste, oil spills, etc.

(2) Floors, stairs, platforms, railings, work surfaces

(3) Aisles, walkways, exits, clearance, etc.

(4) Ladders, stability, etc.

(5) Material handling equipment, types, traffic control, etc.

(6) Storage and material piling

(7) Machinery - guards and maintenance

4-80

(8) Tools - use and care of, etc.(9) Electrical and welding equipment shielding(10) Pressure equipment, steam lines, tanks(11) Overhead pipes, valves, and superstructure

(12) Hot materials and heat

(13) Chemical hazards(14) Flammable or explosive substances - storage and handling(15) Solvents used for maintenance and cleaning(16) Dusts, fumes, vapors, and gases

(17) Fire - fighting equipment, drills and training(18) Smoking areas, regulations(19) Personal protective equipment - hard hats, safety glasses,

goggles, safety shoes, respirators, when and where mandatedfor use

(20) Washrooms and locker rooms - sanitation, towels, soap, etc(21) First-aid equipment - availability, contents training in its use(22) Ventilation(23) Noise(24) illumination

(25) Other unsafe practices

Construction workers exposed to the hazardous environment e.g.,(high noise level, metal dust, free silica dust, and asbestos fibre, paint spraymist, lead fumes) for 3-4 years might be expected to have some degree ofoccupational disease or work-related illness such as noise induced hearing loss,siderosis, silicosis, asbestosis, etc.

Diseases due to Working Environment Exposure

(1) Lung disease due to silica dust

Lung disease due to quartz dust (silicosis) is caused by theaction of silica dust that can penetrate to the lung. The risk inrcreases with theintensity of dust concentration, the proportion of particles capable ofpenetrating to the lungs and the content of free silica (Silicondioxide, SiO2).The process of concrete mixing, siliceous earth, may also be a source of danger.As a rule silicosis develops slowly. It is noteworthy that it can continue todevelop after exposure to dust has ceased.

4-81

(2) Lung disease due to asbestos fibreExposure to asbestos fibre can be found during wrapping or

insulating hot objects by using calcium silicate and magnesium silicate infibrous form. Persons exposed to asbestos fibre in the construction industry year

after year may develop lung cancer, asbestosis and mesothelioma.

(3) Toxicity due to inhalation of lead fumesEmployees are exposed to lead during soldering or painting

work. Handling lead and its compounds or substances containing lead entails a

risk of lead poisoning. Poisoning can occur if lead enters the blood, usually byinhalation of vapour, dust or fume. The usual symptoms of lead poisoning areintestinal troubles, loss of appetite and vomiting, abdominal pain. With chronic

poisoning there is anaemia and sometimes there is a lead line giving a grey -blue discolouration of the gums.

(4) Exposure to toxic gasCarbon monoxide is a common gas on construction sites, it

is formed by an incomplete combustion process . Workers are exposed to carbonmonoxide in diesel engine testing and operating and poorly ventilated confinedspace welding. In these cases carbon monoxide forms in the exhaust gases.Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are headache, giddiness, nausea,vomitting, weakness, numbness and finally loss of conciousness.

(5) Skin disease

Occupational skin diseases at the construction site mightoccur due to handling chemical materials that are injurious to the skin or toallergies associated with particular materials. For example, painters are mostexposed by handling paints, lacquer or other solvents. Workers' handling cementmay also contract skin diseases.

(6) Hearing loss due to high noise levelWorkers are frequently exposed to high noise levels on the

construction site:- At most construction machines the noise level, measured

at the operators' ear, lies between 90 and 105 dB(A), and sometimes higher.

- Portable power hand tools for grinding, welding, sand

blasting, circular saw, wood cutting and shaping, and jack hammer, have noiselevels ranging from 85-115 dB(A).

4-82

- Other noise sources that create noise above 90 dB(A) are

-enerator, turbine duct and boile., feed niimn etc.

When an intense noise exceeds 85 dB(A) prolonged

exposure to it, leads to slight or serious loss or hearing. If the effect is only a

loss of sensation, hearing will recover in quiet surroundings. but there could be a

permanent loss of hearing if these construction workers are exposed to very

intense noise day after day for years.

(7) Disease due to work with compressed air

Regarding safety and health. it is a common feature of all

pneumatic tools that they set the body, and especially the arrms, causing diseases

of the bones, joints, muscles and nerves. As a rule, serious injuries to health

occur only after two or three years' continuous work with pneumatic tools.

(8) Disease due to other environmental exposures

e.g., heat stroke, heat cramp. sunstroke are also experienced

on the construction site.


During the operation period, if no occupational health and safety

program is introduced and implemented, the substandard practices of the

workers and substandard conditions are two likely major causes of accident and

injuries. The major industrial hygiene problem is exessive noise exposure (>85

dB(A)) in many locations (combined cycle, gas turbine area, diesel generator).

The high noise level which the workers are exposed to might cause hearing loss.

Air contaminants in the working atmosphere (eg. metal dust, welding fume,

solvent vapour) in mechanical shops or other locations might also be considered

major sources of injury as they can accelerate the severity of respiratory

diseases in the working place. Other industrial working environmental hazards

include the lighting, heat and ventilation. According to past experiences of

EGAT, most of the above mentioned industrial hygiene problems wereconsidered to be under control and did not significantly effect health and work

efficiency.

4-83

4.26 Public Safety


(1) Environmental Impact on Traffic SafetyInformation obtained from the Department of Transportation

shows that the number of vehicles on highway route No.4, rapidly increased

from 1991 to 1992 and obviously decreased from 1992 to 1993 (Table 3.26-4)

but the percentage of injuries and death due to traffic vehicles showed no

significant difference in 1991-1993(Table 3.26-3). The traffic conditions

along the route from the intersection (Highway No.4 and the road to Wat

Phikun thong) to the construction site were very light (Table 3.26-4). The

average traffic volume of the trucks, cars plus taxis are 29 and 118 vehicles

per hour, respectively. Unfortunately data related to traffic accidents along

this route are not available. However, during the construction period the

number of vehicles, especially heavy trucks for transporting the construction

material and equipment, will significantly increase. Without adequate

preventive measures, several traffic safety problems are likely:

- Problem of traffic circulation including blocking or impairing

access at the intersection km 98 + 570 disrupting other vehicles on Highway

No. 4 and the road. to Wat Phikun Thong especially during the rush hour.

- The number of traffic accidents may increase because of narrow

and poor conditions of the road to the construction site, excessive speed and

reckless driving by the truck drivers.

(2) Environmental impact on traffic noise hazards

The future trend of traffic noise exposure may be estimated

from the traffic volume passing by the community. Based on existing

information (Table 3.26-4), the annual percentage of heavy trucks passing

by the conmunity is expected to increase not more than 16 percent and the

noise level may be estimated not to increase significantly. However, during the

construction period, heavy trucks which produce 87-88 dBA will be the main

source of vehicular nuisance noise to the public.

4-84


Compared to the construction period, the traffic volume during theoperation period will decrease significantly especially the number of heavytrucks as the delivery of fuel eg gas and fuel oil will be via a pipeline. Most ofthe plant operators and family will live in the project's apartments nearby theplant. Therefore the citizens living along the route to Wat Phikun Thong andthe road to the project site during the operation period are not expected to beexposed to a significantly different level of noise from at present and the trendof the traffic accident rate is also not expected to increase significantly ascompared to the previous year (before the construction period).

4-85

CHAPTER 5RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

MITIGATION MEASURES


5.1.1 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase

During the site preparation and construction of the infrastructure,the surface flow created around the project site will carry soil particles to the MaeKlong river. The effect of siltation during the construction on the rivermorphology can be mitigated by means of a proper construction schedule andappropriate practices.The following measures are recommended:

- The major construction activities should be carried out during theperiod of least rainfall; ie. December through April.

- The constuction materials, soil, sand must be stored at the projectsite.

- A barrier must be constructed at the adge of waterways in order totrap the soil particles by or other construction materials .

5.1.2 Mitigation Measures for Operation Period

The operation of the Project will not cause any change to thehydrological regime in the river basin, thus mitigation measures areunnecessary.

5-


5.2.1 Mitigation Measures for Construction Period

1) The effects of dredging scteam bed for the intake o-ncrtlireinstallation could be alleviated by dredging during low tidal level as this willcause less dispersion and dilution of dredging materials and by providing asuitable site onland for disposing of dredging materials.

2) Surface water quality deterioration by soil erosion fromlandfilling, excavation and backfil]ing can be minimized by (1) avoiding theseactivities in the rainy season, (2) providing cover vegetation or cover materials toabsorb or filter sediment and (3) providing a temporary sedimentation basin (ifnecessary) to trap sediment.

3) Effects of wastewater during construction can be alleviated byproviding sanitary toilets with septic tanks for the workforce during the first stageof construction. Other kinds of wastewaters from the workforce will be stored inholding pond before discharging. After completion of the installation of thesewage treatment plant for the first thermal unit, it can be used to serve theconstruction workforce during the construction of subsequent units.


1) Wastewater will be carefully treated to meet the IndustrialEffluent Standards.

2) Effects of phosphate in the receiving water may occur in thedry season. If necessary, some mitigation measures such as chemicalprecipitation of cooling water blowdown will be provided or non-phosphateinhibitor will be used instead of phosphate inhibitor.

5-2

I .. a f% uAVT~ ~ I.. LII I"r5. G-roulr.d-,.a"ter Re sourcesA

5.3.1 Mitigation Measure for construction Period

At the discharge rate of 822 cu.m./d, there could be no more thana minor drop in the water level in the tube well at the nearby community,therefore mitigation measures are unneccessary.

The groundwater quality which has high concentration of NO3,Fe, Mn. hardness and coliform bacteria should be treated as qualified standardbefore using.

5.3.2 Mitigation Measure for operation Period

The onsite well discharge should not be greater than 4,000 cu.mi/d., therefore mitigation measures are unneccessary.

5-3



30il/lIadi qualivy- which is suitable Au. plnt site construction,

should have low potential for agricultural use, and should be nonacid andnonsaline, low montmorillonitic clay (shrink and swell). The types of soilseries in the project site boundary are Ayutthaya, Bang Khen and Bang Lenseries (shown in the soil map). Ayutthaya series is more acid than Bang Khenseres. Bang Len series is nonacid but high montmorillonitic clay (shrink andswell). The use of soils for earth work fill to elevate the plant site and roadconstruction will be transported from the reservoir. So, the site selection of thereservoir should be Bang Khen series. Bang Len series is unsuitable due to highshrink and swell potential affecting the stablility of foundations.The acidity andsalinity which occurs from digging the soils, can be reduced bv using lime(CaCO3) and gypsum (CaSO4 .2H2 O).


I. Use lime if the land has been adversely impacted from acidity.2. Fuel oil used for power plant should contain a low grade of

sulfur to reduce the gaseous emissions of SO2.

3. Control SO-) ermission in the following to the low criteria forthe industrial project under the environmental quality standard of the Office ofEnvironmental Policy and Planning (OECP) measurement.

5-4

5.5 Geomorphology

There is no recommendation for mitigation measures due to the fact thatthere should be no geomorphological impacts at the plant site and nearby area.


There is no reconmnendation for mitigation measures as there are nomineral resources at the plant site

5-5

5.7 Air Resources

5.7.1 'Mitigation Measures for Construction Period

It is well known that dust generated from the site preparation andplant construction can be controlled within acceptable limits by usingappropriate measures as follows.

(1) Water spraying on active work and road surfaces. It isknown that the effectiveness of this control measure directly by depends on thefrequency of watering. For example, watering the entire construction areatwice daily would reduce fugitive dust emissions bv as much as 50 percent.Other dust suppressants e.g. calcium chloride and oils can be used but in thissituation higher control costs are expected.

(2) Speed control of vehicular traffic wvithin the site.(3) Stringent control on the soil materials transportation to

minlimize soii littering from the truck's container and wheels.(4) Water spraying or other facilities to remove soil materials out

of the truck's wheels before leaving the construction site .(5) Proper methods in handing and storage of various construction

materials which have the potential to cause air pollution problems .(6) Cooperation between EGAT and with the appropriate local

government agency to upgrade the access road (to the project area) to be a fullypaved heavv duty road

(7) The installation within the project area a system of pavedroads. Ditches along these heavy duty roads will also be surfaced withnondusting materials.

(8) Disposal of solid wastes from the construction site should bedone by sanitary landfill or other proper methods, open burning should beavoided whenever possible.

(9) A strict maintenance program for trucks and heavymechanized equipment should be set up to help reduce particulates and otherexhaust emissions.

5-6


To control the ambient concentration of the concerned pollutantswithin the impacted area so they do not to exceed the Ambient Air QualityStandards, the following mitigation measures shall be provided for the RPPP.

(1) Emissions of sulfur oxides from each of the 4 thermalunits shall be controlled by a Flue Gas Desulfurization (FGD) System. TheFGD is a wet process included with limestone injection and water scrubbers.The system should have a control efficiency of not less than 80 percent. Detailsof design criteria and assumptions for the FGD System are in Appendix I

(2) To minimize the emissions of nitrogen oxides thefollowing, control techniques shall be provided for the RPPP.

* Thermal Units- low NOx burners

- flue gas recirculation

* Combined Cycle Blocks

- low NOx burners- water injection

(3) Stop operating the thermal power unit that has FGDsystem out of order.

(4) Shut-down one thermal power unit in case that the threecombined cycle blocks have to use diesel oil instead of natural gas.

As previously demonstrated in the Air Quality Impact AssessmentSection (Section 4.7) that the operations of the proposed RPPP will not causesignificant impact upon ambient air quality. This is because the mitigationmeasures (mentioned above) providing for air pollution control at the plant areappropriate and effective enough to reduce the possible impacts to acceptablelevels.

5-7


5.8.1 Mitigation Measures for Construction Period --

Mitigation measures for tLhe conistruction period can be dividedinto 3 categories as follows:

1. Control of construction activitiesThis measure is undertaken because of the need for a quiet

environment for the people for sleeping, relaxing and conducting activitiesconcerning religion. Therefore loud noises should be avoided during the timeswhen this activities are taking place.

2. Public RelationsLoud noises during the construction period, such as those

caused by releasing the plant valve can not be avoided. A public relationspro-ram is the best way to solve anv nrohlem that might arise in connection

with this. Moreover, a public announcement should be made before releasing thevalve.

3. Noise Control3.1 Suitable noise reduction techniques should be applied to

each item of construction equipment.3.2 In the proces of pipe clearing, a proper silencer should

be used for reducing the noise level to lower than 55 dBA measured at the edgeof the plant site.


1. Establishment of Noise BarriersIn the long term period, noise barriers such as growing

casuarina trees should be established around the area of the plant site or propersilencers for soot blow process to reduce the noise level.

2. Public RelationsSocial measures to foster good relations with conmmunities

adjacent to the plant site should be carried out. This will be help to promotetolerance with temporary noise impacts. Public announcements should also bemade belore producing louu noises.

5-8

5.9 Seismology

To prevent any damage by shock waves and vibration from seismicacti .ity on pow^r plant structures, building and associated facilities, it isrecommended that an earthquake safety factor should be incorporated into theplant design.

5-9



The construction site is relatively large and involves a large

number of workers, thus wastewater runoff from the construction camps may

have some adverse impact on aquatic life in canals and streams. Moreover,

construction activities will involve land clearing and preparation which may

cause the top layer of soils to enter the natural canals and obstruct the water

flow and/or cause some impacts on aquatic life. The following measuresshould be implemented:

a) construction camps should be located at least 1 00 m.from natural canals,

b) A temporary septic system should be constructed in order to

prevent sewage seepaging through the soil or directly into

natural canals,c) sanitary latrines should be built at the ratio of 15 workers/ 1 unit,

d) top layer soils from land clearing should be prevented from

entering into natural canals, and

e) obstruction of natural canals around the project site by

construction materials should be prevented.


Operation of a power plant involves the use of natural water for

the cooling system. Thus, extraction and discharging of the water from and

into the river may pose some impact on aquatic life.

In order to minimize the impact on aquatic life, the following

measures should be implemented:

a) water reservoir should be constructed to reduce water

temperature after flowing through the cooling tower before being discharged

into the river,

b) household wastewater and effluent from the power plant

shouid be nretreated by neutralization and by septic system before being

discharged into the waterway, and

5-10

c) water should not be extracted directly from the river and an

iron net, with mesh size 0.5 cm or less, should be used to prevent young or

small animals to be sucked into the water pipe.

5-1 1

c) water should not be extracted directly from the nrver and aniron net, with mesh size 0.5 cm or less, should be used to prevent young or

small animals to be sucked into the water pipe.

The TBTO compound should be used as a blocide and applied as

an anti-fouling paint for the cooling tower and all the water pipe lines. This

compound should give better results than the chlorine biocide which is planned

for use in the cooling towers. In addition, the water collected from the cooling

system should be maintained in the holding pond for about 24 hours prior to

being pumped into the Mae Klong River. Thus, the compound will be degradedto the point where it should not be toxic to phytoplankton, zooplankton or

larvae of fish and other aquatic organisms in the river.According to ORTEP (1992), alternative anti-fouling agents are

being sought and tested, but no alternative product has been found to date

which can offer an equivalent performnance to TBT self polishing copolymeranti-fouling paint system with regard to effectiveness , operational efficiency

and a 5 year life cycle before repainting.

Note: In order to make a more precise statement of the effects of TBTO on the

aquatic environment it is suggested that experiments on the impacts of the anti-

fouling paint on aquatic organisms should be performed during the initial

application.

5-12

5J 1 Forest and Wildlife


a) A buffer zone around the plant should be left in the present

field/marsh habitat in order to save as much bird habitat as possible. This areashould not be filled in, and should not be planted with trees or any other plants.

b) The natural water surface drainage around the power plantconstruction site should not be disturbed or interrupted with dykes, canals orroads. The natural habitat which most birds presently on the site are adapted toconsists of fields dry part of the year and covered in shallow water in the rainyseason, with scattered small ponds, both permanent and seasonal. Roads builtover the fields should have pipes or ducts passing underneath to allow normaldrainage to occur in the wet season.

c) Duinping of fuels, chemicals and other pollutants inwaterways around the site should be avoided.

d) While noise from construction at the site cannot be avoided,activities that create excessive or unnecessary noise should be reduced.


a) Dumping of trash and liquid pollutants around the plantespecially in the buffer zone, should be avoided. These should be properlytreated and disposed of only in safe designated areas.

b) Trees and shrubs may be planted close to the plant in the filledarea, to shield the plant from surrounding habitats and shade the parking areas.They should be planted only near the plant, and not in the unfilled outer bufferfield zone.

5-13

5.12 Landuse

The following mitigation measures are sucgested1. Prevent sedimentation from landfill and siltation from overflow

in the rainy season during construction period.2. Control the emission of air and water pollution effectively.3. Seek out another reserve water supply for supplying the power

plant in the dry season, especially in any unusual continuous drought years.4. Provide correct inforrmation on the power plant project to the

public.

5-14

5.13 Afgriculture

Adverse impacts on agriculture should be mitigated by

I.Controlling the emission of NOx, and SO-, to be below theacceptable standard.

2. Carefully controlling the amount of pumping waterparticularly during the dry season so as not to cause water shortages and salinewater instrusion . Other source of water supply should be found for unusual

continuous drought years.

3. Improve the power system in the study area to increaseagricultural productivity through better use of electricity .

4. Drainage pipelines should be installed around the plant site inorder to prevent the overflow and sedimentation in the nearby rice field.

5-15

5.14 Housing


After completing the building of the construction camp , thedrainage canal from the camp site should be dredged in order to protect the

camp from flooding. It is likely that the drainage system caused by

construction may be ineffective as a result of materials having been washed

into it by rain. Also, housing and other building construction within the

project site could affect the drainage system of the surrounding canals.

Thus, dredging should be carried out before the rainy season of each

contruction year

5.14.2 Mitigation Measures for Operation phase

In order to facilitate possible housing growth anid enhance the

community adjacent to the site, 300 meters of the 8 kilometers of the local

Pikunthong comnmunity road which is still laten'tic should be upgraded as

asphaltic. This mitigation measure should be carried out before the

construction begins. It will be not only improve conmunity accessiblity and

create beneficial image for the project but also it will provide an improved

road surface for vehicles during the negotiation and survey phase.

5-16

5.15 Transportation


The traffic volume, especially the volume of heavy trucks willincrease during the construction period with an addition of approximately 100trucks per day. This will not create much traffic congestion but it may increasetraffic accidents and traffic disturbances such as noise and dust pollution. Sothe following measures are recommended:

- Widening and strengthening the access road to accomodateheavy vehicles

- Put lighting on the access road- Put road sign and road markings to warn both drivers and

pedestrians- Advise the truck drivers to lower their speeds when

passing through residential areas- Provide bus services for the labourers and engineers- Provide coveling to prevent loss of construct.on m.aterials

during transportation- Inform the community about the increase of traffic volume due

to the construction of the project


During the operation phase, the problem due to transportation isnot severe compared to the construction phase. The following measures arerecommended, however:

- Provide bus services for plant operators to reduce trafficvolume

- Advise bus drivers to strictly follow road signs and roadmarkings.

- Inform all EGAT staff to drive safely in the vicinity of theproject area

5-17


5.16.1 Mitigation iMveasure for Construction Period

Try to conserve electricity and avoid using it during the peakdemand time of 18.30-21.30 PM

5.16.2 Mitigation Measure of Operation Period

The impact is positive. There is a positive contribution ofelectrical power into the grid system , and a decrease in the power shortageTherefore no mitigation measures are necessary.

5-18



The amount of 1 MCM. per year required during the constructionphase is quite small compared to the water available in the river basin, so it

should not pose any problem for other water users.


The 75 MCM per year of water required throughout the operationphase , according to the simulation study, could create a water shortage of 160MCM\ during this time. However there is some uncertainly that this will actuallyoccur. Nevertheless it seems likely that any water storage problem could bepractically solved by water management, for example, by increasing the amount

of dam release water and reducing the water diverted to the Tha Chin Riverdunrng the critical period.

5-19


5.18.1 Mitigation Measure for Construction Period

Based on fhe 1food frequency an.alysis perform.ed, flooding mayoccur once in two hundred years (Mae Klong over bank flow). Thus, withoutflood protection, the risk of flooding to the project is rather small. However, toprotect from flooding due to the rain water within the Project area itself, anappropriate drainage system should be provided ie. land filling or dikeconstruction to higher level than the flood level generated over a 200 - yr.return penod. To solve the problem of waste material obstructing the drainageprocess , periodic dredging and removal of deposition material is required.

5.18.2 Mitigation Measure for Operation Period

As stated previously, the overbank flow of the Mae Klong river(dowstream of Vajiralongkorn dam) is likely to occur once in two hundredyears only due to the success of the two reservoirs upstream. So, the mitigationmeasure for flooding will be based on good design criteria both for theinfrastructure and the drainage system ie. landfilling to a higher level than theflood level generated over the 200-yr. return period.

5-20


5.19.1 Mitigation Measures for Preconstruction Period

(1) A public outreach program should be initiated. The rationale

for this and the program details are presented below.

Political scientists have written about a transformation that hastaken place in the political life of a number of communities as far as

environmental and health protection are concerned. This transformation hascome about because local public interests have often been neglected indecisions involving risks associated with modem technologies. These decisions

have been perceived as favoring private, usually corporate interests over public

interests and thus local people are beginning to realize that they must "empowerthemselves" in order to overcome this neglect of the public interest. Thistransformation is described as a paradigm shift . The "old paradigm" in which

"the public's faith in the social contract between themselves and their electedrepresentatives, together with private property rights" has in the past prevented

public scrutiny of industries has been replaced by a "new paradigr." in which

people are taking "a more active role in protecting their environmental and

health interests since governments and industry have priorities that are too ofteninconsistent with those of the community".

Evidence of this shift is clear in some parts of Thailand where

local people have reacted negatively, sometimes violently, against proposed or

actual projects e.g. Nam Choan Dam in Kanchanaburi, Tantalum Plant in

Phuket, Mae Moh Lignite Fired Power Plant in Lam Pang, Expressway project

at Ban Krua etc.

The socio economic study suggests that local people near the

proposed site of the Ratchaburi Power Plant still subscribe to the "old paradigm

" but that their allegiance to this may be somewhat weakened as a result of the

pollution of important water resources by local textile factories and perhaps as a

result of what they see as the govenment's half-hearted efforts to tackle rural

poverty.Furthermore, the questionnaire survey data as well as discussions

with local people suggest that while local people, on the whole, regard the

proposed project favorably, they are uninformed about it. They are neither

Goldsteen, R. L. and Schort, J. K. (1991). Demanding Democracy After Three Mile Island.

Gainsville: UniversiLy of Florida Press.

5-21

certain of the exact location, the size and scale of the project, the fuel it will usein order to generate electricity, the means and the sink for disposing of wastewater or any other technical factor. When respondents were asked todistinguish between the construction and operation phases of the project interms of differential impacts, they were unable to do so. Clearly whatknowledge they have is very general, thus presenting them from making a full

c deration of project impacts on their families and communities.considrto of IrJc Imat onIerfmhs n omml

In view of all of these factors, the consultants feel that a publicinquiry would be an inappropriate form of public consultation for local people.

Instead the consultant recommends that EGAT undertake a long terrm publicoutreach program concentrated in the communities adjacent to the project siteand in the sensitive receptor communities identified by the air qualitymonitoring team. This program should be more informal than a public inquiryand allow more opportunity for dialogue between the public and EGAT.Smaller, informal meetings would better allow local people to express theirconcems, and printed materials, site tours etc. could facilitate a better

understanding of the project and its potential impacts on the community. Theconsultants emphasise that EGAT should eschew a public relations program

that concentrates only on the positive side of the project and fails to deal with

the issue of risk as well other concerns that communities may have. Potential

questions that communities may ask and which should be addressed, evenanticipated, are presented in Table 5.20-1.

5-22

TABLE 5.19-1 POTENTIAL CONCERNS OF COMMUNITIES WHICH

ARE LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY THE POWER PLANT,

i) Health and Lifestyle Concerns1. How will emissions from the plant affect community members'

health?

2. Are children particularly at risk?

3. What will be affect of emissions on crops, fruit trees and farm

anirmals?4. What studies support the health claims EGAT is making?5. How will the plant affect the cormnunities' quality of life, property

value, employment etc.?6. How will the community be protected in the event of an accident?

ii) Data and Information Concerns

1. How certain are EGAT of their statements?2. What is the worst that could happen?3. How does the community know that EGAT's studies are correct?4. 'Wnat about other opinions on tnis issue?5. How does EGAT's plant emissions compare to recommended

standards?

6. EGAT says the chance of an accident is miniscule but what willEGAT do if there is one?

iii) Process Concerns

1. How will EGAT communicate with communities in an emergency?2. Why should communities trust EGAT?

3. How and when can communities contact EGAT?4. When will the community hear from EGAT again?

iv) Risk Management Concerns

1. How will problems be corrected?

2. Are there other options? Why doesn't EGAT choose them?

3. What other governrnent agencies would be involved and how?

4. How will communities be involved?

2 Adapted from Hance, B. V., Chess, C., and Saudman, P.M. (1990). Industrial Risk

Communication Manual: Improving Dialogue wiih Communities. U.S.A.: Lewis Publishing.

5-23

A major problem faced by EGAT is that they often feelbeleaguered by the country's environmental organizations thus. as is the case

elsewhere in the world in similar situations, the tendency is to downplay any

potentially negative effect on risks of their projects and emphasize the positive.This ultimately is self-defeating because in the long run it only breeds mistrust.A better policy is to:

"accept the goal of informing people so they can make wviserjudgments, rather than try to preempt their judgments and impose your ovn".

There is evidence to suggest that people ,,re often realistic aboutrisk and uncertainty and that "communications based on the assumption thatthe public is seeking 'zero risk' are misguided"< Open and participatorycommunication, therefore, is not tantamount to courting rejection. Failure toadequately inform the public and allow them the opportunity to ask questionand express their feelings may ultimately lead to a sense of mistrust andrejection.

The public outleach program siouldu bUegin as soon as possible adiushould continue (although less vigorously at the later stages) for the life of theproject.

(2) Once EGAT has finalised the sale of the land on which theywill construct the site they should determine who is currently renting any plotwithin the site and contact them to make arrangements to cease all activities at

the site. EGAT should give renters as much time as possible to enable them to

make alternative arrangements. Renters should be given preferential treatmentwhen it comes to hiring the plant construction workforce.

(3 ) EGAT should offer to arrange for financial managementadvice to be given to local people from whom they buy land. This could be

provided at the bank through which the financial transactions are made. Theobjective is to make sure that finances are well managed and provide maximumbenefit to the recipients and their families.

Wyrne, B., Waterton, C. and Grove- "'Ifhie, . (I9 ). P ruric Fercepiion and the NYuciear industry

in West Cumbria. U.K.: Center for the Study of Environmental Change.

Hance, B.V., Chess, C., and Saudman, P.M. (1990). Industrial Risk Communication Manual:

Improving Dialogue with Communities. U.S.A.: Lewis Publishing.

5-24


(1) EGAT should give preferential treatment to locals when hiring

the project construction workforce. The construction company undertaking theconstruction work should set up a hiring center as close to the site as possible

and publicize as widely as possible in the study area the days and times ofhiring and the types of employees required, duration, conditions of

employment, etc.(2) It is likely that some workers will have to be hired from

outside the study area and that they will come to reside in a construction

workers' camp on site. This should be well organized and supervised so as notto threaten public health and order. Opportunities for entertainment and

recreation should be provided such as sports so as to prevent boredom andfrustration that may find a outlet in socially unacceptable activities.

(3) Public Outreach Program should continue with the sarne

focus as the preconstruction period.


(1) Whilst the local people surveyed are aware that neither they

nor their children are likely to qualify for skilled jobs during the operation

period of the plant EGAT should nevertheless give them preferential treatment

when it comes to hiring unskilled workers. If possible EGAT should also

support young locals with training programs to enable them to eventually find

skilled or semi-skilled work at the plant. These measures will benefit both

EGAT and the locals as it will ensure that locals capture some of the benefits

associated with the plant and make it more likely that locals will continue to

think of the plant positively and see it as contributing to the community in the

longer term.

(2) EGAT should also undertake some improvements in the

community of Ban Phikun Thong to improve their quality of life. This should

help to redistribute some of the projects's social benefits. The questionnaire

survey revealed that the most serious problem faced by the comnmunities nearest

the plant is the pollution of their water resources in the canals which run

through or nearby the communities--over 70 per cent identified this as a

problem. Therefore this is a problem which EGAT should help to solve as far

as is possible, perhaps by clearing the canals of rotting water hyacinth and

5-25

working with the relevant authority to improve the management of waste frompig farms, shrimp ponds, and factories which may be polluting the water ways.

EGAT should also try to ensure that every household in the areahas a stable supply of electricity. It seems somewhat unfair (and it mayultimately create negative feelings towards the power plant) that some housesshould lack electricity while there is an electricity generating plant in theirneighborhood.

Both the questionnaire survey and the focus group study revealedthat poor employment opportunities are a major concern of locals. Their lowlevels of educational attainment generally means that they and their childrencan only manage to get unskilled work with low rates of remuneration. EGATshould thus establish scholarships both for academic study and vocationaltraining. This should help local people to improve their life chances. Such ascholarship program should continue indefinitely.

(3) The public outreach programme should, as stated earliercontinue thoughout the opperatiton period. lVV1ilst duigtecnuuto hs)IILIU UUUI the constr-uction pnhase

the main focus is on informing the locals of the plant's characteristics, risksetc., during the operation phase the main focus should be on setting upappropriate procedures for reassuring local residents and for dealing with anyemergencies that many occur. Presumably EGAT have learned from theirexperience at NMae Moh in Lampang and these lessons should inform theirbehavior in Ratchaburi. The public have a right to know when gaseousemissions levels reach higher than recommended levels and EGAT needs tocreate a mechanism whereby locals can be informed of this situation, and of theactions (verifiable by locals) of EGAT in response to increased level ofemissions. A clear channel for locals to contact EGAT should also be identifiedand made widely known.

5-26

5.20 Archaeology

Although no serious adverse impact on archaeological places/ evidence isassessed based on the result of the study, careful attention must still be given tothe matter both during construction and operation periods.

5.20.1 Mitigation Measure for Construction Period

During ground preparation work if materials are found andsuspected to be archaeological/ historical ruins/ evidences, the work should bestopped at the first instance and EGAT is to report the matter to the Governor'sOffice immediately.

5.20.1 Mitigation Measure for Operation Period

EGAT is to strictly monitor the mitigation measures for pollutioncontrol, specially smoke, fume, gases that might lead to acid-rain forming etc.,to minimize negantive effect on the beautv, quality and age of the archaeologicalplaces.

5-27

5.21 Tourism/ Recreation and Aesthetics

To enhance the positive impact of the project on the tourisjLn recreation

and aesthetics, it is reconmened that:

i) Greeri area soulud be cieateu at least J%0 of tne project area.ii) Small public park / garden / zoo, children play-ground, sport

field should be created within the project area since this recreation types will

definitely beautiful the project site, satisfy the visitors and serve the expressedwishes of the local residents around the project site as indicated in the

questionaire study.iii) Museum, exhibition hall, reading places etc. providing energy

knowledge in general and Thailand demand/ supply including EGAT role/

responsibility in specific should be arranged within projevt building. These willserve the expressed wishes of the local residents around the project site asindicated in the questionaire study, enable the projert/ EGAT to communicatewith public at large at all times with a veiw to minimizing/ correcting anymisunderstanding that should arise, and will enable the project to becomeanother important educational tourist attraction of Ratchaburi Province.

5-28

5.22 Public Health


Major health problems most likely to occur in the workers'

community are mosquito-borne diseases and diseases related to poor

environmental sanitation and poor personal hygiene which could possibly

spread to local communities. It is the contractors' responsibilities to take

mitigative actions in providing adequate water supply, and good maintenance of

environmental health and sanitation (wastewaters, solid wastes, drainage, and

latrines) within the workers' community.In case of emergency or serious illnesses, a reliable referral

system must be provided to take the patients to a local health center or hospital.


EGAT should provide an annual health examination program tothe people living in the areas possibly affected by the project. A coric-iuerit

health-effects study should be conducted with the air quality modeling and

monitoring to develop health criteria. An "early warning" system should be

established to keep local communities alert when there is an indication of high

levels of air pollutants.

Should any emergency takes place, EGAT must provide medicalteams to collaborate with local public health offices and MOPH personnel.

5-29


5.23.1 Solid Waste

5.23 1.1 Cnctr,ction Period

During the construction period, hundreds of workers may beinvolved in the project construction . Daily solid waste generated should behandled properly. It is necessary to require the contractor who constructs thepower plant to take responsibility for collecting and disposing of solid wastescreated due to the construction of the project. Solid wastes need to be collectedand disposed of sanitarily with adequate containers and do not litter anygarbages into the water resources. This may be done by the contractor himselfor the contractor may employ the local authority or a private agency to take careof the matter.


During the operation period, as EGAT has no policy to haveresidences at the plant site (like Rayong Combined Cycle Power Plant) it isanticipated that there will be less than one thousand people staying in the plantdaily. Studies on solid waste produced per person per day among somemunicipalities revealed that the average amount of solid waste generated perperson varies from 0.61 to 1.25 kg. per day. A recent study of the refusegeneration rate at Chantaburi Municipality in 1992 indicated that the averagequantity of refuse was about 0.85 kg per person daily and the average density ofrefuse was 217.50 kg per cubic meter. The analysis of refuse samples fromChantaburi Municipality are shown in Table 3.24-5. By using the averagefigure of about 0.85 kg. per person daily for the project there will be about 850kg. of solid wastes produced daily at most. (4 cu.m.)

According to the development plan of Rachaburi Municipality, asolid waste disposal system, namely sanitary land fill will be available by theyear 1996. It is recommended that a contract be given to the RachabunrMunicipality or private agency to collect and dispose of the waste from the plantsite. Establishkment of a private refuse c-ollection system fnr the plant should be

the last choice because it will be more expensive. The garbages should bedisposed with hygiene and safety as follow the Ministry of Industrial'sregulations.

5-30

5.23.2 Wastewater


It is appropriate to require the contractor to be responible for

disposing of wastewater from the project area. Wastewater has to be properly

collected and brought to a disposal system. An appropriate compact unit of

sewage aeration treatment system is recommended.


The sewage treatment system must be operated by qualified

personnel. The effluent quality should be monitored daily and should conformnto the ONEB standard. Sufficient laboratory equipment should be provided in

order to enable plant-operators to analyse the essential operating parameters aswell as the effluent quality.

5-31

TABLE 5.23-1

THE ANALYSIS OF REFUSE SAMPLES FROM THE TWO PERIODS OF

OPERATION

Average from 2 sets of samples

AItemls Tradring area 1-esh market Comnbined

(%) (%) (%)1. Vegetable, food 44.14 63.53 43.45

2. Paper 18.10 10.21 15.90

3. Plastic 14.06 10.91 14.84

4. Rubber 0.20 0.03 0.09

5. Leather 0.40 0.00 0.77

6. Cloth 0.17 0.23 2.00

7. Wood 5.68 6.94 6.39

8. Glass 4.38 4.35 2.81

9. Metal 2.79 1.02 2. 8

10. Stone & ceramic 2.65 0.00 0.87

11. Other 6.43 2.80 10.45

Total 100.00 100.00 100.00

Normal Density 274.50 218.00 217.50

(kg/cu.m)

Soturce: Public Works Department; Ministry of-Interior; "Executive Summary-

Feasibility Study, Survey and Detailed Design; Solid Waste System for 3 Areas

"by PALCON . April, 1993.

5-32



Prevention of construction accidents and occupational diseases

requires information on the sequences of causes so that mitigation measures can

be properly applied. Construction accidents might occur for the following

reasons:(1) Through the collapse and overturning of ladders, scaffolds,

stairs, beams.(2) By person falling from ladders, stairs, roofs, scaffolds.(3) By objects. tools, pieces of work falling from the height

(4) During loading, unloading, lifting, carrying and transporting

loads

(5) On lifting and transporting appliances(6) In the operation of railways(7) At power transmission machinery(8) On welding, rutting, grinding, lathering equipment or working

machine

(9) On compressed air equipment(10) In connection with combustible or dangerous gases

(11) In connection with traffic at the construction site

(12) When using or handling handtools(13) Technical and planning defects in methods of work,

organization(14) Unsafe acts or substandard practices by the workers

The occupational diseases which could affect the construction

workers are as follow:

(1) Asbestosis among insulation workers

(2) Silicosis among sand blasting workers

(3) Hearing loss among workers exposed to high noise levels in

various operations eg, sand blasting, grinding, welding, etc.,

To cope with accidents and occupational diseases that may occur

at the EGAT construction site, various preventive and control measure are

proposed.

5-33

i) General Mitigation Measures for Construction Period

1. The control documents should spell out that the contractor mustmeet certain minimum safety, health and equipment requirements includingprovisions for protection of the workers and the public from constructionhazards. It should be noted that all, applicable laws, and ordinance must be

complied with

2. The contractor should set up an effective occupational health

and safety program. The following guidelines are suggested:

2.1 There should be a full time safety officer2.2 There should be a project occupational health and

safety committee comprised of the contractor or his authorized representative,the safety officer, safety engineer, the workers' representative, other persons asrequired (for example, engineer, personnel officer, supervisor, foremen etc.)

2.3 The committee should meet weekly and submit areview copy of the minutes (which includes accident statistics) to EGAT

2.4 Foremen should hold daily brief safety meeting (if notpossible weekly) with workers to discuss the safe operation or other specificproblems

2.5 Safety instructions and safety rules should be given toall new workers as part of the first day induction session

2.6 Personal protective equipment should be provided asnecessary to the workers (eg. safety hat and safety shoes)

2.7 Other safety and health facilities necessary to preventaccidents should be provided (eg. waming signs, warning devices, guard rails)

2.8 A preconstruction safety conference should be heldbetween EGAT management(including EGAT health and a safety representativeand the contractor's representative) to discuss the proposed safety program

ii) Minimum Safety Reauirement in Construction Site

In order to abide by the regulations of the Ministry of Interior on "Safety at Work" and EGAT general safety and health regulations, the contractorshall

1. Provide fence or stall as well as a written signboard to signify

(i) "Construction area" (ii) "Accident report panel board". The board must be

seen clearly from a distance of 20 meters,

5-34

2. Provide the employees with safety hats, safety shoes and any

other neccessary personal protective equipment, concerned with their work, to

be worn throughout working hours. If employees do not wear necessary

personal protective equipment throughout working hours, work will be

suspended until protective equipment is used

3. Warning signs must be (i) placed on barricade stands, posts or

other suitable stanchions before work starts, and be removed promptly upon

completion. Tape warning sign may be used (ii) posted at each entrance to job

sites where special personal protective equipment must be wom. Example

Caution - Hard Hat Area"4. Provide vigorous and well - founded scaffolding in conformity

with this declaration

5. Safety belt should be worn by every employee who works at the

height 4 meters above the floor. Example: working on the roof scaffold, ladder

etc.6. Floor opening, platformn, open-sided floor or platform 6 feet or

more above adjacent floor or ground level, runways 4 feet or more high shall be

guarded by standard railings with standard toeboards on all exposed sides.

7. Safety nets shall be provided to prevent falling of objects or

persons especially when workplaces are more than 25 feet above the surface

where the use of ladders, scaffolds, catch platfonns, temporary floors, safety

lines, or safety belt is impractical.

8. Stairways must have at least one handrail, and must have

landing at least 30 inches deep and 22 inches wide (75 x 56cm) at every 12 feet

(3.7 m) or less of vertical rise.

9. Fixed ladder higher than 6 meters must have cageguard and if

higher than 9 meters at least one platform should be built.

10. Portable ladders shall be placed on a substantial base, have

clear access at top and bottom and be placed at an angle so the horizontal

distance from the wall or top support to the foot of the ladder is approximately

one-quarter the working height of the ladder. Portable ladders used for access to

and minimum of 3 feet above the landing surface, or where not practical, beprovided with grab rails and be secured against movement while in use.

11. Crane movement, while material is being handled or repair

work is being done, should be governed by a standard code of signals,

transmitted to the crane operator by the trained and qualified crane signalman.

12. Inflammable substances are forbidden in the construction area,

except in necessary cases which shall be approved by EGAT inspector or safety

5-35

officer prior to the work commencing. Smoking is not permitted in the nearbyarea neither is any kind of open flame.

13. Working alone near energized power lines is not permnitted.Approved Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) are to be used for allnortahle tools or euninment and all those employees workina on efnergi7ed lines

or equipment must have been trained in CPR and electrical rescue.14. In case of night time work, the contractor shall provide

sufficient spotlight to cover all areas of work.15. The contractor shall employ full caution while driving in all

project areas and the Idriving speed shall be limited to 40 km./hr. At least onespare vehicle shall be provided for transportation of workers in case ofaccidents.

16. All equipment to be used shall be in good working conditionand shall be covered in order not to be hazardous to workers

17. Contractor should encourage good housekeeping to reduceaccidents and to develop in employees a sense of pride in their surroundings.Responsibility should be specifically assigned for clean-up and (wherenecessary) decontamnination

18. The contractor shall strictly comply with technicalspecifications on safety, occasionally established by EGAT for each specificconstruction work activity.

19. The contractor shall comply with all safety instructionsrendered by EGAT's inspectors and safety officers.

iii) Specific Mitigation Safetv and Health measures

1. Flammable Liquids

1.1 Flammable liquids or gases are not to be used or storedwithin a twenty foot radius of any sources of ignition.

1.2 All flammable liquids in containers of 5 gallons ormore are to be used and stored within secondary containment.

1.3 No storage overnight or for longer periods is perimittedon EGAT construction site unless expressly agreed to in writing.

1.4 All containers must be labeled to identify the contentsand hazard. Drums and tanks of 55 gallons or more munst be gronnded, en,uinpdwith self-venting bungs, and top dispensing. Dispensing is to be into a

safety container electrically bonded to the container from which it is beingdispensed.

5-36

1.5 Dispensing and mixing of flarmmable liquids is to be

done only in locations approved by an EGAT representative.

1.6 Spray painting of flammable liquids is not allowedunless the materials to be used, and the location,. time and methods of use are

specifically approved in writing by the safety representative.

2. Compressed Gases

2.1 Compressed gas cylinders and associated equipmentare to be inspected daily and the observations recorded. Documentation of

each inspection must be retained for examination.

2.2 Compressed gases are to be transported onapproved carriers with valve protective covers in place.

2.3 Equipment which uses flammable gas with oxygen orother oxidizing gases is to be protected with check valves or flash-back

arresters.

2.4 If a hazardous gas leak is detected, shut down theoperations immediately and notify the contract administrator and theEGAT safery ofiicer or representtative.

2.5 All flammable and oxidizing gas cylinders not inimmediate use and all empty gas cylinders are to be stored outdoors in the

shade in a location specified by the responsible EGAT safety representative.Empty gas cylinders are to be labeled, "EMPTY".

3. Noise and hearina protection

3. 1 Feasible engineerng or adnministrative controls shall

be utilized to protect employees againt sound levels in excess of the permissiblenoise exposure prescribed by Ministry of Interior regulation on "Working safety

in respect to environmental condition (NOISE)" as shown in Table 5.24-1.

5-37

TABLE 5.24-1 PERMISSIBLE NOISE EXPOSURE LEVELS

Duration continuous sournd pressure

(hours/day) level (dBA)>7 9i

7 - 8 90

< 8 80

3. 2When engineering control or administration controlsfail to reduce sound levels within the limits of the above table. ear protectivedevices shall be provided and used.

3.3 Exposure to impulsive or impact noise should notexceed 140 dB peak sound pressure level.

3.4 In cases where the sound pressure levels exceed thevalues shown in the above table, a continuous. efiective hearing conse-vationprogram shall be administered.

3.5 Plain cotton is not an acceptable protective device.

4. Illumination and electrical work practices4.1 Construction areas, ramps, runways, corridors, offices.

shops, and storage areas shall be lighted to not less than the minimumillumination intensities listed in the Table 5.24-2 while any work is inprogress.

5-38

TABLE 5.24-2 MINIMUM ILLUMINATION INTENSITIES IN LUX

Area of Operation Illumination intensity.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (L u x )

General construction area lighting. 50

General constructionareas,concrete 30

placement.excavation, waste areas,

access ways, active storage areas,loading platforms, refueling, andfield maintenance areas.

Indoor: warehouses, corridors, 50hallways, and exit ways.

Tunnels, shafts, and general 50underground work areas:(Exception: minimum of 10 foot-candlesis required at tunnel and shaft headingduring drilling, mucking, and scaling.Bureau of Mines approved cap lightsshall be acceptable for use in thetutinel heading)

General construction plant and shops 100(e.g., batch plants, mechanical and electricalequipment rooms, carpenters shops,rigging lofts and active storerooms,barracks or living quarters, locker or

dresing rooms, mess halls, indoor toilets,and workrooms).

First aid stations, infirmaries, and offices 300

5. Fire protection

5.1 The contractor shall provide a plan for the protectionand prevention of fire at the construction site

5.2 A fire fighting program is to be followed throughoutall phases of the construction work involved. It shall provide for effective firefighting equipment to be available without delay, and designed to effectivelymeet all fire hazards as they occur.

5-39

5.3 Fire fighting, equipment shall be conspicuously locatedand readily accessible at all times, shall be inspected monthly, and bemaintained in operating condition.

5.4 A fire extinguisher type ABC, capacity not less than 10pouinds. rhall be- nrorvide,d- for ealc 100 ucniwrp meterc sf thi nrotcrtPd

building area, or major fraction thereof. Travel distance from any pointof the protected area to the nearest fire extinguisher shall not exceed 30meters.

5.5 The contractor shall establish an alarm system at thework site so that employees and the local fire department can be alertedof any an emergency.

5.6 Proper precautions for fire prevention shall be takenin areas where welding or other "hot work" is being done. No welding,cutting or heating shall be done where the application of flammable paints, orthe presence of other flammable compounds, or heavy dust concentrationcreates a fire hazard.

6. Disposal of trash. waste, scrap and house keeping6.1 All trash, waste and scrap must be placed into approved

and marked containers provided by the contractor6.2 Enclosed disposal chutes are to be used whenever solid

waste materials are dropped greater than 10 feet

6.3 The disposition of equipment which is to be scrapped orremoved from the site must be approved by the contract administratorfollowing inspection by an EGAT safety officer.

6.4 Work areas must be kept clean continuously6.5 Electrical cords and hoses must be routed high

enough above walkways and aisles to clear expected traffic6.6 All trash and debris is to be removed by the contractor

daily,

iv) Work Permit Requirement

The following construction work require a written permit:1. Hot work - the use of open flnmpe such n wel'Ing, ox1y-

acetylene burning, etc., and the use of portable spark or heat producingequipment

2. Confined space entry

5-40

3. Excavation4. Movement of heavy or oversized equipment over building

floors,roof, plant roads etc.5. Blasting and the use of explosive actuated tools.6. Work involving high pressure vessels or tanks, reactors, or

cylinder.7. Work on idle or abandoned pipelines, or tanks which were

used for transmission or storage of hazardous materials.

8. Use of equipment which produces, sustained noise levelsexceeding 90 dBA(A)

9. Work imvolving radioactive, corrosive, toxic, or inflammablechemical handling or storage areas.

10. Work above five feet involving conditions which may result

in falls

1 1. Work near energized electrical power lines.12. Use of EGAT tools, or equipment

v) Contractor Emplovee Conduct

Regarding the contractor employee conduct, the followingmay result in removed of the individual from the EGAT construction site

1. Horseplay, fighting, gambling

2. The use or possession of alcoholic beverages or illegaldrugs while at the EGAT construction site

3. Being under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs whileon the EGAT construction site

4. Possession of firearms or other weapons while on the EGAT

construction site5. Failure to comply with the contractor's safety rules, safety

requirement or applicable government regulations

6. Any undesirable conduct which disrupts EGAT operations or

places, people, property or the environmental at risk.

5-41


i) Occupational Safetv and Health Proeram ManagementGuidelines

A comprehensive occupational health and safety program inRatchaburi Power Plant should be established to ensure the continuedprotection of health and safety of all employees. This management guide

provides the framework of an occupational health and safety program foroperation:

1. Before attempting to establish an occupational health andsafety program, a Ratchaburi Power Plant occupational health and safetypolicy should be set up and it should conform with the EGAT general safetyand health policy.

2. Establish an occupational health and safety department toimplement it.

., Appoint an occupational health and safety committee.4. Conduct regularly scheduled safety and health meeting.5. Set up a system for occupational health reporting, incident

reporting and accident investigation.

6. Prepare appropriate forrns for filing and follow-up.7. Provide adequate time and space set aside for discussion of

safety and health issues.

8. Conduct regular evaluation of the occupational safety andhealth program.

9. Provide safe working conditions and a healthy workingenvironment for all employees.

10. Conduct safety inspection and environmental hazardsmonitoring.

11. Conduct medical monitoring and disease surveillanceprogram.

12. Provide first-aid facilities and training.13. Conduct safety and health orientation of new employees.14. Create guidelines for using personal protective equipmemt.15. Give a hardboo1l of plant safety rales for each employee

16. Enforce a good house keeping program.17. Establish a comprehensive electrical safety and hazardous

materials programs.

5-42

18. Work-out contingency plans for emergency operation.19. Set up a comprenen,ive IfIe protectioLL aAu security

programs.

ii) Implementing Occupational Health and Safetv Pro2ram

1. Purpose and OrganizationThe purpose of this occupational health and safety (OH&S)

program is to establish and maintain an optimal degree of safety throughout the

Rathchaburi power plant. This OH&S program is managed by the OH&S

director who coordinates and cooperates with the OH&S committee and thevarious department heads in developing and enforcing the policies of the OH&S

program.

2. Responsibility of OH&S Director

2.1 Control and coordinate the OH&S program2.2 Responsible for loss prevention activities

2.3 Develop and implement programs for occupation healthand safetv including:

a) Industrial Hygiene Programb) Fire Safetyc) Electrical Safety

d) Safety Inspections

e) Incident Reportingf) Emergency Preparedness

g) Safety Committee2.4 Record keeping:

a) Accident statistics

b) Evaluation of the program with outside experts

and inspecting agencies.

2.5 Safety training

3. Responsibilities of Administration:

3.1 Legal responsibility for visitors and employees3.2 Administration efforts are directed toward the

enhancement and support of the program.

a) OH&S Policy - to state administrative policyand attitude toward safety.

5-43

b) Safety Program Maintenance - support a structurefor implementing safety policies.

4. Responsibilities of Department Heads:4. 1 Responsible for the absolute safety of all personnel in

their areas to include the following:

a) OH&S Policy Development - Each department isto interpret.develop and expand the general safety policy into specific rules,

policies procedures relevant to their department.

b) OH&S Policy Enforcement- To effectively carry out all policies by:- Stressing to each employee the understanding that

violations of established safety rules will not be tolerated.

- Continuous inspection for unsafe practices andconditions.

- Prompt corrective action to eliminate safetyhazards

- Supporting fully all safety activities and policiesc) Safety Training - To train each employee as to

what hazards are on the jobs and how to avoid them. Complete safety

instructions are to be given to all employees prior to assignment of duties.

5. Responsibilities of Employees:

5. 1 Safety and health compliance - Employees areexpected to follow safety and health procedures and to take an active part in

the work of protecting themselves, visitors, their fellow workers and plant

property. Everyone must know their exact duties in case of fire or other

emergency. The objective is to make safety as a part of the job by

accomplishing the following:

a) Plant and department safety rules

b) Taking no unnecessary risksc) Using all safeguards and safety equipment

provided

d) Cooperating in every respect with all OH&S

programs5.2 Safety and Health Reporting - Employees are expected

to detect and report to their supervisors all hazardous conditions, practices, and

behavior in their work and to make suggestions for their correction. In cases of

5-44

injury, employees are required to report promptly an injurv, regardless of itsseriousness, to tne department nead or supervisor. Ani incident report shouldalso be filed, for failure to report the injury could result in forfeiture ofworkmen's compensation benefits

5.3 Safety and health education - All employees will betrained to widen safety and health knowledge and to create safety and healthawareness. With regard to the continuous programs of education, subjects mayinclude:

a) fire prevention and fire safetyb) sanitation, environmental safetyc) lifting methods and proper handlingd) electrical safety

e) visitor safetyf) emergency plansg) employee orientation

iii) Industrial Hvyiiene Pro2ram Guidelines andRecommended Practices

1. Purpose & Organization

The purpose of the industrial hygiene program is to determine theextent of potential health hazards, the evaluation of degree of hazards(quantitatively) and control methods. This program should be implemented atall departments. The site manager should be responsible for implementing andmaintaining the programn. For the program to be effective, at least one industrialhygienist should be hired. He or she should be part of the management team.All levels of management as well as all employees should understand andaccept their responsibilities for minimizing health risks.

2. Guideline and Reconrnended Practices

2.1 Recognition of the Potential Health Hazardsa) Prepare a plant layout to show process

equipment including existing hazard control devices, material storage andhandling areas, eating and hygiene facilities.

b) Develop a list of chemicals and energy sourcesused or produced for each work area, chemicals inventory and Material SafetyData Sheet (MSDS).

5-45

c) Appropriately label all containers, pipes,

conduits, storage vessels, etc.

d) Develop medical information and records on all

employees to identify any high-risks individuals or groups. Ensure that medical

IUCIUUUt) arI aaware Uo all pULCoILLIal ris

2.2 Environment Exposure Assessment

(please see chapter 6)

3. Hazard Reduction Procedures.

In general, every attempt should be made to reduce exposures atthe source of generation to the lowest practical limit. Personal protective

devices are a last line of defense in exposure control. Appropriate engineering

controls, such as local exhaust ventilation to reduce airborne hazard potentials

at or near the source of generation. The employees should be trained to

understand appropriate control methods.

3. 1 Ventilation control for air contaminant

Good ventilation practices must be applied to control air

contaminants from various sources of operation such as: welding, paint

spraying, soldering, electrical and / or gas cutting and grinding. The

"Ventilation Manual of Recommended Practices" prepared by the American

Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) is a recognized

source document for ventilation control procedures and practices.

Recommended Practices

The local exhaust systems are appropriate for materials that

are considered toxic or very toxic, the following criteria should be met to ensure

the efficiency of the system.

a) The capture velocity is adequate to capture and

transport the contaminant air.

Capture VelocityOperation l (fpm)

Welding, gas cutting 100 - 200

Spray painting 200 - 500

Grinding 500 - 2000

b) The air flow pattern draws the contaminant away from

the employee 's breathing zone.

s 46

c) The equipment material and construction are compatible

with the contaminant.

d) Appropriate air cleaning systems are installed to prevent

air pollution.e) Adequate, tempered make up air is provided.f) Roof exhaust and intakes are located so as to avoid

reentrainment of contaminants.

3.2 Physical hazard ControlsFire Safety Program Guiidelines and Recommended Practices

In Ratchaburi Power Plant, there are several possible sources

of fire hazards -- a few sparks from a welding operation caught on a fire proof

blanket or extinguished by a suitably equipped man standing by,or a leak offuel from pipeline or process and then spreading away immediately produce

little damage-- but if the fire hazards they constitute are not contained almost

immediately, major disasters can result. Various places and processes in

Ratchabunr Power Plant that might cause fire eg., mechanical shop, welding

shop, electrical shop, chemical and flammable storage area, process area: gas

turbine, generator, HRSG, steam turbine and generator, bearing, switch yardcontrol building, emergency diesel generator etc.. Therefore it is advisable

that emergency activity plans should be set up to ensure employee safety in

the event of fire and other emergencies. The plan shall include the

following elements: Escape procedures and routes, critical plant operations,employee accounting following emergency evacuation, rescue and medical

duties, means of reporting emergencies, persons to be contacted for

information or clarification.

a) Purpose

The purpose of the fire safety program is to provide a fire

safe environment for all employees , by maximizing fire safety awareness

through training and monitoring of employees and equipment and the

implementation of comprehensive fire prevention methods and measures.

b) Organization

The fire safety program is managed by the Director of

Safety who coordinates with the Safety Committee and the various department

heads in developing and enforcing policies.

c) Responsibilites of Director

- Control and monitor the program

- Responsible for loss prevention activities

- Determines and enforces fire safety policy

5-47

- Develops and implements training programs

- Maintains records of fire incidents

- Evaluates physical plant fire-safety status with outsideexperts and inspection agencies.

d) Responsibilitcs of Adm-inistration:- Legal responsibility for the safety of employees

- Support of the program and the Director of Safety incarrying it out

e) Responsibility of Department Heads:- Each department is responsible for interpreting the intent

of the plant's fire safety policies and to expand on them in developing specific

department rules, policies and procedures relevant to their operation.

- Each department is responsible for continuously

monitorimg its operations to detect and correct unsafe practices , eliminatingfire hazards and stressing the importance of fire-safety compliance to its

employees.

f) Responsibilities of Employees- Attend all fire training programs

- Observance of department and plant fire-safetyrules of conduct

-Proper use of the safeguards and safety equipment theyare provided with.

g) Safety and Health Education & Training

- The Safety Department should continuously developand conduct fire-safety educational presentations for employees.

- The Director of Safety should conduct and critique firedrills involving each department, once a year per established policy.

- Posters, signs and bulletin board notices should be

utilized as reminders to personnel of their roles in assuring a fire-safe

environment.

h) Policies and Procedures

The Director of Safety should write ,implement and

enforce fire-safety related policies and procedures to assure that they cover

such areas as:the c0nduct of dr-ill

- fire brigade organization

- training methods

- fire detection and suppression

5-48

- electrical fire protection

- fire-safe procedures

- evacuation procedures

- contingency plans

i) Fire BrigadeA fire brngade comprised of selected members of

individual departments should exist under the direction of the Safety

Director who will provide for their training andorganization.

j) Fire DrillsFire drills should be conducted at least once a year in

accordance with the Notification of the Ministry of Interior (Re :Working

safety relating to protection and prevention of fire)k) Fire Emergencies

- All fires must be reported immediately. Know whereand how to report a fire or emergency in your work area

- When reporting a fire by telephone, use theemergency procedure given by the Director of Safety

- Know the location and proper use of the fireextinguishing equipment in your work area.

- Do not use fire extinguishers if you have not beentrained in their use. After reporting a fire, do not attempt to

extinguish the fire with portable hand extinguishers unless you have beenproperly trained and you are not alone.

- Always know the emergency evacuation route fromyour work area to the exterior of the building.

- When fighting a fire with a fire extinguisher, useLhe "If you have emptied two extinguishers and the fire is not out, leave the

area.

iv) Specific Mitigation for Safety and Health Measures

1. Chemical hazards (Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts and Mists)

1.1 Exposure to toxic gases, vapors, fumes, dusts and

mists at a concentration above those specified in the Ministry of Interior

regulation on "working safety in respect to environmental conditions

(chemical)"1.2 Administrative or engineering controls (eg, local

exhaust ventilation etc.) must be implemented whenever feasible to comply

with safety standard

5-49

1.3 When engineering and administrative controls arenot feasible to achieve full compliance, protective equipment (eg. mask,respirator, etc.,) or other protective measures shall be used to keep the exposureof employees to air contaminants within the limits prescribed

14 Employers shall provide employees with infou.ationand training on hazardous chemicals in their workplace at the time of the initialassignment, and whenever a new hazard is introduced into their work area.The material safety data sheets (MSDS) for all chemical substances should beavailable in the work area.

1.5 In order to ensure complete protection of employeeswho have to handle chemical substances, they should be medically examinedon engagement and at regular intervals afterwards. Pre-employmentexamination makes it possible to avoid the employment of persons who aremedically unfit to handle chemical substances. Periodic examinationsallow symptoms of poisoning to be detected in good time and a rotation of jobto be made so that the symptoms do not become worse.

2. Flanmmable and combustible liquidsFlammable and combustible liquids are categorized by their

ease of ignition. Flammable liquids are more easily ignited thancombustible ones. Examples of flammables are gasoline, lacquer, and thinner.Examples of combustibles are kerosene, fuel oil, and solvent.

2.1 Connections on all drums and piped flammableand combustible liquids must be vapor-and-liquid tight.

2.2 When flammable liquids are transferred from onecontainer to another, for example, from one bulk container to another, theymust be effectively bonded and grounded. This practice prevents electricaldischarge (eg., sparks) from the accumulation of static charge because of thetransfer process.

2.3 All spills of flammable or combustible liquids must becleaned up promptly.

2.4 Supplies of flammable and combustible liquids mustbe stored in approved fire-resistant safety containers.

2.5 All flaimmable liquids must be kept in closedcontainers when not in use.

2.6 Combustible waste materials, such as oily shop ragsor paint rags, must be stored in covered metal containers and be disposed of

daily.

5-50

3. Repairing and cleaning storage tank (gasoline or petroleum

product)

3.1 Provide ventilation for the tank.3.2 Wash out the tank with water in order to displace

flammable vapors thereby reducing the chances of an explosion. A portableflammable-vapor indicator should be used throughout the cleaning process in

order to assure safety levels of vapor.3.3 Remove any remaining sludge or other deposits.

A respirator may be required to prevent excessive exposures to vapors or dusts.

3.4 Before welding is to be done, the tank should first befilled with an inert gas such as carbon dioxide or water.

3.5 If welding inside a tank, special precautions arenecessary.

a) A worker must be stationed outside the tank atthe manhole. His purpose is to constantly observe the welder and be ready,with proper personal protective equipment, at all times to help the welder incase of an emergency.

b) The welder should be equipped with either aself-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied-air respirator.

c) If a supplied air or self-contained breathingapparatus is not used. the atmosphere inside the tank MUST becontinuously monitored to ensure there is adequate oxygen.

d) The welder or any persons working inside thetank must be equipped with means (e.g., harness and lifeline) to facilitateremoval in an emergency.

3.6 Shut down any nearby hazardous operations andmove any flammables from the area before repairs are started.

4. Personal protective equipment

Personal protective equipment is required whenever toxicsubstances can do bodily harm through absorbtion, inhalation, or physicalcontact.Various processes, environments, chemicals, or mechanical irritantsconstitute hazards for which personal protective devices for the eyes, face,head, and extremities, as well as protective clothing and respiratory devices,

are required.

It is required that all personal protective equipment be

maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition.

5-51

4.1 EYE PROTECTION

Eye protection is required where there is apossibility of any eye injury from flying particles, chips, and corrosive

materials. Employees must wear eye protection when using grinders, prower

drills, and other similar equipment.

4.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

GLOVESWhen handling hazardous liquids, employees must

wear gloves which are impervious to such liquids. The gloves must be long

enough to protect the forearrns.

FOOT PROTECTIONFoot protection is required to prevent injury from

falling objects. Particularly in receiving and transferring inventory, experience

hias shovwn-1 uhat priecau.fions are needed a6alii3L fall;n1, LL%ALL3.

HEAD PROTECTION

Hard hats are required in a situation whereworkers may be subjected to impact or penetration from falling or flyingobjects.

4.3 HEARING PROTECTION

Appropriate hearing protection must be available topersonnel, and used, where noise levels are excessive. Such sound intensity

is likely to occur around powerful motors or high speed tools.

4.4 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

The approved respirators must be provided by the

employer when air is contaminated with harmful dusts, fames, mists, gases,

or vapors. When respirators are used a respirator program must be established

and include the following requirements:

a) Employees must be trained in the use of the

respirators, their limitation, proper fitting, and maintenance.

b) Respirators should be cleaned at the end of

each day's use. They are to be taken apart, washed, dried, and defective parts

replaced.

c) Two people must never wear the same respirator

unless it has been cleaned and disinfected between uses.

5-52

d) Filters are replaced when an employee cansmell vapors in the mask, when breathing becomes difficult, or when therespirator has been used for the specified lifetime of the cartridge.

5. Welding . cutting and brazinz5. 1) Management must establish areas for cutting and

welding based on the fire potentials of the plant, and establish procedures forwelding and cutting in other areas.

5.2) Cutting of welding is not permitted in the presence ofexplosive atmospheres which may develop inside or near uncleaned orimproperly prepared tanks or equipment.

5.3) The atmosphere in the welding area must be freeof flammable gases, liquids, and vapors.

5.4) Individual booths or noncombustible screensNMUST be provided to enclose the welder when other persons may be in thevicinity.

5.5) Proper eye protection must be worn bv weldersand adjacent persons exposed to flash.

5.6) General ventilation or local exhaust ventilation mustbe provided when:

- There is less than 10,000 cubic feet of volumeper welder.

- The ceiling is less than 16 feet high.- Welding is done in confined spaces.

5.7) Suitable fire extinguisting equipment must be handy.5.8) Respirators may be needed when:

- Doing welding over prolonged periods or atfrequent intervals.

- Mechanical ventilation is not provided.

- Welding on metals that produce toxic fumes.- Welding on metals that are coated with materials

that produce toxic fumes (e.g., lead paint, cadmium plated metals,etc.)5.9) It is necessary to mark any hot metal with soap stone

or in some other way to warn workers.5.10) Exposure to the welder from harmful levels of gases

and metal fumes depends on the toxicity of the materials involved, thecurrent intensity, the time spent welding, and the adequacy of ventilation.The suppliers of welding materials must determine any hazard associated

5-53

with the use of their products and provide a precautionary label. These

instructions should be followed.

6. Gas welding. 1) cyll cyinders must be away nrm raldators and other

sources of heat.6.2) All cylinders stored inside buildings must be located

in a well protected, well-ventilated, dry location at least 20 feet from highly

combustible materials and away from elevators, stairs, or gangways.

6.3) Valve protection caps must be utilized where the

cylinder is designed to accept a cap except when cylinders are in use or

conected for use.6.4) Stored oxygen cylinders must be separated from

stored fuel gas cylinders or combustible materials (especially oil or grease) by a

minimum distance of 20 feet or by a non-combustible barrier at least five feet

high and having a one-half hour fire resistance rating.

6.5) All cylinder valves must be closed when work is

finished.Where a special wrench is required, it must be left in position on the

stem of the valve while the cylinder is in use so that the fuel-gas flow can be

quickly turned off in case of emergency. In the case of manifolded or coupled

cylinders, at least one such wrench must always be available for immediate

use.

6.6) All cylinders must be legibly marked to identify

contents.

6.7) No cylinder should be permitted to stand alone

without being secured with lashing or chain to prevent it from toppling over.

6.8) Acetylene must not be utilized at a pressure in excess

of 15 psi guage (or 30 psi absolute)

6.9) Indoor storage of fuel gas in cylinders is limited to a

total capacity of 2,000 cubic feet or 300 pounds of liquefied petroleum

gas.6.10) Hose showing leaks, burns, or worn places which

render them unfit for service MUST be replaced or repaired.

7. Portable Fire Extinguichbr-

7.1) Be kept fully charged and in their designated places.

7.2) Be located along normal paths of travel.

7.3) Not be obstructed or obscured from view.

5-54

7.4) Not be mounted higher than 5 feet (to the top of theextir,guisher) if 40 pounds or less, or 3 1/2 feet if heavier.

7.5) Be inspected by management or a designated

employee at least monthly to insure that they:

- Are in their designated places.- Have not been tampered with or actuated.

- Do not have corrosion or other impairment.

7.6) Be inspected at least yearly and recharged or repaired

to insure operability and safety. A tag must be attached to show the

maintenance or recharge date and signature or initials of the person performing

the service.7.7) Be placed so that the maximum travels distance,

unless there are extremely hazardous conditions, do not exeed 75 feet for

Class A or 50 feet for Class B.

8 Walking and Working surfaces8.1) The workplace must be maintained clean, orderly,

sanitary, and, as far as possible, in a dry condition. Spills should be cleaned up

promptly.

8.2) Areas which are constantly wet should have

nonslip surfaces where personnel normally walk or work.

8.3) Every floor, working place, and passageway must

be maintained free from protruding nails, splinters, holes, and loose boards.

8.4) Where mechanical handling equipment such as lift

trucks is used, sufficient safe clearances must be provided for aisles at

loading docks, through doorways, and wherever turns or passage must be made.

Aisles MUST NOT be obstructed.

8.5) All permanent aisles must be easily recognizable.

Usually aisles are identified by painting or taping lines on the floor.

8.6) The floor load capacity is the maximum weight which

can be safety supported by the floor, expressed in pounds per square foot.

9. Exit and Exit marketing

9.1) Every exit must have the word "exit" in plain legible

letters.

9.2) When the direction to the nearest exit may not be

apparent to an occupant, an exit sign with an arrow indicating direction

should be used.

5-55

9.3) Exit access should be arranged so that it isunnecessary to travel toward any area of high hazard potential in order to

reach the nearest exit.

9.4) Nothing may impair the visibility of the exit signsuc as ecorations, ILltunli',.rg, or oth'er s-igris.

9.5) Areas around exit doors and passageways leading toand from the exit must be free of obstructions. The exit route must lead to a

public way.9.6) If occupancy is permitted at night, or if normal

lighting levels are reduced at times during working hours, exit signs must besuitably illuminated by a reliable light source.

9.7) No lock or fastening may be used to prevent escape

from inside the building.9.8) Where occupants may be endangered by the blocking

of any single exit due to fire or smoke, there must be at least two means of exit

remote from each other.

10. Lifting and Handing Material

10.1) Before lifting, inspect the object or load that you

are going to lift to determine its size and weight, and to see it there are nails,

sharp edges, or other hazards that might cause injury.

10.2) Test the load. If the load is too heavy and is

more than you can handle, get help or arrange to move the load with a

mechanical aid. And, if working in a group, take directions from one

person.

10.3) If lifting an object from the floor:

- Crouch as close to the object as practical.

- Get a good grip on the object.

- Keep your feet apart and bend your knees.

- Lift slowly by straightening your legs. Keep your

back relatively straight - your leg muscles, not your back, should do the

work.

- Whenever you lift a load. Keep the load close to

the body, especially if the load exceeds 35 pounds.

5-56

11. Operation and Repairing Machinery and Equipment

11.1) Read and understand all operating, repair. andsafety instructions pertaining to the machinery and/or equipment beforeworking on it.

11.2) Do not operate or repair any machinery and/orequipment unless you have been trained and are qualified to do so.

11.3) Stop and lock out machinery before attempting tolubricate, clean, inspect, or repair it. Do not attempt to perform work on a

machine that you do not understand.11.4) Do not operate, repair, or test any machinery,

electrical apparatus, or other equipment unless it is part of your assignedduties.

11.5) Do not engage in unnecessary conversation orotherwise distract an operator of any machine or piece of equipment while itis in motion.

11.6) Caution: Some types of electrical equipment willstart automatically when re - energized. Read the operator's manual beforerestarting equipment.

12. Operating Mobile Equipment12.1) Only authorized, licensed operators are pernitted

to operate powered material handling equipment.

12.2) Licensed operators are responsible for the safeoperation of all vehicles and accountable for any damage or incident thatoccurs.

12.3) All safety rules pertaining to forklift trucks areto be observed at all times.

12.4) No one shall ride on or in a vehicle unlessproperly seated. If the vehicle is not equipped to seat passengers,passengers are strictly prohibited.

12.5) No person may ride on the forks of a lift truck.

12.6) Employees report to supervisor all accidents,property damage, or injuries involving mobile equipment.

12.7) Supervisors responsible for forklift trucks shallensure that copies of Employee Operating Instructions areconspicuously posted in a place frequented by the drivers.

5-57

13. Sanitation

13.1) Safe drinking water must be provided in all places

of employment. The use of a common drinking cup is forbidden.13.2) Receptacles for waste food are to be covered and

kept in a clean and sanitary condition.

13.3) Restrooms are to be kept in a clean and sanitary

condition, including covered containers for sanitarynapkins.

13.4) Separate toilet facilities must be provided for each

sex. One toilet and one lavatory must be provided for approximately every

15 employees.

13.5) Each lavatory must have running water, hand soap,individual hand towels, or warm air blowers.

13.6) Beverages or food must not be stored or consumedin a toilet room or in an area exposed to materials which could behazardous if ingested.

13.7) Employees working with hazardous substances

should wash and remove contaminated clothing before eating, drinking, or

smoking.

14. Housekeeping14.1) Good housekeeping requires keeping all items in

their proper places and not allowing unnecessary articles to lie around

14.2) Do not throw paper, waste rags, or other debris on

floors ; use waste containers that are provided for this purpose. Do not throwcigarette in trash containers for specific materials (paper, waste chemical, etc.).

14.3) If an employee see that oil, grease, water, or any

material that may cause someone to slip, trip, or fall is spilled or collects on

floors, stairs, or walkways, action should be taken immediately to clean it up or

report the condition to maintenance.

14.4) All walkways, aisles, steps, and emergency exits

shall be kept clear (free from obstruction) at all times.

14.5) Access to emergency devices, such as hose reels,

fire extinguishers, stretchers, sprinkler control valves, electrical panels, etc.,

shall be kept open at all times and shall not be obstructed by any material.

14.6) Do not pile or lean tools or materials next to

anything that may allow them to be knocked down or fall.

14.7) Notify supervisor if you see anything potentially

dangerous or unsanitary is seen.

5-58

14.8) Materials shall not be stored closer than 18 inches

from sprinklers , This is to perTmit sprinklers to have proper spray pattern.

14.9) Electrical panel boxes require 3 feet minimum

clearance.

15. Safe Work Permit

15.1) Safe work permits are required when performingoperations, posing unusual hazards, and/or requiring special precaution to

ensure the safety of personnel or protection of property.

15.2) The supervisor in charge of the job shall obtain a

safe work permit from the safety representative for the work area before any ofthe following work is carried out: Entering a confined space such as vessel,

tank, pit, manhole, tunnel, or other confined space; performning hot work (e.g.

cutting, welding, brazing, lead melting, tar kettles) operations and using openflames in explosion protection area , this includes any potential source orignition, such as electric hand tools; doing any work in an area designated as a

safe work permit area . Performing work with highly toxic materials, ionizingradiation sources, or infectious biological agents. Using flammable or

combustible coatings inside or near buildings.

15.3) It is the responsibility of the supervisor, with theassistance of the health & safety representative, to identify situations requiring

Safe Work Permits.

15.4) The supervisor shall enforce safe work permit rulesand conditions.

5-59

5.25 Public safety


(1) An off-the-job safety committee should be appointed by theEGAT authority to be responsible for the planning and management of publicsafety, the local authority eg. provincial or local police officer should beincluded as committee advisers.

(2) The existing 4 - km access route from the intersection(highway No.4) to construction site should be upgraded to a standard road of atleast 8 - metre width.

(3) All of the EGAT and EGAT contractors orsubcontractors should be advised to comply with the traffic safety rule. All ofthe truck drivers should pass the defensive driving training course.

(A) Linuttt the speed of thee hea-v^; +-cka pass' g diough fuhe

Highway No.4 - Wat Phikun Thong to the construction site. This should notexceed 75 kilometers per hour.

(5) Install traffic signs and warning signs in every possibledangerous location.

(6) No trucks are allowed to park along the intersection(Highway No.4 to Wat Phikun Thong) and the road to the construction site.

(7) Consider other alternative measures eg. delivery ofconstruction material and heavy equipment by railroad or by river.


(1) All EGAT vehicles should strictly comply with the localtraffic safety regulations.

(2) Off-the-job safety committee should continue to function forthe safety of the EGAT operators, and their families as well as the safety andhealth of the citizens living nearby.

5-60

CHAPTER 6ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Water Surface Hydrology

The major part of the monitoring program is under the responsibilitvof the agencies concerned le; Royal Irrigation Department, ElectricityGenerating Authority of Thailand and the Meteorology Department. so the costof the monitoring program can be uncorporated into their regular budget.

6.1.1 Monitoring Program For Construction Period

The concerned parameters ie; rainfall, evaporation temperature,humidity, wind, water level/ discharge, flow pattern have been recorded by thevarious agencies within the whole river basin.

Considering that the hydrological condition of the river basinwill not be influenced by the project, a monitoring program for theconstruction and operation period is not necessary.

6.1.2 Monitoring Program For Operation Period

See above.

6-1


6.2.1 Monitoring Program for Construction Period

Durina the constrliction period the effects of water quality are

mostly on the nearby area, therefore quality of inland water (Khlong Bang NokYung, Khlong Lat, Khlong Bang Pa and Khlong Talat Khawi) will bemonitored every 4 month. The sampling locations will be the same as stations5-8 as shown in Figure 3.10-1.

The parameters that will be analyzed are- pH- Conductivity- Temperature- Turbidity- DS- Ss

- DO- BOD5

The cost of the monitoring per one time (approximately)- analytical costs (4 X 800) = 3,200 baht

- transportation costs and miscellaneous = 2Q00 baht

Total SQ20 baht

6.2.2 Monitoring Program for Operation Period

In order to protect the environmental water quality of the

receiving water ; (1) the water will be treated before being discharged to the

receiving water, (2) the receiving water quality near the discharging point and

at 1 km. upstream and 1 km. downstream from the discharging point will be

monitored every 4 months, (3) the parameters that will be analyzed are:

- pH

- Conductivity

- Temperature

-Ss

6-2

-COD

- DO

- BOD53-

- P0 4

- Fe and heavy metal (Hg, Cu, Cd, Cr, Pb, Zn)

(4) The costs of the monitoring per one time (approximately)

- analytical costs (3 X 3400) = 10.200 baht- transportation costs and miscellaneous 2.000 baht

Total 12,200 baht

To be sure that the qualities of raw water are suitable for using inthe power plant, raw water at the intake pumping station will be monitoredevery 4 months.

The parameters that will be analyzed are:- pH- Conductivity

- DO

- Color

- Turbidity

- TS

- Alkalinity

- Hardness

- NO3, SO4 , Cl

- BOD- Ca, Mg, Fe

- Heavy metal (Cd, Cr, Cu, Hg, Pb, Zn)

- Total Coliform, Faecal Coliform

The cost of the monitoring per one time (approximately)- Analytical costs 4,800 baht

- Transportation and rniscellaneous 2,000 baht

Total = 6,800 baht

6-3

6.3 Groundwater Resources

The monitoring program should focus on both water level and water

quality. This can be done by measuring static water levels of at least three, tube

wells around the power plant and at dug wells in the vicinity of tube wells.

The tube wells and dug wells can be chosen from the existing wells in the

villages nearby. The selected tube wells must tap water from the same aquirfer as

the on site well and as close as possible to the power plant.

6.3.1 Monitoring Program for Construction and operation Period

According to the perforation of on site well is not exactly known by

this stage. The six wells as Gl,Dl,G2,D2,G3,D3 are proposed for the monitoring

program.(Figure 3.3-1 )

Tne water level measuring and water analysis frequency is twice a year (dry

and rainy seasons) for both construction period and operation period. The

parameters that should be analyzed are:

turbidity, PH, temperature,conductivity

chloride, sulfate, nitrate, iron, manganese, total hardness

and total dissolved solid

lead, cadmium, zinc and mercury.

total coliform bacteria and fecal coliform bacteria

Annual budget of monitoring program per year can be estimated as follows:

1. water level measuring equipment 25,000 Baht

2. During the construction period 54,000 Baht

3. During the operation period 54,000 Baht

Total 133,000 Baht

6-4



Sixteen soil samples (8 borings) at 0-20 and 20-50 cm. depth byauger within 15 km. radius from the power plant should be sampled todetermine soil reaction(pH), aluminum, iron, sulfur and electrical conductivitv(EC) for one time a year.The dry season is more suitable for taking the soilsamples. The location of soil sample borings are shown in the soil map andsome details of each boring are as follows:

Boring Series Topographic Sheet CoordinateNo. Map No.

1. Ayutthaya Changwat Ratchaburi 493611 9680572. Ratchaburi Changwat Ratchaburi 4936II 9270983. Kamphaeng saen Changwat Ratchaburi 493611 9561294. No sampled due to calcareous soil

.5. Bang Khen Changwat Ratchaburi 493611 9420186. Sanphaya Changwat Ratchaburi 49361I 8989927. Pak-Tho Changwat Ratchaburi 49361I 8579738. Bang Pa-in Changwat Ratchaburi 493611 8520939. Bang Len Changwat Ratchaburi 493611 053 113

Cost of Monitoring Program for soil and land quality (each year)1. Transportation 10,000 baht.2. Collection of Soil Samples 15,000 baht.3. Soil Sample Analysis 40,000 baht.4. Interpretation and Reporting 20.000 baht.

Total 8500 baht.

6-5

6.5 Air Resources


Since there is no residential community located within 2 km.radius from the proposed plant site, it is believed that air pollutants generatedfrom constructions activities within the site shall not cause significant impactsupon the surrounding communities. However, due to the reasons that RPPP is avery large air pollution source with total (nominal) capacity 4,600 MW and theavailable baseline data of the concemed pollutants particularly the ozone in thestudy area not sufficient. EGAT should initiate twice a year at three continuousdays per each time ambient air quality monitoring program at least one yearbefore the plant start-up. The 4 ambient air quality sampling stations used duringthe EIA preparation (listed below) shall be reused for this purpose:

- Ban Bang- 'Kado,- Ban Chao-Nua,- Ban Don-Mot-Tanoi,- Ban Klong-Kae.TSP samples are to be collected from all 4 stations and SO2, NO',

and 03 samples are to be collected from Ban Chao Nua station only.Details of the monitoring program are described in Table 6.7-1.

Estimated cost of the monitoring during this. phase is approximately 50,000Baht/time or 100,000 Baht/year.

TABLE 6.5-1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING SCHEDULEFOR THE ONE YEAR PERIOD BEFORE THE RPPPSTART-UP

Parameter Averaging Time Sampling Period Sampling&Analyticalin Each Operation Method

TSP and PM10 24-hr 3 consecutive days PCDSO2 1-hr,24-hr 3 consecutive days PCDN02 * 1-hr 3 consecutive days PCD03 1-hr 3 consecutive days PCD

I~_ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ j

Note: * Specific methods set or accepted by Pollution Control Department (PCD)** Hourly samples shall be taken during day time (08:00-18.00)

6-6


Ambient Air Quality MonitoringAn ambient air quality monitoring plan serves to identify

any significant changes in the atmospheric environment beyond the power plantboundary. This plan is designed to detect air quality changes due to operation ofthe RPPP. Also , this plan will demonstrate that applicable ambient air qualityor the level of pollutants in the receiving environment, is a primary concern ofEGAT. The plan is comprised of the following activities. The four ambient airquality stations which have been used to collect baseline data for the EIS andfor the additional baseline data during construction period shall be assigned forthe operation period monitoring program. EGAT shall monitor the followingparameters of primary concern twice a year during five consecutive 24-hrperiods at the stations throughout operation of the RPPP:

- TSP and PM10 (24-hr average),- SO2 (1-hr and 24-hr averages),- NO2 (1-hr average during day time),

_, , 1 h.r average duringr day tir

The first sampling operation shall be in March or April while thearea is under the influence of the south-west monsoon. The second samplingoperation shall be around November to December when the wind ispredominantly from the north-east quadrant.

Estimated cost of the ambient Air quality monitoring isapproximately 80,000 Baht/operation or 160,000 Baht/year (of two operations).

Operational Source MonitoringOperational source monitoring involves the periodic

verification of emissions from sources as required by the regulation of theconcerned authorities. Major sources of the RPPP planned for emissionsampling include:

1. thermal unit no. 1 stack,2. thernal unit no.2 stack,3. thermal unit no.3 stack,4. thermal unit no.4 stack,5. combined cycle block 1 HRSG stack no. 1,6. combined cycle block 1 HRSG stack no.2,7. combined cycle block 2 HRSG stack no. 1,8. combined cycle block 2 HRSG stack no.2,

6-7

9. combined cycle block 3 HRSG stack no. 1,

10. combined cycle block 3 HRSG stack no.2,

EGAT will install the Continuous Emission Monitoring System(CEMS) at the appropriate position for all the 10 stacks and tne onlinie

information will be connected to the control room so that the S02 and NOx

quantity can be checked all the time.

Data of fuel feeds, combustion air, percent of oxygen in off gases,operational conditions of the fuel gas desulfurization (FGD) units are also

needed for checking . Therefore, these parameters must be continuously

recorded in the forms that are ready to be examined.

The above mentioned operational source monitoring shall beginafter steady state operations of the RPPP have been achieved.

It is important to note that according to the NationalZi-vi-ronunental Quanl.y A C.-E. V. p 2'2 AZ,.I- o r EPffluent Stanards,

Section 55, 68 and 80, the Ministry of Science, Technology and Environment is

preparing to publish notification specifying the type of point sources of air

pollution that shall be controlled to confonm with the emission standards. The

owner or possessor of the point source of pollution as mentioned above has the

duty to install or bring into separation an onsite facility for air pollution control.

The owner or the possessor of the point source of air pollution is required by

virtue of section 68 to collect statistics and data showing the daily functioning

of the said facility, and make detailed notes thereof to be kept as recorded

evidence of that point source of pollution, and shall submit report sumnmarizing

the results of the facility to the local official of the locality where such point

source is situated at least once a month. The collection of statistics and data, the

making of notes and reports shall be in accordance with rules, procedures,

methods and format specified by ministerial regulation.

It is positive that power plant is a type of air pollution sources in

the group that shall be controlled under the section 68. Therefore, once the

notification is made the monitoring and report must be changed to conform with

the new regulation.

Wind Speed/Direction MonitoringOn site wind directions and speeds shali be continuously or at

least hourly recorded at 10-meter height by an appropriate wind monitoring

instrument.

6-8



6.8.1.1 Three suitable noise stations should be established at BanSam Roen, Ban Chaw Nue and the center of plant site. In each station, themeasurement will be carried out every two months during the constructionpenod. In each period measurement the noise level should be recorded 48 hourscontinuously in terms of sound pressure level (dBA), Leq 24 hr. (dBA) and Ldn(dBA). The budget of this monitoring program per year can be estimated asfollows

- Noise measuring equipment (6 times) 42.000 Baht- Transportation and per dium (6 times) 30.000 Baht- Data analysis (6 times) 18.000 Baht-Reporting 5.000 Baht

6.8.1.2 A similar noise monitoring program as described aboveshould be conducted for the period of pipe clearing and valve testing. Thebudget of this part of the monitoring program will be 30,000 bahtapproximately.


In the operation period, a similar but smaller noise measurementmonitoring program should be used to monitor the noise from the starting upprocess of each thermal plant and combined cycle. So, the budget of this part ofmonitoring will be 30.000 baht approximately.

6-9



(1) Parnmeters - Planktonic organisms

- Benthic organisms(2) Locations - Inland water bodies

- Klong Bang Knok Yung- Klong Lat- Klong Bang Pa- Klong Talat Khawi

(3) Frequency - Every four months(4) Methodology - Similar to the procedures described in

the methodology section 3.10.2.(5) Budget 90,000 Baht/year.


(1) Parameters - Planktonic organismsBenthic organisms

(2) Locations - Discharge point to the receiving water- 1 km. upstream from the discharge point- 1 km. downstream from the discharge point

(3) Frequency - Every six months(4) Methodology - Similar to the procedures described in

the methodology section 3.10.2.(5) Budget -100,000 Baht/year.

6-10

6.8 Forest and Wildlife


The bird life should be surveyed in the buffer zone around theconstruction site twice a year, once in the wet season (August is a good month)and once in the dry season. It is necessary that monitoring be carried out twice ayear, because the environmental conditions are very different during wet and dryseasons, and different species of birds are present in the area. Their feedinghabits and ecology are quite different. Dry season species feed more on seeds ofvegetation, whereas wet season species, most of which are breeders, dependmore on animal food (mainly insects and invertebrates). Thus, the envirornentalthreats to the species may be different in wet and dry seasons. The condition ofwater in the marsh and canals should be monitored.

6.8.2 Monitoring Program for the Operation Period

Monitoring of bird life should be carried out once per year (inAugust or September, when most water birds should be present) after theconstruction period is ended.

6.8.3 Suggested Budget and Monitoring Agencies

1. Construction phase (1995-1997): 6 trips, 2-3 persons: 36,000 Baht

2. Operation phase (1998-2000): 3 trips, 2-3 persons: 18,000 Baht

3. Report preparation 20,000 Baht

6-11

6.9 Transportation


(1) Param.eter =Traffic volulme coulnts

- Traffic accident records(2) Location - Traffic count at km 0+500 on

access road to the site- Accident records on the acces road

to the site(3) Frequency - Traffic counts every 6 months

- Accident record throughtout theyear

(4) Methodology - Classified traffic counts for theperiod of 1 week from 6 am to6 pm

- Accident records on cause ofaccidents; no. of deaths and injuries andextent of property damage

6.9.2 Monitoring Programe to Operation Period

(1) Parameter - Traffic volume counts

- Traffic accident records(2) Location - Traffic count at km 0+500 on

access road to the site- Accident records on the access

road to the site(3) Frequency - Traffic counts every year

- Accident record throughtout the

year

(4) Methodology - Classified traffic counts for theperiod of 1 week from 6 am to6 pm

- Accident records on cause of

accident, no. of deaths or injuries andproperty damage

6-12

Cost of Monitoring Program(1 Traff.c volume counts

Construction period: 40,000 Baht/year (2 times)

Operation period 20,000 Baht/year (I time)(2) Accident records

Construction penrod: < 40,000 Baht/year

Operation period : < 20,000 Baht/year

6-13



Because electrical energy use will amount to only 0.005 % duringthe construction period, it is not necessary to monitor it.

6.10.2 Nlonitoring Program for Operation Period

Record the energy consumption in a year in order to compare itwith the forcast energy demand data.

6-14


Most of the suggestions for the monitoring programs are under the

responsibility of the agencies concerned i.e.: Royal Irrigation Department.

Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand and the NMeteorology Department.so the cost of the monitoring program can be incorporated into their regular

budget.


1. Parameter - Irrigation and other demands

- Planning of water regulation from the reservoirs

- Salinity content at certain locations ie:Dum Nern Saduag.

2. Location - within the Maeklong river basin3. Frequency - Monthly


1. Parameter - Irrigation and other demands

- Planning of water regulation from the reservoirs- Reservoir conditions

- Salinity content

- Flow pattern of the current year2. Location - Within the Maeklong river basin

3. Frequency - Annually, especially in the dry season.

6-15


Most of the monitoring program is under the responsibility of theagencies concered ie; Royal Irrigation Department, Electricity GeneratingAuthority oI Tnailand and Meteorological Departi-nent, so the cost of themonitoring program should be incorporated into their regular budget.


1. Parameter - Water release from the reservoirs- Water diversion to irrigation system and other

water users.- Water level downstream of Vajiralongkor

2. Location - Mae Klong River basin3. Frequenyr. - Weekly basis


1. Parameter - Water release from the reservoirs- Water diversion to irrigation system and

other water users.- Water level downstream of Vajiralongkorn

2. Location - Mae Klong River basin3. Frequency - Annually, especially in the wet season.

6-16


6.13.1 Introduction

The major purposes of the monitoring program are to:

1. Help identify where and when interventions/mitigation

measures should be applied2. Test the accuracy of impact predictions

3. Build up a data base of project impacts which can help develop

the theoretical basis of impact assessment, which in turn can inform future

impact studies.A project impact can be said to have taken place when change (or

changes) appears after a project is implemented. To be validly attributed to theproject all other plausible interpretations have to be ruled out. A time series

design, where feasible, is therefore recommended for the monitoring of bothconstruction and operation periods of the power plant.

This type of design is rarely undertaken in the context of impactassessment in T;hailand: usually monitoring only offers a passive rpt of

the events that are being monitored rather than a statement of causal inference

with the observed trends attributable to the project.

A range of socio-econornic indicators representing expected

benefits and disbenefits of the project should be selected. These should besupplemented by opinion surveys (using a panel study design) 1 and by

tracking other developments which take place in the project area. These latter

can help to strengthen the interpretation of the time series analysis through the

elimination of alternative explanations. New variables can be easily

incorporated into the research design if they should emerge as relevant during

the monitoring.

In effect, the timne-series design should include a number of

quantitative measures taken at the study area and repeated at regular intervals

(every 6-12 months) over a period of 3-5 years, along with a concurrent record

of other developments in the project area. The area's "performance" during and

after the implementation of the project can be compared with the baseline

A panel study is a method of collecting data from the same sample on more than one occasion. It

consists of a randomly selected sample of the sample population.

6-17

informnation collected during the pre implementation stage, thus allowing the

area to act as its own experimental control.


The socio economic indicators suggested for the monitoring study

of the construction period are:

1. Incidence of crimes perpetrated by project constructionworkforce

2. Number of project construction jobs taken up by locals3. Land prices in the vicinity of the project4. Outcome of land sales -two groups should be specifically

targeted: Landholders who sell and land renters whose rented land is sold. Theformer group should be monitored to assess whether the land sale also caused achange in occupation and residency and - 1perhaps lifes.Ly1. The 'rd rente

should be monitored because it is likely that they will suffer from the land salein terms of losing their livelihood. If they are unable to rent from another landholder the results for them could be extremely deleterious. It should be notedthat it will probably impossible to keep track of this group unless they arecontacted prior to the sales of the land which they are renting, in order to

personally request their cooperation in the monitoring exercise.

5. The various components of the public outreach programmeshould be monitored to evaluate their effectiveness and acceptability.

6. An attitude and opinion survey of residents in "adjacent"communities with respect to satisfaction with their communities, social

cohesion, presence of the construction camp, benefits and disbenefits associatedwith the construction acitivities.


The socio-economic indicators suggested for the monitoring studyduring the operation period are:

(1) Number of permanent jobs (and the levels of skill required)

taken up by locals

(2) Land prices in the vicinity of the project

(3) Incoming industries. If new industrial developments spring

up near the plant site an attempt should be made to assess if the existence of the

6-18

electricity generating plant played a part in the location decision of the new

development

(4) Effectiveness and acceptability of the various components of

the public outreach programme(5) Opinion and attitude survey of residents in "adjacent" and

"sensitive receptor"communities with respect to satisfaction with their

communities, social cohesion, the presence of the plant, social benefits and

disbenefits associated with the plant

(6) If gaseous emissions exceed recommended limits a surveyshould be carried out to assess local people's opinions and attitudes towards theevent and towards EGAT's handling of it.

6.13.4 Monitoring Agency

Monitoring activities should be carried out by an independentbody e.g. a university. Preferably, participatory research methods should be

used so as to ensure that the results of the monitoring go directly to the localcomnunities . This will help them to be more actively involved inimplementing (and perhaps designing) any rnitigation measures that may beneccessary at some stage in the project's life.

Budget

1.Preconstruction and Construction period

Data Collection(1) Interviews with land sellers

- These should be conducted as soon as possible after the land sales have

taken place and then after a lapse of six months. These will require two or three

days in the field each time.

(2) Interviews with former renters of any land which has been sold by the

land owners

- These should be conducted on the same basis as the interviews with the

land sellers but the time required will be less, probably one day in the field each

time will be sufficient.

(3) Collection of employment statistics from EGAT or company

undertaking the plant construction. These should also be collected on an annual

basis until the construction ends.

6-19

(4) Collection of crime statistics-These are to be extracted from police records on an annual basis until the

construction ends. In order to ascertain if any offender works at the construction

site police records will have to be compared with site employment records and

will probably involve at least two days in the field.

(5) Attitude and opinion survey of residents in adjacent communities

These should be carried 'out annually until the construction ends. Each survey will

probably require three days. Cost = 150,000 baht

Data Analysis Cost = 60, 000 baht

Report writing and Production Cost = 30, 000 baht

Professional Fees Cost = 60, 000 baht

Sub-total = 300, 000 baht

2. Operation Period

Data Collection(1)Collection of employment statistics from EGAT

(2) Collection of data on changes in land prices. This will require one day

in the field. Data should be collected shortly after the plant begins operation.

-Secondary data from the Department of Lands

- Primary data from interviews with key informants in the adjacentcommunities.

(3) Interviews with managers or owners of incoming industries. These

interviews should be conducted annually for three years. One day in the field will

be required each time.

(4) Focus group interviews with heads of households and village leaders to

determine the effectiveness and acceptability of public outreach program. These

will require three days in the field.

(5) Interviews with key informants will be conducted to determine if and

how any other significant events in the project area have had an impact on the

communities.

-These should be carried out annually for three years and should precede

the opinion and attitude survey. These interviews should require only one day

each time.

(6) Opinion and attitude survey of residents in adjacent communities to

assess impact of plant on their communities.

6-20

- These should be carried out annually for three years and each survey will

require at least three days in the field.

(7) If gaseous emissions should exceed recommnended limits a survey

should be conducted to assess local people's opinions and attitudes'towards

EGAT's handling of the situation. This item is not included in the budget as there

is too much uncertainty involved at this time. Cost = 150, 000 baht

Data Analvsis Cost = 60, 000 baht

Report Writing and Production Cost = 30, 000 bahtProfessional Fees Cost= 60, 000 baht

Sub-total Cost = 300, 000 baht

Total cost of monitoring programme 600, 000 baht

6-21

6.14 Public Health

- 6.14.1 Monitoring Program for Construction Period

It is recommended that periodic inspections of construction site becarried out by EGAT staff to determine contractors' compliance with healthregulations.


- Review of health records at local public health centers for any airpollution related syrnptoms.

- A surveillance program for respiratory illnesses should beestsblished. This can be done by having local health centers report to EGAT whenan increase of respiratory illnesses is noted and a monthly report of thesediseases should be provided to EGAT and Provincial Public Health Office.

Budget

The expenses involved in the recommended monitoring programsabove cannot be estimated. The most important thing is that the local healthofficers cooperate and understand the importance of the monitoring programs.

6-22


6.15.1 Solid Waste

6.15.1.1 Monitoring Program for Construction Period

The collection and disposal of solid wastes generatedduring this period must be closely supervised by EGAT staff.

6.15.1.2 Monitoring Program for Operation Period

It is recomnmended that a contract be given to theRatchaburi Municipality or a private contractor to daily collect solid wastesfrom the plant site and dispose of at the Municipal Sanitary Landfill (at the timeof the study, budget for land purchasing has already been allocated).

If solid wastes collection is done by the private collector,close supervision must be performed to assure contractor's compliance.Collection vehicle must have cap-ac.i suitahle fAr the amoint of solid wastes

generated, and the wastes must be completely covered to prevent blowingduring the transportation to disposal site. Wastes receptacles must be designedfor ease of movement; it must also be strong, rust- proof and can prevent rodensand other scarvenging animals.

6.15.2 Wastewater

6.15.2.1 Monitoring Program for Construction Period

Since it is the contractor's responsibility to dispose ofwastewater from the construction site, therefore, the surrounding area must beregularly inspected and supervised.

6.15.2.2 Monitoring Program for Operation Period

The effluent quality must be daily monitored and mustconform to the MOI and/ or NEB standard.

6-23

Budget

There is no estimated budget for the above recommendations

because supervision must be regularly performed during the construction

period and daily monitoring of effluent must be included in the operation plan

of the treatment plant.

6-23/1

6.' 6 0Occu ivpa tio na Health and Safefyv


(1) Parameter(2) Location/operation

(2) Location/operation

Parameter Welding Pipe Gas G nnding Painting Engine Drilling Suir

aind Insulation Cutting Testing Blast

Solderine

- Dust concentration Total and Total Fr,

Respirable Dust Silic

Dust

- Funte concentration Metal

Fume

- Mist concentration Paint

spray mist

- Vapour concentration Epoxy Xylene

resin

- Gas concentration CO, C02 CO, C02

- Noise tevel Intermittent Intermittent Intermittent Interr

noise noise noise not

- Heat I / J / /

(3) Frequency

- Air contaminant concentration every 4 month

(dust, mist, fume, vapour, gas)

- Noise measurement every 4 months

- Heat measurement every 4 months

6-24

(4) Methodology

- Concentration of air contaninant will be measured by

application of airborne dust and particulate measuring

technique. A time-weighted average concentration of

workers will be obtained by collecting representative

samples of the air from their breathing zone over the

period of exposer.

- Noise intensity at the operator's ears will be assessed.

Various noise sources from the construction will also

be measured eg., all construction machinery and

equipment.

- Heat intensity will be monitored to examine the

thernal load imposed upon workers by applying wet-

bulb-globe temperature measurement technique.

(5) Suggested budget 200,000/baht/year


a)

(1) Parameters (2) Location/Operations

- Welding furme concentration Mechanical shop

- Welding operation

- Metal dust concentration - Drilling and leathering

- Sound presure level - Working Areas

- Potential sources of noise

- Wet bulb globe temperature - Working Areas

- Light intensity - Working surface

(3) Frequency - Every six months

(4) Methodology - Similar to the procedures described

in 6.16.1 (4)(5) Suggested budget - 120,000 baht/year

6-25

b) Medical Monitoring- Physical exarination: Once a year, for workers who are

exposed to hazadous conditions.- Record keeping : Annual records of injury, sickness and

accliUent.- Sugested budget : 400,000 baht/year.

6-26

6.17 Public Safety


(1) Parameter

- Number of vehicles (trucks, cars, taxi)

- Number of traffic accident

- Number of injuries due to traffic accident

- Traffic noise level

(2) Locations- The route from intersection (Highway No.4 and the

road to Wat Phikun Thong) to the construction site.(3) Frequency

- Number of vehicles counts every four months- Noise measurement every four months

- Number of traffic accident and injuries record

throughout the year.

(4) Msfethodology

- Traffic volume will be counted and noise measurement

will be measured to represent weekdays and weekend

- Number of traffic accident and injuries will be

obtained from the local police station and health center

record.


Monitoring procedures for operation period is similar to the

construction period as described above

Suggested budget

1. Construction Period 90,000 Baht/year

2. Operation Period 90,000 Bath/year

6-27

References

L4rj,Q'u6 WJ-1Wsn1sn' 2530 ~ZmltS! isianns RV7isf.vSNln

q~5ioi-i f n5U5WNM LWAf 2528

T1nr5 uy 1 6 n2 8ll161M fi4WlW5.

59 fiF1. 35 nvki.

~~~~ vMIW7-4-1I 25 13 "16MUT

LLtnaa1 7i f7N.77Xi2 SnuSs5wdsEM-7ns--w n~mr

American Conference of Govermental Industrial Hygienists, 1994-1995."Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agentsand Biological Exposure Indices.

Angkhasuwaphala, N. 1994. "Electricity Generating Power Plant and HealthEffects" Paper Presented at the Seminar on August 16, 1994 atChulalongkom University.

Anonymous, T., 1992. TBTO Copolymer anti-fouling paints The Facts. TheOrgano tin Environmental Programme Association (ORTEP).

Aquatic Ecological Studies of the Bang Pakong River and the assessment ofimpacts from Bang Pakong Thermal Power Plant (Phase 2). 1987.Natural inland Fisheries Institutes. Department of Fisheries .Technical5aper No. 74.

Ashton I. and Gill F. S.. 1992. "Monitoring for Health Hazards at Work",

Blackwell Scientific Publication", U.K.Ayers,R. S. 1975. Quality Water for Irrigation.Proc.Irrig Drain.Div. Specialty

Conf., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. August 13-15, Logan, Utah, pp 24-56.Brady, C. Nyle. 1974. The nature and properties of soils 8 th edition, Macmillar

Publishing Co. Inc. New York. 639p.Brandt, R.A.M. 1974. The non-marine aquatic Mollusca of ThailandArchiv fur

MolluskenkundeBreemen, N.BVan. 1976. Genesis and solution chemistry of acid sulfate soil in

Thailand. Center for Agricultural Publishing and Documentation,Wagenigen. 263p.

Brockelman, W.Y., S. Srikosamatara, P.D. Round, and P. Poonswad 1993.

Seasonal and Habitat distribution of birds in the Central Plain: A

Survey at Salaya , Nakhon Pathom, Thailand. Nat. Hist. Bull. Siam.

Soc. 41:1-22.Chanpayom, O._ et a!, 1986, Seismic Monitori_ng of the Khao Laem Reservoir

Area, Earthquake Engineering and Hazard Mitigation, Bangkok, pp.159-163.

Climatological Data for the Period 1961-1990, Publication of the MeteologicalDepartment.

Department of Occupational Health, Mahidol University. "Report onoccupational health and safety in Bangpakong power plant"..

Department of Agricultural Extension. 1990. Statistics Report on FruitTrees Growingfor Export Year 1988-89.

Department of Agricultural Extension. 1990. Statistics Report on Fruit TreesGrowingfor Export Year 1988-89.

Department of Mineral Resources, 1993,Record of wells in Changwat Ratchaburi.Dheeradilok, P. et al. 1976, Geologic map 1:250,000 scale of Nakhon Pathom

map sheet, Geological Survey Division, Department of MineralResources, Bangkok, Thailand.

Dheeradilok, P., 1992, Quaternary Geological Formations of Thailand: TheirDepositional Environments, Economic Significance and Tectonic,Geological Resources of Thailand: Potential for Future Development,Bangkok, pp. 600-609.

Dheeradilok, P., al., 1976, Geological map 1:250,000 scale of Nakorn Pathommap sheet, Geological Survey Division, Departnent of MineralResources, Bangkok.

Dintzer, L. and Soderstrom, E.J. 1979 . "Making a Case for an InterfaceBetweenQuasi-experimental Designs and Social Impact Analyses".Evaluation and Planning. Vol. 1. pp. 309-318.

Directory of Industrial Factories in Ratchaburi Province.Drinking Water Quality Standards, Notification of the Ministry of Industry,

No. 332, BE 2521 (1978), issued under Industrial Product StandardsAct BE 2511 (1963).

Driscoll, F., 1986, Groundwater and wells,Johnson Division,Minnesota.EGAT Medical and Health Departnent. 1983. "Working environment

monitoring-report on noise measurement in Bangpakong power plant',EGAT Medical and Health Department. 1992. "Report on special health

examination", Rayong power plant.EGAT Medical and Health Department. 1993. "Report on annual health

examination ", Rayong power plant.EGAT, 1992. "Criteria of Reservoir Operation in the Mae Kiong River Basin

(in Thai)", Research Issue, December, Bangkok 132 P.EGAT, 1992. "Criteria of Resevoir Operation in the Mae klong River Basin (in

Thai)", Research Issue, December, Bangkok. p. 132.

Faculty of Science, Silpakom University. 1993. Study and Monitoring ofWater Quality of the Rivers in the Central Plain (Final Report)submitted to Pollution Control Departrnent.

Freudenberg, W.R. and Jones, R.E. 1990. "CriminalBehaviorand RapidCommunity Growth: Examining the Evidence". Rural Sociology. Vol.56, No. 4, Winter, pp. 619-645.

General Infornation on EGAT Power Development Plan revised PDP 92-01 (1)George Bugliarello, Ariel Alexandre, John Barnes, Charles Wakstein, 1976. The

Impact of Noise Pollution (a Socio-Technological Introduction). PergamnonPress Inc., New York. p. 218-224

Goldsteen, R.L. and Schorr, J.K. 1991. Demanding Democracy After ThreeMile Island Gainsville: University of Florida Press.

Hall, L.W. Jr. and A.E. Pinkney. 1985. Acute and sublethal effects oforganotin compounds on aquatic biota : An interpretative literatureevaluation. CRC Critical Reviews in Toxicology. Volume 14, Issue 2.

Hance, B.V., Chess, C. , and Saudman, P.M. 1990. Industrial RiskCommunication Manual: Improving Dialogue with Communities.U.S.A.: Lewis Publishing.

Handbook of Noise and Vibration Control. Trade & Technical Press Ltd.,Morden, Survey, England. p. 180-191.

Hatings, P and Liengsakul, M, 1983, Chronology of the Late QuatemaryClimatic Changes in Thailand, Proceedings of the First Symposium onGeomorphology and Quaternary Geology of Thailand, Bangkok, pp.6 -12.

Hydrological Year Book, Publication, RID.Jarakasetr, T. and Jarnyaham, P.1992 . Thailand's Mineral Potential and

Investment Opportunity. In:Geological Resources of Thailand: Potentialfor Future Development, Bangkok, pp. 641-651.

JICA 1980. "Master Plan Study for the Greater Maeklong River BasinDevelopment Project", Bangkok. P. 350.

JICA, 1980. "Master Plan Study for the Greater Mae Klong River BasinDevelopment Project", Bangkok. 350 P.

John G. Rau and David C. Wooten, 1985. Environmental ImpactAnalysisHandbook. McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York. p.4-1 to 4-63.

Jones S.E., et al. 1990. "Occupational Hygiene Management Guide", LewisPublishers ; Michigan.

Konchuearat, P., 1988. Study and Analysis Situation of Earthquakes in Westernof Thailand (The Case of Kanchanaburi) during 1982-1985 (thesis),Mahidol University, Bangkok.

Lawrence E. Kinsler, Austin R. Frey, Alan B. Coppens, James V. Sanders, 1982.Fundamentals ofAcoustics. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York. p. 279-312

Lawrent Hodges, 1977. Environmental Pollution. Nolt, Richart and Winson,Inc., United States of America. p.149.

Laws and Standards on Pollution Control in Thailand, EnvironmentalQualityStandards Division; Office of the National Environment Board; October1986. NEB-Pub 1986-005.

Likagul, B. and P.D. Round 1991. A Guide to the Birds of Thailand. Saha

Karn Bhaet Co,,Bangkok.Load Forecast for Thailand Electric System.Mark S. Sanders and Ernest J. McCornick 1992. Human Factors in Engineering

and Design. McGraw-Hill, Inc., United States of America. p.589-618

Meteorology Department, "Climatological Data for the Period 1961-1990",Bangkok. P. 65.

Meteorology Department, "Climatological Data for the Period 1961-1990",Bangkok. 65 P.

National Academy of Sciences and National Academy of Engineering. 1972.WaterQualityCriterial972.Report prepared by Committee of WaterQuality Criteria at request of U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.Washington D.C.

National Inland Fisheries Institute, Department of Fisheries. 1987. WaterQuality Criteria forthe Protection of Freshwater Aquatic Organism,Technical Paper No. 75.

National Institute for Occupation Safety and Health (NIOSH) . 1975. "Healthand Safety Guide", U.S DHEW.

National Institute of Development Administration. 1988. Report of the Preliminary

Study for Tourism development: Ratchburi- nakorn-Pathom, Samut- Sakorn

and Samut-Songkram Provinces. TAT, Thailand.

National Institute of Development Administration. 1993. Report of the Preliminary

Study for Tourism development: Ratchburi, nakorn-Pathom, Samut- Sakorn

and Samut-Songkram Provinces. TAT, Thailand.

National Museums Division, The Fine Arts Department, Minsitiy of

Education, Ratchaburi, 1991.National Statistical Office, Office of the Priminister .1992. Preliminary report

of the 1992 Household Socio-Economic Survey. Bangkok.National Statistical Office, Office, Office of the Prime Minister. 1993.

Statistical Reports of Changwat: Ratchaburi. Bangkok.Needham J.G., and Needham P.R. 1962. A guide to the study of freshwater

biology. 5th ed., Holden-Day, ine., San Francisco.Nutalaya, P and Rau, J.L.1981. Bangkok: The Sinking Metropolis Episodes,

No.4, pp.3-8.Nutalaya, P., 1986. Seismotectonic Map of Thailand, Earthquake Engineering

and Hazard Mitigation, Bangkok, pp. 137-146.

Office of Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Econormic Zone 16. 1993.Agricultural Economic Year 1993. of Ratchaburi Province.

Office of Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Econo mic Zone 16. 1993.Agricultural Economic Year 1993. of Ratchaburi Province.

Office of Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Economic Zonie 17. 1993.Principle Statistics Agricultural Economicaof Samut Songkram ProvinceYear 1993.

Office of Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Economic Zone 17. 1993.Principle Statistics Agricultural Economicsof Samut Songkram ProvinceYear 1993.

Office ofthe National Environment Board. 1991. Report on the Study of theMae Khlong River Water Quality BE 1989-1990.

Osborn, J.F.1984 Soil analysis as a guide to acidity classes in mature acid sulphatesoils of the southern central plain of Thailand. Proc. of the fifth ASEANsoil conference Bangkok, Thailand. June 10-23, 1984. C3.1-15.

Patterson D.J., & Hedley. S., 1992. Free-living freshwater protozoa a colorguide. Wolfe Publishing Ltd., England.

Pennak R.W., 1989. Freshwater invertebrate of the United State, Protozoa toMollusca. 3 rd ed. John. Wiley and Son. U.S.A.

Petrocelly K.L.. 1992. " Facilities Evaluation Handbook Safety, Fire Protection,and Environment Compliance ", The Fairmont Press, Georgia .

Phiancharoen,C.,etal, 1975,Hydrogeological map of Central Thailand,scale1: 500,000, Department of Mineral Reources.

Population and Housing Records in 1993. 1994. Ratchaburi UrbanMunicipal Office

Population and Housing Records in 1993. 1994. Samut SongkramProvincial Public Health Office.

Population and Housing Records in 1993. 1994. Ratchaburi ProvincialAdministration Section.

Population and Housing Records, Retrospective data during 1989-1993,Department of Population Registration, Bangkok 1994

Project Manual No. 1. Major weeds in Thailand. National Weed ScienceResearch Institute Department ofAgriculture, Ministry of Agricultureand Cooperatives, Thailand.

Provincial Electricity Authority.Rachaburi Factory Office. 1992. Directory of Factory in Ratchaburi Province.Ratchaburi Commercial Office. 1993. Marketing Information of Ratchaburi

Province Year 1992.Ratchaburi Commercial Office. 1993. Marketing Information of Ratchaburi

Province Year 1992.Ratchaburi Office of Administration. 1994. Summary on Ratchaburi Province

1994.Ratchaburi Office of Administration. 1994. Summary on Ratchaburi Province

1994.

Ratchaburi Provincial Office, Kong Dee Muang Ratchaburi, 1989.

RatchabuIi Provincial Office, Summary Report of the RachaburiProvincial Plans, Activities and Problems, 1993.

Ratchabun Provincial Office. 1989. Kong Dee Muang Ratchaburi.Ratchaburi Provincial Office. 1993. Summary Report of the, Ratchaburi

Provincial Plans, Activities and Problems.Rayong Power Plant Medical and Health Section, "Accident Report", 1993- 1994.

Research Issue Criteria of Reservoir Operation in the Mae Klong River Basin(in Thai) 1992 . EGAT, December.

RID, "Hydrological Year Book", Hydrology Division, Bangkok. P. 300.RID, "Hydrological Year Book", Hydrology Division, Bangkok. 300 P.Rootakul, S. 1991. A study on chemical constraints of acid sulphate soils in

Changwat Nakhon Nayok. Bangkok: M.S. degree thesis, KasetsartUniversity (In Thai). 178 p.

Royal Irrigation Department. 1986. Consideration of Water Quality forI1rigIa0uin, paper fovr presentationaL Uti theUSeU I iaULUIr, ~U lCrse or,Water Resources Development Project Planning, May 1986.

Sarnut Songkram Admininistration Office. 1993. Summary of SamutSongkramProvince.

Samut Songkram Admininistration Office. 1993. Summary of Samut SongkramProvince.

Samut Songkram Factory Office. 1993. Directory of Factory in SamutSongkram Province Year 1993.

"Future...Ratchaburi" and "To-day...Ratchaburi" Utsahakam 5 (167)2537 : 72-81, 138-151.

Sinclair Knight and Partners Pty Ltd. 1990. Feasibility Study of RegionalCities Development Project II (Draft Final Report) submitted toMinistry of Interior.

Siribhakdi, K, 1986, Seismogenic of Thailand and Periphery, EarthquakeEngineering and Hazard Mitigation, Bangkok, pp. 151-157.

Smith. G.M. 1950. The freshwater algae of the United States. 2nd ed.McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc. New York.

Soderstrom,E.J. 1981. SocialImpactAssessment:.Experimental Methodsand Approaches. New York: Praeger Scienftfic.

Soil Conservation Service. 1981. Revision of soil survey manual chapter 4:Examination and description of soil in field. Washington- D.C.

Soil Conservation Service. 1982. Procedure for collecting soil samples andmethods of anlysis for soil survey. Soil survey investigation report no. 1Washint.on D.C. : U.S. GovermIen.t Printing Offce.

Soil Survey Division, 1982. Detailed Reconnaissance Soil Survey of RatchaburiProvince. Soil Survey Report No. 321. Department of Land Development,Bangkok, Thailand (In Thai).

qnil Rvirxvev qtiff 1)QQ( Kex's to %nil TAxonrnnm SMqq Technical Mono-ranh No

Blacksburg, Virginua. 422 p.Somboon, N. et al. 1992. "Air Pollution and Respiratory Illness in Two

Districts of Lampang School Children ; August 1991-April 1992".State Railways of Thailand. Annual Statistical Data 1992-1998.

Statistics and Research Division. 1988. Tourism Authority of Thailand,Report of the Domestic Tourism Survey Project.

Sze. Philip. 1993. A biology of the algae. 2nd ed. Wm.C.Brown PublishersDubugue.

Takaya, Y. and Thiramongkul, N., 1982, Chao Praya Delta of Thailand,Asian Rice-Land Inventory ; A Descriptive Atlas No. I.Center forSoutheast Asian Studies,Kyoto University, 138 p.

Taylor, C.N., Bryan, C.H., and Goodrich, C.G. 1990. Social Assessment:theory, process and techniques. New Zealand: Centre for ResourceManagement, Lincoln University.

The Annual Report (B.E. 2535), the Provincial Public HealthOffice,Ratchaburi.

The Office of Industrial Economics, Ministry of Industry.Thenhaus, P.C., 1086, Site Response from Distant Large Earthquakes and

Issues Concerningc the Earthquakes Hazard at Bangkok, ThailandEarthquake and Hazard Mitigation, Bangkok, pp. 19-81

Thiramongkul, N, 1983, Review of Geomorphology of Thailand, Proceedingsof the First Symposium on Geomorphology and Quaternary Geologyof Thailand, Bangkok, pp.6-12.

Tiyapan, S. et al, 1990, Quatemary Geology of Ratchaburi and Ban PongArea, Geological Survey Report No.0110-90, Department of MineralResources, bangkok, 90 p.

Tourism Authority ofThailand, Ratchaburi Guide.

Tourism Authority of Thailand, Ratchaburi Guide.

Tourism Authority of Thailand, Summary of Tourism Development Plan

under the 7th National Economic and Social Development Plan

(1992-1996).Traffic Engineering Division ,Departnent of Highways. 1989. Average

Annual Daily Traffic on HighwaysTraffic Engineering Division ,Department of Highways. 1990. Average

Annual Daily Traffic on HighwaysTraffic Engineering Division ,Departrnent of Highways. 1992. Average

Annual Daily Traffic on HighwaysTraffic Engineering Division ,Departnent of Highways. 1993. Average

Annual Daily Traffic on HighwaysTraffic Engineering Division, Department of Highways. 1991. Average

Annual Daily Traffic on Highways

U.S Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration.1970."Occupational Safety and Health Act".

USEPA, Mission Report of Environmental Action Team, unpublished "HealthEffect from Pollution in Mae Moll, Lampang Province,Thailand."

Van der Kevie, W. and Banchong Yenmanas; 1972 Detailed Reconnaissance SoilSurvey of South Central Plain Area. Soil Survey Report No. 89. Dept. ofLand Development, Bangkok, Thailand.

Wibulswas Prida, 1993 Sulphur dioxide emission from power plant stations andoil refineries. Presented at the Royal Institute Meeting, January 6, 1993. InJournal of the Royal Institute of Thailand. No. 1 August 1993.p. 18-23.

Wong,P.T.S., Y.K. Chau, O.Kramar and G.A. Bengert. 1982. . Structureactivity relationship of tin compounds on algae. Can. J Fish. Aquat.Sci. 39: 483.

World Health Organization. 1979. Environmental Health Criteria #8 "SulfurOxides and Suspended Particulate Matter." Geneva, 107P.

Wynne, B. 1980. "Technology, Risk, and Participation: On the SocialTreatment of Uncertainty". In J. Conrad (ed.). Society, Technolo,-vand Risk Assessment. London: Academic Press.

Wynne, B., Waterton, C. and Grove-White, R. 1993. Public Perception andthe Nuclear Industry in West Cumbria. U.K.: Centre for the Study ofEnvironmental Change, Lancaster University.

Xerox (U.S.) .1991. "Safety Rules and Guidelines", New York .Yensuang, S. St. Lt. 1986, Instrumental Earthquake Records in Thailand,

Proceedings of the First Workshop on Earthquake Engineering andHazard Mitigation, Bangkok, pp. 67-79.

Official PDF , 666 pages

Documents

Transcript of Official PDF , 666 pages